SERVICE MANUAL

2005.08
Ver. 2.0
Field Service
Main body
PRO 920
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-1
Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand
them before doing service work.
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter
called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KMBT-
trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions " DANGER", " WARNING", and
" CAUTION" is defined as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited
meaning.
When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment,
repair, maintenance, etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
IMPORTANT NOTICE
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,
WARNING AND CAUTION
DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury
WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium
trouble and property damage
:Precaution when using the
copier.
General
precaution
Electric hazard High
temperature
:Prohibition when using the
copier.
General
prohibition
Do not touch
with wet hand
Do not
disassemble
:Direction when using the
copier.
General
instruction
Unplug Ground/Earth
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-2
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. The points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reason-
ing behind this policy.
SAFETY WARNINGS
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT.
Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.
Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with
wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.
Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between
relay contacts)
Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.)
Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.
Making any modification to the product unless instructed
by KMBT
Using parts not specified by KMBT
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-3
[2] POWER PLUG SELECTION
In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet
used in the area. In that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE)
to attach appropriate power plug or power cord set in order to connect the product to the
supply.
Power Cord Set or Power Plug
WARNING
Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the prod-
uct's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough cur-
rent capacity, and
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:
- having configuration intended for the connection to wall
outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connect-
ing to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
Conductors in the power cable must be connected to ter-
minals of the plug according to the following order:
Black or Brown: L (line)
White or Light Blue: N (neutral)
Green/Yellow: PE (earth)
Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the
product, and results in fire or electric shock.
AC230V
AC208V 240V
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-4
[3] CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE
Konica Minolta brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all
applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and CE from the risk
of injury. However, in daily use, any electrical equipment may be subject to parts wear and
eventual failure. In order to maintain safety and reliability, the CE must perform regular
safety checks.
1. Power Supply
Connection to Power Supply
WARNING
Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock.
Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same
configuration as the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to
inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer
to contact qualified electrician for the installation.
Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a
capacity greater than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.
If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall
outlet, the total load must not exceed the rating of the wall
outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.
Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet
securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance,
overheating, and the risk of fire.
? V
kw
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-5
Check whether the product is grounded properly.
If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you
may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.
Connection to Power Supply
WARNING
Power Plug and Cord
WARNING
When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the prod-
uct securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.
Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or
pinched by a table and so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check
whether the sheath is damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace
with a new power cord or cord set (with plug and connec-
tor on each end) specified by KMBT.
Using the damaged power cord may result in fire or elec-
tric shock.
Do not bundle or tie the power cord.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-6
Check whether dust is collected around the power plug
and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing
dust may result in fire.
Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.
Power Plug and Cord
WARNING
Wiring
WARNING
Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.
Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so
using a too long extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken
up. Fire may result.
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-7
2. Installation Requirements
Prohibited Installation Places
WARNING
Do not place the product near flammable materials or vola-
tile materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such
as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.
When not Using the Product for a long time
WARNING
When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.
Ventilation
CAUTION
The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
Fixing
CAUTION
Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-8
Inspection before Servicing
CAUTION
Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant docu-
mentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed pro-
cedure in safety clothes, using only the prescribed tools.
Do not make any adjustment not described in the docu-
mentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the prod-
uct may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.
Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect
the power plugs from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some
units are still powered even if the POWER switch is
turned OFF. A risk of electric shock exists.
The area around the fixing unit is hot.
You may get burnt.
Work Performed with the Product Powered On
WARNING
Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
Take every care when servicing with the external cover
detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of elec-
tric shock exists.
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-9
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and
screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock
or fire.
Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electri-
cal parts and electrode units such as a charging corona
unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or
fire.
Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for
deterioration and sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit)
incorporating a laser, make sure that the power cord has
been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.
Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply
power with the write unit shifted from the specified mount-
ing position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-10
When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lith-
ium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose
of the used lithium battery using the method specified by
local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g.,
optical lamp and fixing lamp), be sure to check the installa-
tion state.
A risk of fire exists.
Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and
check whether the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an
electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in
the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).
Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connec-
tors, etc. that were removed for safety check and mainte-
nance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-11
Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.
You may be burned due to dust explosion.
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
Handling of Service Materials
CAUTION
Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (ace-
tone-based) are highly flammable and must be handled
with care. A risk of fire exists.
Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before
any solvent remnants on the cleaned parts have fully
evaporated.
A risk of fire exists.
Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take
care not to spill any liquid. If this happens, immediately
wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.
When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.
Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to
discomfort.
SAFETY INFORMATION
S-12
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Admin-
istration implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976.
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.
This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emit-
ted inside this copier is completely confined within protective housings and external covers,
the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
SAFETY INFORMATION
S-13
Caution labels shown below are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should
be taken to avoid burns and electric shock.
For North America and Taiwan:
INDICATION OF WARNING ON THE MACHINE
57gap0e001na
SAFETY INFORMATION
S-14
For Europe:
57gap0e002na
SAFETY INFORMATION
S-15
For other areas:
57gap0e003na
SAFETY INFORMATION
S-16
57gap0e004na
This product employs a Class
3B Laser Diode that emits an
invisible laser beam. The
cover should not be opened
when the power is turned on.
SAFETY INFORMATION
S-17
CAUTION:
57gap0e005na
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any
caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also,
when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and cannot be seen clearly, replace
it with a new caution label.
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT
S-18
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further
damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evalua-
tion must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations given in
"Serious Accident Report/Follow-up Procedures."
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF
AN ACCIDENT
C-1
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of the following sections and chapters:
<Theory of Operation section>
This section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of the product, a
rough outline of the object and role of each function, the relationship between the electrical
system and the mechanical system, and the timing of operation of each part.
<Field service section>
This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's
premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the
object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.
The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of
the main body.
OUTLINE: System configuration, product specifications,
unit configuration, and paper path
COMPOSITION/OPERATION: Configuration of each unit, explanation of the operating
system, and explanation of the control system
OUTLINE: System configuration, and product specifications
MAINTENANCE: Service schedule *, maintenance steps,
list of service tools and directions for use *,
firmware version up method *,
and removal/reinstallation methods of major parts
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING: Utility mode *, Tech. Rep. mode *, security and mechani-
cal adjustment
TROUBLESHOOTING*: List of jam codes, their causes, operation when a jam
occurs and its release method, and list of error codes,
their causes, operation when a warning is issued and esti-
mated abnormal parts.
APPENDIX*: Parts layout drawings, connector layout drawings, timing
chart, overall layout drawing
C-2
Notation of the service manual
A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.
C. Electrical parts and signals
Those listed by way of example below are not exhaustive, but only some instances among
many.
(1) IC board: Standard printer
(2) bizhub PRO 920: Main body
(3) PS-502 PostScript3 Option: PS3 Option
(4) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS's mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
Sensor PS
IN
Sensor detection signal
PS
Door PS1
SIG
102 PS
Solenoid SD
24V Power to drive the solenoid
DRV
Drive signal
SOL
Clutch CL
24V Power to drive the clutch
DRV
Drive signal
SOL
C-3
Motor M
24V Power to drive the motor
CONT Drive signal
DRV1
Drive signals of two kinds
DRV2
D1
D2
Motor M
_U
Drive signals (control signals) of three kinds
_V
_W
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1
Drive signals (control signals) of four kinds
Motor, phases A and B control signals
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B
DRV B
A
/A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL PLL control signal
LCK, Lock, LD PLL lock signal
FR Forward/reverse rotation signal
EM, Lock, LCK, LD Motor lock abnormality
BLK Drive brake signal
P/S Power/stop
S/S
Operating load start/stop signal
SS
CW/CCW, F/R Rotational direction switching signal
ENB Effective signal
TEMP_ER Motor temperature abnormality detection signal
Fan FM
24V Power to drive the fan motor
CONT, DRIVE Drive signal
HL Speed control signal (2 speeds)
EM, Lock, LCK, FEM Detection signal
Others TH1.S, ANG Analog signal
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
C-4
Ground
SG, S.GND, S_GND Signal ground
PG, P.GND Power ground
Serial com-
munication
DCD Data carrier detection
SIN Serial input
SOUT Serial output
DTR Data terminal operation available
GND Signal ground (earth)
DSR, DSET Data set ready
RTS Transmission request signal
CTS Consent transmission signal
RI Ring indicator
TXD Serial transmission data
RXD Serial reception data
Classification Load symbol Ex. of signal name Description
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, show to the left of the revised section.
A number within represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a section revised, show in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
1
1
1
1
2005/08 2.0 Addition of FS-509 and correction of an error in writing
2005/06 1.0 Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision
CONTENTS
i
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
CONTENTS
bizhub PRO 920
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1 Life value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1.1 Life value of materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.1.2 Life value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
3.2 Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3.3 Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.3.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.3.3 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.3.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.3.6 PK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.7 ZU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.3.8 TU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.3.9 RC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.4 Replacement parts list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4.1 Periodically replacement parts list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.4.2 Spot replacement parts list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.5 Maintenance procedure of the external section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.5.1 Replacing the ozone filter /1 and /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.5.2 Cleaning the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.5.3 Replacing the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.6 Maintenance procedure of the write section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.6.1 Cleaning the dust-proof glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.7 Maintenance procedure of the photo conductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.7.2 Cleaning/removing the drum fixing couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.7.3 Replacing the drum temperature sensor (TH5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.7.4 Cleaning the toner control sensor board (TCSB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.7.5 Replacing the drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.7.6 Replacing the drum claw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.7.7 Replacing the drum fixing spring/drum positioning collar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.8 Maintenance procedure of the charge section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.8.2 Replacing the charge control plate, charge wire, vibration-proof rubber,
charge cleaning unit and C-clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.8.3 Cleaning/replacing the charge back plate and the erase lamp (EL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.9 Maintenance procedure of the transfer/separation unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
CONTENTS
ii
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.9.2 Replacing the transfer/separation wire, transfer cleaning assembly,
separation cleaning assembly, vibration-proof rubber and the C-clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.9.3 Replacing the transfer exposure lamp (TSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.10 Maintenance procedure of the developing unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.10.1 Replacing the suction filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and the developing suction assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.10.3 Replacing the developer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.10.4 Cleaning the developing unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.10.5 Cleaning the developing bias contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.11 Maintenance procedure of the toner supply section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.11.1 Cleaning of the toner bottle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.11.2 Replacing the toner supply sleeves /1 and /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.12 Maintenance procedure of the cleaning and toner recycle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/toner recycle section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.12.2 Replacing the cleaning blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.12.3 Replacing the toner guide brush assembly, scattering prevention felt,
seal plates /Fr and /Rr, and the toner seal plate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.12.4 Replacing the cleaning gear /A, /B and the guide plate assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.13 Maintenance procedure of the paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.13.1 Cleaning the paper dust removing brush (Tray 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.13.2 Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller (Trays 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.13.3 Replacing the separation roller (Trays 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.13.4 Replacing the paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8)
(Trays 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.13.5 Replacing the pre-registration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
3.13.6 Replacing the feed input gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.14 Maintenance procedure of the bypass tray section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.14.1 Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.14.2 Replacing the separation roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.15 Maintenance procedure of the vertical conveyance section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.15.1 Cleaning the paper dust removing brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
3.15.3 Replacing the conveyance roller /1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3.15.4 Replacing the vertical conveyance roller /2 and /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
3.15.5 Cleaning the vertical conveyance sensor (PS53)/loop sensor (PS54). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
3.16 Maintenance procedure of the ADU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
3.16.2 Replacing the registration clutch (CL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
3.16.3 Removing/reinstalling the registration section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.16.4 Replacing the registration roller/registration bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.16.5 Replacing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/pre-registration roller/
ADU pre-registration bearing/ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
3.16.6 Replacing the ADU pre-registration loop roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
3.16.8 Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1, /2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
3.16.9 Replacing the paper reverse/exit roller, /2, /3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.16.10 Replacing the paper reverse/exit entrance roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.16.11 Replacing the reverse/exit switching gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3.16.12 Replacing the sensor actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
3.17.1 Removing/reinstalling the fusing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
CONTENTS
iii
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.17.2 Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
3.17.3 Replacing the cleaning web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) and /2 (L3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.17.5 Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the bearing /Up, the heat insulating sleeve /Up
and the fusing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
3.17.6 Replacing the fusing roller /Lw assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
3.17.8 Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
3.17.9 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
3.17.10 Replacing the fusing heat roller, the heat roller bearing and the heat insulating sleeve /Lw . . . 165
3.17.11 Replacing the fusing claw /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
3.17.12 Replacing the fusing claw /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
3.17.13 Replacing the fusing actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
3.17.14 Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
3.17.15 Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /1 (TH1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
3.17.16 Replacing the thermistor /4 (TH4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
3.17.17 Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /3 (TH3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
3.17.18 Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /1 (TS1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
3.17.19 Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /2 (TS2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
3.17.20 Replacing the web motor (M16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3.18 Maintenance procedure of the paper exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.18.1 Cleaning the paper exit roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
4. SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
4.1 Service material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
4.2 Jig list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
4.3 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
4.4 Mail remote notification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4.4.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4.4.2 Operating environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4.4.3 Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
4.4.4 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
4.4.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
4.4.6 Mail sending. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
4.5 Machine setting data Import/Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
4.5.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
5.1 ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
5.1.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
5.1.2 Firmware data flow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
5.1.3 Types of the Transfer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
5.2 ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
5.2.1 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
5.2.2 Installation of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
5.2.4 Error list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
5.3 Internet ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
5.3.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
5.3.2 Operating environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
5.3.3 Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
5.3.4 Internet ISW using the Web Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
CONTENTS
iv
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5.3.5 Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
5.3.6 Notes for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
5.3.7 Internet ISW using the operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
5.3.8 Authentication of the proxy server in the Internet ISW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
6. OTHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
6.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
6.1.1 Scanner section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
6.1.2 Writing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
6.1.3 Developing unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
6.1.4 Transfer/separation charge unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
6.2 List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
6.3 Disassembling/assembling procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
6.3.1 Removing/reinstalling the rear cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
6.3.2 Removing/reinstalling the left cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
6.3.3 Removing/reinstalling the right cover /Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
6.3.4 Removing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
6.3.5 Removing/reinstalling the front door /Rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
6.3.6 Removing/reinstalling the front door /Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
6.3.7 Removing/reinstalling the original glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
6.3.8 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.3.9 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
6.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
6.3.11 Recovery of the circuit breaker (CBR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
6.3.12 Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
6.3.13 Replacing the exposure lamp (L1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
6.3.14 Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
6.3.15 Stretching of the scanner wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
6.3.16 Removing/reinstalling the write unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
6.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the toner supply unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
6.3.18 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
6.3.19 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1, 2 lift wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
6.3.21 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3 lift wire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
6.3.22 Removing/reinstalling the ADU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
6.3.23 Removing/reinstalling the paper exit section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
6.3.24 Setting the rank while in replacing the fusing unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
7.1 Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
8. UTILITY MENU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
8.1 List of utility mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10. TECH. REP. MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.1 List of Tech. Rep. mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
10.2 Setting method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.2.1 Start and exit Tech. Rep. mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
10.3 Machine Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
10.3.1 Tray adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
10.3.2 Regist line speed adjustment (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
CONTENTS
v
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.3 Printer FD-Mag (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
10.3.4 Printer CD-Mag (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
10.3.5 Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
10.3.6 Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag (magnification adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
10.3.7 Printer top margin adjustment (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
10.3.8 Printer regist loop adjustment (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
10.3.9 Printer pre-regist (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
10.3.10 Lead edge margin selection (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
10.3.11 Top image (original glass) (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
10.3.12 Top image (ADF) (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
10.3.13 Scanner (ADF) regist loop adjustment (timing adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
10.3.15 Scanner (Orig. glass) left image (centering adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
10.3.16 Scanner (ADF) left image (centering adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
10.3.17 Distortion correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
10.3.18 Non image area erase check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
10.3.19 ADF density adj. (ADF adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
10.3.20 ADF original size adjustment (ADF adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
10.3.21 ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment (ADF adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
10.3.22 ADF incline offset adjustment (ADF adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
10.3.23 Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
10.4 Process adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.1 Auto high voltage adjustment (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.2 HV adjustment (Charge) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.3 HV adjustment (Transfer) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.4 HV adjustment (Separation AC) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.5 HV adjustment (Separation DC) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.6 HV adjustment (Charging grid voltage) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.7 HV adjustment (Bias of development DC) (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.8 Transfer guide confirm (high voltage adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
10.4.9 Blade setting mode (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
10.4.10 Auto drum potential adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
10.4.11 Auto maximum density adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
10.4.12 Auto laser diameter adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
10.4.14 Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) (drum peculiarity adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
10.4.15 LD1 bias adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
10.4.16 LD2 bias adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
10.4.17 Cartridge installation mode (drum peculiarity adjustment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
10.4.18 Drum sensitivity adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
10.4.19 User specified paper setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
10.4.20 Recall standard data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
10.5 Counter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
10.5.1 PM count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
10.5.2 Counter/Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
10.5.3 Preset parts life counter (parts life counter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
10.5.4 Optional parts life counter (parts life counter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
10.6 Machine Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
10.6.1 I/O check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
10.6.2 Input check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
CONTENTS
vi
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.6.3 Output check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
10.6.4 Operations in the I/O check mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
10.7 List output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
10.7.1 List output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
10.8 Test mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
10.8.1 Test pattern output mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
10.8.2 Test pattern density setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
10.8.3 Running mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
10.9 System input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
10.9.1 Software switch setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
10.9.2 Telephone No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
10.9.3 Serial No. input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
10.9.4 Install date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
10.9.5 Size setting (Tray 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
10.10 Firmware version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
10.11 CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
10.11.1 Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system . . . . . . . 396
10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
10.11.5 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
10.11.6 Mail address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
10.11.7 Modem First Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10.11.9 Setup confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10.11.10 Maintenance call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
10.11.11 Center call from manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
10.11.12 Confirm communication log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
10.11.14 Error code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
10.11.15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
10.12 ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
10.13 Finisher adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
10.13.1 Fold & Staple stopper adj. (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
10.13.2 Half hold stopper adjustment (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
10.13.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
10.13.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
10.13.5 Punch kit vertical position adjustment (PK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
10.13.6 Punch kit horizontal position adjustment (PK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
10.13.7 Punch unit vertical position adjustment (ZU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
10.13.8 Punch unit horizontal position adjustment (ZU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
10.13.9 Punch registration loop adjustment (ZU/PK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
10.13.10 Z-fold position adjustment (ZU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
10.13.11 Letter fold adjustment (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
10.13.12 2 positions stapling pitch adjustment (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
10.13.13 Fold and staple pitch adjustment (FS-604) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
10.14 Administrator setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.14.1 Administrator authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.14.2 Administrator password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
10.15 CE Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
CONTENTS
vii
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
10.15.1 CE authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
10.15.2 CE password setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
10.16 IP HDD format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
11.1 Mis-centering adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
11.1.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
11.2 Paper feed roller pressure adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
11.2.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
11.3 Lift tray horizontal adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
11.3.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
11.4 Skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
11.4.1 Pre-registration roller skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
11.4.2 ADU rear face skew adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
11.5 Separation pressure adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
11.5.1 Separation pressure adjustment of the tray1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
11.5.2 Separation pressure adjustment of the bypass tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
11.6 Paper feed height adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
11.6.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
11.7 Pick-up release amount adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
11.7.1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
12.1 Jam code list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
13. MALFUNCTION CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
13.1 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
APPENDIX
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
14.1 Main body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
14.1.1 Switch/sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
14.1.2 Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
14.1.3 Boards and others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
14.2 DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
14.3 LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
14.4 FS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
14.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
14.6 PK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.6.1 PK-503/PK-504. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.6.2 PK-505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.7 ZU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
14.8 TU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.1 Main body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.1.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
15.2 DF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
15.2.1 Connector in the board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
15.3 LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
15.4 FS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
15.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
CONTENTS
viii
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
15.6 PK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
15.7 ZU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
15.8 TU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
15.8.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
16. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
16.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
16.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
16.3 LU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
16.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
16.4.1 FS-509. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
16.4.2 FS-604. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
16.5 PI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
16.6 PK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
16.7 ZU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
16.8 TU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.1 Main body 1/4
17.2 Main body 2/4
17.3 Main body 3/4
17.4 Main body 4/4
17.5 DF
17.6 LU
17.7 FS
17.8 PI
17.9 PK-503/504
17.10 PK-505
17.11 ZU
17.12 TU
18. PAPER SETTING
18.1 Paper type setting according to the paper brand
18.2 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand
(U.S.A. paper)
18.3 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand
(European paper)
18.4 Conversion table of paper weight
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
1
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. System configuration
[1] Main body [11] FS self-contained puncher (PK-504: Swedish)
[2] Double sided original auto feeder (DF-606) [12] FS self-contained puncher (PK-505)
[3] Large volume paper feed tray (LU-403) [13] TU connection kit (MK-707)
[4]
[5]
Large volume paper feed tray (LU-404)
Z-folding puncher (ZU-601: Swedish)
[14] Fore-edge trimming with large capacity
stacker (TU-501)
[6] Z-folding puncher (ZU-602) [15] Image controller (IC-203)
[7] Torque limiter separation type sheet feeder
(PI-501)
[16]
[17]
PostScript kit (PS-503)
Key counter
[8]
[9]
Flat stapling finisher (FS-509)
Stitch-and-fold finisher (FS-604)
[18] Toner recycle cut kit
(RC-501 (bizhub PRO 920))
[10] FS self contained puncher (PK-503)
57gat1e001nb
[4]
[3]
[15] [18]
[16]
[17]
[7]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[13]
[14]
[9]
[7]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[8]
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
2
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
B. Configuration for optional device connection
Note
For machines equipped with ZU-601/602, the function of PK-503/504/505 is not available when PI-
501 is not equipped.
Any combination other than those listed below is not available.
*1 Paper fed from PI-501 cannot be punched.
*2 Paper fed from PI-501 is punched by PK-503/504/505. And paper fed from those other than PI-501 is
punched by ZU-601/602.
No. Combinations for finishing AC power to be
connected to
1 FS-509/604
2 FS-509/604 PI-501
3 FS-509/604 PK-504/505
4 FS-604 TU-501 + MK-707
5 FS-509/604 PI-501 PK-503/504/505
6 FS-604 PI-501 TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
7 FS-604 PK-503/504/
505
TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
8 FS-604 PI-501 PK-503/504/
505
TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
9 ZU-601/602 FS-509/604
10 ZU-601/602 FS-509/604 PI-501*1
11 ZU-602 FS-604 TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
12 ZU-601*2 FS-509/604 PI-501 PK-504*2
13 ZU-602*2 FS-509/604 PI-501 PK-503/505*2
14 ZU-602 FS-604 PI-501*1 TU-501 + MK-707 External (TU-501)
15 ZU-601*2 FS-604 PI-501 PK-504*2 TU-501 +
MK-707
External (TU-501)
16 ZU-602*2 FS-604 PI-501 PK-503/505*2 TU-501 +
MK-707
External (TU-501)
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
3
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
*1 LU-403 and LU-404 are optional.
B. Functions
Type Console type (floor-mounted type)
Copying method Indirect electrostatic method
Original stand Fixed
Original alignment Left rear standard
Photo conductor OPC
Sensitizing method Laser writing
Paper feed trays Three trays (1,000 sheets x 1, 500 sheets x 2, 20 lb: 80 g/m
2
)
Bypass feed (150 sheet x 1, 20 lb: 80 g/m
2
)
LU-403 (4,000 sheet x 1, 20 lb: 80 g/m
2
) *1
LU-404 (4,000 sheet x 1, 20 lb: 80 g/m
2
) *1
Original Sheet, book, solid object
Max. original size A3 or 11 x 17
Copy size Trays 1, 2 and 3 Inch: 11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 8.5 x 13,
8.25 x 13, 8.125 x 13.25, 8 x 13, 5.5 x 8.5,
A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5,
wide size paper (up to 314 x 445 mm)
Regular Tab paper
Custom size paper (182 x 140 mm, minimum)
Metric: A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, 11 x 17, 8.5 x
14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 8.5 x 13, 8.25 x 13,
8.125 x 13.25, 8 x 13, 5.5 x 8.5,
wide size paper (up to 314 x 445 mm)
Regular Tab paper
Custom size paper (182 x 140 mm, minimum)
Bypass feed Inch: 11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R,
5.5 x 8.5, 5.5 x 8.5R, A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5,
B5R, A5, A5R, B6R,
wide size paper (up to 314 x 460 mm)
Regular Tab paper
Custom size paper (100 x 148 mm, minimum)
Metric: A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, A5R, B6R,
11 x 17, 8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R,
5.5 x 8.5, 5.5 x 8.5R,
wide size paper (up to 314 x 460 mm)
Regular Tab paper
Custom size paper (100 x 148 mm, minimum)
ADU A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, B5R, A5, B6R, 11 x 17, 8.5 x 14,
8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 11R, 5.5 x 8.5, 5.5 x 8.5R
wide size paper (up to 314 x 460 mm)
Custom size paper (100 x 140 mm, minimum)
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
4
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
C. Type of paper
*2 Recommended paper
Plain paper Inch: Hammermill Tidal MP (75 g/m
2
)
Metric: Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m
2
)
Recycled paper Inch: Weyerhaueser Recycled Laser Copy (20lb)
Metric: Nautilaus (80 g/m
2
), Classic White (80 g/m
2
)
*3 Recommended paper
Thick paper Inch: DomtarColor 65lb (176 g/m
2
), COUGAROOVER 65lb (176 g/m
2
),
HM-Cover 65lb (176 g/m
2
), XeroxDisitalLaser 65lb (176 g/m
2
)
Metric: RDEREY200 (200 g/m
2
), RDEREY160 (160 g/m
2
), NEUOOLOROOPY (200 g/m
2
)
XeroxColotech (200 g/m
2
), Xerox3R91798 (160 g/m
2
)
Thin paper Inch: Domter16lb, Docupaque16lb
Metric: Clair Mail (60 g/m
2
)
Label paper Inch: AVERY 5160
Metric: AVERY DSP24
OHP Inch: HP 92296T
Metric: HP 92296T
*4 Label paper and blueprint master are loaded and fed one sheet at a time.
Magnification Fixed magnification Inch: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.545, x 1.294, x 1.214,
x 0.785, x 0.772, x 0.647, x 0.500
Metric: x 1.000, x 2.000, x 1.414, x 1.224, x 1.154,
x 0.866, x 0.816, x 0.707, x 0.500
Preset zoom setting 3 types
Zoom magnification x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Vertical magnification x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Horizontal magnifica-
tion
x 0.250 to x 4.000 (at the step of 0.1%)
Warm-up time Less than 5 min. and 30 sec. (230V AC spec)
First copy out time Less than 3.1 sec.
Continuous copy speed 92 copies/min. (for A4/8.5 x 11)
Continuous copy count Up to 9,999 sheets
Original density selection Auto density selection, manual (9 steps), optional density (2 steps)
Resolution Scan 600 x 600 dpi
Write 600 x 600 dpi
Memory 256 MB (DRAM) + 10 GB (HDD)
Interface section RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C), Serial port (USB TypeB)
Plain paper *2 High quality paper, plain paper and recycled paper of 61 to 90 g/m
2
Special paper *3 Bypass feed
only
OHP film, label paper *4, blueprint master paper *4,
Tab paper
All trays High quality paper of 50 to 60 g/m
2
(thin paper)
High quality paper of 91 to 200 g/m
2
(thick paper)
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
5
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
D. Maintenance
E. Machine data
F. Operating environment
Note
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
Maintenance Every 500,000 prints
Machine service life 30,000,000 prints or 5 years (whichever earlier)
Power source Inch: AC 208 to 240V 10%, 60 Hz
Metric: AC 230V 10%, 50 Hz
Maximum power consump-
tion
Inch: 3,660 W or less (full option)
Metric: 3,450 W or less (full option)
Weight Approx. 280 kg (including DF-606)
Dimensions Main body + DF-606 887 (W) x 780 (D) x 1,203 (H) mm
Main body + DF-606 + ZU-602
+ LU-404 + FS-604 + MK-707
+ TU-501
3,453 (W) x 780 (D) x 1,203 (H) mm
Temperature 10 to 30C
Humidity 10 to 80% RH (with no condensation)
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
6
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Blank page
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.1 Life value
3.1.1 Life value of materials
3.1.2 Life value
The life value is a value for the number of prints or a value for the drive time, whichever is earlier.
The relationship between the driving time mentioned above and the actual number of prints has certain condi-
tions. It is decided according to the amount of copy time and also idling time. Accordingly, the number of prints
can vary substantially for the same amount of rotation time.
Reference: Relationship between the number of prints and the drive time
250 hours drive at A4 continuous output of 9 sheets per job is equivalent to 1,000,000 prints.
Note
Developer/drum replacement icon is generated only by print count or running time. The trigger
can be switched between print count and running time by setting of the DIPSW 15-7 in the Tech.
Rep. mode.
Item No. of prints Driving time Definition of driving time
Drum 1,000,000 250h The time during which the drum is being driven.
Idling time is included in this time period.
Developer 1,000,000 250h The time during which the developing roller is being
driven.
Idling time is included in this time period.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
8
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.2 Schedule
Guarantee period (5 years or 30,000,000 prints)
Service item x 10,000 prints No. of
executions
0
2
5
5
0
7
5
1
0
0
1
2
5
1
5
0
1
7
5
2
0
0
2
2
5
2
5
0
2
7
5
3
0
0

2
8
0
0
2
8
2
5
2
8
5
0
2
8
7
5
2
9
0
0
2
9
2
5
2
9
5
0
2
9
7
5
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
y
Maintenance 1
Every 500,000 prints
59 times
Maintenance 2
Every 1,000,000 prints
29 times
Maintenance 3
Every 1,500,000 prints
19 times
Maintenance 4
Every 3,000,000 prints
9 times
Maintenance 5
Every 4,500,000 prints
6 times
Maintenance 6
Every 6,000,000 prints
4 times
Maintenance 7
Every 10,000,000 prints
2 times
Maintenance 8
Every 15,000,000 prints
1 time
D
F
Maintenance 1
Every 500,000 prints
59 times
Maintenance 2
Every 2,000,000 prints
15 times
Maintenance 3
Every 4,500,000 prints
6 times
F
S
Maintenance 1
Every 500,000 prints
59 times
L
U
Maintenance 1
Every 500,000 prints
59 times
Maintenance 2
Every 1,000,000 prints
29 times
Maintenance 3
Every 3,000,000 prints
9 times
P
I
Maintenance 1
Every 500,000 prints
59 times
Maintenance 2
Every 1,000,000 prints
29 times
Maintenance 3
Every 3,000,000 prints
9 times
P
K
Maintenance 1
Every 500,000 prints
59 times
Z
U
Maintenance 1
Every 500,000 prints
59 times
Maintenance 2
Every 3,000,000 prints
9 times
T
U
Maintenance 1
Every 500,000 prints
59 times
Maintenance 2
Every 4,000,000 prints
7 times
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
9
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.3 Maintenance item
Caution
For cleaning of the tools used, be sure to use a vacuum cleaner appropriate for cleaning toner.
Note
For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section."
3.3.1 Main body
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Preparations Image check
2 Fusing
section
Separation claw/Up, /
Lw cleaning
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad
Cleaning web
55VA-524*
Fixing cleaning web
counter reset (in
Tech. Rep. mode)
1
3 Photo con-
ductor sec-
tion
Photo conductor sec-
tion cleaning
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad/blower brush/
vacuum cleaner
Drum claw
57GA2919*
3
4 Cleaning/
toner recycle
section
Cleaning unit cleaning Cleaning pad/blower
brush/vacuum
cleaner
Cleaning blade
57GA5601*
Blade set mode (in
Tech. Rep. mode)
2
5 Charge
section
Charge unit cleaning
(Charge back plate
and its circumference,
and erase lamp (EL))
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad/blower brush
Charge wire
55VA2509*
2
Vibration-proof rubber
55VA2527*
2
Charge control plate
57GA2508*
1
Charge cleaning unit
55VA-255*
2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
10
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5 Charge
section
C-clip
45AA2040*
2
6 Developing
section
Developing unit clean-
ing
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad/blower brush/
vacuum cleaner
Suction filter
57GA3108*
1
Developing bias con-
tact cleaning

7 Transfer/sep-
aration sec-
tion
Transfer/separation
unit cleaning
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad/blower brush
Transfer/separation
wire
55VA2613*
3
Transfer cleaning
assembly
56GA-276*
1
Separation cleaning
assembly /1
56GA-277*
1
Separation cleaning
assembly /2
56GA-278*
1
Vibration-proof rubber
56AA1783*
3
C-clip
45AA2040*
3
8 Registration
section
Paper dust removing
brush /1, /2 cleaning
Cleaning pad/blower
brush/vacuum
cleaner
Cleaning of each sen-
sor
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad
9 ADU/paper
reverse sec-
tion
Cleaning of each roller/
conveyance section/
reverse/exit guide plate
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad
10 Paper exit
section
Cleaning of the paper
exit roller
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad
11 Paper feed
section
Paper dust removing
brush cleaning
Cleaning pad/blower
brush/vacuum
cleaner
Cleaning of each sen-
sor
Blower brush
12 Bypass tray
section
Cleaning of each sen-
sor
Cleaning pad/blower
brush
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
11
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,000,000 prints)
13 Vertical con-
veyance sec-
tion
Cleaning of the paper
dust removing brush
Cleaning pad/blower
brush/vacuum
cleaner
14 Scanner
section
Cleaning of the origi-
nal/slit glass
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad
Cleaning of each mir-
rors and lens
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad
Cleaning of each sen-
sor
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad
15 Write section Cleaning of the dust-
proof glass
Blower brush/clean-
ing pad
16 Main body Exterior/machine inter-
nal cleaning
Drum cleaner/clean-
ing pad
Cleaning of the dust-
proof filters /1, /2, /3
Vacuum cleaner
17 Toner supply
section
Toner bottle section
cleaning
Cleaning pad
18 Final check Check of W.U.T
Check of the image
and the paper through
(including the vertical
magnification and tim-
ing adjustment)

PM count reset
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed
section
Pick-up roller
55VA-464*
2 Actual replacement
count: 300,000 feeds
Feed roller
55VA-463*
2
Separation roller
55VA-463*
2
Pick-up roller
55VA-484*
1 Actual replacement
count: 500,000 feeds
Feed roller
55VA-483*
1
Separation roller
55VA-483*
1
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
3. PERIODIC CHECK
12
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
2 Bypass tray
section
Pick-up roller
55VA-464*
1 Actual replacement
count: 200,000 feeds
Feed roller
55VA-463*
1
Separation roller
55VA-463*
1
3 Photo con-
ductor sec-
tion
Drum fixing spring
55FU2014*

Drum positioning collar
25SA2015*

Cleaning of the toner
control sensor board
(TCSB)

Drum
Photo conductor
counter reset (in
Tech. Rep. mode)
Replace it once for
every 1,000,000
prints or 250 h. of
driving time, which-
ever is earlier.
4 Cleaning/
toner recy-
cle section
Toner guide brush
assembly
57GA5611*
1 Setting powder
Scattering prevention
felt
55VA5568*
1
Seal plate /Fr
56UA-559*
1
Seal plate /Rr
56UA-558*
1
5 Developing
section
Developer
Developer counter
reset (in Tech. Rep.
mode)
Replace it once for
every 1,000,000
prints or 250 h. of
driving time, which-
ever is earlier.
6 Main body Cleaning of the cover/
machine internal

7 Final check Check of the image
and the paper through

No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
13
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 1,500,000 prints)
D. Maintenance 4 (Every 3,000,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Fusing
section
Fusing roller /Up
57GB5304*

Fusing roller /Lw
assembly
57GA-528*

Fusing claw /Up
55VA5321*

Fusing claw /Lw
25AA5329*

Heat insulating sleeve /
Up
45405339*
Multemp FF-RM
(Tri-flow also available)
Bearing /Up
45407504*

Fusing cleaning sheet
assembly
56GA-547*

Fusing heat roller clean-
ing

No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Photo con-
ductor sec-
tion
Drum temperature sen-
sor (TH5)
56GA-209*
1
2 Cleaning/
toner recy-
cle section
Toner seal plate assembly
57GA-568*
1
Toner guide plate
assembly
55VA-561*
1
3 Registra-
tion section
Registration roller
55VA4603*
1
Registration bearing
55VA7602*
2
Loop roller
57GA-068*
1
Registration clutch
55VA8201*
1
4 Paper
reverse/exit
section
Reverse/exit roller
57GA4740*
1
3. PERIODIC CHECK
14
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
E. Maintenance 5 (Every 4,500,000 prints)
5 Fusing
section
Heat insulating sleeve /Lw
26AA5315*
2
Heat roller bearing
26AA5316*
2
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
55VA8804*
1
Thermistor /4 (TH4)
55VA8806*
1
Fusing heat roller
55VA5307*
1
Fusing actuator
55VA5383*
1
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
55VF8302* (Europe)
55VB8302* (U.S.A)
1
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
55VF8303* (Europe)
55VB8303* (U.S.A)
1
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
55VF8304* (Europe)
55VB8304* (U.S.A)
1
6 External
section
Ozone filter /1
57GA1128*
2
Ozone filter /2
57GA1129*
1
Dust-proof filter /1
57GA1231*
1
Dust-proof filter /2
57GA1232*
1
Dust-proof filter /3
57GA1233*
1
7 Toner sup-
ply section
Toner supply sleeve /1
55VA-334*
1
Toner supply sleeve /2
55VA-335*
1
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Tray Pre-registration clutch
57GA8201*
3 Actual replacement
count: 3,000,000
feeds
Feed clutch
57GA8201*
3
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
15
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
F. Maintenance 6 (Every 6,000,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Charge
section
Charge unit
57GA-250*
1
Erase lamp (EL)
55VA-257*
1
2 Developing
section
Developing unit
57GA-300
1
Developing suction
assembly
57GA-215*
1
3 Transfer/
separation
section
Transfer exposure lamp
(TSL)
55VA8308*
1
Transfer/separation unit
57GA-270*

4 Vertical
conveyance
section
Vertical conveyance
clutch
57GA8201*
2 Actual replacement
count: 4,500,000
feeds
Conveyance roller /1
55VA4410*
1
Cleaning of each sensor Blower brush
5 Fusing
section
Fusing gear
56UA7783*
1
Web motor (M16)
56GA8017*
1
6 ADU Pre-registration roller
57GA4682*
1
ADU pre-registration
bearing
55VA7555*
2
ADU pre-registration
loop roller
57GA4681*
1
ADU exit roller
57GA4681*
1
Cleaning of each sensor Blower brush
Paper reverse/exit
entrance roller
55VA4766*
1
Paper reverse/exit roller
/2
57GA4748*
1
Paper reverse/exit roller /3
57GA4741*
1
3. PERIODIC CHECK
16
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
G. Maintenance 7 (Every 10,000,000 prints)
H. Maintenance 8 (Every 15,000,000 prints)
6 ADU ADU reverse roller
57GA4767*
1
ADU conveyance roller /1
57GA4681*
1
ADU conveyance roller /2
57GA4681*
1
ADU pre-registration
clutch (CL2)
55VA8201*
1
7 Paper
reverse/exit
section
Cleaning of each sensor Blower brush
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Vertical
conveyance
section
Vertical conveyance
roller /2, /3
56GA4411*
2
2 ADU Sensor actuator
56GA4782*
3
Reverse gate /Fr
55VA4730*
1
Reverse gate /Rr
55VA4731*
1
Reverse gate
55VA4757*
4
3 Paper feed
section
Pre-registration roller /1,
/2, /3
55VA4016*
3
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed
section
Feed input gear
57GA7711
1
2 Cleaning/
toner recy-
cle section
Cleaning gear /A
55VA7920
1
Cleaning gear /B
55VA7921
1
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
17
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.3.2 DF
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Preparations Original through check
Cover
2 Paper feed
section
Pick-up roller Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Feed roller Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Paper feed assist roller Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Cleaning pad Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Registration roller Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Pre-handling rubber Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
Original count sensor Blower brush
Original size sensor /Lt Blower brush
Original size sensor /Rt Blower brush
3 Conveyance
section
Original registration
sensor
Blower brush
4 Read section Original conveyance
sensor
Blower brush
Original skew sensor /
Rr
Blower brush
Original skew sensor /Fr Blower brush
5 Paper exit
section
Mirror on the driven
roller assembly
Blower brush
Original reverse sensor Blower brush
Reverse jam sensor Blower brush
Original reverse/exit
sensor
Blower brush
6 Final check Original through check
Cleaning of the cover Drum cleaner/
cleaning pad
3. PERIODIC CHECK
18
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 2,000,000 prints)
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 4,500,000 prints)
3.3.3 LU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed
section
Separation roller
13GA4606*
1 Actual replacement count:
400,000
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed
section
Pick-up roller
13GA4604*
1 Actual replacement count:
800,000
Feed roller
15AS4605*
1 Actual replacement count:
800,000
Feed assist roller
13GA4601*
1 Actual replacement count:
800,000
Torque limiter
13GA-135*
1 Actual replacement count:
800,000
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Preparations Original through check
2 Paper feed
section
Sensors Blower brush
Gears Plas guard No.2
Pre-registration roller/
driven roller
Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Pick-up roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Feed roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Separation roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
3 Final check Original through check
Exterior cleaning Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
19
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 1,000,000 prints)
C. Maintenance 3 (Every 3,000,000 prints)
D. Maintenance 4 (Every 10,000,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed
section
Pick-up roller
55VA-484*
1 Actual replacement
count: 500,000 feeds
Feed roller
55VA-483*
1 Actual replacement
count: 500,000 feeds
Separation roller
55VA-483*
1 Actual replacement
count: 500,000 feeds
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed
section
Feed clutch
57GA8201*
1 Actual replacement
count: 3,000,000
feeds
Pre-registration clutch
57GA8201*
1 Actual replacement
count: 3,000,000
feeds
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed
section
Pre-registration roller
13GG4005*
1 Actual replacement
count: 6,000,000
feeds
2 Paper feed
section
Feed idler gear
15SS7701*
1 Plas guard No.2
Actual replacement
count: 6,000,000
feeds
3 Paper feed
section
Feed input gear
13RJ7908*
1 Actual replacement
count: 6,000,000
feeds
3. PERIODIC CHECK
20
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
3.3.4 FS
A. FS-509
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
(2) Spotted replacement (Every 200,000 staples)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Preparations Original through check
2 Conveyance
section
Conveyance roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Paper exit roller (sponge
roller)
122H4825*
10
Intermediate convey-
ance roller (sponge roller)
13QE4531*
4
3 Drive unit Main drive unit () Plas guard No.2
Main tray section () Plas guard No.2
Shift drive unit () Plas guard No.2
Paper exit drive section () Plas guard No.2
Staple section () Plas guard No.2
4 Stacker
section
Paper assist roller
(sponge roller)
1
5 Final check Original through check Stapler positioning jig
Exterior cleaning Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Staple
section
Stapler unit /Fr
13TQ4250*
1
Stapler unit /Rr
13TQ4250*
1
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
21
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
B. FS-604
(1) Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
(2) Spotted replacement (Every 200,000 staples)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Preparations Original through check
2 Conveyance
section
Conveyance roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Paper exit roller (sponge
roller)
122H4825*
10
Intermediate convey-
ance roller (sponge roller)
13QE4531*
4
3 Drive unit Main drive unit () Plas guard No.2
Main tray section () Plas guard No.2
Shift drive unit () Plas guard No.2
Paper exit drive section () Plas guard No.2
Staple section () Plas guard No.2
Folding section () Plas guard No.2
4 Folding
section
Folding roller
5 Stacker
section
Paper assist roller
(sponge roller)
20AK4210*
1
6 Final check Original through check Stapler positioning jig
Exterior cleaning Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Staple
section
Stapler unit /Fr
15JM-501*
1
Stapler unit /Rr
15JM-501*
1
3. PERIODIC CHECK
22
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.3.5 PI
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
B. Maintenance 3 (Every 1,000,000 prints)
C. Maintenance 4 (Every 3,000,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Conveyance
section
Conveyance roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
2 Paper feed
section
Pick-up roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Original conveyance
roller
Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Separation roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Feed roller
50BA-575*
2 Actual replacement
count: 100,000
Separation roller
13QN-443*
2 Actual replacement
count: 100,000
3 Final check Original through check
Exterior cleaning Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed
section
Pick-up roller
50BA-574*
2 Actual replacement
count: 200,000
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Paper feed
section
Torque limiter
13QN4073*
2 Actual replacement
count: 600,000
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
23
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.3.6 PK
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
3.3.7 ZU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Punch unit
main body
Punch edge Blower brush
2 Punch scraps
collection
section
Punch scraps box
(punch scraps dump)
Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Punch scraps full sen-
sor
Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
3 Final check Original through check
Internal cleaning Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Punch
section
Punch edge Blower brush
2 Conveyance
section
Entrance guide plate Cleaning pad
Conveyance guide plate Cleaning pad
Paper edge sensor
board (sensor)
Blower brush
Registration roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Conveyance roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Exit roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Exit guide plate Cleaning pad
3 Z-folding
section
Folding roller (No. 1 and
No. 2)
Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Folding guide plate Cleaning pad
4 Punch scraps
conveyance
section
Punch scraps box
5 Final check Original through check
Exterior cleaning Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
3. PERIODIC CHECK
24
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 3,000,000 prints)
3.3.8 TU
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 4,000,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Punch
section
Punch clutch
13NKK001*
1
2 Punch scraps
conveyance
section
Punch scraps convey-
ance motor
12GQ-417*
1 Plas guard No.2
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Conveyance
section
Conveyance roller Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Conveyance belt
2 Blade
section
Blade /Up Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
Note: Checking and
cleaning of remaining
scraps
Blade /Lw
Scraps box and its cir-
cumference

3 Stacker
section
Pusher section () Plas guard No.2
Stacker section ()
4 Final check Original through check
Exterior cleaning Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Blade
section
Blade /Up
13LHK001*
1 Actual replacement
count: 500,000
Blade /Lw
13LHK002*
1
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
25
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.3.9 RC
A. Maintenance 1 (Every 500,000 prints)
B. Maintenance 2 (Every 10,000,000 prints)
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Waste toner
conveyance
section
Hose /3 1 Drum cleaner/cleaning
pad
2 Waste toner
collecting
section
Waste toner collecting
box
14RT-970*
1
No. Unit
classification
Description Quantity Implementation classification Materials
Tools used
Cleaning Check Lubrication Replacement
1 Waste toner
conveyance
section
Accumulator
14RT-230*
1 Blower brush
2 Recycle pump
14RT-210*
1
3. PERIODIC CHECK
26
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.4 Replacement parts list
3.4.1 Periodically replacement parts list
Note
For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section."
The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of the fixed parts number in
the Tech. Rep. mode.
A. Main body
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace-
ment cycle
Parts count
No.
1 External
section
Ozone filter /1 57GA1128* 2 3,000,000 30
2 Ozone filter /2 57GA1129* 1 3,000,000
3 Dust-proof filter /1 57GA1231* 1 3,000,000
4 Dust-proof filter /2 57GA1232* 1 3,000,000
5 Dust-proof filter /3 57GA1233* 1 3,000,000
6 Photo con-
ductor section
Cleaning blade 57GA5601* 2 500,000 2
7 Toner guide brush assembly 57GA-574* 1 1,000,000 10
8 Scattering prevention felt 55VA5568* 1 1,000,000
9 Drum claw 57GA2919* 3 500,000 9
10 Drum fixing spring 55FU2014* 1 1,000,000
11 Drum positioning collar 25SA2015* 1 1,000,000
12 Drum temperature sensor (TH5) 56GA-209* 1 3,000,000 20
13 Drum DR910 1 1,000,000
or 250 hours
14 Seal plate /Fr 56UA-559* 1 1,000,000 12
15 Seal plate /Rr 56UA-558* 1 1,000,000 11
16 Toner seal plate assembly 57GA-568* 1 3,000,000 23
17 Toner guide plate assembly 55VA-561* 1 3,000,000 24
18 Cleaning gear /A 55VA7920 1 15,000,000 70
19 Cleaning gear /B 55VA7921 1 15,000,000
20 Toner supply
section
Toner supply sleeve /1 55VA-334* 1 3,000,000 21
21 Toner supply sleeve /2 55VA-335* 1 3,000,000 22
22 Toner seal plate 57GA-568* 1 3,000,000
23 Guide plate assembly 55VA-561* 1 3,000,000
24 Charge
section
Charge wire 55VA2509* 2 500,000 3
25 Vibration-proof rubber 55VA2527* 2 500,000
26 Cleaning web 55VA-524* 1 500,000
27 Charge control plate 57GA2508* 1 500,000 4
28 Charge cleaning unit 55VA-255* 2 500,000 5
29 C-clip 45AA2040* 2 500,000
30 Charge unit 57GA-250* 1 6,000,000
31 Erase lamp (EL) 55VA-257* 1 6,000,000
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
27
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
32 Developing
section
Developing unit 57GA-300* 1 6,000,000 33
33 Developing suction assembly 57GA-215* 1 6,000,000 34
34 Developer DV910 1 1,000,000
or 250 hours
35 Suction filter 57GA3108* 1 500,000 6
36 Paper feed
section
Pick-up roller 55VA-464* 2 1,000,000 46, 50
37 Feed roller 55VA-463* 2 1,000,000 47, 51
38 Separation roller 55VA-463* 2 1,000,000
39 Pick-up roller 55VA-484* 1 1,000,000 54
40 Feed roller 55VA-483* 1 1,000,000 55
41 Separation roller 55VA-483* 1 1,000,000
42 Feed clutch 57GA8201* 3 4,500,000 48, 52, 56
43 Pre-registration clutch 57GA8201* 3 4,500,000 49, 53, 57
44 Feed input gear 57GA7711 1 15,000,000 69
45 Pre-registration roller /1 55VA4016* 1 10,000,000
46 Pre-registration roller /2 55VA4016* 1 10,000,000
47 Pre-registration roller /3 55VA4016* 1 10,000,000
48 Bypass tray
section
Pick-up roller 55VA-464* 1 1,000,000 64
49 Feed roller 55VA-463* 1 1,000,000 65
50 Separation roller 55VA-463* 1 1,000,000
51 Vertical
conveyance
section
Vertical conveyance clutch 57GA8201* 2 6,000,000 67
52 Conveyance roller /1 55VA4410* 1 6,000,000 66
53 Vertical conveyance roller /2 56GA4411* 1 10,000,000 68
54 Vertical conveyance roller /3 56GA4411* 1 10,000,000
55 Transfer/
separation
section
Transfer/separation wire 55VA2613* 3 500,000 7
56 Transfer cleaning assembly 56GA-276* 1 500,000 8
57 Separation cleaning assembly /1 56GA-277* 1 500,000
58 Separation cleaning assembly /2 56GA-278* 1 500,000
59 Vibration-proof rubber 56AA1783* 3 500,000
60 C-clip 45AA2040* 3 500,000
61 Transfer/separation unit 57GA-270* 1 6,000,000 35
62 Transfer exposure lamp (TSL) 55VA8308* 1 6,000,000 36
63 Registration
section
Registration roller /Up 55VA4603* 1 3,000,000 37
64 Registration bearing 55VA7602* 2 3,000,000
65 Loop roller 57GA-068* 1 3,000,000
66 Registration clutch 55VA8201* 1 3,000,000 41
67 ADU Reverse/exit roller 57GA4740* 1 3,000,000 38
68 ADU pre-registration bearing 55VA7555* 2 6,000,000
69 ADU pre-registration loop roller 57GA4681* 1 6,000,000
70 ADU exit roller 57GA4681* 1 6,000,000
71 Paper reverse/exit entrance roller 55VA4766* 1 6,000,000
72 Paper reverse/exit roller /2 57GA4748* 1 6,000,000 38
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace-
ment cycle
Parts count
No.
3. PERIODIC CHECK
28
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
73 ADU Paper reverse/exit roller /3 57GA4741* 1 6,000,000 38
74 ADU reverse roller 57GA4767* 1 6,000,000 39
75 ADU conveyance roller /1 57GA4681* 1 6,000,000 40
76 ADU conveyance roller /2 57GA4681* 1 6,000,000
77 ADU pre-registration clutch 55VA8201* 1 6,000,000 42
78 Sensor actuator 56GA4782* 3 10,000,000
79 Fusing
section
Fusing roller /Up 57GB5304* 1 1,500,000 13
80 Fusing roller /Lw assembly 57GA-528* 1 1,500,000 14
81 Fusing claw /Up 55VA5321* 6 1,500,000 15
82 Fusing claw /Lw 25AA5329* 2 1,500,000 16
83 Heat insulating sleeve /Up 45405339* 2 1,500,000 17
84 Bearing /Up 45407504* 2 1,500,000 18
85 Fusing cleaning sheet assembly 56GA-547* 1 1,500,000 19
86 Heat insulating sleeve /Lw 26AA5315* 2 3,000,000 25
87 Heat roller bearing 26AA5316* 2 3,000,000 26
88 Thermistor /2 (TH2) 55VA8804* 1 3,000,000 27
89 Thermistor /4 (TH4) 55VA8806* 1 3,000,000 28
90 Fusing heat roller 55VA5307* 1 3,000,000 29
91 Fusing actuator 55VA5383* 1 3,000,000 45
92 Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
55VF8302*
55VB8302*
1
1
3,000,000
3,000,000
93 Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
55VF8303*
55VF8303*
1
1
3,000,000
3,000,000
94 Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
55VF8304*
55VF8304*
1
1
3,000,000
3,000,000
95 Cleaning web 55VA-524* 1 500,000 1
96 Fusing gear 56UA7783* 1 6,000,000 43
97 Web motor (M16) 56GA8017* 1 6,000,000 44
98 Paper exit
section
Reverse gate /Fr 55VA4730* 1 10,000,000
99 Reverse gate /Rr 55VA4731* 1 10,000,000
100 Reverse gate 55VA4757* 4 10,000,000
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace-
ment cycle
Parts count
No.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
29
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Option
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace-
ment cycle
Parts count
No.
1 DF Pick-up roller 13GA4604* 1 800,000 108
2 Feed roller 15AS4605* 1 800,000 109
3 Feed assist roller 13GA4601* 1 800,000 111
4 Torque limiter 13GA-135* 1 800,000 112
5 Separation roller 13GA4606* 1 400,000 110
6 LU Pick-up roller 55VA-484* 1 500,000 58
7 Feed roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000 59
8 Separation roller 55VA-483* 1 500,000
9 Feed clutch (CL101) 57GA8201* 1 3,000,000 60
10 Pre-registration clutch (CL102) 57GA8201* 1 3,000,000 61
11 Pre-registration roller 13GG4005* 1 6,000,000 62
12 Feed idle gear 15SS7701* 1 6,000,000 63
13 Feed input gear 13RJ7908* 1 6,000,000
14 FS Paper exit roller (sponge roller) 122H4825* 10 500,000
15 Intermediate conveyance roller
(sponge roller)
13QE4531* 4 500,000
16 Paper assist roller (sponge roller) 20AK4210* 1 500,000
17 PI Feed roller 50BA-575* 2 100,000 92
18 Separation roller 13QN-443* 2 100,000 93
19 Pick-up roller 50BA-574* 2 200,000 91
20 Torque limiter 13QN4073* 2 600,000 94
21 ZU Punch clutch (CL1) 13NKK001* 1 1,000,000
22 Punch scraps conveyance motor
(M7)
12GQ-417* 1 1,000,000 102
23 TU Blade /Up 13LHK001* 1 500,000
24 Blade /Lw 13LHK002* 1 500,000
25 RC Waste toner collecting box 14RT-970 1 500,000 117
26 Recycle pump 14RT-210 1 10,000,000 118
27 Accumulator 14RT-230 1 10,000,000 119
3. PERIODIC CHECK
30
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
3.4.2 Spot replacement parts list
A. Option
Two parts shown below are not periodically replaced parts.
However, be sure to replace them when they get to the actual replacement cycle.
No. Classification Part name Part number Qt. Actual replace-
ment cycle
Parts count
No.
1 FS Stapler unit /Fr (FS-509) 13TQ4250* 1 200,000 80
2 Stapler unit /Rr (FS-509) 13TQ4250* 1 200,000 81
3 Stapler unit /Fr (FS-604) 15JM-501* 1 200,000 80
4 Stapler unit /Rr (FS-604) 15JM-501* 1 200,000 81
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
31
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.5 Maintenance procedure of the external section
3.5.1 Replacing the ozone filter /1 and /2
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Ozone filter /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
Ozone filter /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the exhaust
cover [2].
2. Remove 2 ozone filter /1 [1] and the ozone filter /2
[2].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2]
57gaf2c186na
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c187na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
32
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.5.2 Cleaning the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3
A. Periodically cleaning cycle
Dust-proof filter /1: Every 500,000 prints
Dust-proof filter /2: Every 500,000 prints
Dust-proof filter /3: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Open the bypass tray [1].
2. Clean dust that is clogged in the dust-proof filters
/2 [2], /1 [3] and /3 [4] with a vacuum cleaner.
[2] [3] [4]
[1]
57gaf2c305na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
33
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.5.3 Replacing the dust-proof filter /1, /2 and /3
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Dust-proof filter /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
Dust-proof filter /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
Dust-proof filter /3: Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Open the bypass tray [1].
2. Remove the screws [2], 1 each, and then remove
the filter covers /2 [3], /1 [4] and /3 [5].
Note
When installing the filter covers /1, /2 and /3,
be sure to push each of them in the arrow-
marked direction before installing them.
3. Remove the dust-proof cover /3 [2] from the filter
cover /3 [1].
Note
When installing the dust-proof filter /3 [2], be
sure to check to see if it is set in the catch [3].
[3] [4] [5]
[2] [2] [1]
57gaf2c188na
[1]
[2]
[3]
57gaf2c189na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
34
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. Remove the dust-proof filter /1 [2] from the filter
cover /1 [1].
Note
When installing the dust-proof filter /1 [2], be
sure to check to see if it is set in the catch [3].
5. Remove the dust-proof filter /2 [2] from the filter
cover /2 [1].
Note
When installing the dust-proof filter /2 [2], be
sure to check to see if it is set in the catch [3].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2]
[3]
57gaf2c190na
[1] [3] [2]
57gaf2c191na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
35
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.6 Maintenance procedure of the write section
3.6.1 Cleaning the dust-proof glass
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Dust-proof glass: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Hold the dust-proof glass assembly [1] at the tip
[2] and pull it out along the rail [3] for removal.
Note
When installing the dust-proof glass assem-
bly [1], be sure to take note of its direction.
3. Clean the dust-proof glass section with a cleaning
pad and a blower brush.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c042na
[2] [1]
[3]
57gaf2c043na
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
36
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.7 Maintenance procedure of the photo conductor section
3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section
Note
When the drum section has been removed, be sure to store it in a dark place with the drum cover
provided.
When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be careful not to rotate the drum in any
direction other than the specified direction. Rotating it in the opposite direction to the rotational
direction while printing may cause damage to the cleaning blade.
When removing/reinstalling the photo conductor section, be absolutely sure not to touch the drum
claw.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1].
2. Remove the 2 screws [2] and loosen the screw
[3].
3. Hold the toner supply unit [4] at the section indi-
cated by [5], and pull it out in the arrow marked
directions [6] and [7] in this order.
Note
The section to which the toner supply unit is
installed is made up of the two-stage hinges.
When pulling it out, be careful not to get your
fingers caught in this hinge section.
[5] [6] [7] [3] [2] [1]
57gaf2c044na
[4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
37
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4. Hold the section indicated by [1], slide it toward
this side and pull out the toner supply unit thor-
oughly.
57gaf2c045na
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
38
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. While pressing down the ADU solenoid release
lever [1] in the arrow-marked direction [2], bring
down the ADU pull-out lever [3].
6. Loosen the 3 screws [4] and remove the photo
conductor section cover [5].
7. Remove 2 screws [1].
8. Remove the screw [2] and pull out the drum fixing
coupling [3]
9. Hold the sections indicated by [4] and [5], pull out
the photo conductor section [6].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
For method for installing the drum fixing cou-
pling [3], see "3.7.2 Cleaning/removing the
drum fixing couplings" in the next section.
57gaf2c046na
[2] [3]
[1]
[5] [4]
[1]
57gaf2c047na
[4] [2] [3] [6] [5]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
39
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.7.2 Cleaning/removing the drum fixing couplings
Note
Be sure to conduct this operation when removing the photo conductor section.
A. Procedure
1. Clean the periphery of the drum fixing coupling [1]
with a drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
[1]
57gaf2c048na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
40
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
2. When installing the drum fixing coupling [1], be
sure to set the detent [2] provided on the inside of
the drum fixing coupling to the groove [4] of the
shaft [3]. So, be sure to push in the drum fixing
coupling with the marking line [5] of the drum fix-
ing coupling aligned with the key.
[5] [1]
57gaf2c049na
[4] [3]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
41
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3. While attaching a screwdriver [1] lightly to the
drum fixing coupling [2], rotate the screwdriver
clockwise until the engaging surface of the drum
fixing coupling is set to the outer surface of the
bearing [3], and set the convex section [4] of the
drum fixing coupling to the concave section [6] of
the drum [5].
Note
Be sure not to rotate the drum fixing coupling
in directions other than the specified direc-
tion.
[6] [5]
57gaf2c050na
[4] [2]
[3] [2] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
42
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.7.3 Replacing the drum temperature sensor (TH5)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Drum temperature sensor (TH5): Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
3. Remove 3 connectors [1].
4. Remove the connector [2].
5. Loosen the 2 screws [3] and remove the sensor
support stay assembly [4].
57gaf2c051na
[3] [4] [1]
[3] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
43
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6. Remove the connector [1].
7. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the drum
temperature sensor (TH5) [3].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
After installing it, be sure to check visually to
see if TH5 is securely in contact with the
drum.
After installing it, be sure to take note of the
direction of the connector.
3.7.4 Cleaning the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Toner control sensor board (TCSB): Every 1,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
3. Remove the sensor support stay assembly from
the photo conductor section. (See "3.7.3 Replac-
ing the drum temperature sensor (TH5).")
4. Remove the developing unit and developing suc-
tion assembly from the photo conductor section.
(See "3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and
the developing suction assembly.")
5. Remove the cleaning unit from the photo conduc-
tor section. (See "3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/
toner recycle section.")
6. Remove the drum from the photo conductor sec-
tion. (See "3.7.5 Replacing the drum.")
7. Clean the IDC sensor (IDCS) [2] and the PGC sen-
sor (PGCS) [3] provided on the toner control sen-
sor board (TCSB) [1] with a cleaning pad.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] [3] [1]
57gaf2c052na
57gaf2c053na
[3] [2] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
44
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.7.5 Replacing the drum
Note
Be careful not to touch or damage the drum and the cleaning blade with bare hands.
When storing the drum, be sure to store it in dark place with the drum cover attached.
When reinstalling the drum, the cleaning blade and the toner guide brush, be sure to apply setting
powder all around the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used
ones.
When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure to conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) With the charge and the developing unit removed, rotate the drum one full turn (to prevent
splashing of setting powder to the charge unit and prevent the image from getting blurred).
2) When installing a new drum, be sure to reset the photo conductor counter in the Tech. Rep.
mode. Failing to reset it may results in image fogging and/or toner splash. (See "10.5.1 PM
count.")
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Drum: 1,000,000 prints or 250 hours drive, whichever is earlier
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
3. Remove the sensor support stay assembly from
the photo conductor section. (See "3.7.3 Replac-
ing the drum temperature sensor (TH5).")
4. Remove the developing unit and developing suc-
tion assembly from the photo conductor section.
(See "3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and
the developing suction assembly.")
5. Remove the cleaning unit from the photo conduc-
tor section. (See "3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/
toner recycle section.")
6. Be careful not damage the photo conductor sur-
face. And hold the drum [1] at both ends and lift it
up for removal.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
57gaf2c054na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
45
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
Be sure to clean toner [1] adhering around the
drum installation section with a blower brush/
vacuum cleaner.
57gaf2c055na
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
46
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.7.6 Replacing the drum claw
Note
When reinstalling the drum claw, take note of the direction and position of the claw.
When removing the drum claw, be careful not to damage the drum.
Be careful not to touch the cleaning blade with bare hands.
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Drum claw: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning unit from the photo conduc-
tor section. (See "3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/
toner recycle section.")
3. Set the A3 paper [1] to prevent from damaging the
drum.
4. Remove the connector [2].
5. Remove 2 screws [3].
6. Remove the spring [4] and then remove the drum
claw unit [5].
Note
When installing the drum claw unit [1], be
sure to set the projections [2] at 2 places of
the drum claw unit to the guide holes [4] at 2
places of the photo conductor [3].
When installing the drum claw unit, be careful
that the tip [5] does not get in touch with the
guide rail and deformed.
57gaf2c056na
[2] [3] [4] [5] [3] [1]
57gaf2c057na
[2]
[1] [5] [3]
[4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
47
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
7. Remove the C-clip [1], pull out the shaft [2] in the
arrow-marked direction [3] and remove the 3
drum claws [4].
8. Remove the springs [5], 1 each, from each drum
claws.
Note
When installing it, be sure to clean the shaft
[1] with a drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
Installing the drum claw without removing
toner results in a dull operation.
When installing the drum claw[2], be sure to
take note of the direction of the spring [3].
When installing the C-clip [4], be sure to
insert it between the ribs [5].
After installing the drum claw, be sure to
check to see if each drum claw moves
smoothly.
Make sure the hook section [6] of the spring
comes outside of the rib.
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c058na
[1] [4] [2]
[3] [5] [4]
[1] [3]
[6]
[2] [4] [5]
57gaf2c059na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
48
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.7.7 Replacing the drum fixing spring/drum positioning collar
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Drum fixing spring: Every 1,000,000 prints
Drum positioning collar: Every 1,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the drum positioning collar [2] from the
drum shaft [1] and then remove the drum fixing
spring [3].
Note
When replacing the drum positioning collar
and the drum fixing spring with new ones, be
careful not apply unnecessary force on the
photo conductor section [4], the guide rail [5]
and the drum shaft.
When installing the drum positioning collar,
be sure to set it to the slit [6] of the drum
shaft.
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c299na
[1]
[6] [3]
[2]
[5] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
49
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.8 Maintenance procedure of the charge section
3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit
Note
When removing the charge unit, be careful not to touch the mesh area of the charge control plate
with bare hands.
When cleaning the charge control plate, be sure to blow off impurities with a blower brush.
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Charge unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Hold the sections indicated by [2] and [3], and pull
out the charge unit [4] for removal.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c060na
[2] [4]
[3]
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
50
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.8.2 Replacing the charge control plate, charge wire, vibration-proof rubber, charge cleaning unit
and C-clip
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Charge control plate: Every 500,000 prints
Charge wire: Every 500,000 prints
Vibration-proof rubber: Every 500,000 prints
Charge cleaning unit: Every 500,000 prints
C-clip: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
2. Slide the lever [1] in the arrow-marked direction
[2], and release the lock [3] to remove the charge
control plate [4].
Note
Be sure not to loosen and/or remove the
screw [5] fixing the lever.
3. Remove the lightning protection sheets /Fr [1] and
/Rr [2].
57gaf2c061na
[2] [4]
[3] [5] [1]
[1] [2]
57gaf2c062na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
51
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4. Remove the springs [1], 1 each, and then remove
the charge wires [2] and the vibration-proof rub-
bers [3], 1 each.
57gaf2c063na
[2] [3]
[2] [1]
[2]
[3]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
52
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Note
When removing the charge wires, be careful
that the vibration-proof rubbers [1] do not
drop off and get lost.
When installing the charge wires, be sure to
insert each of the wires [2] into the cut [3] of
the vibration-proof rubbers.
Note
When installing the charge wires, be sure to
install them so that the hook [1] of each
spring turns inside.
[3] [1]
57gaf2c064na
[2]
57gaf2c065na
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
53
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5. Remove the C-clips [3], 1 each, from the shaft [2]
of the charge cleaning unit [1].
6. Turn over the charge unit [4] and remove the 2
charge cleaning units [1].
7. Remove the collar [5] from the shaft [2] of the
charge cleaning unit [1] that has been removed.
Note
Be careful that the collar inserted into the
shaft of the charge cleaning unit does not
drop off and get lost.
When installing the charge cleaning unit, be
sure also to install the collar without fail.
When installing the charge cleaning unit, be
sure to install it while taking note of its direc-
tion.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c066na
[2]
[1]
[5]
[1]
[4] [2] [3]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
54
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.8.3 Cleaning/replacing the charge back plate and the erase lamp (EL)
A. Periodically replaced cycle
Erase lamp (EL): Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Periodic cleaning cycle
Charge back plate: Every 500,000 prints
Erase lamp (EL): Every 500,000 prints
C. Procedure
1. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
2. Remove the charge back plate, lightning protec-
tion sheets /Fr [1] and /Rr [2]. (See "3.8.2 Replac-
ing the charge control plate, charge wire,
vibration-proof rubber, charge cleaning unit and
C-clip.")
3. Remove the connector [1].
4. Release the lock [2] and remove the erase lamp
(EL) [3].
5. Clean the EL and the inside and outside of the
charge back plate [4] with a cleaning pad soaked
with drum cleaner and a blower brush.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c068na
[3]
[2]
[4] [3] [1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
55
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.9 Maintenance procedure of the transfer/separation unit
3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Transfer/separation unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See
"3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
2. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
3. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the transfer/sep-
aration unit [2].
Note
Reinstall the transfer/separation unit [1] so
that the couplings [2] and [3] engage cor-
rectly.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c069na
[2]
[1]
[1] [2] [3]
57gaf2c070na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
56
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.9.2 Replacing the transfer/separation wire, transfer cleaning assembly, separation cleaning
assembly, vibration-proof rubber and the C-clip
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Transfer/separation wire: Every 500,000 prints
Transfer cleaning assembly: Every 500,000 prints
Separation cleaning assembly /1, /2: Every 500,000 prints
Vibration-proof rubber: Every 500,000 prints
C-clip: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Remove the transfer/separation unit from the ADU. (See "3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit.")
2. Release the locks [1] provided at 6 separate places and remove the wire guides /1 [3].
3. Release the locks [2] provided at 6 separate places and remove the wire guides /2 [4].
4. Remove the lightning protection sheets /Fr [5] and /Rr [6].
57gaf2c071nb [1]
[5]
[2] [6]
[1] [3] [1] [2] [4] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
57
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5. Remove the springs [1], 1 each, and then remove
the transfer wire [2], 2 separation wires [3] and the
3 vibration-proof rubber [4].
Note
When reinstalling the transfer wire [2], 2 sepa-
ration wires [3], be sure to insert each wire
into the notch [5] of the vibration-proof rubber
[4].
When reinstalling the transfer/separation
charge wire, be sure to conduct the operation
so that all of the hooks [6] of each spring are
positioned in the direction as shown in the
drawing.
57gaf2c072na
[4]
[2] [1]
[6] [3]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
58
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. Remove the C-clips [2], 1 each, from the shafts [1]
at 3 places.
7. Turn over the transfer/separation unit [3] and
remove the 2 separation cleaning assemblies [4]
and the transfer cleaning assembly [5].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3] [2] [1]
57gaf2c073na [4] [5]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
59
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.9.3 Replacing the transfer exposure lamp (TSL)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Transfer exposure lamp (TSL): Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See
"3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
2. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
3. Remove the transfer/separation unit from the
ADU. (See "3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separa-
tion unit.")
4. Remove the cover from the ADU. (See "3.16.2
Replacing the registration clutch (CL1).")
5. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the trans-
fer exposure lamp cover [2].
6. Remove the connector [1] and then remove the
TSL [2].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
57gaf2c074na
[2] [1]
57gaf2c075na
[2] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
60
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.10 Maintenance procedure of the developing unit
3.10.1 Replacing the suction filter
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Suction filter: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Open the cover of the developing suction assem-
bly [1].
3. Remove the suction filter [2].
4. Clean the outside and the inside of the developing
suction assembly with the vacuum cleaner.
Note
When reinstalling the suction filter, be sure to
expand the filter opening [3] before installa-
tion.
When reinstalling it, make sure that the cover
of the developing suction assembly has been
closed thoroughly.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and the developing suction assembly
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Developing unit: Every 6,000,000 prints
Developing suction assembly: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the devel-
oping suction assembly [2].
3. Release the developing pressure lever [3].
Note
When releasing the developing pressure lever,
be careful not to touch the front and rear pan-
els of the photo conductor section.
[1] [2]
57gaf2c076na [3]
57gaf2c077na [3] [2] [1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
61
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4. Hold the sections indicated by [1] and [2] with
both hands and move it in the arrow-marked
directions [3] and [4] in this order to remove the
developing unit [5].
Note
Be absolutely sure not to rotate the develop-
ing gear [1] in the direction other than the
arrow-marked direction [2]. (Do not rotate it
clockwise.)
When installing the developing unit, be careful
that the front panel of the photo conductor
section does not come into contact with the
developing roller [3].
When installing the developing unit, be sure to
check to see if the developing unit stopper
rollers [4] are in touch with the developing
unit stopper plate [5]. (DS secured)
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] [1]
57gaf2c078na
[5] [4] [3]
57gaf2c079na
[4]
[2] [4]
[1] [3]
[5]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
62
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.10.3 Replacing the developer
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Developer: 1,000,000 prints or 250 hours drive, whichever is earlier
Note
When replacing the developer, be careful that dirt does not get into it.
When putting in new developer, be sure to reset the developer counter in the Tech. Rep. mode. If
not reset, image gray background and toner splash may result.
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the developing unit from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.10.2 Replacing the devel-
oping unit and the developing suction assembly.")
3. Release 2 hooks [1] and remove the developing
unit cover /1 [2].
4. Release 2 hooks [3] and remove the developing
unit cover /2 [4].
5. Remove the scattering prevention board [2] from
the developer control blade [1].
6. Clean the scattering prevention board with the
cleaning pad.
[2] [4]
57gaf2c080na
[3] [1]
57gaf2c306na
[1]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
63
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
7. With the developing unit [1] tilted to about 45 [2],
rotate the developing gear [3] to the arrow-
marked direction [4] with a flathead screwdriver to
discharge the developer [5] in the developing unit
thoroughly.
8. Clean the developer and the toner adhered to the
developing roller.
Note
Be absolutely sure not to rotate the develop-
ing gear [3] in the direction other than the
arrow-marked direction [4]. (Do not rotate it
clockwise.)
Any used developer remaining in the develop-
ing roller may cause gray background to the
image.
9. Pour new developer [1] evenly [3] from above the
mixing screw [2].
10. Rotate the developing gear [5] with a flathead
screwdriver in the arrow-marked direction [6] so
that developer gets thoroughly into the developing
unit [4].
11. Repeat steps 7 and 8 to put in developer thor-
oughly.
12. Rotate the developing gear [5] with a flathead
screwdriver in the arrow-marked direction [6] and
check to see if developer is spiking across the
entire surface of the developing roller [7].
13. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c081na
[3] [4] [5]
[1] [2]
[1] [2] [3] [2]
57gaf2c082na [4] [5] [6] [7]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
64
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.10.4 Cleaning the developing unit
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Developing unit: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the developing unit from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.10.2 Replacing the devel-
oping unit and the developing suction assembly.")
3. Remove the developing unit cover /1 from the
developing unit. (See "3.10.3 Replacing the devel-
oper.")
4. Remove the scattering prevention board [2] from
the developer control blade [1].
5. Clean the scattering prevention board with the
cleaning pad.
6. Clean the developer control blade [1], seat [2]
under the developing roller, and both ends [3] of
the developing roller with the cleaning pad/vac-
uum cleaner.
Note
Be careful not to bend the lower sheet [2].
7. Clean up the rear side of the developing unit cover
/1 [1].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c307na
[1]
[2]
[1] [3]
57gaf2c083na
[3] [2]
57gaf2c084na [1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
65
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.10.5 Cleaning the developing bias contact
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Developing bias contact: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the developing unit from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.10.2 Replacing the devel-
oping unit and the developing suction assembly.")
3. Wipe off smudges adhering to the developing bias
contact [1] with a cleaning pad.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c085na
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
66
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.11 Maintenance procedure of the toner supply section
3.11.1 Cleaning of the toner bottle section
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Toner bottle section: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Pull the lever [1] of the toner supply unit and
remove the toner bottle [2].
3. Clean around the toner bottle insertion opening [1]
with a blower brush and a cleaning pad.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
57gaf2c086na [1]
[1]
57gaf2c087na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
67
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.11.2 Replacing the toner supply sleeves /1 and /2
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Toner supply sleeve /1: Every 3,000,000 prints
Toner supply sleeve /2: Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section, step 1 to step 4."
2. Remove the toner bottle from the toner supply
unit. (See "3.11.1 Cleaning of the toner bottle sec-
tion.")
3. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the cover /
Up [2].
4. Remove the toner supply sleeve /1 [1] and the
toner supply sleeve /2 [2].
[2]
57gaf2c088na
[1]
57gaf2c089na
[2] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
68
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Note
When installing the toner supply sleeves /1 [1]
and /2 [2], be sure to take note of the direc-
tion and the position [3] into which they are
inserted.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c090na [3]
[2] [1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
69
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.12 Maintenance procedure of the cleaning and toner recycle section
3.12.1 Cleaning the cleaning/toner recycle section
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Cleaning/toner recycle section: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Rotate the drum one full turn by hand.
Note
Be sure to rotate the drum one full turn to pre-
vent the toner on the guide brush inside the
cleaning section from falling down.
When rotating the drum, be sure to rotate it in
the arrow-marked [1] direction.
2. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
3. Remove the connector [1].
4. Release the 2 levers [2] that holding the cleaning
section.
5. Remove the cleaning section [3].
Note
When removing the cleaning section, be sure
to slant it by 15 or so in the direction [2]
opposite to the drum [1] contact section, and
remove it along the ribs [3] at 4 places of the
photo conductor section.
[1]
57gaf2c091na
57gaf2c092na [1] [3]
[2] [2]
57gaf2c093na [2] [3]
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
70
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Note
When reinstalling it, be sure to set the refer-
ence pin [1] of the photo conductor section to
the notch [2] of the cleaning section.
6. Remove the charge unit from the photo conductor
section. (See "3.8.1 Replacing the charge unit.")
7. Remove the sensor support stay assembly from
the photo conductor section. (See "3.7.3 Replac-
ing the drum temperature sensor (TH5).")
8. Remove the developing unit and developing suc-
tion assembly from the photo conductor section.
(See "3.10.2 Replacing the developing unit and
the developing suction assembly.")
9. Clean the section indicated by [1] of the photo
conductor section with a blower brush and a
cleaning pad.
10. Remove the cleaning blade from the cleaning unit.
(See "3.12.2 Replacing the cleaning blade.")
11. Remove the toner guide brush assembly and the
toner seal plate from the cleaning unit. (See
"3.12.3 Replacing the toner guide brush assem-
bly, scattering prevention felt, seal plates /Fr and /
Rr, and the toner seal plate assembly.")
12. Tap lightly the casing section [1] and drop off recy-
cled toner that adheres to the inner wall.
13. Rotate the gear [2] in the arrow-marked direction
to discharge toner outside.
14. Repeat the operations given in steps 12 and 13
until toner is discharged, and clean the inside
finally with vacuum cleaner.
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c094na [1] [2]
[1]
57gaf2c095na
[2] [1]
57gaf2c096na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
71
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.12.2 Replacing the cleaning blade
Note
Be absolutely sure to replace the cleaning blade and the toner guide brush at the same time.
When replacing the cleaning blades, be sure to replace the cleaning blade /1 and the cleaning
blade /2 at the same time.
Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
When reinstalling the cleaning section, be sure to apply setting powder to the entire periphery of
the drum and the cleaning blade regardless of these parts being new or used ones.
When the drum is applied with setting powder, be sure conduct the following operations before
installing the photo conductor section to the main body:
1) To obtain an accurate toner density, clean setting powder splashed onto the PGC sensor
(PGCS) and the IDC sensor (IDCS) on the toner control sensor board (TCSB) with a cleaning
pad soaked in drum cleaner.
2) With the charge unit and the developing unit removed, rotate the drum one full turn (for splash
prevention of setting powder to the charge and prevention against the image getting blurred).
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Cleaning blade: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning section from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.12 Maintenance proce-
dure of the cleaning and toner recycle section.")
3. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the clean-
ing blade /2 [2].
Note
When installing the cleaning blade, be sure to
push lightly both the ends of the cleaning
blade alternately to check to see if there
remain play.
4. Reinstall a new cleaning blade /2.
57gaf2c097na
[1]
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
72
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. Pull the blade release arm [1] in the arrow-marked
direction [2] and, with the blade release arm held
by hand, rotate the blade replacement lever [3] in
the arrow-marked direction [4].
6. Keep your hand on the blade replacement lever
[3] with it turned, and let go your hand of the blade
release arm [1].
7. Let go of your hand that is holding the blade
replacement lever [3].
Note
Be sure to check to see if the blade replace-
ment lever [3] has been shifted in the arrow-
marked direction [4]. (Position of the cleaning
blade /1)
57gaf2c098na
[1] [2]
[4]
[3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
73
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
8. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the clean-
ing blade /1 [2].
9. Install a new cleaning blade /1.
10. Remove toner adhered to the lower [1] and upper
[2] blade sides of the cleaning section with a
cleaning pad.
57gaf2c099na
[1]
[2]
[1] [2]
57gaf2c100na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
74
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Note
After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,
be sure to check to see if the blade replace-
ment lever [1] has been pulled (cleaning
blades /1).
After replacing the cleaning blades /1 and /2,
be sure to conduct the blade set mode in the
Tech. Rep. mode to prevent the blade from
curling up. (See "10.4.9 Blade setting mode
(drum peculiarity adjustment)" in Field Serv-
ice.)
Be sure to avoid using the blade set mode
other than when replacing the cleaning blade.
Otherwise, the cleaning blade counter of the
fixed parts counter is reset so that the blade
is not replaced automatically at the correct
timing.
11. Reinstall the parts after that following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c101na [1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
75
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.12.3 Replacing the toner guide brush assembly, scattering prevention felt, seal plates /Fr and /Rr,
and the toner seal plate assembly
Note
Be sure to replace the toner guide brush assembly and the cleaning blade at the same time.
When replacing the toner guide brush assembly, be sure to replace the splash prevention felt at
the same time.
Be sure to avoid touching the edge of the cleaning blade with bare hands.
When reinstalling the toner guide brush assembly, apply setting powder uniformly with the toner
guide brush removed.
Be absolutely sure to avoid touching the brush section of the toner guide brush assembly with
bare hands. Also, be careful that the brush section does not come in direct contact with other
objects.
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Toner guide brush assembly: Every 1,000,000 prints
Scattering prevention felt: Every 1,000,000 prints
Seal plate /Fr: Every 1,000,000 prints
Seal plate /Rr: Every 1,000,000 prints
Toner seal plate assembly: Every 3,000,000 prints
3. PERIODIC CHECK
76
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning section from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.12 Maintenance proce-
dure of the cleaning and toner recycle section.")
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the toner
seal plate assembly [2].
57gaf2c102na
[2]
[1]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
77
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
When installing the toner seal plate assembly
[1], be sure to attach the screw [3] first with it
aligned with the guide holes [2].
When the both ends [4] of the sheet section of
the toner seal plate assembly get into the
inside of the toner guide brush assembly [5],
this may cause toner to spill over. On an
occasion like this, be sure to adjust the curva-
ture of the sheet section. At this time, be sure
to adjust the curvature of the sheet section so
that it becomes parallel to the toner guide
brush assembly, or it bends a little to this side
(1 mm or less).
Be sure to clean the sheet section of the toner
seal plate assembly with a blower brush and a
cleaning pad.
57gaf2c103na
[1] [5] [4]
[2]
[3]
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
78
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the seal
plate /Fr [2].
5. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the seal
plate /Rr [4].
Note
After removing the toner guide brush assem-
bly, be sure to clean the sections to which the
seal plate /Fr, /Rr is installed with a blower
brush and a cleaning pad.
57gaf2c104na
[2]
[3]
[4]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
79
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6. Move the toner guide brush assembly [1] in the
arrow-marked directions [2] and [3] in this order
for removal.
Note
When installing the toner guide brush, be sure
to set the pin [6] of the toner guide brush
assembly to the coupling slit [5] of the clean-
ing section [4].
7. Remove the C-clip [3] from the shaft [2] of the
toner guide brush assembly [1].
[5]
[4] [3]
[6]
[2] [1]
57gaf2c105na
[3] [2] [1]
57gaf2c106na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
80
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. Remove the bearing [1], the splash prevention felt
[2], the bearing fixing member [3], and the toner
prevention collar [4] in this order.
Note
Be careful that the toner prevention collar [4]
does not get lost.
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2] [3] [4]
57gaf2c107na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
81
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.12.4 Replacing the cleaning gear /A, /B and the guide plate assembly
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Cleaning gear /A: Every 15,000,000 prints
Cleaning gear /B: Every 15,000,000 prints
Guide plate assembly: Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the photo conductor section from the
main body. (See "3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the
photo conductor section.")
2. Remove the cleaning section from the photo con-
ductor section. (See "3.12 Maintenance proce-
dure of the cleaning and toner recycle section.")
3. Remove the toner guide brush assembly from the
cleaning section. (See "3.12.3 Replacing the toner
guide brush assembly, scattering prevention felt,
seal plates /Fr and /Rr, and the toner seal plate
assembly.")
4. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the collar
[2].
5. Remove the screw [3] (B tight M3 x 8) and the
screw [4] (TPM3 x 6), and then remove the drive
reinforcing plate [5].
Note
When installing the drive reinforcing plate [5],
be careful not to confuse the screw [3] with
the screw [4].
6. Pull out the cleaning gear /A assembly [1].
[3]
[5]
57gaf2c108na
[2] [1] [4]
57gaf2c109na [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
82
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. Remove the 2 E-rings [1] from the cleaning gear /
A assembly.
8. Slide the cleaning gear /A [1] in the arrow-marked
direction [2] and pull out the pin [3].
9. Remove the cleaning gear /A [1] in the arrow-
marked direction [4].
10. Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft
[1] and then remove the cleaning gear /B [3].
Note
When pulling out the cleaning gear /A assem-
bly, the shaft [4] and the splash prevention felt
[5] may come off. When they come off, be
sure to replace the splash prevention felt with
a new one.
[1]
57gaf2c300na
[1] [4]
[3] [2]
57gaf2c301na
57gaf2c110na
[1] [2] [3] [5] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
83
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
11. Remove the E-ring [2] from the toner guide shaft
[1].
12. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the bear-
ing [2].
13. Pull out the toner guide shaft [3] for removal.
Note
When installing the toner guide shaft, be sure
to insert it while holding it so that the bearing
[1] does not come off.
When inserting the toner guide shaft and the
bearing come off, be sure to replace the
splash prevention felt [2] with a new one.
[2] [1]
57gaf2c111na
[1] [2] [3]
57gaf2c112na
57gaf2c113na
[2] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
84
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the
toner guide plate assembly [2].
Note
When installing the toner guide plate assem-
bly, be sure to fasten it with it run against the
lower side.
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c114na
[2] [2] [1]
[1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
85
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.13 Maintenance procedure of the paper feed section
3.13.1 Cleaning the paper dust removing brush (Tray 1, 2, 3)
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Paper dust removing brush: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Release the stoppers [1] at 2 places, and remove
the paper dust removing brush [2].
3. Clean the cleaning section [2] of the paper dust
removing brush [1] with a blower brush.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c115na
[1] [2]
57gaf2c116na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
86
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.13.2 Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller (Trays 1, 2, 3)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Feed roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 300,000 prints (tray 1, 2)/once for every 500,000 prints
(tray 3) for actual replacement cycle)
Pick-up roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 300,000 prints (tray 1, 2)/once for every 500,000
prints (tray 3) for actual replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
Note
The method for replacing the pick-up roller assembly is the same for tray 1, 2 and 3. The explana-
tion here is given for tray 1.
After completion of the installation, rotate the pick-up roller in the direction of the paper feed
(counterclockwise as seen from the front) to check to see if the paper feed roller, the belt and the
coupling section rotate smoothly. The rotation of the pick-up roller is restricted only to the direc-
tion of the paper feed (counterclockwise as seen from the front) and be absolutely sure not to turn
it clockwise.
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Remove 2 C-clips [1].
3. Remove the bearing /Fr [2].
4. Slide the bearing /Rr [3] to the rear side.
5. Slide the pick-up roller assembly [4] to the front
side and remove the pin [6] of the shaft [5] from
the coupling [7].
6. While bringing up the pick-up roller assembly [4],
pull out the shaft [5] from the notch [8] of the metal
frame.
7. Remove the shaft [10] from the arm [9] of the
guide plate, and then remove the pick-up roller
assembly [4].
Note
When installing the pick-up roller assembly
[4], be sure to take note of the following.
1) Be careful not to damage it with the paper
feed reference actuators /Fr [1] and /Rr
[12].
2) Install it so that the pin [6] of the shaft [5] is
engaged with the coupling [7].
3) Check to see if the shaft [10] is set
securely to the arm [9] of the guide plate.
[6] [1] [12] [11]
57gaf2c118na
[3]
[5]
[7]
[4]
[9]
[10]
[8]
[1]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
87
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
8. Remove the paper feed reference actuator /Fr [1].
9. Remove the 2 C-clips [2] and then remove the
connecting bearing /Fr [3].
10. Slide the connecting bearing /Rr [4] in the arrow-
marked direction [5] and remove the mounting
bracket [6].
11. Remove the pick-up roller [1].
12. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the paper
feed roller [3].
Note
When installing the pick-up roller [1], be sure
to install it so that the projection [4] comes to
the opposite side of the gear [5].
When installing the feed roller [3], be sure to
install it so that the flange [6] of the collar
comes to the opposite side of the gear [7].
13. Release the stopper [2] of the collar [1] and
remove the collar from the pick-up roller [3].
Note
When installing the pick-up roller, be sure to
check to see if the roller is smeared with
grease.
[5] [4] [3] [2]
57gaf2c119na
[1] [6] [2]
[7] [5] [6] [3] [2]
57gaf2c120na
[4] [1]
[3] [1]
57gaf2c121na
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
88
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. Remove the feed roller [1] from the collar [2].
Note
The paper feed roller and the separation roller
are the same in their appearance and form.
However, the inside of the feed roller is pro-
vided with a one-way mechanism, and the
separation roller not provided with the one.
So, be careful not to confuse one with the
other.
When installing the paper feed roller, be sure
to check to see if the roller is smeared with
grease.
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2]
57gaf2c122na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
89
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.13.3 Replacing the separation roller (Trays 1, 2, 3)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Separation roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 300,000 prints (tray 1, 2)/once for every 500,000
prints (tray 3) for actual replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
Note
The replacement method of the separation roller assembly is the same for all the trays 1, 2 and 3.
The explanation here is made of the tray 1.
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Bring up the pick-up roller assembly [1].
3. Remove the 2 screws [2] and then remove the
entrance guide plate [3].
[2] [1] [3] [2]
57gaf2c123na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
90
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the pin
[3] of the shaft [2] from the coupling [4].
5. Remove the separation roller assembly [5].
6. Remove the C-clip [1].
7. Remove the screw [2] and turn over the protective
sheet [3] to remove the separation roller [5]
together with the shaft [4].
[4] [1] [5] [1] [3] [2]
57gaf2c125na
[5] [3] [4]
57gaf2c126na
[1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
91
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
8. Remove the gear [1] and the separation roller
shaft [2].
9. Remove the collar [4] from the separation roller [3].
Note
The feed roller and the separation roller are
the same in their appearance and form. How-
ever, the inside of the feed roller is provided
with a one-way mechanism and the separa-
tion roller not provided with the one. So, be
careful not to confuse one with the other.
When installing it, be sure to check to see if
the separation roller is smeared with grease.
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c127na
[1] [4] [3]
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
92
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.13.4 Replacing the paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8)
(Trays 1, 2, 3)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7): Every 4,500,000 prints (once for every 3,000,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)
Pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8): Every 4,500,000 prints (once for every 3,000,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
Note
The replacement method of the paper feed clutch and the pre-registration clutch is the same for
all the trays 1, 2 and 3. The explanation here is made of the tray 1.
When the replacement is made for the trays 2 and 3, be sure to remove all the trays on the upper
stage in advance before starting operations.
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the con-
veyance cover [2].
3. Remove 2 connectors [3].
4. Remove 2 C-clips [4] and then remove the paper
feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7) [5] and the pre-regis-
tration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8) [6].
[3] [4]
[5] [1] [6] [3]
57gaf2c128na
[2] [1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
93
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
When installing each of the clutches, be sure
to install it with the stopper [1] of the clutch
set to the guide [2].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2]
57gaf2c129na
[1] [2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
94
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.13.5 Replacing the pre-registration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Pre-registration roller /1, /2, /3: Every 10,000,000 prints (once for every 6,000,000 prints for actual replace-
ment cycle)
B. Procedure
Note
The replacement method of the pre-registration roller is the same for both the trays 1 and 2. How-
ever, the replacement method for the tray 3 is a little different and a note is given only when a dif-
ferent procedure is employed for replacement. The explanation here is given of the tray 1.
When the replacement is made for the trays 2 and 3, be sure to remove all the trays on the upper
stage in advance before starting operations.
After replacing the pre-registration roller, be sure to adjust the tilt of the pre-registration roller.
(See "11.4.1 Pre-registration roller skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3."
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2,"
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Remove 5 screws [1].
3. Turn over the tray cover [2] and remove the con-
nector [3].
4. Remove the tray cover [2].
Note
When installing the tray cover, be sure to con-
nect the connector securely. Failing to con-
nect it results in the pull-out of all the trays
unavailable.
57gaf2c130na
[2]
[3]
[1]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
95
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5. Remove the pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6,
CL8). (See "3.13.4 Replacing the paper feed
clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/pre-registration clutch
(CL4, CL6, CL8) (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
6. Remove the connector [1].
Note
When replacing the pre-registration roller /3
(tray 3), be sure to skip steps 7 to 9.
7. Remove the 2 screws [2] and then remove the
paper lift unit [3].
Note
When installing it, be sure to set the pin of the
shaft [4] to the coupling [5].
8. Remove the 3 screws [1] and then remove the
positioning plate /Fr [2].
57gaf2c131na
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[2] [1]
57gaf2c132na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
96
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
9. Remove the spring [1].
10. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the lock
lever [3].
Note
When installing it, be sure to push the lock
lever [3] in the arrow-marked direction [4] and
check to see if it returns to the original posi-
tion.
11. Remove 2 E-rings [5] and then remove the bear-
ing [6].
12. Remove the E-ring [7] and then remove the bear-
ing [8].
13. Remove 3 screws [9] and then remove the adjust-
ment plate [10].
14. Remove the pre-registration roller[11].
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c133na
[8]
[9]
[7]
[10]
[11] [1] [2]
[5]
[6]
[3] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
97
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.13.6 Replacing the feed input gear
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Feed input gear: Every 15,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover. (See "6.3.1 Removing/
reinstalling the rear cover.")
2. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
3. Pull out the tray 3. (See "6.3.20 Removing/rein-
stalling the paper feed tray 3.")
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove 4 screws [2].
6. Release the 2 board supports [3] and remove the
paper feed motor assembly [4].
57gaf2c302na
[4] [1] [3] [3]
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
98
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the feed
input gear [2].
Note
The shaft [3] is inserted with the pin [4]. Be
careful that the pin does not get lost.
When installing the paper feed input gear, be
sure to set the stopper [5] to the pin.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c303na
[4] [3] [5]
[1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
99
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.14 Maintenance procedure of the bypass tray section
3.14.1 Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Feed roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 200,000 prints for actual replacement cycle)
Pick-up roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 200,000 prints for actual replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the cooling
fan /4 (FM12) assembly [3].
4. Remove the connector [4].
5. Remove the screws [5], 2 each, and then remove
the bypass tray [6].
Note
When installing the bypass tray, be sure to
slide it in the arrow-marked direction [7] to
the limit.
[5]
[1]
57gaf2c174na
[5]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[7]
[4]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
100
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the bear-
ing [2].
7. Remove the C-clip [3] and then remove the bear-
ing [4].
8. Remove the pick-up roller assembly [5].
Note
When installing the pick-up roller assembly,
be sure to set the pin [7] of the shaft [6] to the
coupling [8].
When installing the pick-up roller assembly,
be sure to position the section indicated by
[9] above the solenoid lever [10].
When installing the pick-up roller assembly,
be sure to check to see if the rubber of each
roller is not smeared with grease.
9. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the drive
protective bearing [2].
10. Remove the C-clip [3] and then remove the slide
bearings [4].
Note
When installing the slide bearing, be sure to
install it in the direction in which the side with
a wider flange protrudes from the shaft lifting
assembly [5].
11. Remove the pick-up roller assembly [6].
[1] [2] [5] [4] [3]
[8] [7] [6] [10] [9]
57gaf2c175na
[1] [2]
[3] [4] [5] [6]
57gaf2c176na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
101
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
12. Remove the pick-up roller [2] from the shaft [1].
Note
When installing the pick-up roller, be sure to
install it so that the arrow mark [3] comes to
the gear side [4].
13. Release the locks [1] at 2 places and remove the
collar [3] from the pick-up roller [2].
[3]
[4] [2] [1]
57gaf2c177na
[2]
[1] [3]
57gaf2c178na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
102
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. Remove the slide bearing [1].
Note
When installing the slide bearing, be sure to
install it in the direction in which the side with
a wider flange protrudes from the shaft lifting
assembly [3].
15. Slide the entire paper feed roller assembly [2] and
release the bearing [4] from the shaft lifting
assembly [3] to remove the paper feed roller
assembly.
16. Remove the paper feed roller [2] from the shaft [1].
Note
When installing the paper feed roller, be sure
to install it so that the paint mark [3] side
comes to the gear [4] side.
[4] [1]
[2] [3]
57gaf2c179na
[1]
[3]
[2] [4]
57gaf2c180na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
103
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
17. Remove the collar [2] from the feed roller [1].
18. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3.14.2 Replacing the separation roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Separation roller: Every 1,000,000 prints (once for every 200,000 prints for actual replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the bypass tray. (See "3.14.1 Replacing
the feed roller/pick-up roller.")
3. Remove the spring /1 [1].
Note
According to the separation pressure, 3
installation holes [2] are provided on the
frame side of the spring. When installing the
spring /1 [1], be sure to install it to the hole
from which it was removed.
[1] [2]
57gaf2c181na
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c182na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
104
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. Pull up the separation roller unit assembly [1].
5. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the sepa-
ration roller unit [3].
Note
The shaft [4] of the separation roller unit is
inserted with the spacer [5]. Be careful that it
does not get lost.
When installing the separation roller, be sure
to insert the projection [8] into the stopper [7]
of the spring [6].
6. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the sepa-
ration roller unit [2].
Note
When installing the separation roller, be sure
to install it so that the paint mark [3] comes to
the torque limiter [4] side.
When installing the separation roller, be sure
to check to see if the separation roller is not
smeared with grease.
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7] [8]
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c183na
[3]
[1] [2] [4]
57gaf2c184na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
105
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
7. Remove the collar [2] from the separation roller [1].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2]
57gaf2c185na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
106
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.15 Maintenance procedure of the vertical conveyance section
Note
If the vertical conveyance covers, /Up[2] and /
Lw[3], were removed after the vertical con-
veyance unit [1] was removed, be sure to
install the vertical conveyance unit first to the
main body and then install the vertical con-
veyance covers, /Lw and Up. Never install the
vertical conveyance covers, /Up and /Lw,
while the vertical conveyance unit is removed.
3.15.1 Cleaning the paper dust removing brush
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Paper dust removing brush: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the vertical
conveyance door cover /Up [2].
Note
When installing the vertical conveyance door
cover /Up [2], be sure to tighten it up together
with the vertical conveyance door cover /Lw
[4].
2. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the vertical
conveyance door cover /Lw [4].
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c309na [3]
[1] [2]
57gaf2c192na
[3] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
107
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3. Push the projections [1] at 2 places to release the
lock, and remove the paper dust removing brush
[2].
4. Clean the cleaning section [2] of the paper dust
removing brush [1] with a blower brush.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2]
57gaf2c193na
57gaf2c194na
[2] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
108
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9): Every 6,000,000 prints (once for every 4,500,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)
Vertical conveyance clutch /2 (CL10): Every 6,000,000 prints (once for every 4,500,000 prints for actual
replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the vertical
conveyance unit[3].
Note
When placing the vertical conveyance unit [3],
be sure to place it with the jam open/close
door [4] down.
[2]
[4]
[1]
[3]
57gaf2c195na [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
109
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the verti-
cal conveyance clutch /2 (CL10) [3].
Note
When installing CL10, be sure to set the stop-
per [4] to the guide [5].
6. Remove the connector [6].
7. Remove the C-clip [7] and then remove the verti-
cal conveyance clutch /1 (CL9) [8].
Note
When installing CL9, be sure to set the stop-
per [9] to the guide [10].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c196na
[2] [5] [4] [1]
[8]
[7] [10] [9] [6]
[3]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
110
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.15.3 Replacing the conveyance roller /1
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Conveyance roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints (once for every 6,000,000 prints for actual replacement cycle)
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See
"3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /
1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10).")
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the gear
[2] and the pin [3].
4. Remove the 2 E-rings [4] and then remove the 2
bearing [5] and the conveyance roller /1 [6].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3.15.4 Replacing the vertical conveyance roller /2 and /3
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Vertical conveyance roller /2, /3: Every 10,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
2. Remove the vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9)
(See "3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance
clutch /1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10).")
3. Remove the 2 E-rings [1] and then remove the 2
bearing [2] and the vertical conveyance roller /2
[3].
4. Following steps 2 and 3, remove the vertical con-
veyance roller /3 [4].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[4]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[6]
57gaf2c197na
[1]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
57gaf2c198na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
111
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.15.5 Cleaning the vertical conveyance sensor (PS53)/loop sensor (PS54)
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS53): Every 500,000 prints
Loop sensor (PS54): Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Lw. (See "6.3.4 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw.")
2. Remove the vertical conveyance unit. (See
"3.15.2 Replacing the vertical conveyance clutch /
1 (CL9) and /2 (CL10).")
3. Clean the vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS53) [1]
and the loop sensor (PS54) [2] with a blower
brush.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c310na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
112
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.16 Maintenance procedure of the ADU
3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44)
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Registration sensor (PS44): Every 1,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1], /Lt [2.
2. Bring down the ADU pull-out lever [5] while press-
ing the lock release lever [3] with a screwdriver in
the arrow-marked direction [4], and pull out the
ADU [6].
3. Remove the 2 screws [1] and release the fixing of
the sensor mounting bracket [2].
[3] [4] [5] [6]
57gaf2c200na
[2] [1]
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c205na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
113
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4. Turn over the sensor mounting bracket [1] and
clean the registration sensor (PS44) [2] with a
blower brush.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3.16.2 Replacing the registration clutch (CL1)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Registration clutch (CL1): Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Open the open/close guide /1 [1].
3. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ADU
pull-out lever [3].
4. Loosen 4 screws [4] and remove the ADU cover
[5].
57gaf2c206na
[2] [1]
[3]
[1]
57gaf2c209na
[2]
[4]
[4]
[5]
57gaf2c210na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
114
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. Loosen the hexagon socket head cap screw [1]
and remove the knob [2].
6. Remove the connector [1].
7. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the regis-
tration clutch (CL1) [3].
Note
When installing it, be sure to set the stopper
[4] of the clutch to the guide plate [5].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c211na
[3] [2]
57gaf2c212na
[1] [5] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
115
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.16.3 Removing/reinstalling the registration section
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove 3 connectors [1].
57gaf2c213na
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
116
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, and then remove
the registration section [2].
Note
When installing it, be sure to engage the stop-
per of the registration clutch (CL1) with the
stopper section. (See "3.16.2 Replacing the
registration clutch (CL1).")
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c214na
[1]
[1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
117
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.16.4 Replacing the registration roller/registration bearing
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Registration roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
Registration bearing: Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body and then
remove the paper dust removing brush /1. (See
"3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover and then remove the reg-
istration clutch. (See "3.16.2 Replacing the regis-
tration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the E-rings [1], 1 each, and then remove
the registration bearings [2], 1 each.
5. After sliding the registration roller [3] in the arrow-
marked direction [4], pull it out while lifting it up in
the arrow-marked direction [5].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[2]
57gaf2c215na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
118
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.16.5 Replacing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/pre-registration roller/ADU pre-registration bearing/
ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Loop roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
ADU exit roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
Pre-registration roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
ADU pre-registration bearing: Every 6,000,000 prints
ADU pre-registration clutch: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove the C-clip [2] and then remove the ADU
pre-registration clutch (CL2) [3].
Note
When installing it, be sure to set the stopper
[4] of the clutch to the guide plate [5].
57gaf2c216na
[1] [4] [5]
[3] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
119
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6. Remove 6 connectors [1], [2], [3] and [4].
57gaf2c217na
[4] [3] [2]
[1] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
120
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the wiring
harness fixing member [2].
8. Remove the 3 screws [3] and then remove the
registration motor assembly [4].
Note
When installing the registration motor assem-
bly [4], be sure to set the positioning hole [5]
to the projection [6] of the ADU.
9. Open the open/close guide /1.
10. Remove the 2 E-rings [1] and then remove the 2
spacers [2].
11. Remove the belt [3].
12. Remove the 2 pulleys [4] and pull out the 2 pins [5]
from the shaft.
57gaf2c218na
[3] [5][6] [2] [3]
[3] [1] [4]
[1]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[5]
[4]
[4]
57gaf2c219na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
121
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
13. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
to the front side to remove the loop roller [3].
14. Remove the 2 screws [4] and slide the bearing [5]
to the front side to remove the ADU exit roller [6].
15. Remove the 2 screws [7] and slide the bearing fit-
ting [8] and the ADU pre-registration bearing [9] to
the front side to remove the pre-registration roller
[10].
16. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
the loop roller [1].
Note
When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
17. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
the ADU exit roller [1].
Note
When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
18. Remove the 4 E-rings [2], the 2 ADU pre-registra-
tion bearings [3] and the bearing fitting [4] from the
pre-registration roller [1].
19. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [6] [7]
57gaf2c220na
[10] [9] [8] [5] [4]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
57gaf2c221na
[1]
[2]
[3]
57gaf2c222na
[1]
[2]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[3]
57gaf2c223na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
122
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.16.6 Replacing the ADU pre-registration loop roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
ADU pre-registration loop roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the registration motor assembly. (See
"3.16.5 Replacing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/
pre-registration roller/ADU pre-registration bear-
ing/ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2).")
5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the trans-
fer motor assembly[2].
Note
When installing the transfer motor assembly
[2], be sure to set the positioning hole to the
projection of the ADU.
[1] [2]
57gaf2c224na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
123
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6. Remove 7 connectors [1] and [2].
57gaf2c225na
[1] [1]
[2]
[1] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
124
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. Remove the 3 screws [1] and then remove the
wiring harness guide plate assembly [2].
8. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ADU
lock solenoid assembly [2].
Note
When installing the ADU lock solenoid
assembly [2], be sure to set the positioning
hole to the projection of the ADU.
9. Remove the E-ring [3], gear [4] and pin [5].
57gaf2c226na
[1] [2] [1]
[1] [2]
57gaf2c227na
[5] [4] [3]
57gaf2c228na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
125
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10. Remove 2 E-rings [6] and then remove 2 spacers
[7].
11. Remove the belt [8].
12. Remove the 2 pulleys [9] and pull out the 2 pins
[10] from each of the shafts.
13. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the
bearing [2]. Pull out the ADU pre-registration loop
roller [3] to the front side for removal.
Note
When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
14. Remove the 2 E-rings from the ADU pre-registra-
tion loop roller [1].
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[8] [9] [6] [10] [7]
57gaf2c229na
[6] [7] [10] [9]
57gaf2c230na
[3] [1] [2] [1]
[2]
57gaf2c231na
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
126
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
ADU reverse roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the ADU
cooling fan /3 (FM22) [3].
57gaf2c232na
[3]
[1]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
127
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6. Remove 2 connectors [1].
7. Remove the 3 screws [2] and then remove the jam
indicator board assembly [3].
57gaf2c233na
[2]
[3] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
128
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. Remove 2 connectors [1].
9. Remove the 3 screws [2] and then remove the
ADU reverse motor assembly [3] and the belt [4].
Note
When installing the ADU reverse motor
assembly [3], be sure to set the positioning
hole [5] to the projection [6] of the ADU.
10. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the
spacer [2].
11. Remove the pulley [3] and pull out the pin [4] from
the shaft.
[5][6] [4]
[2] [2]
[3] [1]
57gaf2c234na
[3] [2] [1]
57gaf2c235na [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
129
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
12. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
to the front side to remove the ADU reverse roller
[3].
13. Remove the 2 E-ring [2] and the bearing [3] from
the ADU reverse roller [1].
Note
When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
14. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
57gaf2c236na
[3] [2]
[2]
57gaf2c237na
[3] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
130
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.16.8 Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1, /2
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
ADU conveyance roller /1: Every 6,000,000 prints
ADU conveyance roller /2: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the JAM indicator board assembly. (See
"3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller.")
4. Remove 3 connectors [1].
5. Except for the connector (CN530 /BN:6pin) [1] to
the ADU cooling fan /3 (FM22), remove all the 13
connectors connected to the ADU drive board
(ADUDB) [2].
[1]
[1]
57gaf2c238na
57gaf2c239na
[1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
131
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6. Remove 3 screws [1] and then remove the ADU
drive board assembly [2].
Note
When installing the ADU drive board assem-
bly, be sure to set the positioning hole to the
projection of the ADU.
[1]
57gaf2c240na
[2] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
132
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. Remove 7 connectors [1], [2] and [3].
[3]
[1] [1]
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c241na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
133
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
8. Remove the 3 screws [1] and then remove the
wiring harness guide plate assembly [2].
Note
When installing the wiring harness guide plate
assembly, be sure to set the positioning hole
to the projection of the ADU.
9. Open the open/close guide /1.
10. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and then remove the 2
spacers [3].
11. Remove the 2 pulleys [4] and pull out the 2 pins [5]
from each of the shafts.
12. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
to the front side to remove the ADU conveyance
roller /1 [3].
Note
When installing the bearing of each of the roll-
ers, be sure to install it so that the flange
turns outside.
13. Remove the 2 screws [4] and slide the bearing [5]
to the front side to remove the ADU conveyance
roller /2 [6].
57gaf2c242na
[1] [2] [1]
[4]
57gaf2c243na
[5]
[4]
[3] [2] [1] [2]
[3]
[5]
[6] [5] [3] [2]
57gaf2c244na
[1] [4]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
134
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. Remove the E-rings [1], 2 each, and the bearings
[2], 1 each, from the ADU conveyance roller/1 and
the ADU conveyance roller /2.
15. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
3.16.9 Replacing the paper reverse/exit roller, /2, /3
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Paper reverse/exit roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
Paper reverse/exit roller /2: Every 6,000,000 prints
Paper reverse/exit roller /3: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the JAM indicator board assembly. (See
"3.16.7 Replacing the ADU reverse roller.")
4. Remove the ADU drive board assembly. (See
"3.16.8 Replacing the ADU conveyance roller /1, /
2.")
5. Loosen the screw [1] and remove the knob [2].
6. Remove 2 E-rings [3] and then remove 2 spacers
[4].
7. Remove the belt [5].
8. Remove the 2 pulleys [6] and pull out the 2 pins [7]
from the shaft.
[1]
57gaf2c245na [2]
57gaf2c246na
[7] [4] [6] [3]
[2]
[1]
[5] [4] [3]
[7]
[6]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
135
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
9. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove 2 spacers
[2].
10. Remove the belt [3].
11. Remove the 2 pulleys [4] and pull out the 2 pins [5]
from the shaft.
12. Remove the 2 screws [1] and slide the bearing [2]
to the front side to remove the paper reverse/exit
roller [3].
Note
When installing the bearing of each of the roll-
ers, be sure to install it so that the flange
turns outside.
13. Remove the 2 screws [4] and slide the bearing [5]
to the front side to remove the paper reverse/exit
roller /2 [6].
14. Remove the 2 screws [7] and slide the bearing [8]
to the front side to remove the paper reverse/exit
roller /3 [3].
15. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
the paper reverse/exit roller [1].
[4] [4] [5] [5]
57gaf2c247na
[2] [3]
[2] [1]
[1]
[8] [9] [5] [1] [6]
57gaf2c248na
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4] [7]
[2]
57gaf2c249na [3] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
136
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
the paper reverse/exit roller /2 [1].
17. Remove the 2 E-rings [2] and the bearing [3] from
the paper reverse/exit roller /3 [1].
18. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
57gaf2c250na
[3] [1]
[2]
57gaf2c251na
[3] [1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
137
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.16.10 Replacing the paper reverse/exit entrance roller
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Paper reverse/exit entrance roller: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Loosen the 2 screws [1] and remove the paper
reverse/exit cover [2].
4. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the one-
way clutch [4].
Note
When installing the one-way clutch [4], be
sure to install it so that the gear [5] comes to
the opposite side of the paper reverse/exit
section.
57gaf2c252na
[1]
[4] [5]
[3]
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
138
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. Remove the 2 screws [1] on the rear side and then
remove the bearing [2].
6. Slide the paper reverse/exit entrance roller [3] to
the front side to remove it.
Note
When installing the bearing, be sure to install
it so that the flange turns outside.
7. Remove 3 E-rings [1] and then remove the bear-
ing [2].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
57gaf2c253na
[2] [3]
[1]
57gaf2c254na
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
139
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.16.11 Replacing the reverse/exit switching gate
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Guide /Fr: Every 10,000,000 prints
Guide /Rr: Every 10,000,000 prints
Guide : Every 10,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Loosen 2 screws [1] and remove the reverse/exit
section cover [2].
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c255na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
140
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. Remove the screw [1] and release the fixing of the
gate drive fitting [2].
4. Remove the 2 E-rings [3] and then remove the 2
bearings [4].
5. Open the open/close guide plate [5] and remove
the paper reverse/exit switching gate [6].
57gaf2c256na
[4] [1]
[3] [2]
[4] [3]
[6] [5]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
141
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6. Remove the screws [1], 1 each, the guides /Fr [2]
and /Rr [3], and the 4 guides [4].
Note
The guide [5] is not allowed to be replaced.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
When installing it, be sure to conduct "C.
Adjustment."
C. Adjustment
1. Loosen 2 screws [1].
2. Make a bundle of sheets of 80 g/m
2
paper,
and put this bundle between the paper reverse/
exit switching gate [2] and the guide plate [3].
3. Tight up the 2 screws [1].
57gaf2c257na
[3] [5]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[1] [1]
1
.
5
~
2
m
m
[1]
[2]
[3]
57gaf2c258na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
142
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.16.12 Replacing the sensor actuator
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Sensor actuator: Every 10,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing section. (See "3.17.1 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the transfer/separation charge. (See
"3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit.")
4. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
5. Remove the ADU. (See "6.3.22 Removing/rein-
stalling the ADU.")
6. Remove the JAM indicator board assembly and
the ADU reverse motor assembly. (See "3.16.7
Replacing the ADU reverse roller.")
7. Remove 9 connectors [1].
8. Remove the connector [2].
57gaf2c312nb
[1]
[1] [1]
[1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
143
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
9. Open the paper reverse/exit section [1].
10. Remove the 2 screws [2] and then remove the fan
holder cover assembly [3].
Note
The fan holder cover assembly is left con-
nected with the wiring [4]. After removing the
fan holder cover assembly, be sure to put it
on the fusing guide rail assembly [5].
11. Remove the connectors [1] and [2].
12. Remove the 5 screws [3] and then remove the
fusing guide rail assembly [4].
Note
The fusing guide rail assembly is left con-
nected with the wiring. After removing it, be
sure to evacuate it to the rear side with the
fan holder cover assembly [5] put on it.
57gaf2c313nb
[5] [2]
[4] [3] [1]
57gaf2c314nb
[2]
[3] [4]
[1] [3] [5]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
144
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. Open the actuator mounting plate [2] of the
reverse paper exit sensor (PS8) [1] and remove
the sensor actuator [3].
Note
When reinstalling it, be sure to hook the end
[5] of the spring [4] to the underside of the
actuator mounting plate.
After installing the sensor actuator, be sure to
rotate the sensor actuator in the arrow-
marked direction [6] to check to see if it
returns to its original position.
14. Remove the spring [2] from the sensor actuator
[1].
Note
When reinstalling it, be sure to insert the end
[3] of the spring into the installation hole [4].
57gaf2c315nb
[2] [3] [1] [2] [5]
[3] [6]
[4] [2]
57gaf2c316nb
[3]
[4] [2]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
145
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15. Open the horizontal conveyance section [1].
16. Remove the connecting spring [3] from the ADU
open/close plate /3 [2] and open also the horizon-
tal conveyance section.
57gaf2c317nb
[1] [2]
[3]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
146
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the ADU
open/close plate 3/ [2].
18. Remove the connector [3].
19. Remove the screws [1], [2] and [3], 2 each, and
then remove the ADU fixing plate /4 [4].
Note
When removing the 2 screws [2], be sure to
raise the charger rail assembly [5] so that a
driver can be inserted perpendicular to the
screws [2].
At each of the 2 screw sections [1], the spac-
ers [6], 1 each, are provided on the back side
of the ADU fixing plate /4. Be careful that they
do not get lost.
57gaf2c318nb
[1]
[3] [2]
57gaf2c319nb
[3]
[2]
[1][6] [5] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
147
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
20. Turn over the ADU fixing plate /4 [1] and remove
the sensor actuator [3] from the ADU reverse sen-
sor /2 (PS13) [2].
Note
For the replacement method of the sensor
actuator, be sure to follow steps 13 and 14.
57gaf2c320nb
[1] [3]
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
148
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
21. Fold the A4 size paper [1] into two and cover it
over the end section of the ADU fixing plate /5
assembly [2].
Caution
Be sure to cover the end section of the ADU
fixing plate /5 assembly with paper so that it
can be protected against the direct contact of
the hands. When not protected, it may be
damaged by burr.
22. Remove the sensor actuator [4] from the ADU
conveyance sensor (PS9) [3].
Note
For the replacement method of the sensor
actuator, be sure to follow steps 13 and 14.
23. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c321nb
[2] [1]
[3] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
149
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section
3.17.1 Removing/reinstalling the fusing unit
Caution
Immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), the fusing
section is very hot and you may get burnt. Be sure to start operations when the temperature cools
down sufficiently.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Open the reverse/exit section [1].
3. Open the fusing exit section [2].
4. Loosen 2 screws [3] and remove the fusing cover
[4].
[4] [3]
57gaf2c001na
[1] [2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
150
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lever
assist plate [2].
6. Remove the screw [3] and release the fixing of the
fusing section [4].
Note
When fixing the fusing section [4], be sure to
press it to the rear side and tight up the screw
[3].
7. Close the fusing paper exit section [5].
8. After sliding the fusing section [4] to this side, lift it
up by hand for removal.
Note
When lifting up the fusing section, be sure to
hold it at the jam release knob [6] and the
handle [7].
When installing it, be sure to slide it with the
fusing section set to reversal section [8] side.
At this time, insert the sheet [9] of the reversal
section into the underside of the fusing paper
exit section.
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
When replacing the fusing unit, the rank set-
ting is required. For the setting method, see
"6.3.24 Setting the rank while in replacing the
fusing unit," and "10.9.1 Software switch set-
ting."
[3]
57gaf2c002na
[9] [5]
[1]
[2]
[5] [6]
[4] [8] [7]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
151
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.2 Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing section. (See "3.17.1 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
4. Insert a screwdriver [4] into the hole [3] of the shaft
[2] and rotate the shaft clockwise to release pres-
sure.
Note
After the fusing unit /Up [5] is closed and
fixed, be sure to rotate the shaft for pressure.
When opening the fusing unit /Up [5], it
becomes unstable. Be careful that it does not
fall down.
5. Remove the screws [6], 2 each, and open the fus-
ing unit /Up [5].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[6] 57gaf2c003na
[1] [2] [3]
[4] [5]
[6]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
152
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.17.3 Replacing the cleaning web
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Cleaning web: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Open-
ing/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the
cleaning web [2].
Note
When installing a new cleaning web, be sure
to set the slits [4] at 2 places of the cleaning
web to the hooks [3] at 2 places. And, be sure
to set the pin [8] of the shaft [7] to the groove
[6] of the take-up gear [5] so that the cleaning
web does not get slackened.
The performance of a new cleaning web is
guaranteed on and after the position at which
the blue line [9] is broken. When installing it,
be sure to rotate the pin [8] to take it up to the
position at which the blue line is broken.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
When the cleaning web is replaced, be sure to
reset the counter of the cleaning web in the
Tech. Rep. mode. (See "10. Tech. Rep. mode"
in the Field Service.)
57gaf2c004na
[2] [4] [9] [3]
[7] [8] [6] [6]
[5] [1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
153
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) and /2 (L3)
Note
Be sure to avoid touching the lamp section of the fusing heater lamps /1 (L2) and /2 (L3) with bare
hands. When touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2): Every 3,000,000 prints
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3): Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Opening/
closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove each of the screws [1] and then remove 2
clamps [2].
Note
When reinstalling the clamp, be sure to install
it in the correct position. When it is installed in
a wrong position, the fusing cover cannot be
attached.
5. Remove the fastons [3] and [4].
Note
When removing the faston, be sure to hold the
connector section for removal. Be absolutely
sure to avoid pulling it out by holding the wir-
ing section.
6. Remove each of the screws [5] and then remove 2
clamps [6].
7. Remove the fastons [7] and [8].
Note
When removing the faston, be sure to hold the
connector section for removal. Be absolutely
sure to avoid pulling it out by holding the wir-
ing section.
[2] [3] [4]
57gaf2c005na
[7] [5] [8]
[1]
[6]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
154
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the lamp
fixing plate cover [2].
9. Remove the 2 screws [3] and then remove the
lamp fixing plate /Fr [4].
10. Pull out the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2) [5] and fus-
ing heater lamp /2 (L3) [6] in the arrow-marked
direction [7] for removal.
Note
When reinstalling each of the fusing heater
lamps, check to see if either end of each lamp
is set in the fitting holes of the lamp fixing
plates /Fr [4] and /Rr [8].
Be sure to install each of the fusing heater
lamps so that the manufacturer mark [9]
comes to front side.
After each of the fusing heater lamps is
installed, check to see if it is in touch with the
inner face of the fusing roller /Up [10].
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[8] [10]
57gaf2c006na
[3] [3] [1] [2]
[6] [4] [5] [7]
[9]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
155
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.5 Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the bearing /Up, the heat insulating sleeve /Up and the fusing
gear
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing roller /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
Heat insulating sleeve /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
Bearing /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
Fusing gear: Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Opening/
closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2. (See
"3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
and /2 (L3).")
5. Remove the fusing roller /Up [1].
[1]
57gaf2c007na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
156
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. Remove the C-ring [1], the fusing gear [2], the
gear [3] (not replaced), the heat insulating sleeve /
Up [4] and the bearing /Up [5].
Note
When installing the heat insulating sleeve and
the bearing /Up, be sure to install them so
that the flanges [6] turn outside.
7. Remove the C-ring [7], the heat insulating sleeve /
Up [8] and the bearing /Up [9].
Note
When installing the heat insulating sleeve and
the bearing /Up, be sure to install them so
that the flanges [10] turn outside.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
When installing the heat insulating sleeve, be
sure to apply Multemp FF-RM (Tri-flow also
available) to its inside and outside peripher-
ies.
[9] [8] [7] 57gaf2c008na
[10]
[6]
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
157
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.6 Replacing the fusing roller /Lw assembly
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing roller /Lw assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.2 Open-
ing/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the fusing heater lamps /1 and /2. (See
"3.17.4 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
and /2 (L3).")
5. Remove the fusing roller /Up. (See "3.17.5
Replacing the fusing roller /Up, the bearing /Up,
the heat insulating sleeve /Up and the fusing
gear.")
6. Remove the springs [1] (longer one) and [2]
(shorter one).
Note
The springs [1] and [2] are different in length
and size. When installing them, be sure take
note of places to which they are installed.
7. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the
ground terminal [4].
8. Remove the screws [5], 1 each, and then remove
the thick paper conveyance support plate [6].
Note
When installing the thick paper conveyance
assist plate [6], after installing the springs [1]
and [2] and the ground terminal [4], be sure to
push the thick paper conveyance assist plate
in the paper exit direction and check to see if
it moves smoothly.
[4]
[6]
[3]
57gaf2c010na
[2] [5]
[5] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
158
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
9. Remove the screw [1], and then remove the jam
release knob [2].
10. Remove the fusing roller /Lw assembly [3].
Note
When installing it, before pressing the fusing
roller /Lw, be sure to adjust the spring posi-
tion so that the distance "a" [6] between each
end of the 2 springs [4] and each end of the
presser plates [5] is within a specified value.
Failing to conduct this operation may result in
insufficient fusing when printing a thick paper.
Specified value a: 2 to 4 mm
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[6]
57gaf2c009na
[4] [5]
[2] [1] [3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
159
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller assembly
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the thick paper conveyance assist plate.
(See "3.17.6 Replacing the fusing roller /Lw
assembly.")
4. Remove each of the screws [1] and then remove
the fixing plate [2].
Note
When installing the fixing plate, be sure to set
each of the positioning holes [3] to each pro-
jection [4] of the fusing section.
[2]
57gaf2c011na
[1]
[1] [3][4]
[3][4]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
160
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. Remove each of the springs [1].
6. Remove the screw [2] and open the fusing heat
roller assembly [3] in the arrow-marked direction
[4].
57gaf2c012na
[1]
[2]
[1]
[3] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
161
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
When reinstalling the fusing heating roller
assembly [1], be sure to set the guide hole [3]
of the fusing heating roller assembly to the
guide pin [2] of the fusing section.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] 57gaf2c013na
[3] [2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
162
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.17.8 Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing cleaning sheet assembly: Every 1,500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing
cleaning unit [2].
5. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the fusing
cleaning sheet assembly [2].
6. Remove the paper dust that has gathered in [3] of
the fusing cleaning sheet assembly unit.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2]
57gaf2c014na
[1]
[2] [3]
57gaf2c015na
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
163
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.9 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
Note
Be careful not to touch the lamp section of the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) with bare hands. When
touched, be sure to clean it with the roller cleaner.
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4): Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Cut off the wiring band [1] and remove the con-
nector [2].
Note
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
5. Cut off the wiring bands [3] at 2 places.
Note
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
6. Remove the screw [4] and then remove the clamp
[5].
7. Remove the faston [6].
Note
When removing the faston, be sure remove it
by holding its joint. Be absolutely sure not to
pull it out by holding the wiring section.
[6] [5] [4] [3]
[2] [1]
57gaf2c016na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
164
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the fixing
plate /Rr [2].
Note
When installing the fixing plate /Rr [2], be sure
to set the positioning holes [3] at 2 places to
the projections [4] at 2 places of the fusing
section.
9. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the fixing
plate /Fr [6].
Note
When reinstalling the fixing plate /Fr [6], be
sure to set the positioning hole [7] to the pro-
jection [8] of the fusing heating roller assem-
bly.
10. Pull out and remove the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
in the arrow-marked direction [10].
Note
When installing the L4, be sure to check to
see if each end is set to the installation holes
of the lamp fixing plates /Fr [6] and /Rr [2].
Be sure to install the L4 so that the manufac-
turer mark comes to front side (faston termi-
nal side).
After installing the L4, be sure to check to see
if it is not in contact with the inner surface of
the fusing heat roller.
11. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c279na
[2] [1] [3][4]
[7] [8] [9] [5]
[6]
[10]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
165
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.10 Replacing the fusing heat roller, the heat roller bearing and the heat insulating sleeve /Lw
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing heat roller: Every 3,000,000 prints
Heat insulating sleeve /Lw: Every 3,000,000 prints
Heat roller bearing: Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Remove the fusing cleaning unit. (See "3.17.8
Replacing the fusing cleaning sheet assembly.")
5. Remove the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4). (See
"3.17.9 Replacing the fusing heater lamp /3 (L4).")
6. Remove the C-rings [1], 1 each, and then remove
the heating roller bearings [2], 1 each, to remove
the fusing heating roller [3].
Note
When reinstalling the heating roller bearing,
be sure to take note of the direction of the
flange [4].
7. Remove the heat insulating sleeves /Lw [5], 1
each, from the fusing heating roller.
Note
When reinstalling the heat insulating sleeves /
Lw, make sure that each of the flanges turn to
the fusing heating roller side.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] [5]
[4] [3] [5]
[1] [2]
57gaf2c017na
[4] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
166
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.17.11 Replacing the fusing claw /Lw
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing claw /Lw: Every 1,500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See "3.17.2
Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the screws [1], 1 each, and then remove
2 fusing claw /Lw assemblies [2].
Note
When installing the fusing claw /Lw assembly,
be sure to set the positioning holes [3] at 2
places to the projections [4] at 2 places of the
fusing paper exit section.
5. Remove the spring [2] from each of the fusing
claw /Lw assembly [1] and then remove the fusing
claw /Lw [3].
Note
When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw, be sure
to take note of the position [4] to which the
spring is hooked.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] [3][4]
[1]
57gaf2c018na
[1] [2]
[4]
[3]
57gaf2c019na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
167
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.12 Replacing the fusing claw /Up
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing claw /Up: Every 1,500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See "3.17.2
Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the springs [1], 1 each, and then remove
6 fusing claws /Up [2].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c020na
[2]
[2]
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
168
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3.17.13 Replacing the fusing actuator
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Fusing actuator: Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing paper exit section. (See "3.17.2
Opening/closing the fusing unit /Up.")
4. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the fusing
claw /Lw assembly [2] (on the rear side).
Note
When reinstalling the fusing claw /Lw assem-
bly, be sure to set the positioning hole [3] to
the projection [4] of the fusing paper exit sec-
tion.
5. Remove 2 connectors [5].
6. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the sensor
assembly[7].
7. Remove the screws [1] and then remove the fus-
ing actuator [2].
Note
When installing the fusing actuator, be sure to
take note of the positions [3] and [4] to which
the springs are installed.
After installing the fusing actuator, be sure to
check to see if the actuator gets back to the
original position when the end [5] is pushed
down. When it does not get back to the origi-
nal position, wind the spring 1 turn around the
spring attached section [4].
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2] [7] [6]
57gaf2c021na
[3][4] [5]
[1] [4] [2]
[3] [5]
57gaf2c022na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
169
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.14 Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2)
Caution
After completion of the installation of the TH2, be sure to check to see if it is in touch with the fus-
ing roller /Up.
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Thermistor /2 (TH2): Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the web motor assembly. (See "3.17.20
Replacing the web motor (M16).")
4. Open the fusing paper exit section [1].
5. Insert the screwdriver [4] into the hole [3] of the
shaft [2] and rotate the shaft [2] clockwise to
release pressure.
Note
After installing the fusing unit /Up [5], be sure
to rotate the shaft for pressure.
6. Remove the screws [6], 2 each.
7. Remove the screws [7], 1 each and then remove
the fusing unit /Up [5].
[1] [7] [4] [3] [6] [2]
[7] [6] [5]
57gaf2c023na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
170
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. Cut off the wiring bands [1] at 2 places.
Note
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
9. Remove 2 connectors [2].
Note
The connector is a 3-pin connector.
The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. It is a
good practice to use a female connector with
both cables while as a guide.
10. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the ther-
mistor /2 assembly [4].
11. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the ther-
mistor /2 (TH2) [6].
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3]
[2]
[5] [4]
[6]
[1]
57gaf2c024na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
171
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.15 Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /1 (TH1)
Note
Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
When reinstalling the TH1, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig (55VAJG011)
before fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
After completion of the reinstallation of the TH1, be sure to check the wiring harness to see if it is
in touch with the fusing roller /Up.
A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the web motor assembly. (See "3.17.20
Replacing the web motor (M16).")
4. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.14
Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2).")
5. Cut off 2 wiring bands [1].
Note
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
6. Remove the connector [2].
Note
The connector is a 2-pin connector.
The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. With a
female connector with white and red cables
used as a guide, be sure to remove a connec-
tor on the white cable side.
7. Remove 2 screws [4] and then remove the ther-
mistor /1 assembly [5].
Note
For the method for installing the thermistor /1
assembly, see "B. Installation procedure."
[4]
[5]
57gaf2c025na
[1] [2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
172
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. Cut off the wiring band [1].
Note
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
9. Remove the 2 screws [2] and the 2 nuts [3], and
then remove the thermistor /1 (TH1) [4].
B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /1 assembly. (See "A.
Removal procedure.")
2. Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig
(55VAJG011) [3] between the thermistor /1 (TH1)
[1] and the fusing roller /Up [2].
3. Adjust the position of the TH1 so that the distance
becomes equal to the thickness of the tempera-
ture sensor positioning jig, and fasten the thermis-
tor /1 assembly with 2 screws [4].
Note
Be sure to adjust the distance a [7] between
the TH1[5] and the fusing roller /Up [6] so that
it becomes equal to the thickness of the tem-
perature sensor positioning jig (55VAJG011).
Specified value: a = 0.75 0.1mm
Make sure that the TH1 is parallel to the roller.
4. Apply Screw-lock to 2 screws [4].
5. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
6. Set the software DIPSW38-5, 6, 7 to 000.
7. Erase a 3-digit code shown on the front side of the
fusing unit with a drum cleaner and a cleaning pad.
8. Make a print and check to see if there is any trou-
ble found with fusibility (insufficient fusibility or
excessive curling of paper).
Note
When there is any trouble found with fusibility,
be sure to replace the software DIPSW19-0, 1,
2, 3 and adjust them.
[1] [3]
57gaf2c026na
[2] [4] [2]
57gaf2c027na
a
[4]
[2] [1] [3]
[6]
[5]
[7]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
173
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.16 Replacing the thermistor /4 (TH4)
Caution
After completion of the installation of the TH4, check to ensure it is in touch with the fusing heat-
ing roller.
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Thermistor /4 (TH4): Every 3,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Cut off the wiring bands [1] at 2 places and [2].
Note
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
5. Remove the connector [3].
Note
The connector is a 4-pin connector.
The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. With a
female connector with white and black cables
used as a guide, be sure to remove a connec-
tor on the white cable side.
6. Remove the screw [4] and then remove the clamp
[5].
7. Remove the screw [6] and then remove the ther-
mistor /4 assembly [7].
57gaf2c028na
[3]
[4] [5] [6] [7] [2]
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
174
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. Cut off the wiring band [1].
Note
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
9. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ther-
mistor /4 (TH4) [3].
10. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c029na
[1] [3]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
175
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.17 Removing/reinstalling the thermistor /3 (TH3)
Note
Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
When reinstalling the TH3, adjust it with the temperature sensor positioning jig (55VAJG021)
before fixing it. Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
After completion of the reinstallation of the TH3, be sure to check the wiring harness to see if it is
in touch with the fusing roller /Up.
A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Open the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Cut off the wiring bands [1] at 2 places and [2].
Note
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
5. Remove the connector [3].
Note
The connector is a 5-pin connector.
The connector is made up of a male connec-
tor for relay and 2 female connectors. With a
female connector with white and blue cables
used as a guide, be sure to remove a connec-
tor on the white cable side.
6. Remove the screws [4], 1 each, and then remove
the 3 clamps [5]
7. Remove the screw [6] and then remove the ther-
mistor /3 assembly [7].
[6] [4] [7]
57gaf2c030na
[5] [2]
[3] [1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
176
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. Cut off the wiring band [1].
Note
When attaching a new wiring band, be sure to
use a heat-resistant one (P/N:00Z922320).
9. Remove 2 screws [2], 2 nuts [3] and then remove
the thermistor /3 (TH3) [4]
B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /3 assembly.
2. Insert the temperature sensor positioning jig
(55VAJG021) [3] between the thermistor /3 (TH3)
[1] and the fusing heat roller [2].
3. Adjust the position of the TH3 so that the distance
becomes equal to the thickness of the tempera-
ture sensor positioning jig, and fasten the thermis-
tor /3 assembly with 2 screws [4].
Note
Make sure that the distance "a" [5] between
the TH3 [1] and the fusing heat roller [3]
becomes equal to the thickness of the tem-
perature sensor positioning jig (55VAJG021).
Specified value: a = 0.7 0.1mm
Be sure to check to see if the TH3 is parallel
to the roller.
4. Apply Screw-lock to 2 screws [4].
5. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
[2] [1]
57gaf2c031na
[3] [4] [3]
57gaf2c032na
a
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[
5
]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
177
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.18 Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /1 (TS1)
Note
Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
When reinstalling the TS1, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG031) before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the web motor assembly. (See "3.17.20
Replacing the web motor (M16).")
4. Remove the fusing unit /Up. (See "3.17.14
Replacing the thermistor /2 (TH2).")
5. Remove 2 fastons [1].
Note
When removing the faston, be sure remove it
by holding its joint. Be absolutely sure not to
pull it out by holding the wiring section.
6. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ther-
mostat /1 assembly [3].
Note
For the method for installing the thermostat /
1 assembly, see "B. Installation procedure"
7. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ther-
mostat /1 (TS1) [2].
[1] [2] [3] [1]
57gaf2c033na
[2]
57gaf2c034na
[1]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
178
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /1 assembly.
2. Install 2 fastons [2] to the thermostat /1 assembly
[1].
3. Insert the thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG031)
[4] between the thermostat /1 (TS1) and the fus-
ing roller /Up [3].
4. Adjust the position of the TS1 so that it become
flush with the thermostat positioning jig
(55VAJG031) , and then fix it with the screw [5].
Note
Be sure to adjust the distance a [8] between
the TS1 and the fusing roller /Up [7] so that it
becomes equal to the thickness of the ther-
mostat positioning jig (55VAJG031).
Specified value: a = 3.0 0.2mm
5. Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].
6. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
57gaf2c035na
a
[2]
[2]
[1]
[5]
[4] [3]
[7]
[6]
[8]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
179
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.19 Removing/reinstalling the thermostat /2 (TS2)
Note
Be sure to make the position adjustments when the roller has cooled down.
When reinstalling the TS2, adjust it with the thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG041) before fixing it.
Be sure to apply Screw-lock to the screw that has been fixed.
A. Removal procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the fusing heating roller assembly. (See
"3.17.7 Removing/reinstalling the fusing heat roller
assembly.")
4. Remove 2 fastons [1].
Note
When removing the faston, be sure remove it
by holding its joint. Be absolutely sure not to
pull it out by holding the wiring section.
5. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the ther-
mostat /2 assembly [3].
Note
For the method for installing the thermostat /
2 assembly, see "B. Installation procedure."
6. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the ther-
mostat /2 (TS2) [2].
[1] [1] [2] [3]
57gaf2c036na
[1]
57gaf2c037na
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
180
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Installation procedure
1. Reassemble the thermistor /2 assembly.
2. Install 2 fastons [2] to the thermostat /2 assembly
[1].
3. Insert the thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG041)
[4] between the thermostat /2 (TS2) and the fus-
ing roller /Up [3].
4. Adjust the position of the TS2 so that it become
flush with the thermostat positioning jig
(55VAJG041) , and then fix it with the screw [5].
Note
Be sure to adjust the distance a [8] between
the TS2 [6] and the fusing roller /Up [7] so
that it becomes equal to the thickness of the
thermostat positioning jig (55VAJG041).
Specified value: a = 3.0 0.2mm
5. Apply Screw-lock to the screw [5].
6. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
a
57gaf2c038na
[4] [3] [1]
[5]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[
8
]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
181
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.17.20 Replacing the web motor (M16)
A. Periodically replaced parts/cycle
Web motor (M16): Every 6,000,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing unit. (See "3.17.1 Removing/
reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the web
motor assembly [2].
4. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the clamp
[2].
5. Remove the connector [3].
6. Remove 2 screws [4] and release the fixing of the
web motor (M16) [5].
[2] [1]
57gaf2c039na
[4]
57gaf2c040na
[2] [5] [1] [3]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
182
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. Loosen the hexagon socket head cap screw [1],
and pull the M16 [3] out of the shaft [2] for
removal.
8. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1] [2]
57gaf2c041na
[3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. PERIODIC CHECK
183
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
3.18 Maintenance procedure of the paper exit section
3.18.1 Cleaning the paper exit roller
A. Periodic cleaning cycle
Paper exit roller: Every 500,000 prints
B. Procedure
1. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the
neutralizing brush [2].
2. Clean the paper exit roller [3] with a drum cleaner
and a cleaning pad.
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c322nb
[3]
[1] [2]
4. SERVICE TOOLS
184
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. SERVICE TOOLS
4.1 Service material list
Material No. Name Shape Remark
000V-16-0 Drum cleaner

200 ml
000V-17-0 Roller cleaner

200 ml
00GR00020 Plas guard No.2

25 g
00GR00260 Multemp FF-RM

25 g
000V-19-0 Setting powder

25 g
000V-18-0 Cleaning pad

10 pcs/1 pack
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. SERVICE TOOLS
185
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4.2 Jig list
Parts No. Name Shape Quantity Remark
55VAJG011 Temperature sensor
positioning jig /A (for
fusing roller /Up)
1
55VAJG021 Temperature sensor
positioning jig /B (for
fusing heating roller)
1
55VAJG031 Thermostat position-
ing jig /A (for fusing
roller /Up)
1
55VAJG041 Thermostat position-
ing jig /B (for fusing
heating roller)
1
7050K0020 Optics unit position-
ing jig
2
00M6-2-00 Door switch jig 4
403479400* Test chart (A3 size) 1
403479410* Test chart
(11 x 17 size)
1
00VC-2-00 Drum cover 1
00VD-1000 Blower brush 1
00VE-1003 Tester 1
4. SERVICE TOOLS
186
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
120A1052* Positioning shaft 2pc/set For DF adjustment
120A9711* Adjustment chart
(A3 size)
1 For DF adjustment
120AJG02* Adjustment chart
(11 x 17 size)
1 For DF adjustment
120A9712* White chart (A3 size) 1 For DF adjustment
120AJG03* White chart
(11 x 17 size)
1 For DF adjustment
13QEJG010 Stapler positioning
jig
1 For FS adjustment
Parts No. Name Shape Quantity Remark
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. SERVICE TOOLS
187
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4.3 Materials
A. Item
B. Maintenance work set (500,000 prints/1 kit)
Parts name Useful life Type name
Toner bottle 66,000 prints TN910
Drum 1,000,000 prints or 250 hours DR910
Developer 1,000,000 prints or 250 hours DV910
Parts name Parts No. Unit Quantity
Charge control plate 57GA2508* Charge unit 1
Charge wire 55VA2509* 2
Vibration-proof rubber 55VA2527* 2
Charge cleaning unit 55VA-255* 2
C-clip 45AA2040* 2
Cleaning blade 57GA5601* Cleaning section 2
Transfer/separation wire 55VA2613* Transfer/separation charge unit 3
Transfer cleaning assembly 56GA-276* 1
Separation cleaning assembly /1 56GA-277* 1
Separation cleaning assembly /2 56GA-278* 1
Vibration-proof rubber 56AA1783* 3
C-clip 45AA2040* 3
Cleaning web 55VA-524* Fusing unit 1
Drum claw 57GA2919* Photo conductor section 3
Suction filter 57GA3108* 1
4. SERVICE TOOLS
188
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4.4 Mail remote notification system
4.4.1 Outline
"Mail remote notification system" is a system that allows you to obtain a list print which can be output by the
main body using the Internet mail (E-mail).
Using this system dispenses not only with printing the list on paper but also visiting the users.
Sending a mail filled-in with a simple keyword to the main body allows you to receive by mail all sorts of list print
information of the main body.
4.4.2 Operating environments
In order to use the functions of "Mail remote notification system", the following conditions must be met. The
operation of the functions is available while in jams, SC and a low power mode. A mail sent to the main body
that is not operating does not get lost, but it is handled when the main body is activated again.
(1) The main body has a server that can receive a mail using POP3 or IMAP protocol.
(2) The main body has a mail server that can send a mail using SMTP protocol.
(3) In the following 4 cases, "Mail remote notification system" does not operate in the main body.
When the main power switch (SW1) is turned off.
When the power switch (SW2) is turned off.
While the main body is in auto shut-off.
When the "Enhance Security Mode" is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
4.4.3 Major functions
Sending a mail with a simple keyword allows you to use the following functions.
(1) The list print information of the main body you want to obtain can be received by mail.
List prints that can be obtained are the following 11 lists.
Mode memory list
User setting list
Font pattern list
Management list
Adjustment list
Parameter list
Use management list
Counter list
Pixel ratio list
Communication log list
Audit log report
(2) The counter list can be checked by cellular phone.
(3) A password used for certification of a mail can be changed.
(4) Directions for use of "Mail remote notification system" can be received by mail.
To make use of the above functions, it is necessary to send a mail to the main body with a simple
keyword (command).
For particulars of the command, See "4.4.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system."
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. SERVICE TOOLS
189
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4.4.4 Initial setting
To make use of "Mail remote notification system", it is necessary to register the network parameter on the main
body and the account on the mail server.
A. Setting from the operation panel
Set the IP address of the main body from the operation panel to connect the main body to the network. When
already set, proceed to "B. Setting from the Web browser."
(1) Procedure
Note
The IP address of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For particulars,
contact the system administrator.
B. Setting from the Web Utilities
Enter the setting of the mail server from the Web Utilities. To use the Web Utilities, make preparations of a PC
that can be connected to the network.
Note
No space is available in all items to be set. The following characters cannot be used for setting an
E-mail address.
( ) < > ; : [ ]
When an improper entry or setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to make corrections fol-
lowing the error massage. When no correction is made, a down load error of the program may
result.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Select [Utility/Counter] on the operation panel.
2 Press the [6 Administrator Setting] key.
3 Press the [4 Network Setting] key.
4 Press the [1 Machine NIC Setting] key.
5 Enter "IP Address," "Subnet Mask," and "Gateway Address."
6 Restart the main body.
Step Operation
1 Start the Web browser.
When a proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessible. For particulars,
contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02, Netscape Navigator 7.1
or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, no setting should be made from two or more browsers
simultaneously.
4. SERVICE TOOLS
190
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered from "A. Setting from the operating panel."
"Main page" is displayed when an access is made to the Web Utilities of the main body.
Copyright 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
3 "Main page screen"
Click [Extension for maintenance].
4 Enter the user name and the password in the window and click "OK."
User name: ce (small letter, cannot be changed)
Password: Enter the CE password. (Default: "92729272")
5 "Extension for maintenance screen"
Click "E-Mail Initial Setting."
Step Operation
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. SERVICE TOOLS
191
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6 "E-Mail Initial Setting screen"
Step Operation
Set item Details
Enable E-mail noti-
fication
When using the mail remote notification system, select "Use." Default is "Not
use."
Time difference The time at which a mail was send out is calculated based on this value. For
time difference setting, enter the difference from the standard time UTC in
the range from -1200 (- 12 hour 00 minute) to +1200 (-12 hour 00 minute).
When no value is entered, +0000 (UTC) is set. (Ex.: In the case of Japan,
enter + 900.)
Sending mail
(SMTP) server
Set the IP address of the SMTP server.
SMTP port number Set the port No. of the SMTP server. For default, 25 is set.
Sending mail
(SMTP) server time
out
Set the time-out of the SMTP connection. For default, 5 minutes is set.
Interval between
fetching mails
The main body check the receiving mail server to see if a mail is newly
received. (An interval can be specified in the range from 1 minute to 60 min-
utes.) Taking into consideration the load on the network, this is usually set at
the interval of 10 minutes.
Receiving mail
server
Set the IP address of the incoming mail server.
Kind of mail spool Select either of POP3 and IMAP. For default, [POP3] is selected.
Port number Select "Use the default value" when using 110 for POP3, and 143 for IMAP.
When using other than the default, select "Custom" and enter a port number
to be used.
User name on the
server
Enter an account name assigned to the main body by the receiving mail
server.
Password Enter a password to the account name above.
E-mail address of
this copy machine
Enter the mail address of the main body its own. This is normally "mail
account name@receiving mail server name."
Nickname Enter a nickname that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent from the
main body. No entry cause no problem.
4. SERVICE TOOLS
192
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7 After completion of entry, click the [Apply].
8 Conduct the mail sending/receiving test.
Click "Sending and Receiving test" and a sending test and a receiving test are conducted collec-
tively to check to see if a test mail sent is correctly received.
When a test failed, re-check the set items following the error message.
9 Restart the main body.
Step Operation
Set item Details
CE password Enter a password that is added to the title (subject) of a mail sent to the main
body. The main body uses this password for security check.
Also Notice to the
administrator
no: Default
only illegal mail: When a mail received by the main body does not match
with the password above, or when the mail size is in excess of a fixed
size (10k bytes), transfer the mail.
all mails: Transfer all mails that use "Mail remote notification system."
Administrator
E-mail address
When "only illegal mail" or "all mails" is selected, enter an E-mail address for
transfer.
Announce delay
time in reply mail
A selection is made if the difference (time required) between the time when a
mail was sent to the main body and the time when the main body handled
the mail is indicated in the mail. For default, "No" is selected.
Enable POP (IMAP)
before SMTP
After authentication is made by the receiving mail server, a selection is made
to decide whether to send the mail or not. For default, "Yes" is selected.
Sending test A mail sending test is made on the SMTP server. A test mail is sent to "E-
mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
Receiving test A receiving test is made on the receiving mail server. A test mail is received
from "E-mail address of this copy machine" set in Step 6.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. SERVICE TOOLS
193
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4.4.5 Usage of the mail remote notification system
For commands for communications with the main body and the details of options, see the table below.
4.4.6 Mail sending
The command and option on the mail are recognized by the top letters without distinction between capital and
small letters. Accordingly, not all letters of the command must be typed. It is recognized by the minimum letters
in the above table.
Note
Mail software can be used without discrimination by OS and a hand-held device or a free mail
using browser.
Use the mail software in the text mode. A mail in the HTML mode cannot be used.
For the mail software, as a condition for reception, 128 characters or more are recommended as
the maximum number of characters displayed in a line.
There are one or more spaces or TAB required between a command and an option that are written
in the mail. However, a line feed is not allowed.
Enter all the commands that are written in the mail in alphanumeric characters (ASCII characters).
When any other characters are used, an error message "Command Not Found" is sent back.
Start a command written in the mail from the line head without space.
When there is a space or TAB found at the line head, the line is ignored.
The maximum number of commands available in a mail is ten. Commands exceeding ten are
ignored.
Do not paste an attached file to a mail sent to the main body. This may be treated as an illegal mail
according to the size of the attached file.
Command Option Description Minimum
letters
GETLOG Send back the information specified in [Option]. G
ModeMemory Send back [Mode memory list] by mail. M
UserSetting Send back by [User setting list] mail. U
FontPattern Send back [Font pattern list] by mail. F
Management Send back [Management list] by mail. Ma
Adjustment Sent back [Adjustment list] by mail. A
Parameter Send back [Parameter list] by mail. P
UserManagement Send back [User management list] by mail. UseM
Counter Send back [Counter list] by mail. C
PixelRatio Send back [Pixel ratio list] by mail. Pi
CommunicationLog Send back [Communication log list] by mail. Co
AuditLog Send back [Audit log report] by mail. Au
ALL Send back all of the above list prints by mail. AL
(Not specified) [Counter list] is edited so that it can be shown by cel-
lular phone. And this is sent back by mail.
CHPASS [OldPasswd][New-
Passwd]
Change a password to be used for certification of a
mail.
C
[OldPasswd] Specify a password that is currently used.
[NewPasswd] Specify a new password.
HELP (Not specified) Send a help mail that describes the operating
instructions of the commands above.
H
4. SERVICE TOOLS
194
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Do not enter a signature to a mail sent to the main body. A signature may be treated as a com-
mand and sent back as an error mail.
When the power is shut off while the main body is sending/receiving a mail or when the main body
is printing the list print, the same mail may be sent back twice.
The maximum number of mails that can be received by the main body at a time is five. When more
mails than 5 is being receive by the mail server, they will be handled while in the next reception.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. SERVICE TOOLS
195
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
4.5 Machine setting data Import/Export
4.5.1 Outline
With various types of adjustment data, set-up data and so on stored in the main body parameter board (PB)
back upped in the PC through Web browser, the time required for re-adjusting the main body can be minimized
by writing data that was back upped in the PC into the PB should the PB data broken down.
Note
The counter related data cannot be written in the PB.
The data of other main body (with a different serial number) cannot be written.
When replacing PB, be sure to contact the service manager of the authorized distributor for
details.
A. Export of data
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
Note
The use of this function is available only when you enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Access the "Extension for maintenance" function from Web Utilities of the main body.
3 "Extension for maintenance screen"
Click [Machine setting data Import/Export].
4 Click [Submit...] of the export and then click [Save (S)] in the file download screen to specify the stor-
age place of the PC into which the data is back upped.
4. SERVICE TOOLS
196
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
B. Import of data
Note
When replacing the parameter board (PB), be sure set the serial number (see "10.9.3 Serial No.
input") and the address (see "4.4.4 Initial setting") of the main body before importing data.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
Note
The use of this function is available only when you enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Access the "Extension for maintenance" function from Web Utilities of the main body and enter the
[Machine setting data Import/Export] mode.
3 "Machine setting data Import/Export screen"
Click [Browse...] of the import, specify the folder of the PC into which the backup data is stored and
press the [Submit...] key.
4 Make sure that the data has been written correctly and turn OFF and ON the main power switch
(SW1).
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
197
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1 ISW
5.1.1 Outline
A. ISW (In-System Writer)
The operation to rewrite firmware stored in the flash ROM that is built in each control board in the main body
with the board left built in the main body is called an ISW. Executing ISW allows you to upgrade the firmware ver-
sion without replacing the board, or install the latest firmware when replacing the board. As a tool to execute
ISW, there are ISWTrns (PC software) and the Internet ISW available: the former rewrites firmware with the per-
sonal computer (PC) locally connected to the main body and the latter rewrites firmware through the Internet.
(1) ISWTrns
This is a software for Windows to rewrite flash ROM of the main body and rewrites firmware with the main body
and the PC locally connected with a parallel cable or UBS cable.
Note
When upgrading the ISWTrns version, be sure to uninstall the old version of ISWTrns before install-
ing the new version of ISWTrns. When installed by overwriting, this may result in the installation by
the USB driver unavailable.
When the main body uses the USB to conduct the ISW, it is necessary to install the USB driver of
the ISWTrns. For procedure for installation, see "5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns A. Installation of the
USB driver (Windows2000/XP)."
(2) Internet ISW
This uses the main body NIC to connect the main body to the network environment, and uses an FTP or HTTP
protocol to rewrite firmware from the program server on the Internet.
For the Internet ISW, the following methods are available:
Internet ISW using Web Utilities
The Web Utilities of the main body is accessed through the Web browser of the PC to rewrite firmware.
However, this method requires a PC that is connected to the main body through a network.
Internet ISW using the operation panel
The operation panel is used to rewrite firmware.
Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
A mail is sent to the main body to give the ISW instruction to rewrite firmware.
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
198
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5.1.2 Firmware data flow
The following shows the flow of the ISW data.
When executing the ISW over the entire system, be sure to execute it in the order given below. (To minimize the
occurrence of troubles resulting from the mismatch of the firmware version)
Note
When OACB is replaced, be absolutely sure to execute first the ISW of the overall control (I1 to I5).
With OACB provided with no firmware of the overall control, the power source of the main body
will not be turned on.
5.1.3 Types of the Transfer mode
For the ISW Transfer mode on the main body side, the following 2 modes are available.
A. When writing firmware newly (when replacing the board or when the rewrite of firmware fails)
For the overall control board (OACB), when something is wrong with firmware or no firmware is written, it is not
possible to start up normally. In this condition, when the power switch is turned on, the power save LED turns
on with firmware put in the standby condition.
For other boards, when the overall control firmware is in the normal condition with other firmware in the abnor-
mal condition, SC is displayed on the operation panel when the power is turned on.
B. When in the version up of the program
C. Use of each transmission mode
Power ON mode
When the overall control board (OACB) is provided with no firmware or broken, this mode is used. At this
time, it is possible to write OACB with the power switch on.
Tech. Rep. mode
When the OACB firmware is normally installed, this mode is used.
Step Type of programs
1 FS (N)
2 DF (F), IC (P), Printer control (C1 to C4 ALL, C1, C2, C3, C4)
3 Overall control (I1 to I5 ALL, I1, I2, I3, I4, l5)
Subject board Displayed when starting up Method for the ISW transmission
Overall control board Power save LED flashing Power ON mode
No display on operation panel
Other boards Error code display Tech. Rep. mode
Subject board Displayed when starting up Method for the ISW transmission
Overall control board Normal Tech. Rep. mode
Other boards Normal Tech. Rep. mode
PC Overall control board (OACB) Printer control board (PRCB) FS control board (FSCB)
DF control board (DFCB)
IC board (ICB)
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
199
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5.2 ISWTrns
5.2.1 Specifications
A. ISWTrns (PC software)
(1) Operating environment of the software
OS: Windows95/98/98SE/Me/NT4.0/2000/XP
CPU: Pentium 75 MHz or above
Memory: 16 MB or more
Free space in hard disk: 100 MB or more
Others: PC provided with parallel (printer) or USB interface (type A)
(2) Transmission time
Varies according to each PC
(3) Parts required to conduct the ISW
Personal computer (PC): 1
IBM-compatible PC/AT, Provided with D-sub25 pin parallel interface or USB interface
ISWTrns setup program
Parallel cable or USB cable: 1
Firmware
Note
For boards other than the above, ROM replacement is required.
Item Specifications
Board to be rewritten Overall control board, Printer control board, DF control board, FS control board,
IC board
Rewritable firmware Image control I1 to I5 ALL, I1 to I5
Printer control C1 to C4 ALL, C1 to C4
Finisher N
ADF F
IP control P
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
200
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5.2.2 Installation of the ISWTrns
Install the ISWTrns program to the PC.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Copy the setup files to the PC and double click the [Setup.exe] icon to start the install program.
Note
When there remains the ISWTrns of the old version, uninstall the old version first, and
then install the new version.
3 "ISWTrns setup screen"
Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which an installation is made, and then
click [Next].
Note
For default, "C:\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an
installation is made.
When changing the folder to which an installation is made, click [Browse] and specify
the folder.
4 Following the instructions on the screen, check the folder to which the ISWTrns program is stored
and then click [Next].
Note
For default, "ISWTrns" is set as a folder to which an installation is made.
When changing the folder to which an installation is made, enter the folder name
directly, or select one from the existing folder displayed.
5 Following the instructions on the screen, click [Finish].
6 The installation of the ISWTrns program is automatically completed.
7 Select [ISWTrns] from the start menu or double-click the [ISWTrns] icon on the desk top to start up
the ISWTrns program.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
201
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
8 "ISWTrns screen"
Click [OK] to set the storage folder of the firmware.
Note
This screen is shown only when the program is started for the first time after installing
the ISWTrns.
9 "Option screen"
Click [Make Folder]
Note
A folder (C\Program Files\KONICA MINOLTA\ISWTrns) into which the ISWTrns program
is installed as a storage folder is set by default.
When changing the storage folder, click [Browse] to specify it arbitrarily or enter it
directly in the editor box in full path.
Clicking [Make Folder] creates hierarchical folders with the storage folder set above as
a route.
10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].
Note
This operation allows the data folder created in step 9 to be stored in the INI file of the
ISWTrns program.
Step Operation
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
202
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5.2.3 Usage of the ISWTrns
A. Installation of the USB driver (Windows2000/XP)
When a connection is made between the PC and the main body with a USB cable, the installation of the USB
driver is automatically started by the plug-and-play. However, this may result in the installation of the Windows
USB driver (USBPRINT.SYS) and be sure to set the USB driver following the steps given below.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 From the screen below, select "Install from a list or specific location," and then click [Next].
2 In the "Please choose your search and installation options" screen, select "Don't search. I will choose
the driver to install," and then click [Next].
3 Select the UBS driver in the driver selection screen and click "Next" to start installation.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA 1050/1050P/920 USB Driver for ISW
Note
The USB driver is common to 1050/1050P and 920. So, when the UBS driver of 1050/
1050P has been already installed, the machine type of 920 is not displayed.
4 When the "Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard" screen is displayed, click [Finish] to exit the
installation.
5 Check the "Device Manager screen" to see if the USB driver has been correctly installed.
Driver name: KONICA MINOLTA 1050/1050P/920 USB Driver for ISW
Note
The USB driver is common to 1050/1050P and 920. So, when the UBS driver of 1050/
1050P has been already installed, the machine type of 920 is not displayed.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
203
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Setting of the communication method
(1) Setting up of the parallel port
When sending the parallel port data by using the ISWTrns, it is necessary to release the ECP mode setting of the
PC parallel port. The ISWTrns does not correspond to the data transmission for the parallel port in the ECP
mode. Accordingly, sending data in the ECP mode may result in an error while in transmission. Therefore, when
using the ISWTrns with the PC set in the ECP, it is necessary to release the ECP mode.
1) ECP port release procedure
The following procedure shows the release of the ECP mode.
C. Firmware copy
By using the ISWTrns, firmware that transfers it to the main body is copied into the specified folder.
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Open "System" in "Control panel," select the "Device Manager" and search LPT1 in "Ports (COM &
LPT)."
The LPT1 port is "ECP printer port (LPT1)," this is an ECP port.
The LPT1 port is "Printer port (LPT1)," this is a normal parallel port.
3 When the printer port is set to the ECP port, change the BIOS setting of the PC to release the ECP
port.
Note
The change of the BIOS varies depending on the PC. For release of the ECP mode, contact
the system administrator.
Step Operation
1 Start the PC.
2 Select "ISWTrns" from the start menu or double click the "ISWTrns" icon on the desktop to start up
the "ISWTrns."
3 Click [Option (O)] from the menu and then click [Option (O)].
4 "Option screen"
Click [Data Copy].
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
204
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5 "File Copy screen"
Click [Browse].
Select the folder into which firmware is stored as a copied file.
Note
The folder selected is shown in the upper display section of the "Original Files."
In the lower display section of the "Original Files," the firmware related files stored in the
folder are shown.
6 Select a file you want to copy from the lower display section of the "Original Files."
Note
The plural transferred files (rewritten data) can be selected.
When copying all of the files that are displayed, skip this step and proceed to the step 7.
7 Click [Copy] automatically copies the selected file into the specified folder created by installing the
ISWTrns.
Note
When copying all of the files that are displayed in the lower display section of the "Original
Files", click [Copy All] instead of [Copy].
In the upper display section of the "Copied Files", a folder name created at the setup of the
ISWTrns is displayed.
In the list shown in the lower display section of the "Copied Files," files the copy of which
has been successfully completed are listed in full path. In the "Failed to Copy Files", files
the copy of which have been failed are listed. As the causes of failure, following are consid-
ered.
A. There exists a file of the same name and "O/W" is not checked.
B. A folder into which a file is stored is not found.
C. An overwrite is made on an overwrite-prohibited file.
When changing a file that is currently stored into a new data, click the overwrite check box
to make a check mark.
8 After completion of copy, click [Refresh].
9 Click [Cancel] to get back to "option screen."
10 "Option screen"
Click [OK].
Step Operation
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
205
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
D. Preparation for transfer of the main body
(1) Checking the firmware version
Before rewriting firmware, be sure to check the current firmware version following the procedure given below.
(2) ISW transfer standby
Open the Tech. Rep. mode of the main body to put the ISW transfer in the standby condition.
Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Press the [Firmware Version] key in [Tech. Rep. mode screen].
3 Press the [Firmware Version] key in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 "Indication of Firmware Version screen"
Step Operation
1 Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2 Press the [ISW] key in "Tech. Rep. mode screen."
3 Press the [ISW] key in the sub menu shown to the right of the screen.
4 "ISW mode screen"
5 Press the key corresponding to the firmware to be rewritten.
e.g.: <Image Control> Download ALL
"ISW mode <Image Control: Download ALL> screen"
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
206
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
E. Connection to the main body
(1) When using the parallel cable
Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.
PC which firmware have been copied.
Parallel cable
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the parallel cable [2] to the IEEE1284 port [1] of the PC.
4 Connect the parallel cable [1] of the PC to the ISW connector [2] of the main body.
57gaf2c277na
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c274na
[1]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
207
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
(2) When using the USB cable
Preparations are made of the following when a connection is made.
PC which firmware have been copied.
UBS cable
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Turn OFF the power of the main body.
2 Turn OFF the power of the PC.
3 Connect the UBS cable [2] to the USB port [1] of the PC.
4 Connect the UBS cable of the PC to the ISW connector of the main body.
57gaf2c278na
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c275na
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
208
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
(3) Pre-arrangements when installing ZU
When ZU is installed, it is necessary to change the wiring in ZU to rewrite the firmware of FS.
1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Unplug the power cords of the main body and the optional equipment.
2 After loosening the 2 screws at the lower section of the ZU rear cover, remove the 2 screws at the
upper section and then remove the ZU rear cover.
3 Remove the connector (CN6) [2] of the ZU control board (ZUCB) [1].
4 Connect the connector removed at step 3 to the short-circuit connector [3] that is hooked to the wire
saddle provided at the lower section of ZUCB.
5 After completion of the rewrite of firmware, remove the short-circuit connector and connect the con-
nector to CN6 of ZUCB.
6 Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
57gaf2c276na
[1]
[3]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
209
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
F. Rewriting of firmware
(1) Relationship between the ISW and the display of the operation panel
When the ISWTrns starts up, the main screen is displayed. In the main screen, the transmission file (firmware) is
selected, the information is diplayed, the checksum and the transmission file are sent out. For detailed informa-
tion of the functions, refer to the following.
[1] File status information list
View detailed information about the version file when select firmware.
[2] Select type frame
Select condition for a transfer file. When selecting all of the 4 types of the combo boxes, a folder [4] is set
from the information set in the ISWTrns.INI file. The setting of the selected combo boxes are saved to the
ISWTrns.INI file and it is display initially when it is started next time.
[3] Version selection frame
This frame let you select which version of a transfer file you want transmitted when more than one version is
stored in a folder.
[4] Version storage folder edit box
When the select type frame of [2] is decided, a folder name is displayed in full path from the information of
the data folder set in the option window and the INI file. When the firmware is in a folder other than the
specified data folder, this can be changed by clicking [Browse] [6] to specify the file location or entering
directly the file location. A firmware corresponding to the INI file conditions in the folder shown here is dis-
played in the list box of [5].
[5] Version file selection list box
Displays files that is in the folder selected at [4]. When more than one version files are stored in the same
folder, all versions are displayed in this list box. The list displayed here is sorted in the order of names, and
an item displayed last is selected when the list is displayed. Changing the selected item decides a firmware
version to be transmitted.
[6] Version file [Browse]
This key is used when the firmware is in a folder other than the specified data folder. Display the folder
selection screen to select the folder of [4].
[7] Send file information frame
Display the list of firmware to be actually transmitted based on the information selected in the frames [2] and
[3], and click [FileCheck] [9] to display the checksum of the file and the consistency (OK, NG, ??) of the
checksum.
[8] Send file information display list
When version files are selected at [5], files to be actually transmitted are displayed. The number of files actu-
ally transmitted is described in the checksum attached to the firmware.
Click [FileCheck] at [9] to calculate the checksum of the entire displayed files. And compare the obtained
value with the checksum value stored in the checksum file (*.sum) attached to the firmware to display the
result.
[1]
[2] [3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
210
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
[9] [FileCheck]
With a transmission file displayed in "SendFile info" of [8], press this key to calculate the file checksum
(checksum of the entire file) of the displayed transmission file and show a result beside the transmission file.
And also, compare the result of the checksum with the checksum file attached to the firmware and display
the obtained result in the form shown below.
"OK": Accord
"NG": Not accord
"??": Checksum file (*.sum) not found
[10] [FileSend]
The transmission of the transferred file is started.
(2) Procedure
e.g.: When the overall control program (ALL) is written.
Step Operation
1 Start the ISWTrns program.
2 Click [Set-up (S)] from the menu and then click [Communication setting (C)].
3 "Set Communication screen"
Select a port through which the transmission is made and click [OK].
Note
When [Parallel] is selected, be sure also to specify [Port].
4 Select the machine type, the destination and the board types.
Machine type: 920, Country: KBE, Board type: I1 to I5 collectively
5 The data to be used is displayed in the version selection frame and the send file information frame.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
211
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6 Press the [FileCheck] to check if the data to be used has any problem.
7 Place the main body in the ISW standby condition.
8 Press first the [Start] key on the operation panel and then click [FileSend] of the ISWTrns.
9 The following window is displayed on the PC while in the data transfer.
10 When the data transfer is completed, the following window is displayed.
"ISWTrns"
"Operation panel"
11 "ISWTrns"
Click [OK].
"Operation panel"
When sending data in succession, press the [Yes] key.
When terminating the rewrite, press the [No] key.
When pressing the [No] key, the main body starts up automatically.
12 After restart of the main body, check "Firmware version screen" to see if the firmware is normally
updated.
Step Operation
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
212
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5.2.4 Error list
A. Overall control board firmware abnormality
After turning on the power, when the main body detects an abnormality with the overall control board firmware,
the LCD on the operation panel does not turn on and the power save LED lights on or blink to indicate this con-
dition (ISW standby condition). For the power save LED display, see the table given below.
B. ISWTrns error list
The ISWTrns displays messages when an error is shown or the operation is completed. The table below shows
the contents of the message and the status of the ISWTrns.
No. Operation Power save LED
1 CPU in initialization when the power is turned on OFF
2 Flash memory in checking OFF
3 When an error is detected while in memory check (ISW standby status) Blink
4 ISW processing (data being received from the PC and flash memory
being written)
ON
5 When an abnormality is detected while in data transmission Blink
6 When an error is detected while in writing flash memory Blink (High speed)
7 Memory check successfully completed: while in rebooting OFF
Message Status of the ISWTrns
Cannot open a checksum file Opening of a checksum file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted
file and a file in use.
Cannot read a checksum file Loading of a checksum file into memory failed. Possible causes include
a shortage of memory and an OS problem.
Cannot open a file Opening of a send file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted file
and a file in use.
Cannot open the LPT port Opening of the LPT port failed.
Communications port setup
acquisition error
A call to GetCommSate failed.
Communications port setup error A call to SetCommSate failed.
Cannot open a send file Opening of a send file failed. Possible causes include a corrupted file
and a file in use.
Cannot send a Term Test file Transmission of a communications test block failed.
1. The main body is not ready to receive.
2. The cable is out of position.
3. Transmission of the wrong send file was attempted.
Unsuccessful file transmission The transmission of a send file failed. Possible causes include a cable
out of position.
Unsuccessful transmission to the
LPT port
Output to the LPT port failed. Possible causes include a cable out of
position.
Invalid folder name An invalid folder name was entered. Start a folder name with a drive
name, such as C:\.
Default data folder is not set.
Please select folder.
A data folder is not set in ISWTrns.INI. This message is displayed when
ISW Trns launches for the fist time.
Unsuccessful thread creation The creation of a thread failed.
No send file available No file to copy file is selected or exists in the folder.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
213
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
C. Main body error list
The table below shows error codes.
Note
When rewriting the IC firmware, the execution of the ISW is inhibited if the initialization of the IC is
not completed. If ISW is executed in this condition, an error code is not displayed, but the mes-
sage "Now initializing Controller" is shown in the operation panel section.
Unable to copy several files 1. The destination folder does not exist.
2. When the overwrite check box is not checked, an attempt is made to
copy to a file having the same file name.
3. An attempt is made to overwrite a protected file.
4. Any other cause (such as a file being used by another application or
OS problem)
Send file not found, or invalid file
name in the folder. Check.
The number of divisions of a send file recorded in the checksum file and
the number of files actually existing do not match.
1. A file having an invalid file name exists in the data folder. Delete possi-
bly invalid file names from the folder list.
2. The number of files in a divided file is wanting. Identify the wanting
files in the folder list and recopy them.
Error code Description Program applicable
02 The internal work space cannot be secured. P (ICB)
04 The DIMM space cannot be secured.
05 The DIMM space cannot be opened.
06 Data transmission to the DIMM failed.
21 The DIMM space on the controller side cannot be secured.
41 The format of the input data is abnormal. Common
42 The type name of input data is abnormal.
43 The board name of input data is abnormal.
64 Rewritten address error F (DFCB)
81 Input device such as input time out is abnormal. Common
C1 The erasing of the flash ROM failed. I (OACB)
C2 The writing of the flash ROM failed.
C3 The checksum is abnormal.
C4 Output device such as output time out is abnormal. Common
E1 Program SUM check error. F (DFCB)
Controller I/F writing error. P (ICB)
The erasing of the flash ROM failed. C (PRCB)/N (FSCB)
E2 The writing of the flash ROM failed. C (PRCB)/N (FSCB)
Controller I/F verify error. P (ICB)
E3 Blanc check error. F (DFCB)
Communication error. C (PRCB)/N (FSCB)
Message Status of the ISWTrns
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
214
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
D. ISWTrms troubleshooting
When an error occurs while in the execution of the ISWTrns program.
Condition Cause Measure taken
1 The ISWTrns does not
start up.
The ISWTrns file is damaged Set it up again.
The setup files itself is damaged. Check the setup files and set it up
again.
2 When an item in the
combo box is selected,
the transferred file is
not displayed.
The transferred file is not stored in the
specified folder.
Check to see if the firmware file is
stored in the folder displayed in the
"File" text box of "Version."
Use the "Data Copy" function if the file
storage location is unknown.
The data folder in the option screen is
set incorrectly.
Check the setting of the data folder.
Use the "Data Copy" function if the file
storage location is unknown.
The file name is illegal (or has been
changed.)
The file name must be used with no
change made. When the file name is
changed, the display or selection of
the file becomes unavailable. When
the file name is changed, return it to
former state.
The folder name is illegal (or has been
changed.)
When the folder name created by the
"Make Folder" key in the option
screen has been changed, it cannot
be found. Return it to former state
and check it again.
3 "NG" is displayed while
in the file checksum.
The transferred firmware is damaged. Copy the firmware and check it again.
When "NG" still recurs, contact the
supplier of the firmware.
4 "??" is displayed while
in the file checksum.
When the firmware was copied to the
PC, the copying of the checksum file
(*.sum) was forgotten.
Copy the checksum file to the same
firmware as the one for the firmware
at the same time. (If you use the "Data
Copy" function, a copy is made auto-
matically.)
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
215
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5
T
h
e

t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

o
f

t
h
e

f
i
l
e

f
a
i
l
e
d
.
An error "Cannot
open a file" is dis-
played.
The file is being used by anther pro-
gram or system.
Exit another program. The error still
recurs, reboot Windows.
An error "Cannot
send a Term Test
file" is displayed.
The connection of the cable is loos-
ened.
Check the cable to see if it is con-
nected securely or if there is any prob-
lem found with the cable itself.
The main body is not in the receiving
condition.
Check the main body to see if it is in
the receiving condition.
An error "Unsuc-
cessful transmis-
sion to the LPT
port" is displayed.
The connection of the cable is loos-
ened.
Check the cable to see if it is con-
nected securely or if there is any prob-
lem found with the cable itself.
Wrong data has been sent. Check the file status screen to see if
the receiving mode on the copier side
(type of receiving board) corresponds
with the transferred file on the PC
side.
The length of the cable is out of spec-
ifications.
Use a cable the length of which is less
than 2 m.
The parallel port of the PC is set to
the ECP mode.
See the PC manual to release the
ECP mode.
There is a compatibility problem
between the parallel port of the PC
and the port on the main body side.
Conduct a test with a PC with an
actual performance of transmission,
and check to see if there is a compat-
ibility problem found.
Condition Cause Measure taken
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
216
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5.3 Internet ISW
5.3.1 Outline
"Internet ISW" is a system in which the Web browser, the main body operation panel, or the Internet mail (E-mail)
is used to give an ISW instruction, and the main body automatically obtains the firmware from the program
server and conducts ISW. Using the Internet ISW that uses the main body operation panel or the Web browser
allows the execution of ISW at the customer facility with no program brought with. And, the Internet ISW using a
mail remote notification system also allows the execution of ISW from the remote place.
5.3.2 Operating environments
To make use of the Internet ISW functions, the following conditions must be met.
The main body must be connected to the network environment that allows the download of firmware from
the Internet by using ftp or http protocol.
In the following 4 cases, the "Internet ISW" does not operate on the main body.
The main power switch (SW1) is OFF.
The power switch (SW2) is OFF.
The copier is in the auto shut-off.
When the "Enhance Security Mode" is set to ON (the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.)
Note
It operates while in the jam, SC and lower power mode.
5.3.3 Initial setting
To make use of the Internet ISW, it is necessary to set in advance the network parameter, program server
address and the fire wall address etc. of the main body.
A. Setting from the operation panel
To introduce the main body into the network, set the IP address of the main body from the operation panel.
When this setting has been already made, proceed to "B. Setting from the Web browser"
(1) Procedure
Note
The IP address etc. of the main body is normally assigned by the system administrator. For partic-
ulars, contact the system administrator.
Step Operation
1 Select [Utility/Counter] on the operation panel.
2 Select "6 Administrator Setting."
3 Select "4 Network Setting."
4 Select "1 Machine NIC Setting."
5 Enter "IP Address," "Subnet Mask," and "Gateway Address."
6 Turn OFF and ON the power switch (SW2) to restart the main body.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
217
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Setting from the Web browser
Enter the setting of the program server from the Web browser. At this time, in order to use the Web browser,
make preparations of the PC that can be introduced into the network.
Note
No "space" is allowed in all set items.
When an incorrect setting is made on the Web browser, be sure to correct it following the error
message. Correcting no input error may result in the download error of the program.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Start up the Web browser.
When the proxy is set on the Web browser, the main body Web may not be accessed.
For particulars, contact the network administrator. For Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.02,
Netscape Navigator 7.1 or Firefox 1.0 is recommended. However, be sure to avoid setting from two
or more browsers at a time.
2 Specify the IP address of the main body that is entered thorough "A. Setting from the operation
panel."
When you access the Web Utilities of the main body, "Main page screen" is displayed.
"Main page screen"
Copyright 2000 GoAhead Software, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
3 "Main page screen"
Click [Extension for maintenance].
4 Enter the user name and the CE password in the window and then press [OK].
User name: ce (small letter, cannot be changed)
Password: Enter the CE password. (Default: "92729272")
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
218
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5 "Extension for maintenance screen"
Click [Internet ISW].
6 "Internet ISW screen"
Click [Initial Setting].
Step Operation
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
219
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
7 "Proxy Server Setting screen"
Set the proxy server.
When using no proxy server (fire wall), proceed to the step 9.
Enable Proxy Select the following:
When using no proxy: "no."
When using ftp proxy: "Use ftp proxy."
When using http proxy: "Use http proxy."
Proxy Server Type When selecting "Use ftp proxy" in "Enable Proxy," then select a
proxy server type from among the below.
Type 1: "User user@host"
Type 2 "OPEN host"
Type 3: "FW user => FW password => SITE host"
Type 4: "FW user name => FW password => User user@host"
Note
For types 2, 3 and 4, no guarantee is made.
For authentication of proxy server, see "5.3.8 Authenti-
cation of the proxy server in the Internet ISW."
Proxy Server IP Address When using the proxy server, set the IP address of the proxy
server.
Port Number When using the proxy server, set the number of the port that
uses the proxy server.
User name on the Proxy
Server
When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
set the account of the proxy server.
Password for the Proxy Server When selecting the type 1 or type 2 in "Proxy Server Type" above
set the password of the proxy server.
8 After completion of entry, click [Next] and then after checking the set items in the setting check
screen, click [Next]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in
red and then re-set the item.
Step Operation
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
220
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
9 "Program Server Setting screen"
Set the program server (Proxy is used).
Program Server Address Set the address of the server into which the program to be down
loaded is stored. Select the protocol to be used from the pull-
down menu left and enter the address after that in the text box
on the right. In the case of ftp, it is a relative path from the home
directory.
User name on the program
server
Enter the account name of the program server.
Password for the program
server
Enter the password of the program server.
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the program. When the time is out,
the down load of the program forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.
10 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
11 Set the program server (Proxy is not used).
Protocol Select the protocol that receives the program.
Program Server IP Address Set the IP address of the server into which the program to be
down loaded is stored.
Target directory In the case of http, set the path after the host domain. In the
case of ftp, set the relative path from the home directory.
User name on the program
server
Enter the account name of the program server.
Password for the program
server
Enter the password of the program server.
Receiving time out Set the receiving time out of the firmware. When the time is out,
the down load of the firmware forcibly comes to an end, and the
system returns to the normal mode without conducting the ISW.
12 After completion of entry, click [Next]. Then after checking the set items in the setting check screen,
click [Finish]. However, if there is an input error, click [Back] following the message shown in red and
then re-set the item.
Step Operation
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
221
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
13 Conduct the Download test.
In the down load test, "test.dat" is down loaded from the program server set in the initial setting
to check the connection. When the down load test failed, re-check the set items following the
error message.
When the down load test is successfully completed, the communication speed and the esti-
mated receiving time are displayed as shown below. Refer to the "Receiving time out" setting.
When the down load test failed, the response error code from the server is display as shown
below. Since there may be a setting error, re-check the initialization.
Step Operation
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
222
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5.3.4 Internet ISW using the Web Utilities
Using the Web Utilities of the main body allows the customer engineer, by just making a click from the browser,
to download the programs from the program server automatically for rewriting.
(1) Procedure
Step Operation
1 Proceed to "Internet ISW" on the Web Utilities.
"Internet ISW screen"
The firmware version of the board is displayed beside each of the board types.
2 Select one ISW intended board at the item of "ISW." When specifying a file name to be download,
enter it in the [File name] text box.
When specifying no firmware name, the rewrite is conducted in the following files in which the pro-
gram server is stored.
Note
bootN1.bin is intended for FS-509 and bootN2.bin is for FS-604.
3 After completion of entry, click the [ISW].
If there is an input error, click [Back] following the message displayed in red and then enter the item
again.
I0 bootI0.bin C0 bootC0.bin F1 bootF1.bin N1 bootN1.bin P bootP1.bin
I1 bootI1.bin C1 bootC1.bin bootN2.bin
I2 bootI2.bin C2 bootC2.bin
I3 bootI3.bin C3 bootC3.bin
I4 bootI4.bin C4 bootC4.bin
I5 bootI5.bin
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
223
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
5.3.5 Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
When the customer engineer sends a mail that describes the key word briefly to the main body, the main body
that receives that mail can download the program from the program server to conduct the rewrite automatically.
For the operating environment and initial setting, see "4.4 Mail remote notification system."
(1) Usage of the Internet ISW using the mail remote notification system
For a command that is sent to the main body and its options, see the table given below.
Note
The command option for FS-509 and FS-604 is N1.
The type of FS that is connected to the main body is automatically recognized for a suitable firm-
ware to be downloaded from the program server.
4 Checking of the ISW conditions.
From the Web screen, you can check the current processing condition to see if there is any error.
"ISW is downloading"
"ISW is writing"
"Finish"
"ISW was canceled due to transferring problem"
"ISW was canceled due to transferring overtime"
"ISW was canceled due to writing problem to flash memory"
5 When the ISW is completed successfully, the main body restarts automatically to complete the ISW.
6 After restart of the main body, check the firmware version in "Internet ISW main screen" to see if it is
being updated successfully.
Command Option Description
ISW I0, I1, I2, I3, I4, I5
C0, C1, C2, C3, C4
F1
N1
P1
Specifies a board that execute ISW.
I: Overall control board (OACB)
C: Printer control board (PRCB)
F: DF control board (DFCB)
N: FS control board (FSCB)
P: IC board (ICB)
It is also possible to specify "= firmware file name" after an optional
name to ISW a specific file in the program server.
Example: ISW I0=56gfi0100000.bin
5 (minimum)
1440 (maximum)
Specify the time of validity of the mail. (Unit: in minutes) When no
specification is made, 90 minutes are employed.
When the time period after CE sends out a mail until the main body
receive the mail exceeds the time specified here, ISW is not con-
ducted.
Example: ISW I0 5
ISWHELP Not specified A help mail that describes the usage of the commands above is
returned.
Step Operation
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
224
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
When no firmware file name is specified, the rewrite is conducted in the following files stored in the program
server.
Note
bootN1. bin is intended for FS-509 and bootN2. bin is for FS-604.
(2) Mail sending
For mail sending, see "4.4 Mail remote notification system."
Note
The number of commands that can be written down on a mail is only 1. When two or more com-
mands are written down, the second and the succeeding commands are ignored.
(3) Return mail
In the following cases, a mail is returned from the main body.
After receiving an ISW start mail, the main body starts ISW. (A command sent and the firmware version
before ISW are written down.)
When ISW is completed normally. (A command sent and the firmware version after ISW are written down.)
When the time of validity of the mail expires. (A command sent is written down.)
5.3.6 Notes for use
(1) Notice to the administrator
When conducting the Internet ISW, be sure to notify the administrator of it and get approval from administrator in
advance.
Be sure to execute ISW with the main body not used. However, when the main body is in use (jobs present), the
Internet ISW does not operate.
(2) Power cut while in the ISW
While in the ISW rewrite, the operation panel and the power switch (SW2) are locked. However, when the main
power source is turned off due to power cut etc., the main body cannot start up.
However, this is a problem encountered while in the overall control board (OACB) rewrite. As for other errors
while in the ISW, they can be rewritten by the Internet ISW again.
Should the main body be not able to start due to the reason above, go to the actual place and use ISWTrns to
conduct the rewrite of the program.
I0 bootI0.bin C0 bootC0.bin F1 bootF1.bin N1 bootN1.bin P bootP1.bin
I1 bootI1.bin C1 bootC1.bin bootN2.bin
I2 bootI2.bin C2 bootC2.bin
I3 bootI3.bin C3 bootC3.bin
I4 bootI4.bin C4 bootC4.bin
I5 bootI5.bin
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
225
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5.3.7 Internet ISW using the operation panel
When the customer engineer uses the Internet ISW from the operation panel, with no PC brought with, the main
body can download the program from the program server to conduct the rewrite automatically.
(1) Procedure
e.g.: When rewrite the overall control board (OACB) firmware (ALL).
Step Operation
1 Display "ISW mode screen."
2 Press the [Internet ISW] key on the screen and then press the [Download ALL] key of <Image control>.
3 Press the [Start] key and download the latest firmware to start the rewrite.
In a case in which the download of an old version firmware is required, press the [File Name Input]
key and enter the file name manually.
4 When ISW is completed normally, the main body automatically restarts and completes ISW.
5 After restart of the main body, check "Firmware version screen" to see if the firmware is normally
updated.
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
226
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
(2) Error list
When an error occurs while in the execution of the Internet ISW, an error code is displayed on the operation
panel.
The following shows error codes.
* Error codes for FTP and HTTP are errors stipulated by usual protocols.
5.3.8 Authentication of the proxy server in the Internet ISW
A. Proxy server
Proxy server which is provided on the inside of the fire wall is the generic name of a mail server that serves the
proxy of a client who receives an access demand (HTTP and FTP) from the client.
B. Authentication of the proxy server
There are 4 types of authentication methods for the proxy server.
The Internet ISW is corresponding to these 4 types.
C. Authentication type of the proxy server and the command list
(1) Type 1: USER user@host
When accessing the outside through the proxy, authentication to the proxy server is not required.
When accessing the outside through the proxy server, the entry of the user name and password of the proxy
server is not required, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.
Command
(2) Type 2: OPEN host
This is almost the same as the type 1, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 1 authentication, apply this
type.
Command
Error code Classification Description
xxx Local error Rewrite error (same as the normal ISW error)
100 Connection to the network unavailable
200 File error
4xx HTTP error When the connection to the network is made with the communication
protocol set by HTTP, a server error is returned from the server.
5xx FTP error When the connection to the network is made with the communication
protocol set by FTP, a server error is returned from the server.
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER user@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
OPEN host ftp expanded function,
defined for each server
Transmit the program server address
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
227
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
(3) Type 3: FW user => FW password => SITE host
This is a type that requires the authentication to the proxy server itself when accessing the outside.
The information of the server you want to access, the user name and password of the proxy server (F/W) are
necessary.
In case of the user name and the password of the proxy server are required when accessing the outside through
the proxy server, this proxy authentication is likely to be used.
Command
(4) Type 4: FW user => FW password => USER user@host
This is almost the same as the type 3, except for the exchange of commands while in authentication.
When all the settings are made correctly and no communication is available with type 3 authentication, apply this
type.
Command
D. Remarks
For fwtk2.1 (for Unix) and Black Jumbo Dog (for Windows), the type 1 authentication is used. For most of the
proxy servers, the type 1 authentication is used. When the authentication type of the proxy server is not known,
you are recommended to make settings in type 1 authentication as a temporary measure.
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
SITE host ftp expanded function,
defined for each server
Transmit the program server address
USER user 331 Transmit the user name of the program server
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
Command Parameter Reply Code Description
USER FW user 331 Transmit the user name of the proxy server
PASS FW password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
USER user@host 331 Transmit the user name of the program server and the
program server address
PASS password 230 Transmit the password for the user name above
6. OTHERS
228
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
6.1 Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted
6.1.1 Scanner section
A. CCD unit
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
11 screws used to assemble the CCD unit
4 attaching screws of the lens reference plate assembly
(2) Reason of prohibition
The accuracy of the CCD unit is guaranteed as a unit, and if disassembled, its accuracy is not guaranteed.
Accordingly, screws that lead up to the disassembly of the CCD unit are not allowed to be removed.
The lens reference plate assembly acts as the basis for the installation position of the CCD unit. Removing this
assembly may cause the displacement of the optical axis of the CCD unit. So, be sure not to remove the attach-
ing screws of the lens reference plate assembly.
[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [4] Lens reference plate assembly
[2] Screw not allowed to be removed [5] Attaching screw of the CCD unit (allowed to
be removed when replacing the CCD unit)
[3] CCD unit
[2] [2]
[1]
[5] [3] [4]
57gaf2c134na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
229
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Mirror unit/exposure unit
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
Installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit
(2) Reason of prohibition
The distance between the mirror unit and the exposure unit affects the magnifications of the original to be read
in the sub scan direction. Therefore, the installation positions of the mirror unit and the exposure unit must not
be arbitrarily adjusted. However, when the exposure unit and the scanner wire have been removed, these parts
must be reinstalled using the optics unit positioning jig.
[1] Mirror unit [2] Exposure unit
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c135na
6. OTHERS
230
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
C. Read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
Attaching screws, 1 each, of the read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr
(2) Reason of prohibition
The read position adjusting plates /Fr and /Rr hold in place the slit glass that becomes the read position while in
the DF scan. The displacement of the slit glass may cause the image read by the DF to be deformed. Accord-
ingly, this position of installation is not allowed to be changed.
[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [3] Read position positioning plate /Fr
[2] Read position positioning plate /Rr
57gaf2c136na
[1] [3]
[1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
231
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.1.2 Writing section
A. Writing section cover
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
11 attaching screws of the writing section cover
(2) Reason of prohibition
The inside of the writing section becomes the laser light path. Opening the cover allows dust and dirt to get
inside, which may block the laser light path. Therefore, the screws of the writing section cover are not allowed to
be removed.
[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [2] Writing section cover
[1]
[1]
[1]
[2]
57gaf2c137na
6. OTHERS
232
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Write section positioning shaft
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
3 fastening screws of the fixing plate of the write section positioning shaft.
(2) Reason of prohibition
The write section positioning shaft is the basis of an angle at which the write section is installed to the drum.
When these screws are removed, the parallelism between the drum and the write section is lost, thus resulting in
deformed images. Therefore, the screws that fasten the write section positioning shaft fixing plate must not nor-
mally be removed.
[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [3] Write section positioning shaft
[2] Fixing plate of the write section positioning shaft
57gaf2c138na
[3] [2]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
233
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.1.3 Developing unit
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
2 fixing screws of the developer regulation blade
1 fixing screw of the magnet angle adjusting knob
(2) Reason of prohibition
The developer regulation blade and the magnet angle adjusting knob both decide the heights of the developer in
the developing roller. They have been adjusted to an appropriate value in advance. Accordingly these fixing
screws are not allowed to be removed.
[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [4] Developing roller
[2] Screw not allowed to be removed [5] Developer regulation blade
[3] Magnet angle adjusting knob
57gaf2c139na
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[5]
6. OTHERS
234
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6.1.4 Transfer/separation charge unit
A. Transfer guide plate
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
5 attaching screws of the transfer guide plate
(2) Reason of prohibition
The transfer guide plate decides the approach angle of paper against the transfer position and the displacement
of the installation position may result in poor transfer. Accordingly, the attaching screws of the transfer guide
plate are not allowed to be removed.
[1] Screw not allowed to be removed [2] Transfer guide plate
[2]
[1]
57gaf2c140na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
235
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Separation support member
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
2 separation support members
(2) Reason of prohibition
The separation support members decide the distance from the transfer wire and the separation wire to paper,
and removing them changes the attaching height of the wire, thus resulting in the reduced performance of the
transfer and the separation. Accordingly, the separation support members are not allowed to be removed.
[1] Separation support member
57gaf2c141na
[1] [1]
6. OTHERS
236
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
6.2 List of parts to be disassembled and reassembled
Note
This list shows the explanation of the disassembly and reassembly of the parts which are consid-
ered necessary to replace (other than periodically replaced parts). However, these parts except for
the covers are not required to be disassembled while in normal service operations.
For the method of replacing the periodically replaced parts, see "3.5 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.17 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section."
No. Section Part name Page referred to
1 Cover Rear cover 237
2 Left cover 238
3 Right cover /Up 239
4 Right cover /Lw 239
5 Front door /Rt 240
6 Front door /Lt 241
7 Original glass 242
8 Upper cover /Lt 243
9 Upper cover /Rr 243
10 Scanner section CCD unit 246
11 Exposure lamp (L1) 249
12 Exposure unit 250
13 Scanner wire 252
14 Operation panel Operation panel 244
15 Writing section Write unit 255
16 Toner supply section Toner supply unit 257
17 Paper feed section Tray 1 259
18 Tray 2 259
19 Tray 3 263
20 Lift wire (Tray 1/2) 261
21 Lift wire (Tray 3) 265
22 ADU ADU 267
23 Paper exit section Paper exit section 270
24 Others Circuit breakers (CBR) 245
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
237
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3 Disassembling/assembling procedure
Caution
When disassembling/assembling the parts, be sure to unplug the power cord of the main body
from the power outlet.
6.3.1 Removing/reinstalling the rear cover
A. Procedure
1. Remove 11 screws [1] and then remove the rear
cover [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[1] [2]
57gaf2c142na
6. OTHERS
238
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6.3.2 Removing/reinstalling the left cover
A. Procedure
1. Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the left
cover [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[1] [2]
57gaf2c143na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
239
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.3 Removing/reinstalling the right cover /Up
A. Procedure
1. Loosen 6 screws [1].
2. Open the bypass tray [2] and remove the right
cover /Up [3].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
6.3.4 Removing/reinstalling the right cover /Lw
A. Procedure
1. Open the vertical conveyance door [1].
2. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the right
cover /Lw [3].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
[2] [3]
57gaf2c144na
[2]
[1] [3]
57gaf2c145na
6. OTHERS
240
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6.3.5 Removing/reinstalling the front door /Rt
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1].
2. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the
ground terminal [3].
3. Loosen the 2 screws [4] and bring up the shaft [5].
4. Remove the front door /Rt [1].
Note
When installing it, be sure to insert first the
shaft [6] into the installation hole [7].
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c146na
[1]
[7]
[6]
[4] [5]
[3]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
241
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.6 Removing/reinstalling the front door /Lt
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1] and /Lt [2].
2. Loosen the 2 screws [3] to bring up the shaft [4]
and remove the front door /Lt [2].
Note
When installing it, be sure to set first installa-
tion hole [5] to the projection [6].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c147na
[3] [4] [5] [6]
[2] [1]
6. OTHERS
242
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6.3.7 Removing/reinstalling the original glass
A. Procedure
1. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the original
stopper plate /Lt [2].
2. Remove 3 screws [3] and then remove the original
stopper plate /Rr [4].
3. Remove 2 screw caps [5], remove the 2 screws
[6] and then remove the upper cover /Rt2 [7].
4. Remove 2 screws [8] and then remove the upper
cover /Rt1 [9].
5. Loosen the 2 screws [2] of the original glass guide
/Rt [1] and slide it to the right.
6. Remove the original glass [3].
Note
When installing the original glass, be sure to
press the original glass guide /Rt [1] against
the original glass [3] and fasten it after install-
ing the original glass.
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
Note
When reinstalling the original glass, be sure
that the shading correction plate (white) [4] is
on the upper side of the glass.
57gaf2c148na
[5]
[3] [8] [1]
[2] [4]
[7]
[6] [9]
[1] [3]
[4] [2]
57gaf2c149na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
243
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.8 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt
A. Procedure
1. Remove the original stopper plate /Lt and then
remove the original stopper plate /Rr. (See "6.3.7
Removing/reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove 2 screws [1] and then remove the upper
cover /Lt [2].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
6.3.9 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Rr
A. Procedure
1. Remove 3 screws [1].
2. Remove the screw cap [2]. And then remove the
screw [3] to remove the upper cover /Rr [4].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] [1]
57gaf2c150na
57gaf2c151na
[2]
[1] [3] [4]
6. OTHERS
244
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the operation panel
A. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
reinstalling the original glass.")
3. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Fr [1].
5. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See
"3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
6. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
ground terminal [2].
7. Remove 2 connectors [3].
8. Remove 4 screws [4], 3 screws [5], the screws [6]
and then remove the operation panel [7].
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[1]
57gaf2c152na
[4]
57gaf2c153na
[7]
[5]
[1] [2] [6] [3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
245
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.11 Recovery of the circuit breaker (CBR)
Note
Be absolutely sure not to change the connection of the distribution cable to CBR.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the rear cover. (See "6.3.1 Removing/
reinstalling the rear cover.")
2. Bring down the slide switch [2] of the circuit
breaker (CBR) [1] to the normal position ON side
[3] for recovery.
57gaf2c155na
[2] [3]
[1]
6. OTHERS
246
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6.3.12 Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit
Note
After completion of reinstallation of the CCD unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustments of the
Tech. Rep. mode. (See chapter III "Adjustment/setting.")
A. Procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the original glass guide /Fr. (See "6.3.10
Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
3. Remove the original glass guide /Rr [1].
4. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the original
glass guide /Rt [3].
5. Remove 6 screws [1] and then remove the lens
light blocking cover [2].
6. Remove the ribbon cable [2] from the CCD board
(CCDB) [1].
[2] [1] [3]
57gaf2c156na
[2]
57gaf2c157na
[1]
57gaf2c158na [1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
247
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
When removing the ribbon cable [1], bring
down the lock lever [3] of the connector [2] in
the direction shown in the drawing to release
the lock and pull out the ribbon cable.
When installing the ribbon cable [1], check
the lock lever [2] to see if it is released. And
then insert it securely into the connector [3]
thoroughly while taking note that the conduc-
tor side of the ribbon cable comes to the
opposite of the lock lever.
And then return the lock lever [1] to its origi-
nal position and lock the ribbon cable [2].
[1] [2] [3]
57gaf2c159na
[3] [2] [1]
57gaf2c160na
[1] [2]
57gaf2c161na
6. OTHERS
248
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the
ground terminal [2].
8. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the CCD
unit [4].
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[2] [1]
57gaf2c162na
[3] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
249
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.13 Replacing the exposure lamp (L1)
Note
Be sure not to touch the lamp section of the exposure lamp (L1) with bare hands.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
3. Remove the original glass guide /Fr. (See "6.3.10
Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Rr. (See "6.3.12
Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit.")
5. Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch section [2]
of the frame.
6. Remove the screw [3] and then remove the clamp
[4].
7. Remove the connector [5].
8. Remove 2 screws [6] and then remove the expo-
sure lamp (L1) [7].
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c163na
[1] [2]
[7]
[6]
[7] [5]
[6]
[4]
[3]
6. OTHERS
250
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
6.3.14 Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit
Note
When reinstalling the exposure unit, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
After reinstalling the exposure unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the Tech. Rep.
mode. (See chapter III "Adjustment/setting.")
A. Removal procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/
reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
3. Remove the operation panel. (See "6.3.10
Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Rr. (See "6.3.12
Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit.")
5. Move the exposure unit [1] to the notch section [2]
of the main body frame.
6. Remove 2 screws [3] and then remove the cord
presser member [4].
7. Remove the screw [5] and then remove the
ground terminal [6].
8. Remove the connector [7].
9. Remove 4 screws [8] and then remove the expo-
sure unit [1].
57gaf2c164na
[1] [2]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[8] [3] [4]
[8]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
251
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Installation procedure
1. Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror
positioning hole [2].
2. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the V-
mirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit
[1].
Note
Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig
[3] from the front side and pass it through the
V-mirror unit [1].
Be careful not to confuse the V-mirror posi-
tioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].
3. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [6] into the
exposure unit positioning hole [5].
4. Press the exposure unit [7] against the optics unit
positioning jig [3].
5. Reinstall the exposure unit with 4 screws.
6. Remove 2 optics unit positioning jigs.
7. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall
them following the removal steps in reverse.
[6]
[5]
[3]
[3]
[4]
[3]
57gaf2c165na
[1] [7] [2]
6. OTHERS
252
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
6.3.15 Stretching of the scanner wire
Note
Be sure to wind the wire closely without overlapping each other.
When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
When re-stretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the
Tech. Rep. mode. (See chapter III "Adjustment/setting.")
A. Procedure
1. Remove the original glass. (See "6.3.7 Removing/reinstalling the original glass.")
2. Remove the upper cover /Lt. (See "6.3.8 Removing/reinstalling the upper cover /Lt.")
3. Remove the operation panel. (See "6.3.10 Removing/reinstalling the operation panel.")
4. Remove the original glass guide /Rr and Rt. (See "6.3.12 Removing/reinstalling the CCD unit.")
5. Remove the exposure unit (See "6.3.14 Removing/reinstalling the exposure unit.")
6. Move the V-mirror unit [1] toward the V-mirror positioning hole [2].
7. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the V-mirror positioning hole [2] and fix the V-mirror unit [1].
Note
Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] from the front side and pass it through the V-mir-
ror unit [1].
Be care full not to confuse the V-mirror positioning hole [2] with the unused hole [4].
[3]
[3]
[4]
[3]
57gaf2c166na
[1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
253
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
8. Drop the metal ball [3] in between the scanner wire /Fr [1] and /Rr [2] into the installation hole of the drive pul-
ley [4]. And with this hole as a starting point, wind the wire 4 turns [5] outwards and 5 turns [6] inwards.
Note
Be sure to wind the scanner wire with the metal ball [7] at the end outwards and the scanner wire
with the wire terminal [8] at the end inwards.
For both scanner wires, be sure to pull out the one wound outwards in the paper feed direction [9]
from above the drive pulley and the one wound inwards in the paper exit direction [10] from above
the drive pulley.
9. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, fasten it to the respective wire stoppers
through the wire stopper /Fr [11] or /Rr [12] pulley /1 [13] and via the outside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror
unit [14].
Note
Each wire stopper is provided with 2 grooves. Fix the metal ball [7] in the groove on the outside for
the wire stopper /Fr [11], and fix it in the groove on the inside for the wire stopper /Rr [12].
57gaf2c167na
[16]
[18]
[20]
[10]
[18]
[8]
[21]
[8]
[17]
[16]
[15]
[11]
[7]
[4]
[22]
[11]
[1]
[13]
[9] [13]
[2]
[12]
[22]
[15]
[4]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[17]
[14]
6. OTHERS
254
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. For each scanner wire that has been wound round the drive pulley, after reversing it by the pulley /2 [16],
pass it through the inside of the pulley [15] of the V-mirror unit [14] and pulley /3 [17] and hook the wire ter-
minal [8] to the spring fixing plate [18].
11. Paste the wire restriction sheet [19] to the wire
stoppers /Fr [11] and /Rr [12]. (The sheet is com-
mon to both the front and rear stoppers.)
Note
Be sure to paste it so that the wire restriction
sheet comes in contact with the wire.
12. Fasten tentatively each of the spring fixing plates with the screw [20].
13. Loosen once the screw [20], attach the spring [21] between 2 spring fixing plates [18] and then fix each
spring fixing plate with the screw [20].
Note
After attaching each of the scanner wires, check to see if the respective exposure unit mounting
brackets [22] turn inside.
14. For the parts to be reinstalled hereafter, reinstall them following the removal steps in reverse.
57gaf2c168na
[19] [12] [11]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
255
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.16 Removing/reinstalling the write unit
Caution
Be absolutely sure not to turn on the writing section with it displaced from its regular position.
Be absolutely sure not to remove the writing section cover. If laser beams get in your eyes, you
may suffer loss of sight.
After turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2), be absolutely sure not to
remove the writing section for about 2 minutes.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the right cover /Up. (See "6.3.3 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the right cover /Up.")
2. Remove the connector [1].
3. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the inter-
nal cooling fan /4 assembly [3].
4. Remove the connector [1].
5. Remove the wiring harness from the edge saddle.
6. Remove 4 screws [2] and then remove the Writing
section cover [3].
57gaf2c169na
[1] [2] [3]
[3] [1]
57gaf2c170na
[2]
6. OTHERS
256
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. Remove 3 connectors [1].
8. Loosen the 2 screws [2] and pull out the write unit
[3] for removal.
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[3] [1]
57gaf2c171na
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
257
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.17 Removing/reinstalling the toner supply unit
A. Procedure
1. Open the front door /Rt [1].
2. Pull out the toner supply unit thoroughly. (See
"3.7.1 Removing/reinstalling the photo conductor
section.")
3. Remove the connector [2].
4. Remove 2 screws [3], lower the bearing [4] and
then remove the toner supply unit.
Note
When setting the toner supply unit, be careful
not to apply unnecessary downward force on
it.
57gaf2c172na
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
6. OTHERS
258
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Note
When removing the screws [1] and [2], check
to see if the shutter at the supply opening is
open.
Be sure to set the toner supply unit (joint at
the supply opening) after tightening the 2
screws [1] tentatively.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c173na
[1] [2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
259
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.18 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2
Caution
When removing the tray, be careful not to hurt your hip by taking an appropriate posture.
Note
The trays 1 and 2 are of the same form and mechanism. This procedure shows mainly the steps
taken for the tray 1.
When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.
When removing the tray 2, be sure to remove the tray 1 before that.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front cover /Rt [1] and front cover /Lt [2].
2. With the tray lock lever [3] pressed in the arrow-
marked direction [4], hold the handle at its center
[5] to pull out the tray 1 [6].
[4]
[2] [1] [5]
[6]
57gaf2c259na
[3]
6. OTHERS
260
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
3. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, of the right and
left rails. Hold the tray at the specified section and
lift it up for removal.
Note
When lifting up the tray, hold it at the cover
handle and the bottom in the rear section of
the tray. Be sure to conduct this operation
with two persons.
Be sure to avoid holding it at sections apt to
be deformed. Otherwise, the paper through
may be affected, thus causing a jam.
When installing it, be sure to check that the
notches of the tray is set securely into the
stoppers [2] provided at 2 places on either
side of the guide rail.
4. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c260na
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
261
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.19 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1, 2 lift wire
Note
The trays 1 and 2 are of the same form and mechanism. This procedure shows mainly the steps
taken for the tray 1.
When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.
After completion of the replacement or retightening of the wire, rotate the gear of the paper lift
unit to check to see if the tray goes up and down smoothly.
Make sure that the wire does not cross or get on another wire.
After installing the wire, be sure to adjust the tilt of the tray. (See "11.4.1 Pre-registration roller
skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3.")
A. Procedure
1. Remove the tray. (See "6.3.18 Removing/reinstall-
ing the paper feed tray 1 and 2.")
2. Remove the tray cover and then remove the
paper lift unit. (See "3.13.5 Replacing the pre-reg-
istration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the drive
pulley [2].
4. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the wire
correction cover [4] and the pulley [5].
Note
Be sure to install the wires /1 [6] and /2 [7] so
that the wire /2 comes inside. And make sure
that the wires do not cross each other.
5. Remove the fixing plate [8] from the wire /1 [6].
[7]
[8]
[6]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[7] [6]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[7]
57gaf2c261na
6. OTHERS
262
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the wire
correction cover [2] and the pulley [3].
7. Remove the wire /2 [4] from the fixing plate [5].
8. Following steps 3 to 7, remove the wire /3 [6] and
the wire /4 [7] on the rear side.
Note
The length of the wires 1 and 2 is as shown
below. The wire 3 is different from the wires 1
and 2 in length. Be careful not to confuse one
with the other.
Wire /1 and /3: 207.5 1 mm
Wire /2 and /4: 497.5 1 mm
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[5]
[7]
[6]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1]
57gaf2c262na
57gaf2c263na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
263
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3
Caution
When removing the tray, be careful not to hurt your hip by taking an appropriate posture.
Note
When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.
A. Procedure
1. Open the front cover /Rt [1] and front cover /Lt [2].
2. Remove the trays 1 and 2. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2.")
3. With the tray lock lever [3] pushed in the arrow-
marked direction [4], hold the handle at its center
[5] to pull out the tray 1 [6].
[4]
[2] [1] [5]
[6]
57gaf2c264na
[3]
6. OTHERS
264
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. Remove the screws [1], 2 each, of the right and
left rails. Hold the tray at the specified section and
lift it up for removal.
Note
When lifting up the tray, hold it at the cover
handle and the bottom in the rear section of
the tray. Be sure to conduct this operation
with two persons.
Be sure to avoid holding it at sections apt to
be deformed. Otherwise, the paper through
may be affected, thus causing a jam.
When installing it, be sure to check that the
notches of the tray is set securely into the
stoppers [2] provided at 2 places on either
side of the guide rail.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c265na
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
265
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.21 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3 lift wire
Note
When there remains any paper in the tray, be sure to take off all of it before starting the work.
After completion of the replacement or retightening of the wire, rotate the gear of the paper lift
unit to check to see if the tray goes up and down smoothly.
Make sure that the wire does not cross or get on another wire.
After installing the wire, be sure to adjust the tilt of the tray. (See "11.4.1 Pre-registration roller
skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3.")
A. Procedure
1. Remove the tray. (See "6.3.18 Removing/reinstall-
ing the paper feed tray 1 and 2.")
2. Remove the tray cover and then remove the
paper lift unit. (See "3.13.5 Replacing the pre-reg-
istration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
3. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the drive
pulley [2].
4. Remove the E-ring [3] and then remove the wire
correction cover [4] and the pulley [5].
Note
Be sure to install the wires /1 [6] and /2 [7] so
that the wire /2 comes inside. And make sure
that the wires do not cross each other.
5. Remove the wire /1 [6] from the fixing plate [8].
[7]
[8]
[6]
[6]
[4]
[5]
[7] [6]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[7]
57gaf2c266na
6. OTHERS
266
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the wire
correction cover [2] and the pulley [3].
7. Remove the wire /2 [4] from the fixing plate [5].
8. Following steps 3 to 7, remove the wire /3 [6] and
the wire /4 [7] on the rear side.
Note
The wire length of the tray 3 is as shown
below. The wire length of the tray 3 is different
from those of the trays 1 and 2 and be careful
not to confuse one with the other.
Wire /1 and /3: 309 1 mm
Wire /2 and /4: 599 1 mm
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
[7]
[6]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1]
57gaf2c267na
[5]
57gaf2c268na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
267
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6.3.22 Removing/reinstalling the ADU
Note
When Removing/reinstalling the ADU, this work requires 2 persons since a very heavy object has
to be moved.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the fusing section. (See "3.17.1 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the fusing unit.")
3. Remove the transfer/separation charge. (See
"3.9.1 Replacing the transfer/separation unit.")
4. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
5. Open the reverse/exit section [1].
6. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the con-
nector cover [3].
57gaf2c269na
[2] [3]
[1]
6. OTHERS
268
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. Remove 3 connectors [1].
8. Remove 2 screws [2] and then remove the cable
arm [3] from the ADU.
57gaf2c270na
[2]
[1] [3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
269
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
9. Remove the 2 screws [1] and release the fixing of
the ADU from the guide rail /Lt [2].
10. Remove the 2 screws [3] and release the fixing of
ADU from the guide rail /Rt [4].
11. Hold the stay [5] on the guide rail /Lt side and the
stay [6] on the guide rail /Rt side with two per-
sons, and lift up the ADU for removal.
When installing it, be sure to check that the
notch of the ADU is set securely into the
stopper [7] of the guide rail.
12. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf2c271na
[2] [5] [7]
[6] [4] [7] [1]
[3]
6. OTHERS
270
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6.3.23 Removing/reinstalling the paper exit section
A. Procedure
1. Remove the left cover. (See "6.3.2 Removing/rein-
stalling the left cover.")
2. Pull out the ADU from the main body. (See "3.16.1
Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
3. Remove the 4 screws [1] and place the paper exit
fan /Lw unit [2] on the floor with it turned over.
4. Remove the connector [1] and then remove the
paper exit fan /Lw unit [2].
[1] [1]
57gaf2c272na
[2]
57gaf2c304na
[2]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
6. OTHERS
271
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
5. Remove 4 screws [1] and then remove the paper
exit section [2].
6. Remove the connector [3].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
6.3.24 Setting the rank while in replacing the fusing unit
A. Procedure
When the fusing unit is replaced, a rank should be set
for each unit in the Tech. Rep. mode. Check the appli-
cable rank at the place [1] and set the rank with the
software DIPSW38-5, 6, and 7. (See "10.9.1 Software
switch setting.")
57gaf2c273na
[3] [1]
[2]
[1]
[1]
57gaf2c311na
6. OTHERS
272
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Blank page
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
273
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
7.1 Composition
This part "ADJUSTMENT/SETTING" describes items to be adjusted and the method of adjustment that is
required by this machine, it also gives detailed explanations.
A. Checking before starting work
When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary to check first the following:
1. Are the power supply and voltage secured in accordance with the specifications?
2. Is the power supply properly grounded?
3. Is any equipment that repeatedly consumes a lot of electricity connected to the same power supply? (e.g.:
Electric noise sources such as elevator and air conditioner)
4. Are environmental conditions suitable for the machine?
High temperature and high humidity, direct sunlight, air ventilation, etc.
Levelness of the location on which the machine is installed.
5. Does the cause of poor images lie in the original itself?
6. Is density selected properly?
7. Is the original glass stained?
8. Is proper paper used for print?
9. Are copy consumables replaced with new ones at their life? (e.g.: Developer, drum, cleaning blade, etc)
10. Is toner filled?
B. Checkpoints when conducting on-site service
Due attention should be paid to the following when repairing the machine.
1. Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet. Also, when operating the machine with the power
supplied, be careful of the scan of the exposure unit and be sure not to get caught by the gear.
2. The fusing section may be very hot. Be careful not to get burnt when handling it.
3. The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be careful not to bring a watch and instrument near to the unit.
4. Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool and so on.
5. Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare hands.
8. UTILITY MENU
274
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. UTILITY MENU
8.1 List of utility mode
Note
For detail on the utility mode, refer to "User's guide."
1 System Setting 1 Language Setting
2 Buzzer Setting 1 Buzzer On/Off, Volume Setting
2 Buzzer for Job Stop Setting
3 1 SHOT Indication Time
4 Panel Reset Timer Setting
5 Sub Area Display On/Off
6 Key Response Time
7 Change User Password
8 Warm Up Screen On/Off
2 Function
Setting
1 Feed Tray Setting 1 Feed Tray Auto Selection
2 ATS Permission
3 Auto Paper Type Selection
2 Each Function Setting
3 Density Setting 1 Density Shift for Original Image Type
2 User Density Setting 1 User Density 1
2 User Density 2
3 Photo Mode Density Setting
4 Image Density Selection
4 Preset Zoom
3 Copier Setting 1 Reset Setting 1 Initial Setting
2 Reset Function Setting
3 Initial by Key Counter Insert
2 Each Function Setting
4 Scanner
Setting
1 Default Address Setting
2 Each Function Setting
5 Touch Panel Adjust
6 Administrator
Setting
1 System Setting 1 Power Save
2 Date/Time Setting
3 Weekly Timer Setting 1 Weekly Timer On/Off Setting
2 Time Setting
3 Date Setting
4 Select Time for Power Save
5 Password for Non-Business
Hours Setting
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
8. UTILITY MENU
275
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
6 Machine
Manager Setting
1 System Setting 4 Print Management List 1 Mode Memory List
2 User Management List
3 Use Management List
4 Font Pattern List
5 Audit Log Report
5 Prohibit User Operation
6 Expert Adjustment
7 Size Setting
8 Paper Setting 1 Tray Setting
2 PI Setting
9 LCD Backlight Setting
2 Administrator/Machine
Setting
1 Administrator Registration
3 User Authentication/
Account Track
1 General Settings 1 User Authentication
2 Account Track
2 Account Track Setting
3 User Authentication Setting
4 Non register/Output Set
4 Network Setting 1 Machine NIC Setting
2 IP NIC Setting 1 TCP/IP
2 NetWare
3 IPP
4 FTP
5 SNMP
6 SMB
7 AppleTalk
8 E-Mail
9 HDD
10 Alert Mail
11 CSRC
12 AP/IF
13 PSWC
14 Network Setting Clear
5 Copier/Printer Setting
6 System Connection 1 Call Service Centre
7 Security Setting 1 Administrator Password
2 HDD Manage Setting 1 Details/Delete
2 Data Auto Delete
3 HDD Lock Password
Changing
3 Enhance Security Mode
8 Scanner Destination
Storage
1 Destination Address Change/Delete
9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
276
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
This table shows the list of adjustment items when replacing a part. Items are numbered in a circle by the
priority if there is any.
Adjustment/setting items Replacement parts/Others
A
f
t
e
r

P
M

I
m
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
D
r
u
m
D
e
v
e
l
o
p
e
r
C
l
e
a
n
i
n
g

b
l
a
d
e
T
o
n
e
r

g
u
i
d
e

b
r
u
s
h
C
l
e
a
n
i
n
g

w
e
b
S
l
i
t

g
l
a
s
s
S
c
a
n
n
e
r

w
i
r
e
,

e
x
p
o
s
u
r
e
/
m
i
r
r
o
r

u
n
i
t
C
C
D

u
n
i
t
Machine
Adjust
Magnification
Adjustment
Regist Line Speed Adjustment
Printer FD-Mag
Printer CD-Mag C
Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag C
Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag C
Timing Adjustment Printer Top Margin Adjustment
Top Image (Original Glass) C C
Top Image (ADF)
Scanner (ADF) Regist Loop Adjustment
Centering Adjustment Printer Left margin
Scanner (ADF) Left Image
Distortion Correction Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Main) C C
Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Deputy) C
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Main) C C
Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Deputy)
ADF Adjustment ADF Density Adj. O
ADF Original Size Adjustment
ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment
ADF Incline Offset Adjustment
Process High Voltage
Adjustment
Auto High Voltage Adjustment
Drum Peculiarity
Adjustment
Blade Setting Mode C
Auto Drum Potential Adjustment C C
Auto Maximum Density Adjustment C C
Auto Laser Diameter Adjustment C
LD Offset Adjustment C
Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot) C
Cartridge Installation Mode
Counter PM Count PM Count Reset O
Developer Count Reset C
OPC Drum Count Reset C
Preset Parts Life
Counter
Fixing cleaning web count reset
O
ISW ISW
IP Hard Disk
Format
IP HDD Format
Others Setting powder application C C O
Dust-proof glass cleaning (Write unit) C C
Mirror unit positioning (require the jigs) C
Blade auto replacement spring charge C
Fusing lamp's installation direction (Maker's mark in front)
Thermistor positioning (require the jig)
Thermostat positioning (require the jig)
Parameter board (PB) replacement
Dipswitch setting (ZUCB)
Paper edge sensor sensitivity adjustment (ZUCB or PDB)
Software switch 38-5, 6, 7 setting
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
9. LIST OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS
277
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
W
r
i
t
e

u
n
i
t
R
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

r
o
l
l
e
r
F
u
s
i
n
g

h
e
a
t
e
r

l
a
m
p

/
1

(
L
2
)
F
u
s
i
n
g

h
e
a
t
e
r

l
a
m
p

/
2

(
L
3
)
F
u
s
i
n
g

h
e
a
t
e
r

l
a
m
p

/
3

(
L
4
)
T
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r

/
1

(
T
H
1
)
T
h
e
r
m
i
s
t
o
r

/
3

(
T
H
3
)
T
h
e
r
m
o
s
t
a
t

/
1

(
T
S
1
)
T
h
e
r
m
o
s
t
a
t

/
2

(
T
S
2
)
H
i
g
h

v
o
l
t
a
g
e

u
n
i
t

/
1
,

/
2

(
H
V
1
,

2
)
O
v
e
r
a
l
l

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
a
r
d

(
O
A
C
B
)
P
r
i
n
t
e
r

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
a
r
d

(
P
R
C
B
)
D
F

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
a
r
d

(
D
F
C
B
)
F
S

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
a
r
d

(
F
S
C
B
)
H
a
r
d

d
i
s
k

/
2

(
H
D
D
2
)
Z
U

c
o
n
t
r
o
l

b
o
a
r
d

(
Z
U
C
B
)
P
u
n
c
h

d
r
i
v
e

b
o
a
r
d

(
P
D
B
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
d
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

b
o
a
r
d

(
P
E
S
B
)
C
C
C
C
C C

C
C
C

1
C
C

O
C
C

C


C O C O
O
O O O
O O
C O
C
C
C O O
C
Note
When visiting the customer for instal-
lation or maintenance purpose, it is
recommended to use "Machine set-
ting data Import/Export" function of
the main body Web Utilities to back
up various types of adjustment data,
set-tray data and so on stored in the
parameter board (PB) in the PC.
When replacing the overall control
board (OACB) due to the OACB being
damaged, the PB installed in the dam-
aged OACB should be used on the
new OACB. When it is considered that
something is wrong with the data of
the PB, use the "Machine setting data
Import/Export" function of the main
body Web Utilities to overwrite data
backed up in advance in the PB. Con-
tact the service manager of the
authorized distributor if it is consid-
ered that the PB is also damaged.
The PB stores adjustment data, set-
ting data, counter data and so on.
Therefore, when replacing the PB,
perform all adjustments and setting,
and be sure to replace the parts of
which adjustments are controlled by
the counter (Drum, developer, clean-
ing blade, cleaning web). For details,
contact the service manager of the
authorized distributor.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
278
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
10.1 List of Tech. Rep. mode
Adjustment/setting items page
Machine Adjust Tray Adjustment 282
Magnification Adjustment Regist Line Speed Adjustment 283
Printer FD-Mag 285
Printer CD-Mag 286
Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag 287
Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag 288
Timing Adjustment Printer Top Margin Adjustment 289
Printer Regist Loop Adjustment 290
Printer Pre-Regist 291
Lead Edge Margin Selection 292
Top Image (Original Glass) 293
Top Image (ADF) 294
Scanner (ADF) Regist Loop Adjust 295
Centering Adjustment Printer Left margin 296
Scanner (Original Glass) Left Image 297
Scanner (ADF) Left Image 298
Distortion Correction 299
Non-Image Area Erase Check 300
ADF Adjustment ADF Density Adj. 301
ADF Original Size Adjustment 302
ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment 303
ADF Incline Offset Adjustment 304
Recall Standard Data Factory Default 305
Installation Initial 305
Process High Voltage Adjustment Auto High Voltage Adjustment 306
High Voltage main Adjustment 306
Transfer Adjustment 306
Separation (AC) Adjustment 306
Separation (DC) Adjustment 306
Grid Voltage Adjustment 306
Bias Voltage Adjustment 306
Transfer Guide Confirm 306
Drum Peculiarity Adjustment Blade Setting Mode 307
Auto Drum Potential Adjustment 308
Auto Maximum Density Adjustment 309
Auto Laser Diameter Adjustment 310
LD Offset Adjustment 311
Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot) 312
LD1 Bias Adjustment 312
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
279
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
Process Drum Peculiarity Adjustment LD2 Bias Adjustment 312
Cartridge installation Mode 313
Drum Sensitivity Adjustment 313
User Specified Paper
Setting
Transfer Current 313
Separation (DC) Current 313
Recall Standard Data Factory Default 314
Installation Initial 314
Counter PM Count PM Count 315
Developer Count 315
OPC drum Count 315
Counter/Data Paper Size Counter (Total) 318
Paper Size Counter (Copy) 318
Paper Size Counter (Print) 318
Large Size Counter 318
ADF Counter 319
Coverage Data History 319
Coverage Data List 320
Paper Jam History 320
Jam Counter 321
Copy Mode Counter 322
SC History 327
Service Call Counter 327
Paper Jam Sectional Counter 321
Failure Sectional Counter 327
Parts Life Counter Preset Parts Life Counter 330
Optional Parts Life Counter 336
Machine Status I/O Check 338
List Output List Output Machine Management List 358
Adjustment List 358
Coverage Data List 358
Parameter list 358
Font Pattern List 358
Communication Log List 358
Memory Dump List 358
Test Mode Test Pattern Output Mode 360
Test Pattern Density Setting 367
Running Mode Intermittent Copy Mode 367
Paperless Intermittent Mode 367
Paperless Mode 367
Paperless Endless Mode 367
Running Mode 367
Adjustment/setting items page
10. TECH. REP. MODE
280
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
System input Software switch setting 369
Telephone No. Service Center Tel(16) 390
Service Center Fax(16) 390
Serial No. Input Main Body 390
Option Tray 390
Finisher 390
Install Date New Date 391
Size Setting (Tray4) Standard Size 391
Custom Size 391
Wide Size Paper 391
Tab Paper 391
Firmware Version Firmware Version 392
CS Remote Care CS Remote Care E-Mail 393
Modem 393
ISW ISW 417
Finisher Adjustment Fold & Staple Stopper Adj. 417
Half Fold Stopper Adjustment 418
Cover Sheet Tray Size Adjustment 418
Trimming Stopper Adjustment 419
Hole-Punch Adjustment Punch Kit Vertical position Adjustment 420
Punch Kit Horizontal position Adjustment 421
Punch Unit Vertical position Adjustment 422
Punch Unit Horizontal position Adjustment 423
Punch Regist Loop Adjustment 424
Z-Fold Position Adjustment 1st Fold Adjustment 425
2nd Fold Adjustment 425
Letter Fold Adjustment 426
2 Position Stapling Pitch Adj. 427
Fold & Staple Pitch Adj. 428
Administrator Setting Administrator Authentication Authentication On 429
Authentication Off 429
Administrator Password Setting 429
CE Setting CE Authentication Authentication On 430
Authentication Off 430
CE Password Setting 430
IP Hard Disk Format IP HDD Format All 431
Document 431
Parameter 431
Font 431
Spool 431
Adjustment/setting items page
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
281
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.2 Setting method
This machine is provided with a Tech. Rep. mode for various adjustments/settings. Data adjusted/set in this
mode is stored in the parameter board (PB).
10.2.1 Start and exit Tech. Rep. mode
You can access the Tech. Rep. mode while the power is both turned ON and OFF. In either way, the started
Tech. Rep. mode is the same, but how to exit differs.
A. Starting and exiting Tech. Rep. mode while the power is ON
1. Be sure that the ordinary copy screen is displayed.
2. Press the Utility/Counter button.
3. "Utility screen"
On the Operation panel, press the following buttons.
Stop 0 0 Stop 0 1
When the CE password has been set, you must enter the password to enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
4. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
The Tech. Rep. mode appears.
5. Press the key for an item you want to configure.
The setting screen for each item appears.
6. Press the [Exit] key to go back to the "Utility screen."
7. The new settings become effective.
B. Starting and exiting Tech. Rep. mode while the power is OFF
1. While pressing the Utility/Counter button, turn ON the power switch (SW2).
When the CE password has been set, you must enter the password to enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
The Tech. Rep. mode appears.
3. Press the key for an item you want to configure.
The setting screen for each item appears.
4. Turn OFF the SW2.
5. The new settings become effective.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
282
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3 Machine Adjustment
10.3.1 Tray adjustment
Adjust the paper size from tray 1 to tray 3 and bypass tray.
This adjustment is needed when a paper size is not detected properly.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Tray Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Tray adjustment screen"
Tray adjustment includes the following items. Press the [Next] key or the [Back], and select "1" of the tray you adjust.
[(Tray 1)-1] / [(Tray 1)-2] / [(Tray 2)-1)] / [(Tray 2)-2] / [(Tray 3)-1] / [(Tray 3)-2)] / [(Bypass)-1] / [(Bypass)-2] /
Note
Be sure to select "1" of the tray you adjust.
5. Pull out the tray selected. Expand once the paper
guide [1] to the limit and move it slowly in the direc-
tion in which the width is narrowed, and then use a
scale to make the distance between the paper
guides [2] equal to the standard value.
Standard value: Tray 1 to 3 250 mm
Bypass tray 210 mm
6. Set the tray.
7. "Tray adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key.
The current position of the selected tray is read in. When the adjustment is done, the message "Complete"
appears.
8. Press the [Next] key and select "2" of the trays you want to adjust.
Note
Be sure to select "2" of the tray you want to adjust.
9. Pull out the tray. Expand once the paper guide to the limit and move it slowly in the direction in which the
width is narrowed to make the distance between the paper guides equal to 279.4 mm (8.5 x 11).
10. Set the tray.
11. "Tray adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key.
The current position of the selected tray is read in. When the adjustment is done, the message "Complete"
appears.
12. To adjust other trays, repeat steps 4 to 11.
[1] [2] 57gaf3c001na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
283
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.2 Regist line speed adjustment (magnification adjustment)
Change the line speed of the registration roller to match the line speed of the drum.
Note
This adjustment changes the line speed of the registration roller only. Unless properly adjusted, it
may cause a transfer jitter at a position 145 mm from the paper trailing edge.
Usually, do not use this adjustment in the field. Use this only when replacing the registration roller
and when a transfer jitter occurs at a position 145 mm from the paper trailing edge.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Regist Line Speed Adjustment] key.
5. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Confirm that the [Inside Pattern] is displayed "16", and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m
2
or 35 lb Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pat-
tern (No.16).
Note
For the paper type in the tray, be sure to select [--] or [Normal].
7. Check the magnification in the sub scan direction.
Standard value: within 102.8 mm
(when in life-size)
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +55 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment"
Press the [Inside Pattern] key and enter 9 with the numeric key. Press the [Set] key.
Press the [Inside Pattern] key again and press the [Test Copy] key.
Note
The density of "Test pattern density setting" is reflected. So, be sure to check the set value of
"Test pattern density setting" to ensure it is "255."
57gaf3c002na
102.8
0
0.5
0
-0.5
10. TECH. REP. MODE
284
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
12. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m
2
or 35 lb Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pat-
tern (No.9).
13. Press the [Adjustment] key to return to the [Regist Line Speed Adjustment] screen.
14. Repeat steps 11 to 13 to output test patterns for two steps before and after the value you entered in step
10.
e.g.: When the adjusted value is "-1," output 5 test patterns for -3, -2, -1, 0, 1.
15. Check the transfer jitter around 145 mm from the paper trailing edge, and find an output with the least
transfer jitter (Density of half-tone is even with surrounding area).
16. Press the [Adjustment] key.
17. "Regist Line Speed Adjustment screen"
Through the numeric keys, enter the adjusted step number of the output paper you selected in step 15,
and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +55 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
285
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.3 Printer FD-Mag (magnification adjustment)
Adjust the magnification of the sub scan direction.
This adjustment changes the line speed of the drum and the registration roller evenly.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer FD-Mag] key.
5. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper (130 g/m
2
or 35 lb Bond) in the tray. Press the Start button to output the test pat-
tern (No.16).
7. Check the magnification in the sub scan direction.
Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
within 205.7 1 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer Drum Clock Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (shorter) to +10 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
57gaf3c003na
205.7 1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
286
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.4 Printer CD-Mag (magnification adjustment)
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction on only front side of the printer system.
This adjustment changes the horizontal magnification in image processing prior to the laser exposure.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer CD-Mag] key.
5. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the magnification in the main scan direction.
Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
within 190 1 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer Horizontal Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (shorter) to +10 (longer) 1 step = 0.1%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
190
57gaf3c004na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
287
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.5 Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag (magnification adjustment)
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of the scanner system.
This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the exposure unit.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (Orig. Glass) FD-Mag] key.
5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj. screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the test chart to the original grass and press the start button.
7. Check the magnification in the sub scan direction.
Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
Within 200 1 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. Scanner (Orig. Glass) drum clock adj
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +40 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
200
57gaf3c005na
10. TECH. REP. MODE
288
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.6 Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag (magnification adjustment)
Adjust the magnification of the main scan direction of the scanner system.
This adjustment changes the scanning speed of the DF.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Magnification Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Magnification adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (ADF) FD-Mag] key.
5. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the magnification you adjust. Press the [Test Copy] key.
The magnification changes as follows:
100% 75% 200% 400%
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the DF. Press the Start button.
7. Check the magnification in the sub scan direction.
Standard value: 0.5% or less (when in life-size)
190 1 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Scanner (ADF) drum clock adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (shorter) to +40 (longer) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
190 57gaf3c006na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
289
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.7 Printer top margin adjustment (timing adjustment)
Adjust the image leading edge timing.
This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.
Note
Be sure "10.3.3 Printer FD-Mag (magnification adjustment)" has been adjusted.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer Top Margin Adjustment] key.
5. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment screen"
Tray can be adjusted as a whole and by each (tray 1 to 4 and bypass). Press the [Next] or the [Back] key
to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the leading edge timing.
Standard value: 20 0.5 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer Restart Timing Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -30 (shorter) to +30 (longer) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
20
57gaf3c007na
10. TECH. REP. MODE
290
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.8 Printer regist loop adjustment (timing adjustment)
Adjust the paper loop amount in the registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper jam-
ming in the registration section.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer Regist Loop Adjust] key.
5. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The item changes as follows:
Tray Side1 Bypass Side1 Side2 LS460 Side2 LS290 Tray Side1 Thick Bypass Side1 Thick
Side2 Thick LS460 Side2 Thick LS290
6. Set the copy according to the item that has been adjusted and press the Start button to output a test pat-
tern (No. 16).
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Printer regist loop adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (smaller) to +10 (larger) 1 step = 1ms
(The setting range for the Tray Side1 and Tray Side1 Thick is: -5 to +5.)
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate value is obtained.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
291
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.9 Printer pre-regist (timing adjustment)
Adjust the paper loop amount in the pre-registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or paper
jamming in the pre-registration section.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer Pre-Regist] key.
5. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
Adjustment items include the following:
Tray (1 to 4), ADU LS460, ADU LS290, ADU Thick LS460 and ADU Thick LS290.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Printer pre-regist adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (smaller) to +10 (larger) 1 step = 1ms
(The setting range for the tray 1 to 4 is: -5 to +5.)
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate value is obtained.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
292
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.10 Lead edge margin selection (timing adjustment)
Adjust the image erasure amount of the leading edge.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Lead Edge Margin Selection] key.
5. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
7. Check the leading edge erasure amount.
Standard value a: within 4 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Printer lead edge timing adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -20 (smaller) to +40 (larger) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
57gaf3c029na
a
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
293
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.11 Top image (original glass) (timing adjustment)
Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning from the original glass.
In this adjustment, the starting position for reading while in the original scanning mode is adjusted.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Top Image (Original Glass)] key.
5. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj. screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the test chart to the original grass and press the start button.
7. Check the leading edge timing.
Standard value: 0 1.5 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) restart timing adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -40 (image faster) to +40 (image slower) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
294
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.12 Top image (ADF) (timing adjustment)
Adjust image leading edge timing of original scanning from the DF.
In this adjustment, the starting position for reading while in the DF scanning mode is adjusted.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Top Image (ADF)] key.
5. "ADF restart timing adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the side of original you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The side of original changes as follows:
Side1 Side2
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the DF. Press the Start button.
7. Check the leading edge timing.
Standard value: 0 2 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "ADF restart timing adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (image faster) to +50 (image slower) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
295
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.13 Scanner (ADF) regist loop adjustment (timing adjustment)
Adjust the original loop amount in the DF registration roller section to remove paper skew and wrinkle, or original
jamming in the registration section.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Timing Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Timing adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (ADF) Regist Loop Adjust] key.
5. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the side of original you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The side of original changes as follows:
Side1 Side2
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and set the "adjustment chart" on the DF. Press the Start button.
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "ADF regist loop adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -10 (smaller) to +10 (larger) 1 step = 0.5 mm
9. Repeat the steps 5 to 8 until an appropriate value is obtained.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
296
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment)
Adjust the image mis-centering of the main scan direction on the printer.
This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.
Note
Be sure the printer paper feed cross adjustment have been adjusted.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Centering Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Printer Left Margin] key and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Fold the output paper into two at the center in the main scan direction and check the discrepancy from
the center line of the print.
Standard value: within 0 1.5 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Printer centering adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -64 (image in front) to +63 (image in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
297
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.15 Scanner (Orig. glass) left image (centering adjustment)
Adjust the image mis-centering of the main scan direction when scanning from the original glass.
This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.
Note
Be sure "10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment)" has been adjusted.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Centering Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (Orig. Glass) Left Image] key and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Fold the outputted paper in half in the main scan direction and check the amount of centering error.
Standard value: within 0 1.5 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) centering adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -30 (image in front) to +30 (image to in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
298
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.16 Scanner (ADF) left image (centering adjustment)
Adjust the image mis-centering of the main scan direction when scanning from the DF.
This adjustment changes the laser writing start timing.
Note
Be sure "10.3.14 Printer left margin (centering adjustment)" has been adjusted.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Centering Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Centering adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Scanner (ADF) Left Image] key
5. "ADF centering adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The item switches as follows:
Side1:Small Side2:Small Side1:Large Side2:Large
Note
"Small" represents paper which is smaller than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
"Large" represents paper which is larger than 300 mm in the sub-scan direction.
6. Select paper according to the adjusted item. Set the "adjustment chart" on the DF and press the Start
button.
7. Fold the outputted paper in half in the main scan direction and check the amount of centering error.
Standard value: within 0 2 mm
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Scanner (ADF) Left Image"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -30 (image in front) to +30 (image in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
299
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.17 Distortion correction
Adjust the image distortion in scanning.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Distortion Correction] key on the sub menu.
4. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. screen"
Press the [Next] or the [Back] key to select the item you adjust, and press the [Test Copy] key.
The item switches as follows:
Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. (Main) Scanner (Orig.Glass)warp adj. (Deputy) Scanner (ADF) warp
adj. (Main) Scanner (ADF) warp adj. (Deputy)
5. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Set the "test chart" at the position (original glass or ADF) according to the
adjusted item, and press the Start button.
6. Check the image skew.
Standard value: 0.5% or less (the difference in length of the 2 diagonal lines of the square of 200 mm is
1.4 mm or less.)
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Scanner (Orig. Glass) warp adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (counterclockwise) to +50 (clockwise) 1 step = 0.05%
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
300
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.18 Non image area erase check
When installing the copier or moving its installation location, check to see if the non-image area erase function of
the application functions works satisfactorily. This also automatically adjusts sensitivity to correctly detect the
non-image area.
Preparation:
Open fully the DF.
There should not be anything on the original glass.
Clean the original glass.
A. Procedure
B. Error message and Handling
If an error is detected while performing the "Non Image Area Erase Check" mode, the following error message
will be displayed.
(1) Error message 1
Adjust for Moderate Brightness.
The Non-image area erase function may not operate correctly with dark (density) originals.
Handling 1
When the non-image area erase function is not used very frequently, or when copy originals that have a dark
background are not copied very frequently in non-image area erase, the copier can be used in the current instal-
lation location. However, when copy originals that have a dark background are frequently copied, install the
copier in a location where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image
area erase check mode again.
(2) Error message 2
Adjust for Extreme Brightness.
In many case, the non-image area erase function will not operate correctly.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Non-Image Area Erase Check] key on the sub menu.
4. "Non-image area erase check screen"
Press the [Start] key.
5. Make sure the following message appears.
NORMAL adjustment selected.
The machine is set to appropriate parameters for Non-image area erase.
If any other message appears, refer to "B. Error message and Handling", and perform the Non image Area
Erase Check again.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
301
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Handling 2
When the non-image area erase function is not used very frequently, the copier can be used in the current instal-
lation location. However, if the non-image area erase function is frequently used, install the copier in a location
where less external light gets in (darker) than the present location, and check the non-image area erase check
mode again. At this time, when there is a bright light source such as a fluorescent light installed directly above
the copier, reconsider the installation location, or take some measures to shield the light source and check the
mode again.
10.3.19 ADF density adj. (ADF adjustment)
Since the slit glass of the scanning section is coated with electrical conductive material, The way it refracts light
from the exposure lamp is different from that of the original glass. Thus, perform this adjustment when replacing
the slit glass.
Preparation:
Clean the slit glass.
Make sure the white chart is not dirty. (Partial dirt can be ignored)
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [ADF Adjustment] key.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [ADF Density Adj.] key.
5. "ADF density adjustment screen"
Set the "white chart" on the DF.
Note
Set the "white chart" in the A4-direction.
6. Press the [Start] key.
The white chart is scanned, and density is automatically adjusted.
7. When an error message appears, turn OFF/ON the power switch (SW2) of the main body. Repeat steps 1
to 6 until it is completed properly.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
302
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.20 ADF original size adjustment (ADF adjustment)
Conduct this adjustment when the DF original size is not properly detected.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [ADF Adjustment] key.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [ADF Original Size Adjustment] key.
5. "ADF original size adj. (A4)/ (8.5 x 11) 1/2 screen"
Set A4 (Metric area)/8.5 x 11 (Inch area) paper on the DF and press the [Start] key.
* (A4) appears in Metric area and (8.5 x 11) appears in Inch area.
6. "Confirm the message of completion, press the [Next] key.
7. "ADF original size adj. (A5R)/ (5.5 x 8.5R) 2/2 screen"
Set A5R (Metric area)/5.5 x 8.5R (Inch area) paper on the DF and press the [Start] key.
* (A5R) appears in Metric area and (5.5 x 8.5R) appears in Inch area.
8. Confirm the message of completion, press the [Test Copy] key.
9. Make sure the DF original size is properly detected.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
303
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.21 ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment (ADF adjustment)
Conduct this adjustment when a malfunction (JAM display does not disappear despite no paper JAM) occurs in
the reflective type sensors.
Preparation:
Clean each of the DF reflective sensors.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [ADF Adjustment] key.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [ADF Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment] key.
5. "ADF sensor sensitivity adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key.
The DF sensor sensitivity is automatically adjusted, and the message of completion appears.
6. Press the [Test Copy] key to check to see if there is any malfunction.
7. When malfunction is found, press the [ADJUSTMENT] key to repeat steps 5 and 6.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
304
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.3.22 ADF incline offset adjustment (ADF adjustment)
Adjust image skew in the DF scanning mode.
This adjustment is reflected to the auto skew adjustment control in DF scanning mode.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [ADF Adjustment] key.
4. "ADF adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [ADF Incline Offset Adjustment] key.
5. "ADF Incline offset adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set the "adjustment chart" on the DF and press the Start button.
7. Check the image skew.
Standard value: within 0.5%
Difference between a and b is 2.1 mm or less
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "ADF Incline Offset Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -60 (counterclockwise) to +60 (clockwise) 1 step = 0.05%
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
11. Press the [Return] key to return to the "ADF adjustment mode menu screen."
ab
57gaf3c008na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
305
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.3.23 Recall standard data
Reset the adjustment values of the machine adjustment to the factory initial data or the installation initial data.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Recall Standard Data] on the sub menu.
4. "Recall standard data:Machine adjustment screen"
Press the [Factory Default] or the [Installation Initial] key.
Note
Selecting [Factory Default] recalls the factory initial data.
Selecting [Installation Initial] recalls the adjustment values stored when code "91" of the I/O
check mode was conducted.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
306
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.4 Process adjustment
10.4.1 Auto high voltage adjustment (high voltage adjustment)
Current values and voltage values of a transfer, separation (AC), separation (DC), developing bias are automati-
cally adjusted respectively.
Preparation: The photo conductor section must be set.
A. Procedure
Note
When an error message appears during the adjustment, check to see if the error unit is properly
installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
10.4.2 HV adjustment (Charge) (high voltage adjustment)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10.4.3 HV adjustment (Transfer) (high voltage adjustment)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10.4.4 HV adjustment (Separation AC) (high voltage adjustment)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10.4.5 HV adjustment (Separation DC) (high voltage adjustment)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10.4.6 HV adjustment (Charging grid voltage) (high voltage adjustment)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10.4.7 HV adjustment (Bias of development DC) (high voltage adjustment)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10.4.8 Transfer guide confirm (high voltage adjustment)
Do not use this adjustment in the field.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [High Voltage Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "High voltage adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto High Voltage Adjustment] key.
5. "HV adjustment (Auto adjustment) screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
307
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.4.9 Blade setting mode (drum peculiarity adjustment)
Perform this adjustment when changing the cleaning blade. In this mode, apply toner to the cleaning blade and
drum, to prevents damages to them.
Note
Perform this only when changing the cleaning blade. Otherwise, the cleaning blade special parts
counter is reset, thus making it impossible to implement the auto blade change in the right timing.
Apply setting powder to the cleaning blade and drum.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Blade Setting Mode] key.
5. "Blade setting mode screen"
Press the [Start] key. With toner applied, the drum is cleaned with the cleaning blade. The message of
completion appears.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
308
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.4.10 Auto drum potential adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)
Measure the charging potential of drum, and adjust automatically the developing bias value, charging voltage
and grid voltage.
A. Procedure
Note
When the following error messages appear, check to see if the drum potential sensor (DPS) is
properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
In the 0V check of the DPS, voltage over 100V is detected 5 times or more.
2) Error 2
The drum potential after laser exposure is detected to be over 350V, and it is determined that
control patch detect signal is not outputted.
3) Error 3
Drum potential has been corrected 10 or more times, but it does not converge.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto Drum Potential Adjustment] key.
5. "Auto drum potential adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
309
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.4.11 Auto maximum density adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)
Adjust the maximum density of the image automatically.
A. Procedure
Note
When the following error messages appear, check to see if the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
is properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The IDC sensor (IDCS) on the TCSB dirt correction has been corrected 10 or more times, but it
does not converge.
2) Error 2
The auto maximum density adjustment is not completed, when the developing roller rotation
speed reaches the specified value.
3) Error 3
No signal is outputted from the IDCS. Control patch detect signal is not outputted.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto Maximum Density Adjustment] key.
5. "Auto maximum density adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
310
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.4.12 Auto laser diameter adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)
Automatically adjust the diameter of laser beam.
A. Procedure
Note
When the following error messages appear, check to see if the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
is properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The PGC sensor (PGCS) dirt correction on the TSCB has been conducted 10 or more times, but
it does not converge.
2) Error 2
The auto laser diameter adjustment completed with an abnormal value.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto Laser Diameter Adjustment] key.
5. "Auto dot diameter adjustment screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
311
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)
Equally adjust two laser intensity.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [LD Offset Adjustment] key.
5. "LD offset adjustment screen"
Press the LD1 offset line speed [460 mm] key, and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start button to output a test pattern.
7. Adjust laser intensity of LD1 and LD2.
Standard value: Compare image patterns created
by the LD1 and LD2. Confirm that density is uniform
(1 gap is OK) as per the following figure, and the
highlighted patterns start between the two reference
lines [1].
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "LD offset adjustment screen"
Press the [460 mm] key for the laser you want to adjust (LD1 offset or LD2 offset). Enter a value through
the numeric keys and press the [Set] key and then the [Test Copy] key.
Setting range: -128 (lighter) to +127 (darker)
10. Select A3 or 11 x 17 paper, and press the Start button to output a test pattern.
11. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key to repeat steps 5 to 10 until
the standard value can be obtained.
12. Adjust the line speed 290 mm likewise as well.
LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2 LD1 LD2
[1]
57gaf3c009na
10. TECH. REP. MODE
312
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.4.14 Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) (drum peculiarity adjustment)
Automatically adjust image gradation (gamma).
A. Procedure
Note
When the following error messages appear, check to see if the toner control sensor board (TCSB)
is properly installed and cleaned. Conduct the adjustment again.
1) Error 1
The PGC sensor (PGCS) dirt correction on the TSCB has been conducted 10 or more times, but
it does not converge.
2) Error 2
No signal is outputted from the PGCS. Control patch detect signal is not outputted.
3) Error 3
Regression error during the gamma curve calculation.
10.4.15 LD1 bias adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10.4.16 LD2 bias adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Auto Gamma Adjustment (1dot)] key.
5. "Auto gamma adjustment (1dot) screen"
Press the [Start] key. After the automatic adjustment, the message of completion appears.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
313
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.4.17 Cartridge installation mode (drum peculiarity adjustment)
Conduct this adjustment when black spots (toner) appear on the print-out after removing/inserting the photo
conductor section.
A. Procedure
10.4.18 Drum sensitivity adjustment
Do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
10.4.19 User specified paper setting
Use this adjustment when the transfer and separation functions do not work satisfactorily with the standard
adjustments because of using special papers, etc.
This setting is applied when you select [User] as the paper type.
By default, the following data are inputted.
For Japan: 64 g/m
2
Normal paper
For inch area: 80 g/m
2
Normal paper
For metric area: 80 g/m
2
Normal paper
Note
Input data according to instructions of KMBT field support section.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Drum Peculiarity Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Drum peculiarity adjustment mode menu screen"
Press the [Cartridge Installation Mode] key.
5. "Cartridge set mode screen"
Press the [Start] key. The development unit and the drum rotate for 3 minutes to charge low-charge toner.
6. After the rotation stops, press the [Test Copy] key.
7. Select the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output 10 blank papers, thus cleaning the drum.
8. When the black spot does not disappear, press the [Adjustment] key to repeat steps 5 to 7.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [User Specified Paper Setting] key on the sub menu.
4. "User Paper Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Transfer Current] or [Separat (DC) Current] key to select an item you adjust.
5. Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select an item you adjust.
6. Input data for the selected item, and press the [Set] key.
7. Repeat steps 4 and 6 to configure other items.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
314
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.4.20 Recall standard data
Reset the adjustment values of the process adjustment to the factory initial data or the installation initial data.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Process] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Recall Standard Data] key on the sub menu.
4. "Recall standard data (Process adjustment) screen"
Press the [Factory Default] or the [Installation Initial] key.
Note
Selecting [Factory Default] recalls the factory initial data.
Selecting [Installation Initial] recalls the adjustment values stored when code "91" of the I/O
check mode was conducted.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
315
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.5 Counter
10.5.1 PM count
Configure the reset and cycle of the PM count, developer count and drum count.
Note
The PM count is different in the count condition depending on the setting of DIPSW8-6.
When set to "0": 1 count for a single side of each large paper exit, and 2 counts for a double side.
When set to "1": 2 counts for a single side of each large paper exit (the definition of large size
paper is set by DIPSW10-3 and 4), and 4 counts for a double side. For those other
than the large size, the count is same as when set to "0."
The developer count and the OPC drum count are made at all times 1 count for a single side and 2
counts for a double side for a small size paper, 2 counts for a single count and 4 counts for a dou-
ble count for a large size paper.
A. Count reset
Display or reset the PM count, the developer count and the OPC drum count.
Note
Be sure to reset the PM count after implementing a periodic check (every 500,000 prints).
Otherwise, the periodic check alert message and icon on the user screen do not disappear.
Be sure to reset the developer count after replacing a developer. Otherwise, gray background
image and toner scatter may occur. Also, the consumable icon on the user screen does not disap-
pear.
Be sure to reset the OPC drum count after replacing a drum. Otherwise, image gray background
and toner scatter may occur. Also, the Drum/Deve icon on the user screen does not disappear.
Also, the consumable icon on the user screen does not disappear.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [PM Count] key on the sub menu.
4. "PM COUNT screen"
Press one of the [PM Count], [Developer Count] and [OPC drum Count] keys that you want to reset, and
then press the [Counter reset] key.
5. "PM count/cycle screen"
Pressing the [Yes] key validates resetting.
The counter is reset, and the start date is automatically inputted.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
316
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. PM cycle setting
Configure settings of the PM count, developer count and drum count.
Note
The PM cycle, developer cycle and drum cycle are already inputted in the initial settings. Usually,
do not change these settings.
(1) Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [PM Count] key on the sub menu.
4. "PM COUNT screen"
Press one of the [PM Count], [Developer Count] and [OPC drum Count] keys that you want to set.
5. [PM count/cycle screen]
Enter the high order digits of the cycle value through the numeric key.
[PM Cycle]: Upper 3 digits
[Developing Cycle]: Upper 5 digits
[Sensitive Drum count]: Upper 5 digits
6. [PM count/cycle screen]
Press the [OK] key to return to the "PM COUNT screen".
When you want to cancel the setting you have changed, press the [Cancel] key.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
317
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.5.2 Counter/Data
It is possible to confirm various data held in the machine.
The counter/data also can be checked through the CS Remote Care, list output and the mail remote notification
system.
Paper Size Counter (Total)
Paper Size Counter (Copy)
Paper Size Counter (Print)
Large Size Counter
ADF Counter
Coverage Data History
Coverage Data List
Paper Jam History*1
Jam Counter*1
Copy Mode Counter*1
Paper SC History*1
Service Call Counter*1
Paper Jam Sectional Counter*1
Failure Sectional Counter*1
*1 When setting DIPSW 30-1 to 1, these data can be confirmed.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Counter/Data] key on the sub menu.
4. "Collecting data menu screen"
Press the counter item key you want to confirm.
5. "Collecting data screen"
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to scroll the screen.
Note
The [Count Reset] key is shown in the individual data confirmation screen of the [Paper Jam
Sectional Counter] and the [Failure sectional counter].
When pressing the [Count Reset] key, "Count reset confirmation screen" is shown, and when
pressing the [Yes] key, the section data is reset. Pressing the [No] key returns to "Individual data
confirmation screen" with the interval data not reset.
Reset these data when you visit the customer of the PM implementation etc. to confirm the jam
or SC occurrence count after it was visited last time.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
318
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Paper size counter (Total/copy/print)
Confirm the number of print of each paper size.
Note
Maximum count: 99,999,999
1 count is made for paper of all types regardless of the paper size.
All size of paper not included in the below table are counted as special. However, wide paper and
R-direction paper are counted as the same size.
Example: A4W and A4R are counted as A4.
8K is counted as B4, and 16K is counted as B5.
C. Large size counter
Confirm the number of print of the large size paper.
Note
Maximum count: 99,999,999
Definition of the large size can be changed by DIPSW10-3, 4 (A3, 11 x 17 for default).
NO. CSRC parameter
(B1, B6, B8)
For Remark
Japan Inch Metric
1 00 A2 17 x 22 A2 Not used
2 01 A3 11 x 17 A3
3 02 B4 8.5 x 14 B4 (8K)
4 03 A4 8.5 x 11 A4
5 04 B5 5.5 x 8.5 B5 (16K)
6 05 A5 A5
7 06 B6 F4
8 07 8.5 x 14
9 08 8.5 x 11 A4
10 09 Special Special Special
11 0A PostCard
NO. CSRC command
(Parameter)
Item Remark
1 BH (00) Large size copy count The large size is defined by
DIPSW10-3, 4
2 BI (00) Large size printer count
3 F6 (01) Large size scan count
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
319
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
D. ADF counter
Confirm the number of originals fed in each DF mode.
Note
Maximum count: 99,999,999
No.1, 2 are not counted as No.3 to 8.
E. Coverage data history
With 5,000 prints as one data, the coverage (original B/W ratio) of up to 30 data and the total accumulation are
displayed.
Note
The coverage data is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area of
the image data. Therefore, it is different from the toner consumption when actually printed.
Up to 30 latest coverage data are maintained with the older ones deleted in sequence.
NO. CSRC parameter
(F0)
Item Remark
1 00 N of originals fed in ADF mode Simplex mode
2 01 N of originals fed in RADF mode Duplex mode
3 06 N of 1 sided SDF original fed Single Feed mode
4 0C N of 2 sided SDF original fed Single Feed mode
5 07 N of 1 sided mixed original fed Mixed Original mode
6 08 N of 2 sided mixed original fed Mixed Original mode
7 0A N of 1 sided Z-folded original fed Z-Fold mode
8 0B N of 2 sided Z-folded original fed Z-Fold mode
NO. CSRC
parameter (V0)
Print count Coverage
data (%)
NO. CSRC
parameter (V0)
Print count Coverage
data (%)
1 00 Total (00.0 to
99.9%)
17 10 Print count 16 (00.0 to
99.9%)
2 01 Print count 1 18 11 Print count 17
3 02 Print count 2 19 12 Print count 18
4 03 Print count 3 20 13 Print count 19
5 04 Print count 4 21 14 Print count 20
6 05 Print count 5 22 15 Print count 21
7 06 Print count 6 23 16 Print count 22
8 07 Print count 7 24 17 Print count 23
9 08 Print count 8 25 18 Print count 24
10 09 Print count 9 26 19 Print count 25
11 0A Print count 10 27 1A Print count 26
12 0B Print count 11 28 1B Print count 27
13 0C Print count 12 29 1C Print count 28
14 0D Print count 13 30 1D Print count 29
15 0E Print count 14 31 1E Print count 30
16 0F Print count 15
10. TECH. REP. MODE
320
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
F. Coverage data list
Confirm the data of the 15 higher order jobs in the order of the higher coverage (original B/W ratio).
In order to eliminate faulty operations (sky-shot) by the customer, display only data of 5 sheets or more that have
been continuously printed.
Note
The coverage data is a calculated value based on the colored area and the transfer paper area of
the image data. Therefore, it is different from the toner consumption when actually printed.
G. Paper jam history
With respect to the latest 100 jams, it is possible to confirm jam code, total count, date of occurrence, tray used,
paper size, and magnification (with stationary jams eliminated).
No. CSRC
parameter (V1)
Coverage data (%) No. of print Paper size Print mode Date
01 00 00.0 to 99.9% Display of
No.
Copy/
printer
02 01
03 02
04 03
05 04
06 05
07 06
08 07
09 08
10 09
11 0A
12 0B
13 0C
14 0D
15 0E
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
321
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
H. Jam counter/Paper jam sectional counter
Confirm the number of jam occurrences for each jam code (with stationary jams eliminated).
Note
Maximum count: 999,999
The jam code is a code displayed when DIPSW11-7 is set to 1.
No. CSRC
parameter
(J0)
Item
(JAM code)
No. CSRC
parameter
(J0)
Item
(JAM code)
No. CSRC
parameter
(J0)
Item
(JAM code)
001 00 10-1 036 23 61-1 071 46 72-29
002 01 10-2 037 24 61-2 072 47 72-30
003 02 11-1 038 25 62-1 073 48 72-32
004 03 11-2 039 26 62-2 074 49 72-33
005 04 12-1 040 27 62-3 075 4A 72-34
006 05 12-2 041 28 62-4 076 4B 72-35
007 06 13-1 042 29 62-5 077 4C 72-38
008 07 13-2 043 2A 62-6 078 4D 72-39
009 08 14-1 044 2B 62-7 079 4E 72-40
010 09 14-2 045 2C 62-8 080 4F 72-41
011 0A 17-1 046 2D 62-9 081 50 72-42
012 0B 17-2 047 2E 62-10 082 51 72-43
013 0C 17-3 048 2F 63-1 083 52 72-44
014 0D 17-4 049 30 63-2 084 53 72-45
015 0E 17-5 050 31 63-3 085 54 72-46
016 0F 17-6 051 32 63-4 086 55 72-47
017 10 21-1 052 33 63-5 087 56 72-48
018 11 31-1 053 34 63-6 088 57 72-49
019 12 31-2 054 35 63-7 089 58 72-50
020 13 32-1 055 36 63-8 090 59 72-51
021 14 32-2 056 37 63-9 091 5A 72-60
022 15 32-3 057 38 63-10 092 5B 72-61
023 16 32-4 058 39 63-11 093 5C 72-62
024 17 32-5 059 3A 72-16 094 5D 72-63
025 18 92-1 060 3B 72-17 095 5E 72-81
026 19 92-2 061 3C 72-18 096 5F 72-82
027 1A 93-1 062 3D 72-19 097 60 72-83
028 1B 94-1 063 3E 72-20 098 61 72-90
029 1C 94-2 064 3F 72-21
030 1D 19-1 065 40 72-22
031 1E 19-2 066 41 72-23
032 1F 51-1 067 42 72-24
033 20 71-1 068 43 72-25
034 21 71-2 069 44 72-26
035 22 71-3 070 45 72-28
10. TECH. REP. MODE
322
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
I. Copy mode counter
Confirm the status of use of each copy mode.
Note
Maximum count: 99,999,999
NO. CSRC parameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
1 00 1-1 mode
2 01 1-2 mode
3 02 2-1 mode
4 03 2-2 mode
5 04 ADF 1-1 mode
6 05 ADF 1-2 mode
7 06 Mixed original mode
8 07 SDF mode
9 08 Z-folded original mode
10 09 LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Reg.)
11 0A LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Reg.)
12 0B LEF: Portrait/SEF: Landscape (Rev.)
13 0C LEF: Landscape/SEF: Portrait (Rev.)
14 0D Text & Photo
15 0E Text
16 0F Photo
17 10 Dot matrix
18 11 Custom size
19 12 1 oblique staple (Upper left)
20 13 1 oblique staple (Upper right)
21 14 2 parallel staples (Left binding)
22 15 2 parallel staples (Upper binding)
23 16 Right & Left binding
24 17 2 parallel staples (Right binding)
25 18 Upper binding
26 19 Tab original
27 1A Folding & Stapling
28 1B
29 1C Group
30 1D Offset group
31 1E Sort
32 1F Offset sort
33 20 Face down
34 21 Face up
35 22 1 to N
36 23 N to 1
37 24
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
323
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
38 25 Cover sheet
39 26 Trimmer
40 27 Real size copy
41 28 Preset magnification E4
42 29 Preset magnification E3
43 2A Preset magnification E2
44 2B Preset magnification E1
45 2C Preset magnification R4
46 2D Preset magnification R3
47 2E Preset magnification R2
48 2F Preset magnification R1
49 30 Preset Zoom 1
50 31 Preset Zoom 2
51 32 Preset Zoom 3
52 33 ZOOM
53 34 Vertical/Horizontal zoom
54 35 Maximum zoom
55 36 Minimum zoom
56 37 APS
57 38 AMS
58 39 Auto density
59 3A Preset density level 1
60 3B Preset density level 2
61 3C Interrupted copy
62 3D Auto image rotation cancellation
63 3E Sheet insertion
64 3F Chapter control
65 40 Combination
66 41 Booklet pagination copy
67 42 OHP interleave copy
68 43 OHP interleave blank
69 44 Insert Image
70 45 Book copy
71 46 Program job
72 47 Non-image area erase
73 48 Neg-/Positive reverse
74 49 Auto repeat
75 4A Manual repeat
76 4B Standard size repeat
77 4C Frame erasure
78 4D Fold erasure
79 4E Image centering
NO. CSRC parameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
10. TECH. REP. MODE
324
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
80 4F Full scan
81 50 Image shift
82 51 Reduction shift
83 52 Image overlay
84 53 Watermark
85 54 Stamp
86 55 Date/Time
87 56 Page
88 57 Numbering
89 58 Set quantity 1
90 59 Set quantity 2-5
91 5A Set quantity 6-10
92 5B Set quantity 11 or more
93 5C Time while power remote 1 is On Accumulation of time during which the
overall control board is powered (main
power switch is ON). (in minutes)
94 5D Time while power remote 2 is On Time during which the main relay is ON. (in minutes)
95 5E Time while power remote 3 is On Time during which the power control signal
(REM3) is ON. (in minutes)
96 5F Time while power remote 4 is On Time during which the power control signal
(REM4) is ON. (in minutes)
97 60 Time during Low Power mode Time in the LOW POWER mode. (in minutes)
98 61 Time during warm up time Time for warm-up, except print ready time.
(in minutes)
99 62 Time during front door open Time during which the front door is open.
(in seconds)
100 63 Ope.time in 1side straight exit Time from the start of print and the end of
print. (in seconds)
(Down time due to jam omitted)
101 64 Ope.time in 1side reverse exit
102 65 Operation time in 2side print
103 66 Operation time in ADF mode Time during which DF operates. (in seconds)
104 67 Morning correction count Counts 1 per image stabilization control (fix-
ing temperature is 50C or lower)
105 68 Time during APS sensor On Time during which the APS sensor is ON.
(in seconds)
106 69
107 6A
108 6B N of folding & stapling used jobs
109 6C
110 6D N of ADF NF occurred Number of DF no feed detection
111 6E N of ADF special error 1 occurred Number of wrong detection of original size
112 6F N of ADF special error 2 occurred Number of wrong detection of next original
information
NO. CSRC parameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
325
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
113 70 N of ADF special error 3 occurred Number of error in size for which mixed
size mode is not allowed
114 71 N of scanner scanned Counts 1 for pressing Start button in the
platen mode
115 72 N of electrode cleaned
116 73 N of memory overflow Sum of No.124, 125, 126 plus HDD mem-
ory shortage
117 74 N of fixing alarm occurred
118 75 N of no toner stop occurred
119 76 N of AGC retry
120 77
121 78 N of mis-centering correct error
122 79 N of ADF distortion adjust error
123 7A N of ADF distortion data error
124 7B Compression memory overflow Scanner compression/print compression
memory shortage
125 7C Page memory overflow (scan) Shortage in memory for receiving print data
126 7D Page memory overflow (print) Decompression page memory shortage
127 7E FNS alarm (Tray/trim)
128 7F FNS alarm (staple)
129 80
130 81 N of ADF special error 4 occurred Ready time-out error
131 82 Store for HDD (Sync.with Copying)
132 83 Store for HDD (Store Scan HDD)
133 84 Store for PC (Store Scan PC)
134 85 Store for PC (Store HDD PC)
135 86 Recall from HDD (Recall HDD)
136 87 Recall from PC (PC/JobEditer)
137 88
138 89 Wide paper count (A3W or 11 x 17W)
139 8A Wide paper count (A4W or 8.5 x 11W)
140 8B Wide paper count (A4RWor8.5 x 11RW)
141 8C Wide paper count (A5Wor5.5 x 8.5W)
142 8D Wide paper count (Others)
143 8E Hole-Punch
144 8F Z-Folding
145 90 Repeat shift error
146 91 Mixplex (Simplex)
147 92 Mixplex (Duplex)
148 93 Right/Left binding originals
149 94 Upper binding originals
150 95 Inside print multi letter
NO. CSRC parameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
10. TECH. REP. MODE
326
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
151 96 Outside print multi letter
152 97
153 98
154 99
155 9A
156 9B
157 9C
158 9D
159 9E
160 9F Half Fold
161 A0
162 A1
163 A2 Main tray output
164 A3
165 A4
166 A5
167 A6
168 A7
169 A8
170 A9
171 AA
172 AB
173 AC
174 AD Sub tray output
175 AE Main tray output Job number
176 AF
177 B0
178 B1
179 B2
180 B3
181 B4
182 B5
183 B6
184 B7 Sub tray output Job number
185 B8 Half Fold Job number
186 B9 Inside print Letter Fold Job number
187 BA Outside print Letter Fold Job number
NO. CSRC parameter
(F1)
Item Count conditions
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
327
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
J. Paper SC history
With respect to the latest 20 SC, confirm SC code, total count, date of occurrence, time of occurrence and
machine condition (00: Idling, 01: Scanner operating, 02: Printer operating, 03: Scanner and printer operating).
K. Service call counter/Failure sectional counter
Note
Maximum count: 99,999,999
When the Tech. Rep. mode DIPSW3-1 is 1 (Latched), SC34, 35 and 36 are not counted.
No. CSRC
parameter
(E0)
Item
(SC code)
No. CSRC
parameter
(E0)
Item
(SC code)
No. CSRC
parameter
(E0)
Item
(SC code)
001 00 13-1 033 20 23-7 064 3F 32-3
002 01 13-2 034 21 23-8 065 40 32-4
003 02 18-11 035 22 23-9 066 41 32-6
004 03 18-12 036 23 23-10 067 42 32-7
005 04 18-13 037 24 23-11 068 43 33-1
006 05 18-10 038 25 23-21 069 44 33-5
007 06 18-21 039 26 23-22 070 45 33-6
008 07 18-22 040 27 24-1 071 46 34-1
009 08 18-23 041 28 24-2 072 47 34-2
010 09 18-20 24-3 073 48 34-3
011 0A 18-31 042 29 28-1 074 49 34-4
012 0B 18-32 043 2A 28-2 075 4A 35-1
013 0C 18-33 044 2B 28-3 076 4B 35-2
014 0D 18-30 045 2C 28-4 077 4C 36-1
015 0E 18-41 046 2D 29-1 078 4D 36-2
016 0F 18-42 047 2E 29-2 079 4E 36-3
017 10 18-43 048 2F 29-3 080 4F 36-4
018 11 18-40 049 30 29-4 081 50 36-5
019 12 18-51 050 31 29-5 082 51 36-6
020 13 18-52 051 32 29-6 083 52 41-1
021 14 18-53 052 33 29-7 084 53 41-2
022 15 21-1 053 34 29-8 085 54 42-1
023 16 21-2 054 35 29-9 086 55 42-4
024 17 21-3 055 36 29-10 087 56 42-5
025 18 21-4 056 37 29-11 088 57 42-6
026 19 21-6 057 38 29-12 089 58 42-7
027 1A 23-1 058 39 29-13 090 59 42-8
028 1B 23-2 059 3A 29-14 091 5A 42-9
029 1C 23-3 060 3B 29-15 092 5B 42-10
030 1D 23-4 061 3C 29-16 093 5C 42-11
031 1E 23-5 062 3D 32-1 094 5D 42-12
032 1F 23-6 063 3E 32-2 095 5E 42-13
10. TECH. REP. MODE
328
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
096 5F 42-14 137 88 46-62 178 B1 53-6
097 60 42-16 138 89 46-63 179 B2 53-7
098 61 42-17 139 8A 46-64 180 B3 53-8
099 62 42-18 140 8B 46-80 181 B4 53-11
100 63 42-19 141 8C 46-81 182 B5 53-12
101 64 42-20 142 8D 46-82 183 B6 60-1
102 65 42-21 143 8E 46-83 184 B7 60-2
103 66 42-22 144 8F 46-90 185 B8 60-3
104 67 46-1 145 90 46-91 186 B9 60-11
105 68 46-2 146 91 49-1 187 BA 67-1
106 69 46-3 147 92 49-3 188 BB 67-2
107 6A 46-5 148 93 49-4 189 BC 67-3
108 6B 46-6 149 94 49-5 190 BD 67-4
109 6C 46-8 150 95 49-6 191 BE 67-5
110 6D 46-12 151 96 49-7 192 BF 67-6
111 6E 46-13 152 97 49-8 193 C0 67-7
112 6F 46-14 153 98 49-9 194 C1 67-8
113 70 46-15 154 99 49-10 195 C2 70-1
114 71 46-16 155 9A 50-1 196 C3 70-2
115 72 46-17 156 9B 50-2 197 C4 77-1
116 73 46-19 157 9C 50-3 198 C5 77-2
117 74 46-21 158 9D 50-4 199 C6 77-3
118 75 46-23 159 9E 50-5 200 C7 77-4
119 76 46-24 160 9F 50-10 201 C8 77-5
120 77 46-25 161 A0 50-11 202 C9 77-6
121 78 46-26 162 A1 52-1 203 CA 77-7
122 79 46-27 163 A2 52-2 204 CB 77-8
123 7A 46-29 164 A3 52-3 205 CC 77-10
124 7B 46-30 165 A4 52-4 206 CD 77-11
125 7C 46-31 166 A5 52-5 207 CE 77-12
126 7D 46-32 167 A6 52-6 208 CF 77-13
127 7E 46-34 168 A7 52-7 209 D0 77-14
128 7F 46-35 169 A8 52-8 210 D1 77-15
129 80 46-36 170 A9 52-9 211 D2 77-21
130 81 46-40 171 AA 52-10 212 D3 77-22
131 82 46-41 172 AB 52-11 213 D4 77-25
132 83 46-42 173 AC 53-1 214 D5 77-26
133 84 46-43 174 AD 53-2 215 D6 77-31
134 85 46-50 175 AE 53-3 216 D7 77-32
135 86 46-51 176 AF 53-4 217 D8 77-33
136 87 46-61 177 B0 53-5 218 D9 77-34
No. CSRC
parameter
(E0)
Item
(SC code)
No. CSRC
parameter
(E0)
Item
(SC code)
No. CSRC
parameter
(E0)
Item
(SC code)
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
329
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
No. CSRC
parameter
(E0)
Item
(SC code)
219 DA 77-35
220 DB 77-36
221 DC 77-37
222 DD 77-41
223 DE 77-42
224 DF 77-43
225 E0 77-52
226 E1 77-44
227 E2 77-46
228 E3 77-47
229 E4 77-53
230 E5 77-54
231 E6 77-55
232 E7 77-56
233 E8 77-57
234 E9 77-58
235 EA 77-61
236 EB 77-81
237 EC 77-91
238 ED 77-92
239 EE 77-98
240 EF 80-1
241 F0 80-2
242 F1 80-3
243 F2 80-11
244 F3 80-30
245 F4 80-31
246 F5 80-32
247 F6 80-40
248 F7 80-45
249 F8 90-1
250 F9 90-2
251 FA 93-1
252 FB 93-5
253 FC 93-6
254 FD 95-1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
330
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.5.3 Preset parts life counter (parts life counter)
When a part is replaced, reset the counter of the part that has been replaced to manage the service history.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Parts Life Counter] key on the sub menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [Preset Parts Life Counter] key.
5. "Copy counter of special parts screen"
Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the screen.
6. Press the [] or [] key to select an item you want to reset.
7. Press the [Count Reset] key.
8. "Reset confirm screen"
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You return to the "Copy counter of special parts screen."
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
331
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Preset parts list
Note
Be sure to reset the fixing cleaning web counter (No.001) after replacing the cleaning web. Other-
wise, fuser cleaning trouble may occur.
Be sure to perform the blade set mode of the Tech. Rep. mode after replacing the cleaning blade.
This automatically resets the cleaning blade counter (No.002). Otherwise, the auto blade replace-
ment cannot be implemented.
Maximum count: 99,999,999
No. CSRC
parameter
(Z1)
Parts name Parts No. Count conditions
001 00 Fixing cleaning web 55VA-524 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 2 counts in the double side
mode.
002 01 Cleaning blade 57GA5601
003 02 Charging wire 57VA2509
004 03 Charging grid 57GA2508
005 04 Charging cleaning unit 55VA-255
006 05 Suction filter 57GA3108
007 06 Trans./sep. wire 57VA2613
008 07 Trans./sep. CL unit 56GA-276
56GA-277
56GA-278
009 08 Drum Separation claws 57GA2919 2 counts for each A3, 11x17, 8K paper
exit in the single side mode, 4 counts for
double. Except these, 1 count for the sin-
gle and 2 counts for the double.
010 09 Cleaner fur brush 57GA-574 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 2 counts in the double side
mode.
011 0A Cleaner side seal R 56UA-558
012 0B Cleaner side seal F 56UA-559
013 0C Fix. roller (U) 57GA5304
014 0D Fix. roller unit (L) 57GA-528
015 0E Fixing claws upper 55VA5321
016 0F Fixing claws lower 25AA5329
017 10 Heat insu. sleeve (U) 45405339
018 11 Upper roller bearing 45407504
019 12 Fixing CL sheet 56GA-547
020 13 Temperature sensor 56GA-209
021 14 Toner supply sleeve 1 55VA-334
022 15 Toner supply sleeve 2 55VA-335
023 16 Cleaner toner tray 57GA-568
024 17 Fur brush scraper 57GA-561
025 18 Heat insulate sleeve (Heated) 26AA5315
026 19 Heat roller holder 26AA5316
10. TECH. REP. MODE
332
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
027 1A Upper roller sensor 55VA8804 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 2 counts in the double side
mode.
028 1B Heat roller sensor 55VA8806
029 1C Fixing sub roller 55VA5307
030 1D Ozone filter 57GA1128
57GA1129
031 1E Charging corona 57GA-250
032 1F PCL 55VA-257
033 20 Developing unit 57GA-300
034 21 Develop suction box 57GA-215
035 22 Trans/Sep unit 57GA-270
036 23 TSL 55VA8308
037 24 Regis. feed count 55VA4603
57GA4684
038 25 Reversal output roller 57GA4740
57GA4748
57GA4741
2 count for each reverse exit paper in the
single side mode, 0 count for each 1side
straight mode, 1 count in the double side
mode.
039 26 ADU reversal roller 57GA4767 1 count for each reverse exit paper in the
single side mode, 0 count for each 1side
straight mode, 2 count in the double side
mode.
040 27 ADU convey roller 57GA4681
57GA4682
0 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 1 counts in the double side
mode.
041 28 Registration clutch 55VA8201 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 2 counts in the double side
mode.
042 29 ADU pre-regis. CL 55VA8201 0 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 1 counts in the double side
mode.
043 2A Fixing gear /2 56UA7783 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 2 counts in the double side
mode.
044 2B Web motor 56GA8017
045 2C Fixing output actuator 56GA4782
046 2D Tray 1 feed roller 55VA-464 1 count for each paper exit from tray 1.
047 2E Tray 1 conv/rev roller 55VA-463
048 2F Tray 1 feed clutch 57GA8201
049 30 Tray 1 convey clutch 57GA8201
050 31 Tray 2 feed roller 55VA-464 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
051 32 Tray 2 conv/rev roller 55VA-463
052 33 Tray 2 feed clutch 57GA8201
053 34 Tray 2 convey clutch 57GA8201
No. CSRC
parameter
(Z1)
Parts name Parts No. Count conditions
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
333
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
054 35 Tray 3 feed roller 55VA-484 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
055 36 Tray 3 conv/rev roller 55VA-483
056 37 Tray 3 feed clutch 57GA8201
057 38 Tray 3 convey clutch 57GA8201
058 39 Tray 4 feed roller 55VA-484 1 count for each paper exit from tray 4
(LU).
059 3A Tray 4 conv/rev roller 55VA-483
060 3B Tray 4 feed clutch 57GA8201
061 3C Tray 4 convey clutch 57GA8201
062 3D Tray 4 convey roller 13GG4005
063 3E Tray 4 gear 15SS7701
13RJ7908
064 3F Bypass feed roller 55VA-464 1 count for each paper exit from bypass.
065 40 Bypass conv/rev roller 55VA-463
066 41 V-convey exit roller 55VA4410 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode and the double side mode.
067 42 V-conveyance clutch 57GA8201 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2
and 3.
068 43 V-convey roller /M, L 56GA4411
069 44 Feed gear 57GA7711 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 2 counts in the double side
mode.
070 45 Cleaner gear 55VA7920
55VA9721
071 46 Exposure Lamp On time 56UA8301 Accumulation of time lamp is on. 1 count
per second.
072 47 Fixing cleaner roller 57GA5353 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, 2 counts in the double side
mode.
073 48 Main switch 55GA8601 1 count each time the main power switch
turns OFF the power.
074 49 Door switch 40AA8501 1 count each time the front door is
opened.
075 4A Tray 1 feed count 57GA-400 1 count for each paper exit from tray 1.
076 4B Tray 2 feed count 57GA-400 1 count for each paper exit from tray 2.
077 4C Tray 3 feed count 57GA-410 1 count for each paper exit from tray 3.
078 4D Tray 4 feed count 15SS-050
15SW-050
1 count for each paper exit from tray 4 (LU).
079 4E Bypass feed count 57GA-500 1 count for each paper exit from bypass.
080 4F FS-604 staple/front 13QE4241 1 count for each paper exit in the staple
mode.
081 50 FS-604 staple/rear 13QE4241
082 51 FS-509 staple/front 13TQ4250
083 52 FS-509 staple/rear 13TQ4250
084 53 FS Up/Down motor 56AA8001 1 count each time a sheet of paper is
exited into the FS main tray.
No. CSRC
parameter
(Z1)
Parts name Parts No. Count conditions
10. TECH. REP. MODE
334
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
085 54 FS shift motor 12QR-361 1 count each time an even number of
copies is exited in the sort mode.
086 55 FS exit cont. motor 12QR-361 1 count at the start of a job in the staple
mode large size (A4R, 8.5 x 11R or
larger), and 1 count for a paper exit.
1 count at the start of the saddle stitching
and folding jobs.
087 56 FS fold knife motor 120H8001 1 count for each paper exit in the saddle
stitching, folding and tri-folding modes.
088 57 FNS bypass solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each paper exit in the staple
mode A4, B5, 8.5 x 11 and 16K sizes.
089 58 FNS gate solenoid 12QR-263 1 count for each paper exit in the tri-fold-
ing mode.
090 59 PI sheet feed clutch /U 13QN8201 1 count for each PI /Up paper feed.
091 5A PI feed roller unit /A 50BA-574
092 5B PI feed roller unit /B 50BA-575
093 5C PI rev rubber unit 13QN-443
094 5D PI torque limiter 13QN4073
095 5E PI sheet unit feed clutch /L 13QN8201 1 count for each PI /Lw paper feed.
096 5F PI feed roller unit /A 50BA-574
097 60 PI feed roller unit /B 50BA-575
098 61 PI rev rubber unit 13QN-443
099 62 PI torque limiter 13QN4073
100 63 PI Registration clutch 13QN8201 1 count for each PI paper feed.
101 64 Paper adjusting part 13LH1026 1 count for each TU cut.
102 65 ZU punch motor unit 12GQ-417 1 count for each ZU punch.
103 66 ZU punch unit 14KB5001
14JA5001
13BX5001
104 67
105 68 PK-503 unit 15KJ-050 1 count for each PK punch.
106 69 PK-504 unit 15KG-050
107 6A PK-505 unit 15KA-050
15KB-050
108 6B ADF pickup roller 13GA4604 Original feed count in all modes.
109 6C ADF feed roller 15AS4605
110 6D ADF retard roller 13GA4606
111 6E ADF sub pick roller 13GA4601 Original feed count in all modes.
112 6F ADF torque limiter 13GA-135
113 70 ADF SDF solenoid 13GA8252 Total original feed count in the single feed
mode.
No. CSRC
parameter
(Z1)
Parts name Parts No. Count conditions
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
335
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*1 The large size original represents all originals in the mixed original mode and A3, B4, A4R, B5R, 11 x 17,
8.5 x 14, 8.5 x 11R, F4, 8K, 16KR.
114 71 ADF LSB solenoid 13GA8251 1 count for each set of the large size orig-
inal single side mode. *1
1 count for each sheet of the large size
original double side mode. *1
115 72 ADF press/release SD 13GA8251 1 count for each sheet of the large size
original double side mode. *1
116 73 ADF SSB solenoid 13GA8251 1 count for each sheet of the small size
original double side mode.
117 74 Toner Collect Box 14RT-970 1 count for each paper exit in the single
side mode, and 2 counts in the double
side mode.
118 75 Recycling Cut Pump 14RT-210
119 76 Accumulator 14RT-230
No. CSRC
parameter
(Z1)
Parts name Parts No. Count conditions
10. TECH. REP. MODE
336
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.5.4 Optional parts life counter (parts life counter)
This is used when you want to manage the service history of parts that are not registered in the preset parts life
counter.
For 30 data from No. 01 up to 30, confirm and reset of the name, P/N (parts number), limit value and print
count.
Note
Take 1 count for each print page of all paper exits with no discrimination made by paper size.
When the print count is in excess of a limit value, an asterisk "*" is displayed to the right of the
limit value.
A. Procedure for registration and confirmation
B. Procedure of reset
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Parts Life Counter] key on the sub menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [Optional Parts Life Counter] key.
5. "Copy count of each part screen"
Press the [Next] or [Back] key to scroll the screen and press the [] or [] key to select a data number.
6. Select either the [Name Setting]], [P/N Setting]] or [Limit Setting]] key.
7. Press one of the key you want to set or change, and enter it with the alphanumeric keys.
[Name Setting] : Enter a part name (8 digits)
[P/N] Setting] : Enter a part number (9 digits)
[Limit Setting]] : Enter a limit value (8 digits)
8. Press the [OK] key to update data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the update.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Counter] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Parts Life Counter] key on the sub menu.
4. "Copy count of part menu screen"
Press the [Optional Parts Life Counter] key.
5. "Copy count of each part screen"
Press the [Next] or [Previous] key to scroll the screen and press the [] or [] key to select an item you
want to reset.
6. Press the [Count Reset] key.
7. "PM count/cycle screen"
Press the [Yes] key to reset the counter.
Press the [No] key not to reset the counter. You return to the "Copy count of each part screen."
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
337
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
C. Relationship between each data number and CSRC parameter
No. Part name P/N Count value Limit value Installation
date
CSRC
parameter
(Z4)
CSRC
parameter
(Z3)
CSRC
parameter
(G0)
CSRC
parameter
(H0)
CSRC
parameter
(H3)
01 00 00 00 00 00
02 01 01 01 01 01
03 02 02 02 02 02
04 03 03 03 03 03
05 04 04 04 04 04
06 05 05 05 05 05
07 06 06 06 06 06
08 07 07 07 07 07
09 08 08 08 08 08
10 09 09 09 09 09
11 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A
12 0B 0B 0B 0B 0B
13 0C 0C 0C 0C 0C
14 0D 0D 0D 0D 0D
15 0E 0E 0E 0E 0E
16 0F 0F 0F 0F 0F
17 10 10 10 10 10
18 11 11 11 11 11
19 12 12 12 12 12
20 13 13 13 13 13
21 14 14 14 14 14
22 15 15 15 15 15
23 16 16 16 16 16
24 17 17 17 17 17
25 18 18 18 18 18
26 19 19 19 19 19
27 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
28 1B 1B 1B 1B 1B
29 1C 1C 1C 1C 1C
30 1D 1D 1D 1D 1D
10. TECH. REP. MODE
338
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.6 Machine Status
10.6.1 I/O check
This machine is equipped with the input/output checking function as a self-diagnostic function, which allows the
signal check (input check) and the checking and adjustment (output check) of the load behavior.
A. I/O check mode screen
10.6.2 Input check mode
Each signal can be checked by input check mode.
A. Procedure
[1] I/O check code [3] Input check
[2] Multi code [4] Output check
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Status] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [I/O Check] key on the sub menu.
4. "I/O check mode screen"
Enter the input check code with the numeric button.
5. To use the multi mode, press the Access button.
6. Enter the multi code with the numeric button.
7. The input check result (H/L) is shown in the message display column "IN".
8. Repeat steps 3 to 7 to perform the other signal input check.
[1] [2] [3] [4]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
339
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. List of sensors
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name
Display and signal source
H L
M
a
i
n
b
o
d
y
1 0 PZS Toner remaining sensor No toner Toner

A
n
a
l
o
g

s
i
g
n
a
l
*
1
2 0 TH5 Drum temperature sensor 0 to 255
3 0 TH1 Thermistor /1
4 0 TH3 Thermistor /3
5 0 Humidity sensor signal
6 0 IDCS IDC sensor monitor signal
7 0 IDCS IDC sensor output signal
8 0 PGCS PGC sensor output signal
9 0 DPS Drum potential sensor output signal
10 Drum jam sensor output signal ON OFF
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e
11 1 PS26 Paper empty sensor /1 (tray 1) Paper No paper
2 PS27 Paper empty sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS28 Paper empty sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS29 Paper empty sensor /bypass
5 PS108 Paper empty sensor (LU)
12 1 PS34 Paper remaining sensor /1 (tray 1) No remaining Remaining
2 PS37 Paper remaining sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS40 Paper remaining sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS102 Paper remaining sensor /1 (LU)
5 PS103 Paper remaining sensor /2 (LU)
6 PS104 Paper remaining sensor /3 (LU)
7 PS105 Paper remaining sensor /4 (LU)
13 1 PS32 Paper size sensor /Rr1 (tray 1) ON OFF
2 PS33 Paper size sensor /Fr1 (tray 1)
3 PS35 Paper size sensor /Rr2 (tray 2)
4 PS36 Paper size sensor /Fr2 (tray 2)
5 PS38 Paper size sensor /Rr3 (tray 3)
6 PS39 Paper size sensor /Fr3 (tray 3)
7 PS55 Paper size sensor /Fr4 (bypass) OFF ON
8 PS56 Paper size sensor /Rr4 (bypass)
14 1 VR1 Paper size VR/1 (tray 1) 0 to 255
2 VR2 Paper size VR/2 (tray 2)
3 VR3 Paper size VR/3 (tray 3)
4 VR4 Paper size VR/BP (bypass)
10. TECH. REP. MODE
340
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e
15 1 Paper size signal (tray 1) 0: 11 x 17, 1: A3,
2: B4, 3: 8.5 x 14,
4: A4R, 5: 8.5 x 11R,
6: B5R, 7: 8.5 x 11,
8: 5.5 x 8.5R, 9: A4,
10: A5R, 11: B5,
12: A5, 13: B6R,
14: 5.5 x 8.5, 15: B6,
16: Special,
17: F4 (8.125 x 13.25),
18: F4 (8 x 13),
19: F4 (8.25 x 13),
20: F4 (8.5 x 13)
2 Paper size signal (tray 2)
3 Paper size signal (tray 3)
4 Paper size signal (bypass)
16 1 PS20 Upper limit sensor /1 (tray 1) Upper limit Not at upper
limit
2 PS21 Upper limit sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS22 Upper limit sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS23 Upper limit sensor /bypass (bypass)
5 PS43 Lower limit sensor /bypass (bypass) Lower limit Not at lower
limit
6 PS109 Upper limit sensor (LU) Upper limit Not at upper
limit
7 PS101 Lower limit sensor (LU) Lower limit Not at lower
limit
17 1 Tray /1 set detection signal (tray 1) Set Not set
2 Tray /2 set detection signal (tray 2)
3 Tray /3 set detection signal (tray 3)
18 1 PS14 Handle release sensor /1 (tray 1) ON OFF
2 PS15 Handle release sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS16 Handle release sensor /3 (tray 3)
20 1 PS48 Pre-registration sensor /1 (tray 1) Paper No paper
2 PS50 Pre-registration sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS52 Pre-registration sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS107 Pre-registration sensor (LU)
21 1 PS18 Vertical conveyance sensor /1
2 PS53 Vertical conveyance sensor /2
3 PS19 Vertical conveyance sensor /3
22 1 PS47 Paper feed sensor /1 (tray 1)
2 PS49 Paper feed sensor /2 (tray 2)
3 PS51 Paper feed sensor /3 (tray 3)
4 PS106 LU exit sensor (LU)
23 1 PS45 Paper leading edge sensor
2 PS54 Loop sensor
3 PS44 Registration sensor
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name
Display and signal source
H L
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
341
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e
24 1 PS2 Fusing exit sensor Paper No paper
2 PS61 Paper exit sensor
3 PS57 Reverse sensor
4 PS8 Reverse conveyance sensor
5 PS3 Fusing jam sensor
25 1 PS17 Door open/close sensor /3 Open Close
2 PS25 Door open/close sensor /2
3 PS24 Door open/close sensor /1
4 MS1,
MS2
Interlock switch /1, /2
5 PS100 Upper door open/close sensor (LU) Close Open
6 PS110 Front door open/close sensor (LU)
O
p
t
i
c
a
l

d
e
v
i
c
e
30 1 PS5 Scanner home sensor ON OFF
31 1 PS62 APS sensor /1 No paper Paper
2 PS63 APS sensor /2
3
4
5
6
7
D
F
8 PS317 APS timing sensor Close Open
S
p
e
c
i
f
i
c

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
50 LU connect detection signal Connection Non-connection
51 SW100 Tray down switch (LU) ON OFF
52 KCT Key counter Connection Non-connection
53 Identification of power supply destination 200V 100V
54 1 PS41 Charge cleaning home sensor Home
position
Other than
home position
2 PS42 Charge cleaning limit sensor Limit Not at limit
3 PS11 Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor Home
position
Other than
home position
4 PS12 Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor Limit Not at limit
D
F
60 1 PS303 Original size sensor /Lt Paper No paper
2 PS302 Original size sensor /Rt
3 PS306 Original registration sensor
4 PS308 Original conveyance sensor
5 PS309 Original reverse sensor
6 PS307 Original exit sensor /Lt
7 PS313 Original reverse exit sensor
8 PS314 Original exit sensor /Rt
9 PS305 Original empty sensor
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name
Display and signal source
H L
10. TECH. REP. MODE
342
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
D
F
60 10 PS301 RADF open/close sensor Open Close
11 MS301 Cover open/close switch
12
13 PS304 Reverse jam sensor Paper No paper
14 PS312 Original skew sensor /Fr
15 PS310 Original count sensor
16 PS311 Original skew sensor /Rr
F
S
76 0 PS1 Sub tray paper exit sensor
1 PS2 Main tray upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper
limit
2 PS3 Main tray lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower
limit
3 PS4 FS entrance sensor No paper Paper
4 PS5 Stacker entrance sensor Paper No paper
5 PS6 Main tray paper exit sensor
6 PS7 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor Other than
the stand-by
position
Stand-by
position
7 PS8 Alignment plate home sensor /Up Home
position
Other than
home position
8 PS9 Paper exit belt home sensor
9 PS13 Stapler rotation home sensor (FS-604 only)
10
11 PS12 Paper exit opening home sensor Other than the
closed position
Closed
position
12 PS14 Clincher rotation home sensor (FS-604 only) Home
position
Other than
home position
13 PS15 Counter reset sensor Reset position Other than
reset position
14 PS18 Shift roller home sensor Other than
home position
Home
position
15 PS20 Stacker empty sensor (FS-509) No paper Paper
Stacker empty sensor (FS-604) Paper No paper
16 PS35 Staple empty sensor /Rr (FS-509) Staple No staple
MS3 Staple empty switch /Rr (FS-604)
17 MS30 Stapler home sensor /Rr Other than
home position
Home
position
18 PS38 Stapler ready sensor /Rr (FS-509) Unready Ready
MS2 Cartridge switch /Rr (FS-604) No cartridge Cartridge
19
20
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name
Display and signal source
H L
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
343
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
F
S
76 21 PS32 Clincher home sensor /Rr (FS-604 only) Other than
home position
Home
position
22 PS19 Sub tray paper full sensor Full Other than full
23 MS1 Front door interlock switch Door opened Door closed
24 PS37 Staple empty sensor /Fr (FS-509) No staple Staple
MS5 Staple empty switch /Fr (FS-604)
25 PS31 Stapler home sensor /Fr Other than
home position
Home
position
26 PS39 Stapler ready sensor /Fr (FS-509) Unready Ready
MS4 Cartridge switch /Fr (FS-604) No cartridge Cartridge
27
28
29 PS33 Clincher home sensor /Fr (FS-604 only) Other than
home position
Home
position
30
31 FS connection detection bit Connection Non-connection
32 PS22 Folding blade home sensor (FS-604 only) Home
position
Other than
home position
33 PS23 Saddle stitching stopper home sensor (FS-604
only)
34 PS24 Alignment home sensor /Lw (FS-604 only) Other than
home position
Home
position
35 PS25 Folding paper exit sensor (FS-604 only) Paper No paper
36 PS26 Folding passage sensor (FS-604 only)
37 PS29 Folding full sensor (FS-604 only) Other than full Full
Z
U
38 PS1 Passage sensor No paper Paper
F
S
39
Z
U
40 PS9 Exit sensor No paper Paper
41 PESB Paper edge sensor board (2)
42 PESB Paper edge sensor board (3)
43 PESB Paper edge sensor board (4)
P
I
44
45 DIPSW0 Other than
unit operation
Unit operation
Z
U
46 PS5 Punch shift home sensor Home
position
Other than
home position
47 PS4 2nd stopper home sensor Other than
home position
Home
position
48 PS8 Punch scraps full sensor Other than full Full
49 PS7 Punch scraps box set sensor Detected No detected
50 PS10 Conveyance encoder sensor Other than lock Lock
51 MS2 Punch switchover switch 3 (/4) holes 2 holes
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name
Display and signal source
H L
10. TECH. REP. MODE
344
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
P
I
76 52 PS201 Paper passage sensor /Up Paper No paper
53 PS206 Paper passage sensor /Lw
Z
U
54 PS6 Punch home sensor Other than
home position
Home
position
55 PS3 No.1 stopper home sensor
56 MS1 Door switch Open Close
57
58
F
S
59 Folding connection detection Non-connection Connection
60
61 PS16 Gate home sensor Home position
(in the sub tray
direction)
Other than
home position
Z
U
62 PESB Paper edge sensor board (5) No paper Paper
63 PS9 Exit sensor
P
I
64 PS202 Paper empty sensor /Up
65 PS203 Paper set sensor /Up
66 PS205 Tray lower limit sensor /Up (upper stage) Lower limit Not at lower
limit
67 PS204 Tray upper limit sensor /Up (upper stage) Upper limit Not at upper
limit
68 PIOB Sheet feeder manual start/clear SW SW off SW on
69 PIOB Sheet feeder manual punch button SW
70 PIOB Sheet feeder manual function selection button SW
71 MS201 Cover sheet open/close detection Open Close
72 PS207 Paper empty sensor /Lw No paper Paper
73 PS208 Paper set sensor /Lw
74 PS209 Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (lower stage tray) Upper limit Not at upper
limit
75 PS210 Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (lower stage tray) Lower limit Not at lower
limit
76
77 PS212 L size sensor /Lw No paper Paper
78
79 PI presence Non-connection Connection
80
F
S
81 PS12 Paper exit home sensor Home
position
Other than
home position
82 PS11 Stapler movement home sensor
P
K
83 PS801 Punch home sensor Other than
home position
Home
position
84
85
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name
Display and signal source
H L
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
345
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
P
K
76 86 PS802 Punch scraps box paper full sensor Other than full Full
87 PS804 Punch scraps box set sensor Set Other than set
88 PS805 Swing edge face detection 1 No paper Paper
89 PS805 Swing edge face detection 2
90 PS805 Swing edge face detection 3
91 PS805 Swing edge face detection 4
92 PS805 Swing edge face detection 5
93 PS803 Punch home sensor Home
position
Other than
home position
94 PK connection detected Non-connection Connection
95
96
T
U
77 0 PS112 Pusher home sensor Home
position
Other than
home position
1 PS101 Entrance sensor Paper No paper
2 PS102 Conveyance sensor
3 PS103 Stopper home sensor Home
position
Other than
home position
4 PS104 Stopper release home sensor
5 PS105 Press home sensor Other than
home position
Home
position
6 MS101 Blade home switch Home
position
Other than
home position
7
8 PS107 Scraps box sensor Other than set Set
9 PS109 Scraps full sensor Full Other than full
10 PS113 Stacker full sensor Other than full Full
11 TU connection detection signal Non-connection Connection
12 MS2 Front door interlock switch /2 Open Close
13 PS110 Upper limit sensor Upper limit Not at upper limit
14 PS111 Lower limit sensor Lower limit Not at lower limit
15 PS108 Exit sensor Paper No paper
16 PS114 Stacker door sensor Open Close
A
D
U
80 1 PS9 ADU conveyance sensor Paper No paper
2 PS46 ADU exit sensor
3 PS58 ADU reverse sensor
4 PS59 ADU deceleration sensor /1
5 PS10 ADU handle detection sensor Open Close
6 PS13 ADU reverse sensor /2 Paper No paper
7 PS60 ADU pre-registration sensor
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name
Display and signal source
H L
10. TECH. REP. MODE
346
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.6.3 Output check mode
Each load can be checked by output check mode.
A. Procedure
B. List of loads
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Status] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [I/O Check] key on the sub menu.
4. "I/O check mode screen"
Enter the input check code with the numeric button.
5. To use the multi mode, press the Access button.
6. Enter the multi code with the numeric button.
7. Press the Start button.
The load specified operates.
8. Press the Stop button.
The operation of the load is completed.
9. Repeat steps 3 to 8 to perform the other load or signal output check.
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
H
i
g
h

v
o
l
t
a
g
e
0 0 L1 Exposure lamp
1 0 M15 Toner bottle motor
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
D
a
t
a

c
l
e
a
r
15 1 CSRC counter clear. Data collection
count clear
2 Setting memory clear
98 CSRC setting initialization Used in CSRC setting
P
e
c
u
l
i
a
r
f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
17 0 M14 Cleaning blade transportation lock Used in re-packing
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
347
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d
20 1 SD8 Pick-up solenoid /1
2 SD9 Pick-up solenoid /2
3 SD10 Pick-up solenoid /3
4 SD100 Pick-up solenoid (LU)
5 SD11 Pick-up solenoid /Bypass
21 1 CL3 Paper feed clutch /1
2 CL5 Paper feed clutch /2
3 CL7 Paper feed clutch /3
4 CL101 Paper feed clutch (LU)
5 CL9 Vertical conveyance clutch /1
22 1 CL4 Pre-registration clutch /1
2 CL6 Pre-registration clutch /2
3 CL8 Pre-registration clutch /3
4 CL102 Pre-registration clutch (LU)
23 1 M19 Paper lift motor /1
2 M20 Paper lift motor /2
3 M21 Paper lift motor /3
4 M100 Paper lift motor (Up) (LU)
5 M100 Paper lift motor (Down) (LU)
6 M22 Bypass tray lift motor (Up)
7 M22 Bypass tray lift motor (Down)
24 1 SD5 Tray lock solenoid /1
2 SD6 Tray lock solenoid /2
3 SD7 Tray lock solenoid /3
25 0 CL1 Registration clutch
26 1 M6 Loop motor high speed normal rota-
tion (LS820)
2 M6 Loop motor low speed normal rotation
(LS460)
3 M6 Loop motor low speed normal rotation
(LS820, thick paper)
4 M6 Loop motor low speed normal rotation
(LS290)
5 M6 Loop motor reverse rotation (LS434.7)
27 1 M10 Paper exit motor (LS1000)
2 M10 Paper exit motor (LS460)
3 M10 Paper exit motor (LS600)
4 M10 Paper exit motor (LS290)
28 1 M4 Paper feed motor
2 M101 Paper feed motor (LS820) (LU)
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
10. TECH. REP. MODE
348
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d
28 3 M101 Paper feed motor (LS460) (LU)
4 M101 Paper feed motor (LS290) (LU)
29 0 SD4 Drum claw solenoid
O
p
t
i
c
a
l
31 1 M13 Scanner motor (Optical operation) Home position searching and scanning
operation
32 0 M17 Polygon motor low speed rotation Joint control of the polygon cooling fan
(M9)
1 M17 Polygon motor high speed rotation Joint control of the polygon cooling fan
(M9)
34 1 M13 Scanner motor shading correction
operation (600dpi)
Home position searching and shading
operation
35 M13 Scanner motor DF scan position
movement
36 M13 Scanner transportation lock Used in re-packing
37
38 0 LDB LD alarm check No output made when DipSW30-bit0 is
turned OFF (normal mode).
99 LDB LD alarm adjustment data clear
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
y
40 1 M1 Fusing motor (LS460)
2 M1 Fusing motor (LS290)
41 1 M2 Drum motor (LS460) ON The Developing motor (M3) also turns ON
at the same time
2 M2 Drum motor (LS290) ON The Developing motor (M3) also turns ON
at the same time
42 1 FM7 Scanner cooling fan
2 FM12 Cooling fan /4 high speed rotation
3 FM12 Cooling fan /4 low speed rotation
4 FM2 Conveyance suction fan
5 FM19,
FM20
Power supply cooling fan /1, /2
6 FM3 Cooling fan /1 high speed rotation
7 FM3 Cooling fan /1 low speed rotation
8 FM4 Cooling fan /2 high speed rotation
9 FM4 Cooling fan /2 low speed rotation
10 FM6 Cooling fan /3 high speed rotation
11 FM6 Cooling fan /3 low speed rotation
12 FM1 Fusing fan
13 FM5, FM8 Write cooling fan /1 (H rotation), /2
14 FM5, FM8 Write cooling fan /1 (L rotation), /2
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
349
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
y
42 15 FM9 Polygon cooling fan
16 FM13,
FM14
Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1, /Lw2
17 FM15,
FM17
Paper exit cooling fan /Up1, /Up2
43 1 TCT Total counter
2 KCT Key counter
45
2
3
4
5
6 M16 Web motor Machines used in Japan only.
46 0 M23 Charging corona cleaning operation
(both-way operation from the home
position.)
1 M23 Charging cleaning motor rear direction
(turns ON for 5 sec.)
2 M23 Charging cleaning motor front direc-
tion (turns ON for 5 sec.)
47 0 M18 Transfer/separation corona cleaning
operation (both-way operation from
the home position.)
1 M18 Transfer/separation cleaning motor
rear direction (turns ON for 5 sec.)
2 M18 Transfer/separation cleaning motor
front direction (turns ON for 5 sec.)
48 0 OB, INVB Operation panel LED all on
49 0 M23,M18 Charging corona cleaning (charging
and transfer/separation)
P
e
c
u
l
i
a
r

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
50 0 M3 Developing motor The drum motor also turns ON at the
same time.
51 1 EL Erase lamp
2 EL Erase lamp open detection
52 0 TSL Transfer exposure lamp
53 1 Status indicator lamp - PAT1 ON
2 Status indicator lamp - PAT2 ON
3 Status indicator lamp - PAT3 ON
4 Status indicator lamp - PAT4 ON
54 1 M11 Toner supply motor
54 2 M24 Recycle pump motor
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
10. TECH. REP. MODE
350
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
P
e
c
u
l
i
a
r

f
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
s
55 0 Message test
56 0 JAMIB JAM indicator board all on
57
58
59
D
F
60 1 M302 Original feed motor normal rotation
2 M302 Original feed motor reverse rotation
3 M301 Original conveyance motor normal
rotation
4 M301 Original conveyance motor reverse
rotation
5 M304 Original exit motor /1 (for large size)
normal rotation
6 M304 Original exit motor /1 (for large size)
reverse rotation
7 M305 Original exit motor /2 (for small size)
normal rotation
8 M305 Original exit motor /2 (for small size)
reverse rotation
9 M303 Original lift motor normal rotation
10 M303 Original lift motor reverse rotation
11 SD302 Pressure roller release solenoid
12 SD304 Exit gate solenoid
13 SD303 Gate solenoid
14 SD301 SDF switching solenoid
15 FM301 Cooling fan
F
S
75 1 M1 FS conveyance motor The paper exit fan /Up1 (FM15), /Up2
(FM17), /Lw1 (FM13) and /Lw2 (FM14) of
the main body also turn ON at the same
time
2 M2 Shift roller motor home position search
3 M2 Shift roller motor shift position move-
ment
The home position movement and the
rotational direction are in the same direction.
4 M2 Shift roller motor 1 rotation
5 M3 Main tray lift motor home position
search
6 M3 Main tray lift motor lower limit movement
7 M3 Small number of sheets up/down
operation in the main tray lift motor
staple mode
8 M5 Alignment motor /Up home position
search
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
351
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
F
S
75 9 M7 Paper exit roller motor staple mode =
home position search
10 M7 Paper exit roller motor reverse rotation
11 M8 Paper exit motor home position
search (close)
12 M8 Paper exit motor opening movement
13
14 M9 Stapler motor /Rr stapling operation
15
16 M14 Stapler motor /Fr stapling operation
17 M11 Stapler movement motor home posi-
tion search = 2-stapling position
18 M11 Stapler movement motor A4, 1-sta-
pling position movement
19 M13 Stacker entrance motor
20 M18 Saddle stitching stopper motor home
position search (FS-604 only)
21 M16 Alignment motor /Lw home position
search (FS-604 only)
22
23 M19 Folding blade motor home position
search (FS-604 only)
24 M20 Folding conveyance motor convey-
ance start (FS-604 only)
25
26
27
28
29
30 SD7,
SD8
Flat stapling stopper release solenoid/
Fr, /Rr (FS-604)
31 SD4 Paper exit opening solenoid
32 SD5 Bypass gate solenoid
33 M5 Alignment motor /Up A4 Open Available only from the home position
position
34 M5 Alignment motor /Up A4 Close Available only from the home position
position
35 M5 Alignment motor /Up swing Available only from the A4 position
36 M16 Alignment motor /Lw A4 Open
(FS-604 only)
Available only from the home position
position
37 M16 Alignment motor /Lw A4 Close
(FS-604 only)
Available only from the home position
position
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
10. TECH. REP. MODE
352
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
F
S
75 38 M16 Alignment motor /Lw swing (FS-604 only) Available only from the A4 position
39 M18 Saddle stitching stopper motor A4
position movement (FS-604 only)
41
42
43
44
45 SD51 Paper assist solenoid ON
46 M51 Paper assist motor normal rotation
47 M51 Paper assist motor reverse rotation
48
49
P
I
50 CL203 Registration clutch ON
P
K
51 M301 Punch 2/3 or 2/4 switching motor 2 holes position movement
52 M301 Punch 2/3 or 2/4 switching motor 3 (4) holes position movement
Z
U
53 M8 Punch switch motor 2 holes movement
54 M8 Punch switch motor 3 or 4 holes
movement
T
U
55 M101 Conveyance motor ON
56 M102 Blade motor rotation normal rotation
home position search
57 M102 Blade motor reverse rotation
58 M103 Stopper movement motor home posi-
tion search
59 M104 Stopper release motor home position
search
60 M104 Stopper release motor release operation
61 M104 Stopper release motor setting operation
62 M105 Press motor home position search
63 M105 Press motor pressing operation
P
I
64 CL202 Conveyance clutch /Lw paper feed start
65 M202 Tray lift motor /Lw home position
search lower limit movement
66 M202 Tray lift motor /Lw upper limit movement
67 SD202 Pick-up solenoid /Lw
T
U
68 M107 Pusher motor home position search
press setting
69 M107 Pusher motor press release
70 M106 Holder motor upper limit movement
71 M106 Holder motor home position search
lower limit movement
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
353
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
Z
U
75 72 M1, M6 Registration motor, conveyance motor
ON
73 M2 1st stopper motor home position
search
74 M3 2nd stopper motor home position
search
75 SD2 Gate solenoid /Up ON
76 SD1 Gate solenoid /Lw ON
77 CL1 Punch clutch ON
P
K
78 M801 Punch motor punch operation
79 M802 Punch shift motor home position
search
Z
U
80
81 M7 Punch scraps conveyance motor ON
82 M10 Conveyance motor cooling fan ON
P
I
83 CL201 Conveyance clutch /Up
84 M201 Tray lift motor /Up home position
search lower limit movement
85 M201 Tray lift motor /Up upper limit movement
86 SD201 Pick-up solenoid /Up ON
87 M203 Conveyance motor ON
F
S
88 M12 Gate motor sub tray switching (home
position)
89 M12 Gate motor stacker direction switching
90 M12 Gate motor straight direction switching
91 M21 Sub tray paper exit motor ON
92 M4 Clincher rotation motor home position
search (FS-604 only)
93 M4 Clincher rotation motor skew shift
(FS-604 only)
94 M6 Stapler rotation motor home position
search
95 M6 Stapler rotation motor skew shift
96 SD6 Tri-folding gate solenoid (FS-604 only)
Z
U
97 M4 Punch motor punch operation
(FS-604 only)
98 M5 Punch shift motor home position search
A
D
U
80 1 SD2 Reverse/exit solenoid
2 SD1 ADU lock solenoid
3 SD3 Fusing solenoid
81 0 CL2 ADU pre-registration clutch
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
10. TECH. REP. MODE
354
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
A
D
U
82 1 M9 Transfer motor (LS460)
2 M9 Transfer motor (LS290)
83 1 M12 Registration motor (LS460)
2 M12 Registration motor (LS290)
84 1 M7 ADU reverse motor normal rotation
(LS1000)
2 M7 ADU reverse motor reverse rotation
(LS1000)
3 M7 ADU reverse motor reverse rotation
(LS460)
4 M7 ADU reverse motor normal rotation
(LS600)
5 M7 ADU reverse motor reverse rotation
(LS600)
6 M7 ADU reverse motor reverse rotation
(LS290)
85 1 M8 ADU conveyance motor (LS1000)
2 M8 ADU conveyance motor (LS460)
3 M8 ADU conveyance motor (LS600)
4 M8 ADU conveyance motor (LS290)
86 1 M5 Reverse/exit motor normal rotation
(LS1000)
2 M5 Reverse/exit motor normal rotation
(LS460)
3 M5 Reverse/exit motor reverse rotation
(LS1000)
4 M5 Reverse/exit motor reverse rotation
(LS460)
5 M5 Reverse/exit motor normal rotation
(LS600)
6 M5 Reverse/exit motor normal rotation
(LS290)
7 M5 Reverse/exit motor reverse rotation
(LS600)
8 M5 Reverse/exit motor reverse rotation
(LS290)
87 1 FM10,
FM11
ADU cooling fan /1, /2
2 FM22 ADU cooling fan /3
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
355
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
A
d
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t

a
n
d

s
p
e
c
i
a
l

m
o
d
e
91 0 Main body adjustment data parameter
board storage (installation initial)
Perform after installation and adjustment
92 0 Parameter board data reset Cannot adjust in the field
93
94 0 Adjustment data display
95
96 0 Main body adjustment data parameter
board storage (factory default)
Cannot adjust in the field
97 0 Image memory (DRAM) capacity
check
98 0 Image memory (DRAM) check
99 1 HDD 1 total capacity
2 HDD 1 remaining capacity
3 HDD 1 bad sectors check and recovery
C
l
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
d
e
M
u
l
t
i

c
o
d
e
S
y
m
b
o
l
Name Remarks
10. TECH. REP. MODE
356
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.6.4 Operations in the I/O check mode
A. Cleaning blade transportation lock
Separate the cleaning blade from the drum to prevent the damage of the cleaning blade caused by the move-
ment of the machine and the storage for a long period of time.
This is used when re-packaging the machine to move it to the installation location.
Note
The execution of this mode allows the blade to be automatically replaced. So, when the first clean-
ing blade has been used before re-packaging, be sure to conduct the spring charge for the auto
blade replacement when reinstalling the machine.
(1) Procedure
B. Scanner transportation lock
The mirror of the scanner is moved to the transportation lock position when the packaging is made, which facil-
itates the operation for fixing the mirror with a screw.
(1) Procedure
1. Check the currently used cleaning blade to see if it is the 1st or 2nd one.
2. Enter the I/O check mode.
3. Enter "17" with the numeric button. Confirm that "17-00" is displayed in the message display area.
4. Open the front door /Rt.
Note
When the front door /Rt is not opened, the blade motor (M14) will not rotate.
5. Press the Start button.
6. The blade motor (M14) rotates and the cleaning blade separates from the drum to move to the transporta-
tion lock position.
1. Enter the I/O check mode.
2. Enter "36" with the numeric button. Confirm that "36-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press the Start button.
4. The scanner motor (M13) rotates to move the mirror to the left side.
5. Fasten the mirror with the lock screw of the scanner mirror that was removed while in the unpacking.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
357
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
C. Main body adjustment data parameter board strage (installation initial data)
Adjustment data of the main body which are adjusted in the field are backed up to the parameter board (PB),
when necessary, it can be recalled with "Installation Initial" of "Recall Standard Data" (Machine Adjust and Pro-
cess) in the Tech. Rep. mode.
Note
Since only one kind of data can be back upped, the data is overwritten when executed again.
(1) Procedure
D. Hard disc check
This is conducted when checking the total capacity and the remaining capacity in the copier hard disc /1 (HDD1)
and when a hard disc related error code (SC46-40 to 43) occurs.
(1) Procedure
Note
The operation cannot be cancelled while in the bad sectors check and recovery. (The Stop button
and the [Return] key are disabled.
When the bad sectors check and recovery is conducted and an error code recurs, replace HDD1
with a new one.
1. Enter the I/O check mode.
2. Enter "91" with the numeric button. Confirm that "91-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press the Start button.
4. "NOW" is displayed while in back-up and "FIN" displayed when completed. The machine adjustment data
and the process adjustment data at this moment is backed up in the PB.
1. Enter the I/O check mode.
2. Enter "99" with the numeric button. Confirm that "99-00" is displayed in the message display area.
3. Press the Access button.
4. Enter either of the following with the numeric button.
Confirm that "99-**" (the section ** is a multi code number) is displayed in the message display area.
01: HDD1 total capacity check
02: HDD1 remaining capacity check
03: HDD1 bad sectors check and recovery
5. Press the Start button.
HDD1 total capacity check: The total capacity is displayed.
HDD1 remaining capacity: The remaining capacity is displayed.
Bad sectors check and recovery:
While in execution - "NOW" is displayed.
When completed normally - "OK" is displayed.
When completed abnormally - "NG" is displayed.
When "NG" is displayed, press the Start button to conduct the bad sectors check and recovery again.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
358
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.7 List output
10.7.1 List output
Output various lists.
A. Procedure
*1 Prints out the latest 30 items of the sending and receiving history of the mail remote notification system
and the CS Remote Care. The start time of communications, the time period of communications (modem
only), the communication modes, the results of communications, and the senders (mail only) are printed.
The communication modes and the results of communications are displayed in the numbers of 4 digit
number. For the meaning of them, refer to the following table.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [List Output] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [List Output] key.
4. "List output mode menu screen"
The list output mode menu includes the following items.
Machine Management List
Adjustments List
Coverage Data List
Parameter List
Font Pattern List
Communication Log List *1
Memory Dump List
NOTE
If you set DIPSW30-1 to 1, the parameter list and after are displayed.
Do not use the parameter list and the memory dump list in the field because they are for devel-
opment.
5. Press the key for an item you want to output and press the [Copy] key
6. Press the Start button to output the selected list.
7. Press the [List Output] key.
8. "List output mode menu screen"
To output other lists, repeat steps 4 to 7.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
359
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
The SMTP reply codes (200 to 554) prescribed in the RFC1846, 2554 and 2821 are displayed in this place of
***.
Communication mode Results of
communication
Communication mode Results of
communication
0000 Transmitted suc-
cessfully
0080 Administrator trans-
mission

0001 Initial transmission Connection time

out when trans-
mitting
0100 Fixed date transmis-
sion

0002 Emergency transmis-

sion
0200 Response transmis-
sion

0004 Emergency recovery

transmission
Received suc-
cessfully
0*** Transmission failed
0005 Reception failed 1000 Enquiry
0008 Transmission for
warning
2000 Data rewrite
0010 Warning recovery
transmission
4000 Response reception
0020 Maintenance start
transmission
8000 Test mail
0040 Maintenance comple-
tion transmission

10. TECH. REP. MODE

360
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.8 Test mode
10.8.1 Test pattern output mode
Output various test patterns to use them for troubleshooting.
Note
Do not use any test pattern number not described in the service manual.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Test Mode] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Test Pattern Output Mode] key.
4. "Test pattern output mode screen"
Enter the test pattern No. you want to output through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key and then
press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern.
6. Press the [Adjustment] key.
7. To output other test patterns, repeat steps 4 to 6.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
361
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
No.1
Overall halftone (8-bit output)
(created by random dot pattern)
[Check item]
When density is set to 70 (halftone)
If there are white stripes, black stripes, determine whether the fault is with the scanner system or the pro-
cess system.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Developing unit, cleaning unit, charger unit, transfer/separation charger
unit, scanner mirrors, slit glass, original glass
When density is set to 0 (white)
If the test pattern is gray background image, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger, high voltage contact
When density is set to 255 (black)
If the density is light, determine whether the fault is with the process.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit
* For information about setting the density, see "10.8.2 Test pattern density setting"
Note
All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However,
since this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous. Therefore, when
checking an uneven density in halftones (other than 0 and 255 in the density setting), be sure to
use the test pattern No. 9.
Test patterns
When the density is set to 70 When the density is set to 0 When the density is set to 255
57gaf3c023na
10. TECH. REP. MODE
362
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
No.3 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)
[Check item]
Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously repro-
duced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
* For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)."
Test patterns
LD1 LD2
57gaf3c024na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
363
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
No.5 Gradation pattern (8-bit output)
[Check item]
Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously repro-
duced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
* For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.13 LD offset adjustment (drum peculiarity adjustment)."
Test patterns
LD1 LD2
57gaf3c025na
10. TECH. REP. MODE
364
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
No.9
Line screen halftone (8-bit output)
(created by line dot pattern)
[Check item]
Check if there is any uneven density or transfer jitter.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Moisture absorption of paper, developing unit, charger unit, transfer/sepa-
ration charger unit.
Note
The density of halftone changes according to the test pattern density adjustment.
All print outputs in the user mode are outputted with 1-bit or 2-bit error diffusion. However,
since this pattern is output in 8-bit, an uneven density is apt to conspicuous, but less conspicu-
ous than the test pattern No. 1.
Test patterns
57gaf3c026na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
365
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
No.11 Beam check (8-bit output)
[Check Items 1]
Check the solid black pattern to see if there is uneven density found in the main scan and sub scan direc-
tions.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Charger unit, transfer/separation charger unit, developing unit, writing
dust-proof glass.
[Check Items 2]
Check to see if there is any image repelling in the gradation pattern at the leading/trailing edge of the test
pattern in the sub scan direction.
[Recommended checkpoints]: transfer/separation charger unit
Test patterns
[1] Solid black pattern [2] Gradation pattern
57gaf3c027na
[2]
[1]
10. TECH. REP. MODE
366
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
No.16 Linearity evaluation pattern (1-bit error diffusion output)
[Check item]
Judge from this test pattern whether the scanner system or the printer system is abnormal.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on the
test pattern, the scanner system is defective.
Test patterns
[1] Edge of pager
57gaf3c028na
31mm
237mm
190mm
2
0
m
m
1
9
0
m
m
1
9
0
m
m
2
8
0
m
m
2
8
0
m
m
2
0
5
.
7
m
m
[1]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
367
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.8.2 Test pattern density setting
Set the density of test pattern.
A. Procedure
10.8.3 Running mode
Conduct a test while in the continuous print operation.
In this mode, the following items can be selected:
Intermittent copy mode
After completion of the printing operation for the set print count, the machine changes into the ready state
and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same operation.
Paperless Intermittent mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
operation. In the same manner as the intermittent mode, after completion of the printing operation for the
set print count, the machine changes into the ready state and waits for 0.5 sec. before resuming the same
operation.
Paperless mode
Without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the normal
operation.
Paperless endless mode
The machine operates with the print count infinitely set automatically. In the same manner as the paperless
mode, without detecting paper or jam, the printing operation is made nearly at the same timing as the nor-
mal operation.
Running mode
The printing operation is made in the paperless endless mode plus the scanning operation and the auto
paper feed tray switching.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Test Mode] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Test Pattern Density Setting] key.
4. "Test pattern density setting screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key and then press the [Test Copy] key.
Setting range: 0 (thinner) to 255 (thicker).
5. Set the A3 or 11 x 17 paper. Press the Start button to output the test pattern.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
368
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Test Mode] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Running Mode] key.
4. "Running mode menu screen"
Select a mode and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Press the Start button to start the running test.
6. Press the STOP button to stop the running test.
7. When passing through the running mode, the power switch (SW2) is turned OFF/ON.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
369
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.9 System input
10.9.1 Software switch setting
Configure settings for the software DIPSW.
Note
DIPSW bits data are written into the parameter board (PB) every time a change is made. Do not
change data hastily, for they cannot be automatically restored. Do not change any switch not
described in the service manual.
A. Procedure
B. Software switch setting screen
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Software Switch Setting] key on the sub menu.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Press the [+], [-] key or the numeric keys to select DIPSW bit number.
5. Press the [On (1)] or [Off (0)] key to set the selected bit number ON/OFF.
6. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen" on which the sub menu was dis-
played.
[1] DIPSW number [3] Bit number (0 to 7)
[2] DIPSW date (The bit data (8 bits) of the
DIPSW number selected is displayed in
hexadecimals from 00 to FF)
[4] Bit data
[5] Numeric keys
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
10. TECH. REP. MODE
370
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
C. List of software DIPSW
Note
Be sure not to change bits with no particular reference made of the function.
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
DIPSW1 0 Print stop condition after toner
supply display
*1 *1 1 1 1
1 *1 *1 0 0 0
2 Print stop method after toner
supply display
*2 *2 1 1 1
3 *2 *2 0 0 0
4 Prohibition of printing when the
PM count is reached
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
5 Print number setting until print-
ing is prohibited after PM is
displayed
*3 *3 0 0 0
6 *3 *3 0 0 0
7 *3 *3 0 0 0
DIPSW2 0 0 0 0
1 All charger cleaning cycle (fus-
ing temperature 50C or less
when turning ON)
*4 *4 0 0 0
2 *4 *4 0 0 0
3 *4 *4 0 0 0
4 All charger cleaning cycle (after
turned ON)
*5 *5 1 1 1
5 *5 *5 0 0 0
6 Blade auto switch timing *6 *6 1 1 1
7 *6 *6 0 0 0
DIPSW3 0 Regular toner supply amount *7 Equivalent to
2% of coverage
*7 Equivalent to
0.4% of coverage
0 0 0
1 SC latch (SC34-**, 35-**, 36-**) Unlatched Latched 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 Charger cleaning function Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
4 Transfer/separation charger
cleaning function
Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 I/O check mode output 15
memory clear
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
7 PageScope JobEditor recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
DIPSW4 0 DF auto skew adjustment Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 Key counter removal recovery Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
5 APS when change magnification Enabled Disabled 0 1 0
6 0 0 0
7 Large-size paper count method
(other than PM counter)
Count as 1 Count as 2 0 0 0
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
371
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
DIPSW5 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 Image density selection (laser
PWM) for copier
*8 *8 0 0 0
3 *8 *8 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW6 0 Background density adjust-
ment (photo mode)
*9 *9 0 0 0
1 *9 *9 1 1 1
2 0 0 0
3 Black band width in black
band creation control
*10 *10 0 0 0
4 *10 *10 0 0 0
5 Image stabilization control
cycle
*11 *11 1 1 1
6 *11 *11 0 0 0
7 Drum potential auto adjustment Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
DIPSW7 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 Background density adjustment *12 *12 0 0 0
3 *12 *12 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 Drum claw control *13 Normal *13 Side2 only 0 0 0
DIPSW8 0 Image density selection (laser
PWM) for printer
*14 *14 0 0 0
1 *14 *14 0 0 0
2 Fusing initial rotation condition *15 *15 0 0 0
3 *15 *15 1 1 1
4 Fusing roller initial rotation time *16 *16 0 0 0
5 *16 *16 0 0 0
6 Large-size paper count method (PM counter) Count as 1 Count as 2 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW9 0 Operation at key counter
removal (copier)
Same as
the stop key
Immediate
stop (jam)
0 1 1
1 Operation at key counter
removal (printer)
Ignored Same as
DIPSW9-0
0 0 0
2 Message switchover *17 *17 0 0 0
3 *17 *17 0 0 0
4 Copy quantity limit *18 *18 0 0 0
5 *18 *18 0 0 0
6 *18 *18 0 0 0
7 *18 *18 0 0 0
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
10. TECH. REP. MODE
372
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
DIPSW10 0 Image memory usable area *19 *19 0 0 0
1 *19 *19 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 Definition change of the large
size paper in counter control
*20 *20 0 0 0
4 *20 *20 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW11 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 Erasure amount of trailing edge
of tab paper
3 mm 1 mm 0 0 0
3 SC screen switchover F/E code screen
switch
F code screen
only
0 0 0
4 Filter for jagged edges on
slanting lines
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
5 Gradation switchover in the
photo mode
2bitED 1bitED 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 Jam code display Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
DIPSW12 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 Printer auto centering correc-
tion
Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 RC recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW13 0 Original size detection switcho-
ver 1
A5 5.5 x 8.5 0 1 0
1 Original size detection switcho-
ver 2
A4R 8.5 x 11R 0 1 0
2 0 0 0
3 Original size detection switcho-
ver 3
*21 *21 0 0 0
4 *21 *21 0 0 0
5 Original size detection switcho-
ver 4
*22 *22 0 0 0
6 *22 *22 0 0 0
7 *22 *22 1 1 0
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
373
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
DIPSW14 0 Original size detection switcho-
ver 5
B4, 11 x 17/
B5, 8.5 x 11
8K/16K 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW15 0 0 0 0
1 Number of paper that can be
stapled
*23 *23 0 0 0
2 *23 *23 0 0 0
3 Finishing option alarm stop *24 *24 0 0 0
4 *24 *24 0 0 0
5 CS Remote Care recognition Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 Maximum density in printer mode 1.43 1.35 0 0 0
7 Trigger the display of devel-
oper/drum replacement icon
Number of prints Running time 0 0 0
DIPSW16 0 Developer/drum running time
display
Displayed Not displayed 0 0 0
1 Copy reservation function Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
2 Tab original duplex (DF) Prohibited Allowed 0 0 0
3 Count of the key counter in
printer mode
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
4 Utility mode installation date
display
Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 Non-image area erase mode
judge level
*25 *25 0 0 0
6 *25 *25 0 0 0
7 NIC selection for E-Mail CS
Remote Care
Controller NIC Machine NIC 0 0 0
DIPSW17 0 Summer time setting *26 *26 0 0 0
1 *26 *26 0 0 0
2 *26 *26 0 0 0
3 *26 *26 0 0 0
4 Density selection at scanning
tab paper
*27 *27 0 0 0
5 *27 *27 0 0 0
6 *27 *27 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW18 0 Faulty part isolation: Tray 1 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
1 Faulty part isolation: Tray 2 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
2 Faulty part isolation: Tray 3 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
3 Faulty part isolation: Tray 4 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
10. TECH. REP. MODE
374
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
DIPSW18 4 Faulty part isolation: DF Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
5 Faulty part isolation: Folding/
saddle stitching/TU
Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 Faulty part isolation: PI Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
7 Faulty part isolation: HDD1 Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
DIPSW19 0 Fusing temperature setting *28 *28 *28 0 0
1 *28 *28 *28 0 0
2 *28 *28 *28 0 0
3 *28 *28 *28 0 0
4 Faulty part isolation: ZU Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
5 Faulty part isolation: Punch (PK, ZU) Normal Unavailable 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW20 0 Group staple Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
1 Image scanning area with
"Page Margin" function
*29 Normal *29 Original priority 0 0 0
2 Total page number standard in
stamp mode
Based on original Based on
transfer paper
0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW21 0 Mixed size paper staple for
printer
Allowed
(real-time output)
Prohibited
(batch output)
0 0 0
1 LU size setting in utility mode Not allowed Allowed 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW22 0 Machine NIC setting Disabled Enabled 1 1 1
1 Number of punch holes *30 *30 0 1 0
2 *30 *30 0 0 1
3 Image position for the custom
size original (at DF)
Based on user
selection
Based on APS at
DF
0 0 0
4 Function of power save button Enabled Disabled 0 0 0
5 Punch auto switching (PK and ZU) Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
6 Operation when staple empty
of FS
Request staple
supply
Selectable staple
supply or staple
release
0 0 0
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
375
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
DIPSW22 7 Jam screen selection Jam position
display
Described by
illustration
0 0 0
DIPSW23 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 Toner concentration of devel-
oper selection
*31 *31 0 0 0
3 *31 *31 0 0 0
4 *31 *31 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW24 0 0 0 0
1 Default settings of PageScope
JobEditor when turned ON
Manual Automatic 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 Z-fold output number limit *32 *32 0 0 0
5 *32 *32 0 0 0
6 Z-fold + Staple output number
limit
*33 *33 0 0 0
7 *33 *33 0 0 0
DIPSW25 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW26 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW27 0 0/1 1 1
1 0 0 0
2 Image density selection (toner
control patch density)
*34 *34 0 0 0
3 *34 *34 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
10. TECH. REP. MODE
376
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
DIPSW27 5 Thin characters reproduction
improvement (usage of smaller
laser dot)
Standard Thin-character
correspondent
0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW28 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 Finisher, timing and centering
adjustments in utility mode
Not allowed Allowed 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW29 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 Include of proof copy to the set
copy quantity
Not included Included 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW30 0 0 0 0
1 Tech. Rep. mode, restriction of
data collection display
Restricted Not restricted 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW31 0 1 1 1
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
377
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
DIPSW32 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW33 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW34 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW35 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW36 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 Side2 magnification correction
with bypass tray
*35 *35 0 0 0
7 *35 *35 1 1 1
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
10. TECH. REP. MODE
378
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
DIPSW37 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 1 1 1
7 0 0 0
DIPSW38 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 Fusing unit rank setting *36 *36
6 *36 *36
7 *36 *36
DIPSW39 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW40 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW41 0 Creation of the PJL coded
capture file for analysis
Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
1 Creation of the TIEF image data file Disabled Enabled 0 0 0
2 MacQueryFake response With no response With response 0 0 0
3 JobEnd detection Detected Not detected 0 0 0
4 EscE detection while in the
JobEnd detection
Detected Not detected 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
379
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
DIPSW42 0 TIFF direct print error message Not output Output 0 0 0
1 TIFF direct print APS target
paper size (F4)
*37 *37 0 0 0
2 *37 *37 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW43 0 Change of the scanner com-
pression method
MMR MH 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW44 0 PS JobEnd (Network) Not detected Detected 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
2 PS JobEnd (Parallel) Detected Not detected 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW46 0 Visual Count Master counter
value acquisition intervals
*38 *38 0 0 0
1 *38 *38 0 0 0
2 0 0 0
3 0 0 0
4 0 0 0
5 0 0 0
6 0 0 0
7 0 0 0
DIPSW No Bit Function 0 1 Default setting
Japan Inch Metric
10. TECH. REP. MODE
380
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Note
Bold boxes show default settings.
*1 Print stop condition after toner supply display
Select the number of prints that stops printing after a
toner near empty displays.
*2 Print stop method after toner supply display
Select the method to stop printing when the number
specified with DIPSW1-1/-2 is reached.
*3 Print number setting until printing is prohibited
after PM is displayed
Select the number of prints that stops printing after
the value specified with the PM counter is reached.
*4 All charge cleaning cycle (fixing temperature
50C or less when turning ON
Set the timing for the electrode cleaning, which is
performed on the condition that the fusing tempera-
ture is below 50C when the power is turned on.
*5 Cycle number setting of the electrode cleaning
(after turning ON the power)
Set the intervals of the electrode cleaning that is con-
ducted after turning on the power.
Mode 1-1 1-0
Stops after 1,500 prints 0 0
Stops after 3,000 prints 0 1
Stops after 4,000 prints 1 0
Stops after 5,000 prints 1 1
Mode 1-3 1-2
Stops after exit paper in
the machine
0 0
Stops at a break between
print set
0 1
Stops at the end of the
current job
1 0
Does not stop 1 1
Mode 1-7 1-6 1-5
1,000 prints 0 0 0
2,000 prints 0 0 1
3,000 prints 0 1 0
4,000 prints 0 1 1
5,000 prints 1 0 0
1,000 prints 1 0 1
1,000 prints 1 1 0
1,000 prints 1 1 1
Mode 2-3 2-2 2-1
Cleaning every time 0 0 0
At 5,000 prints 0 0 1
At 10,000 prints 0 1 0
At 15,000 prints 0 1 1
At 20,000 prints 1 0 0
At 25,000 prints 1 0 1
At 30,000 prints 1 1 0
No cleaning 1 1 1
Mode 2-5 2-4
Every 10,000 prints 0 0
Every 20,000 prints 0 1
Every 30,000 prints 1 0
Every 40,000 prints 1 1
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
381
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*6 Blade auto switching timing
Set the auto switch timing of the cleaning blade.
*7 Regular toner supply amount
When the original with less coverage (1% or less) is
printed for a long period of time, the toner density of
developer gets increased, causing the image back
ground to occur. Changing this switch to "1" reduces
the toner amount periodically supplied to prevent the
image back ground.
Note
Changing this switch to 1 in the original hav-
ing a typical blacking ratio results in the
image getting thinner.
*8 Image density selection (laser PWM) for copier
Change the image writing laser PWM to make image
lighter.
Note
There are two kinds of DIPSWs to lighten
image density: laser PWM (5-2/3) and toner
control patch density (27-2/3). As a priority of
adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1) Laser PWM
2) Toner control patch density: approx. 0.5%
down
Using this setting alone may cause white
spot on the solid section. Be sure to use
together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner den-
sity of developer) approx. 0.25% up or
0.5% up.
*9 Background density adjustment (photo mode)
Change the laser PWM and set the image density for
the highlight section while in the photo mode.
The numerical values given in the table represent the
density in the image density range of 0 (white) to 255
(black).
Mode 2-7 2-6
Every 150,000 prints 0 0
Every 250,000 prints 0 1
Every 300,000 prints 1 0
Every 400,000 prints 1 1
Mode 3-0
Equivalent to 2% of coverage 0
Equivalent to 0.4% of coverage 1
Mode 5-3 5-2
Standard (*190/170) 0 0
Lighter (*1167/137) 0 1
Lightest (*142/112) 1 0
Standard (*190/170) 1 1
* 0 (white) to 255 (black) represent density within
the image density range. Numbers represent
each image density at the line speed 460 mm/s,
290 mm/s from left.
Mode 6-1 6-0
PWM 16 0 0
PWM 0 0 1
PWM 8 1 0
PWM 24 1 1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
382
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
*10 Black band width in black band creation control
Set the black band width in the black band creation
control.
*11 Image stabilization control cycle
Changes cycle of the image stabilization control
(drum potential, maximum density, gamma auto
adjustment).
*12 Background density adjustment
Change the charging potential and set the image
density of the highlight section.
*13 Drum claw control
For the operation of the drum claw, switching is made
between the normal operation (operated on both the
front and the rear) and the operation only on the rear.
When paper with much paper dust is used and the
drum is damaged by paper dust adhering to the
drum claw, select the operation only on the rear.
*14 Image density selection (laser PWM) for printer
Change the image writing laser PWM to make image
lighter.
Mode 6-4 6-3
0.25 mm 0 0
0.5 mm 0 1
0.75 mm 1 0
No band 1 1
Mode 6-6 6-5
Every 20,000 prints 0 0
Every 30,000 prints 0 1
Every 40,000 prints 1 0
Every 50,000 prints 1 1
Mode 7-3 7-2
Standard 0 0
Dark (25 V down) 0 1
Lighter (25 V up) 1 0
Lightest (50 V up) 1 1
Mode 7-7
Normal 0
Side 2 only 1
Mode 8-1 8-0
Standard (*190/170) 0 0
Lighter (*167/137) 0 1
Lightest (*142/112) 1 0
Standard (*190/170) 1 1
* 0 (white) to 255 (black) represent density within
the image density range. Numbers represent
each image density at the line speed 460 mm/s,
290 mm/s from left.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
383
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*15 Fusing initial rotation condition
In the low temperature environment, fusibility may be
insufficient immediately after the power is turned ON.
So, rotate the fusing roller while in the warm-up to
obtain an even heat distribution of the fusing roller to
avoid the insufficient fusing.
Low temperature: perform the fusing initial rotation
in the low temperature environment only.
Low/normal temperature: perform the fusing initial
rotation in the low and normal temperature envi-
ronment
Low/normal/high temperature: perform the fusing
initial rotation in all environments.
*16 Fusing roller initial rotation time
Set the preliminary rotation time for fusing when the
power is turned on.
*17 Message switchover
Set a message displayed on the operation board
when the key counter, coin vendor and the copy card
are used.
*18 Copy quantity limit
Set this when the number of copies for 1 job is lim-
ited.
Mode 8-3 8-2
Low temperature 0 0
Low/normal temperature 0 1
Low/normal/high temper-
ature
1 0
No preparatory rotation 1 1
Mode 8-5 8-4
180 seconds 0 0
300 seconds 0 1
60 seconds 1 0
0 second 1 1
Mode 9-3 9-2
Please insert key counter 0 0
Please insert copy card 0 1
Please insert coin 1 0
Please insert key counter 1 1
Mode 9-7 9-6 9-5 9-4
No limit 0 0 0 0
1 print 0 0 0 1
3 prints 0 0 1 0
5 prints 0 0 1 1
9 prints 0 1 0 0
10 prints 0 1 0 1
20 prints 0 1 1 0
30 prints 0 1 1 1
50 prints 1 0 0 0
99 prints 1 0 0 1
250 prints 1 0 1 0
No limit 1 0 1 1
No limit 1 1 0 0
No limit 1 1 1 0
No limit 1 1 1 1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
384
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
*19 Image memory usable area
Changes the usable area of DRAM (256 MB) on the
overall control board (OACB) and hard disk (HDD1).
Compression memory is used within the memory
area of compressed image data, and expansion
memory is used for page memory of expanded image
data. There are 2 types of image memory; DRAM on
IPB and hard disk/1 (10 GB of total 40 GB is used).
DRAM is used by priority. If hard disk/1 is damaged
and memory overflow occurs during scanning or
transferring data from PC, increase compression
memory. If memory overflow occurs before printing
starts, increase expansion memory.
*20 Definition change of the large size paper in
counter control
Set a large paper size in DIPSW4-7 and 8-6.
When the size of the wide paper and the irregular
paper in the sub scan direction is larger than the min-
imum size of the specified large size, this is treated as
a large size one.
*21 Original size detection switchover 3
Set the smallest possible original size to be detected
by DF
The default setting is different depending on the area.
Metric: A5R
Inch: 5.5 x 8.5R
*22 Original size detection switchover 4
Set the definition of the F4 size.
The default setting is different depending on the area.
Metric: 8 x 13
Inch: 8.5 x 14
Mode 10-1 10-0
Compression memory
187MB
Page memory 69MB
0 0
Compression memory
159MB
Page memory 97MB
0 1
Compression memory
220MB
Page memory 36MB
1 0
Compression memory
46MB
Page memory 210MB
1 1
Mode 10-3 10-4
A3 11 x 17 0 0
Small size only 0 1
A3 11 x 17
8.5 x 14 B4 8K
1 0
A3 11 x 17
8.5 x 14 B4 8K F4
1 1
Mode 13-4 13-3
A5R 0 0
B6R 0 1
5.5 x 8.5R 1 0
1 1
Mode 13-7 13-6 13-5
8 x 13 0 0 0
8.25 x 13 0 0 1
8.125 x 13.25 0 1 0
8.5 x 13 0 1 1
8.5 x 14 1 0 0
Not used 1 0 1
Not used 1 1 0
Not used 1 1 1
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
385
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*23 Number of paper that can be stapled
Set the Staple number allowed.
*24 Finishing option alarm stop
The alarm stop indicates a condition in which the fol-
lowing full detection function:
FS tray upper limit, tray paper full, folding full, PK/ZU
punch full, TU scraps full, and stacker full
*25 Non-image area erase mode judge level
This setting should be changed if auto erase is car-
ried out incorrectly when "Non-image area erase
mode" is used.
*26 Summer time setting
Set the time difference of the summer time that is set
in the set-up menu mode.
Mode 15-2 15-1
50 sheets 0 0
45 sheets 0 1
40 sheets 1 0
35 sheets 1 1
Mode 15-4 15-3
Stops immediately after
detection
0 0
Stops at a break between
print set after detection
0 1
Does not stop while print-
ing
1 0
Does not stop while print-
ing
1 1
Mode 16-6 16-5
Standard 0 0
Correspond to dark origi-
nal
0 1
Correspond to light inter-
ference
1 0
Not used 1 1
Mode 17-3 17-2 17-1 17-0
0 minute 0 0 0 0
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
60 minutes 0 1 1 0
70 minutes 0 1 1 1
80 minutes 1 0 0 0
90 minutes 1 0 0 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
110 minutes 1 0 1 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0
130 minutes 1 1 0 1
140 minutes 1 1 1 0
150 minutes 1 1 1 1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
386
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
*27 Density selection at scanning tab paper
Set the shading of the texture of index paper.
*28 Fusing temperature setting
When a problem (insufficient fusibility, large paper
curling amount) is found with fusibility, set the fusing
set temperature.
Temperature up: Suppress insufficient fusing and fus-
ing wind-up jam.
Temperature down: Suppress exited paper curling
and paper ruffling.
*1: Initial value for 100V machine
*2: Initial value for 200v machine
*29 Image scanning area with "Page margin" func-
tion
Normal:Compare the original size and the transfer paper
size, the smaller one is to be the image area.
Original priority:Original size is to be the image area.
*30 Number of punch holes
When changing this setting, the inhibitions of the
punch operation by paper sizes are also changed.
And, the punch hole screen displayed on the opera-
tion board is also changed.
Mode 17-6 17-5 17-4
Brightness level 80 0 0 0
Brightness level 40
(Lightest)
0 0 1
Brightness level 60 0 1 0
Brightness level 100 0 1 1
Brightness level 120 1 0 0
Brightness level 160 1 0 1
Brightness level 200 1 1 0
Brightness level 255
(Darkest)
1 1 1
Mode 19-3 19-2 19-1 19-0
Standard *1 0 0 0 0
Standard +5C 0 0 0 1
Standard +10C 0 0 1 0
Standard +15C 0 0 1 1
Standard -5C *2 0 1 0 0
Standard -10C 0 1 0 1
Standard -15C 0 1 1 0
Standard -20C 0 1 1 1
Standard -25C 1 0 0 0
Standard -30C 1 0 0 1
Standard -35C 1 0 1 0
Standard -40C 1 0 1 1
Standard -45C 1 1 0 0
Standard -50C 1 1 0 1
Standard -55C 1 1 1 0
Standard -60C 1 1 1 1
Mode 20-1
Normal 0
Original priority 1
Mode 22-2 22-1
2 holes (in Japan) 0 0
3 holes (in inch system) 0 1
4 holes (in AB system) 1 0
1 1
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
387
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*31 Toner concentration of developer selection
Change developing roller rotation and toner density of
developer (toner and carrier ratio) to change only toner
density of developer without changing image density.
If increasing toner density of developer resulted in
image background, decrease toner density. If lighten-
ing image in other DIPSW (27-2/3) resulted in white
spot on the solid section, increase toner density.
Note
After change the DIPSW, image density does
not appear as the setting value until printing
about 500 prints because it need to add toner
to increase toner density of developer or
need to consume toner to reduce it.
*32 Z-fold output number limit
Set the upper limit number of sheets that can be
exited to the FS main tray while in the Z-folding.
*33 Z-fold + Staple output number limit
Set the upper limit number of sheets that can be
exited to the FS main tray while in the Z-folding + sta-
ple.
Mode 23-4 23-3 23-2
Standard toner density 0 0 0
Approx. 0.5% down 0 0 1
Approx. 1.0% down 0 1 0
Approx. 1.5% down 0 1 1
Approx. 0.25% up 1 0 0
Approx. 0.5% up 1 0 1
Approx. 0.75% up 1 1 0
Approx. 1.0% up 1 1 1
Mode 24-5 24-4
50 sheets 0 0
40 sheets 0 1
30 sheets 1 0
20 sheets 1 1
Mode 24-7 24-6
5 sheets 0 0
8 sheets 0 1
10 sheets 1 0
3 sheets 1 1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
388
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
*34 Image density selection (toner control patch density)
Changes the image density by setting the developing
bias for the toner control patch formed on the drum
to determine the toner density.
Note
After changing the DIPSW, image density
does not appear as the setting value until
printing about 500 prints because it needs to
add toner to increase the toner density of
developer or consume toner to reduce it.
Using this setting alone may cause image
background or toner spillage. Be sure to use
together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner density
of developer) approx. 0.5% down or 1.0%
down.
There are two kinds of DIPSWs to lighten
image density: laser PWM (5-2/3) and toner
control patch density (27-2/3). For the priority
of adjustment, adjust in the following order.
1) Laser PWM
2) Toner control patch density: approx. 0.5%
down
Using this setting alone may cause white
spots on the solid section. Be sure to use
together with DIPSW23-2/3/4 (toner den-
sity of developer) approx. 0.25% up or
0.5% up.
*35 Side2 magnification correction with bypass tray
Set the image magnification on the rear surface while
in the double sided print from the bypass tray.
Mode 27-3 27-2
Standard 0 0
Approx. 0.5% up 0 1
Approx. 1.0% up 1 0
Approx. 0.5% down 1 1
Mode 36-7 36-6
0% 0 0
-0.1% 0 1
-0.2% 1 0
-0.3% 1 1
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
389
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
*36 Fusing unit rank setting
When replacing the fusing unit, be sure to set a rank
corresponding to the code of 3-digit figure that is dis-
played on the fusing unit. (See "6.3.24 Setting the
rank while in replacing the fusing unit.")
Note
The initial value varies according to the fusing
unit.
When the thermistor /1 (TH1) is replaced or
removed, be sure to set this DIPSW to 000
(standard) and check fusibility. When there is
any trouble with fusibility (insufficient fusibil-
ity or excessive curling of paper), adjust the
fusing temperature with DIPSW19-0, 1, 2, 3.
*37 TIFF direct print APS target paper size (F4)
*38 Visual Counter Master counter value read-off
intervals
Mode 38-7 38-6 38-5
000 (Standard) 0 0 0
001 (+3C) 0 0 1
010 (+5C) 0 1 0
110 (+7C) 0 1 1
001 (+10C) 1 0 0
101 (-2C) 1 0 1
011 (-5C) 1 1 0
111 (-7C) 1 1 1
Mode 42-2 42-1
8 x 13 0 0
8.5 x 13 0 1
8.25 x 13 1 0
8.125 x 13.25 1 1
Mode 46-1 46-0
Every 10 minutes 0 0
Every 1 minute 0 1
Not acquisition 1 0
Every 1 hour 1 1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
390
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.9.2 Telephone No.
Set the telephone number and FAX number of the service center displayed when malfunction occurs.
A. Procedure
10.9.3 Serial No. input
Set and display the serial number of the main body and options.
Caution
Never change the serial number of the main body. Otherwise, the fusing temperature abnormality
may occur.
A. Procedure
Note
When the input data is incorrect, a notice screen appears. Press the [OK] key to close the screen
and input data again.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Telephone No.] key on the sub menu.
4. "Customer support TEL/FAX setting screen"
Press either the [Service Center Tel (16)] or the [Service Center Fax (16)] key you want to set.
5. Enter the telephone number or FAX number you register through the numeric keys.
NOTE
When a number is less than 16 digits, be sure to use hyphen etc to fill up the blanks.
6. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you entered.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Serial No.Input] key on the sub menu.
4. "Serial number setting mode screen"
Press the key for the option you want to set, and enter the serial number through the numeric keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you entered.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
391
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.9.4 Install date
Set the starting date of the total counter that is displayed on the utility mode.
When setting the DIPSW 16-4 to 1, the starting date of the total counter is not displayed.
A. Procedure
10.9.5 Size setting (Tray 4)
Set the paper size for LU.
Setting DIPSW21-1 to 1 allows the tray 4 size setting in the utility mode.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Install Date] key on the sub menu.
4. "Setting date input screen"
Enter the new date through the numeric keys.
5. Press the [OK] key to update data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you updated.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Size Setting (Tray4)] key on the sub menu.
4. "Size setting screen"
Press one of the [Standard Size], [Custom Size], [Wide Size Paper] and [Tab Paper] keys.
5. "Each of size setting screen"
[Standard Size] : Select the paper size you want to use.
[Custom Size] : Set the paper size and select the image position (lead edge, rear edge, center).
[Wide Size Paper] : After selecting the standard size, press the [Input Size] key to set the paper size, and then
select the image position (lead edge, rear edge, center).
[Tab Paper] : After selecting the standard size, press the [Input Size] key to set the paper size, and then
press the [Number of Tabs] key to set the number of tabs.
6. Press the [OK] key.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
392
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.10 Firmware version
Display the firmware version of the main body and options.
Note
The [Image control] that is displayed on the screen represents the firmware version of the overall
control board (OACB).
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Firmware Version] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Firmware Version]] key on the sub menu.
4. "Indication of firmware version screen"
Each firmware version is displayed.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
393
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
10.11 CS Remote Care
10.11.1 Outline
The CS Remote Care is a system that manages the main body by sending and receiving various kinds of the
management data of the main body between the main body and the CS Remote Care center computer through
the phone line or E-mail.
It enables the main body to call the center computer, and the center computer to inquire regularly the main body
for various data.
The data handled by the CS Remote Care can be classified into the 3 following groups.
a. Data that allow you to grasp the use conditions of the main body, such as the total count and the PM count.
b. Data that give us the general information of when and how often an abnormality occurred with the main body.
c. All sorts of adjustment data
Note
When the security enhanced mode is set to ON, the use of the main body NIC is not allowed.
The use of the IP NIC is available only when IC-203 is equipped.
10.11.2 Setup procedure of the CS Remote Care
When a change in use is made between the main body NIC and the IP NIC, or when the mail remote notification
system is jointly used, care should be taken of the mail account and the software switch setting.
For particulars, see 10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification sys-
tem.
In case you setup again the once setup main body, clear the RAM for CS Remote Care and start from step 5.
About how to clear the RAM for CS Remote Care, see 10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care.
Step Operation
When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail
Main body NIC IP NIC
0 Registered the machine ID in the application on the CS Remote Care center side.
When the machine ID is not registered, no initial connection cannot be made.
1 Modem connection
Turn off the power of the modem, connect the
main body and the modem with a modem cable,
and the modem and the wall outlet with a modu-
lar cable.
* For the connection of a modular cable, see the
instructions of the modem to be used.
When using the E-mail, remove the modem for the
phone line.
2 I/O check mode and data collection clear available
(Tech. Rep. mode System Input Software Switch Setting Set 03-6 to "On (1)")
3 CS Remote Care memory initialization
(Tech. Rep. mode Machine Condition I/O Check Mode [1] [5] [ACCESS] [9] [8] [Start] button
ON)
4 CS Remote Care function ON
(Tech. Rep. mode System Input Software Switch Setting Set 15-5 to "On (1)")
10. TECH. REP. MODE
394
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
5 Proceed to the step 6. CS Remote Care used
NIC selection (main
body NIC used)
(Tech. Rep. mode
System Input Soft-
ware Switch Setting
Set 16-7 to "On (1)")
CS Remote Care used
NIC selection (IP NIC
used)
(Tech. Rep. mode
System Input Soft-
ware Switch Setting
Set 16-7 to "Off (0)")
6 CS Remote Care function selection
(Tech. Rep. mode CS Remote Care CS
Remote Care Set Modem)
CS Remote Care function selection
(Tech. Rep. mode CS Remote Care CS
Remote Care Set E-mail)
7 No. code entry
(Tech. Rep. mode CS Remote Care CS Remote Care Press No. Code Enter the No. code*
Press No. Code)
* For the No. code, enter a specified code.
8 Date and time setting for the CS Remote Care
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Date/Time setting Press Setting Time Enter the current
time Press Set Press Time Zone Enter the time zone)
9 Center ID setting
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Basic setting Press the Center No. Enter the center No.*)
* Enter the center No. in five digits.
10 Center telephone Number setting
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Basic
setting Press Center Telephone Number
Enter the center telephone Number*)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
Response time out setting: Optional
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Response
time out setting Enter the response time out
time)
(This is usually left as default.)
11 Machine telephone Number setting
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Basic
setting Press Machine Telephone Number
Enter the machine telephone Number *)
* Make an entry using "T" and "P" as required.
Proceed to the step 12.
12 Modem initialization AT command entry
(Enter the No. code Detail setting AT com-
mand Press First command Enter the ini-
tialization command *)
* For particulars of the initialization command,
see the instructions of the modem to be used.
Main body mail address
setting
This is set from the Web
utility on the browser of
the PC connected to
the main body NIC by
the network.
Be sure to conduct the
sending and receiving
test.
Controller mail address
setting
This is set by the admin-
istrator set network set-
ting through the
operation panel of the
main body.
Be sure to conduct the
sending and receiving
test.
13 Software SW setting for the CS Remote Care
(Enter the No. code Detail setting Software
SW setting)
(Baud rate setting: Select the baud rate at the
software SW setting 01-4 to 7.)
Proceed to the step 14.
Step Operation
When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail
Main body NIC IP NIC
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
395
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14 Turn on and off the power switch (SW2) of the main body.
15 First call execution
(Tech. Rep. mode CS Remote Care CS
Remote Care Press No. Code twice Detail
setting Basic setting First call*)
* When the connection to the center completes
successfully, the CS Remote Care setting screen
is displayed.
Initial connection mail
reception
The initial connection
mail is sent to the mail
address of the main
body NIC from the cen-
ter.
* When the CS Remote
Care related screen is
opened while receiving
the initial connection
mail from the center, the
information being cre-
ated is destroyed and
the CS Remote Care
setting screen is dis-
played.
Initial connection mail
reception
The initial connection
mail is sent to the mail
address of the IP NIC
from the center.
* When the CS Remote
Care related window is
opened while receiving
the initial connection
mail from the center, the
information being cre-
ated is destroyed and
the CS Remote Care
setting screen is dis-
played.
Step Operation
When using the phone line modem When using the E-mail
Main body NIC IP NIC
10. TECH. REP. MODE
396
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.11.3 List of combinations of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system
To change a combination of E-Mail CS Remote Care and Mail remote notification system, refer to this table to
configure the software switch setting or the mail account setting.
Case Mail remote
notification
system
E-Mail CS
Remote Care
using the main
body NIC
E-Mail CS
Remote Care
using the IP NIC
Setting item Value Remark
1 O O
"Use the mail remote notification
system" of the main body NICs
Web utility
Use
(*3) "Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
1
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
1
2 O O
"Use the mail remote notification
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
Use
(*4) "Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
1
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
0
3 O
"Use the mail remote notification
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
Use
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
0
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
0
4 O
"Use the mail remote notification
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
Do not
use
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
1
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
1
5 O
"Use the mail remote notification
system" of the main body NIC
Web utility
Do not
use
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 15-5 (*1)
1
"Tech. Rep. mode - Software
Switch Setting": 16-7 (*2)
0
*1 Tech. Rep. mode - Software Switch Setting: 15-5 (CS Remote Care function ON, 0=OFF, 1=ON)
*2 Tech. Rep. mode - Software Switch Setting: 16-7 (NIC selection of E-Mail CS Remote Care, 0=IP NIC,
1=main body NIC)
*3 Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the main body NIC share the same mail account
*4 Mail remote notification system and CS Remote Care using the IP NIC use separate mail accounts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
397
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.11.4 Detailed setup procedure
A. I/O check mode, data collection clear valid
B. CS Remote Care memory initialization
C. CS Remote Care function ON
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [Software Switch Setting] key.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Set "03" with the DIPSW number.
Set "6" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".
On (1): I/O check mode, data collection clear enabled
Off (0): I/O check mode, data collection clear disabled (default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Machine Status] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [I/O Check] key.
4. "I/O check mode screen"
Enter "15" with the numeric keys. Confirm that "15-00" is displayed on the message display area.
5. Press the [Access] button.
6. Enter "98" with the numeric keys.
7. Press the [Start] button.
Confirm that the output check display switches to "FIN."
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [Software Switch Setting] key.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Set "15" with the DIPSW number.
Set "5" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to "On (1)".
On (1): CS Remote Care function enabled
Off (0): CS Remote Care function disabled (default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
398
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
D. NIC selection for E-Mail CS Remote Care
E. CS Remote Care function selection (E-Mail/Phone line modem)
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [System Input] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [Software Switch Setting] key.
4. "Software switch setting mode screen"
Set "16" with the DIPSW number.
Set "7" with the DIPSW bit number.
5. Set the bit data to the NIC you use.
On (1): Use the main body NIC
Off (0): Use the IP NIC (default)
6. Press the [Return] key to finish the configuration.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Select the key for the function you use.
01 E-Mail: Use the E-Mail CS Remote Care
02 Modem: Use the Modem CS Remote Care
5. Press the [No. Code] key.
6. Enter the No. code* with the numeric keys.
7. Press the [No. Code] key.
8. Press the [Detail setting] key.
9. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [Date/Time Setting] key.
10. "Date and Time setting screen"
Enter the date with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
11. Enter the month with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
12. Enter the year in 2 digits with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
13. Enter time with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
14. Press the [Time Zone] key.
15. Enter the time zone with the numeric keys, and press the [Set] key.
16. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Setting menu screen."
* Enter the No. code that is assigned in advance.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
399
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
F. Modem initial setting
1. "Modem setting menu screen"
Press the [Basic setting] key.
2. "Basic setting screen"
Press the [Center No.] key.
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and press the [OK] key.
4. Press the [Center Telephone Number] key.
5. Enter the center telephone number with the numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem and the phone line. *1
6. Press the [Machine Telephone Number] key.
7. Enter the machine telephone number with the numeric and symbolic keys.
Use [T]s and [P]s depending on the modem and the phone line. *1
8. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
9. "Modem setting menu screen"
Press the [AT command] key.
10. "AT command setting screen"
Press the [First command] key.
11. Enter the modem initialization command with the keyboard, and press the [OK] key. *2
12. Press the [OK] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
*1 When entering the telephone number, keys on the screen other than numeric keys represent the followings.
[ , ] Pause: holds the self-dial delivery for some time
[W] Wait: detects the destination dial tone
[T] Tone dial: tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial: pulse dialing
[] Number delimiter: ignored when actually dialed
[*] [#] []: use as necessary
*2 Change the modem initialization command if necessary (Usually, there is no need to change). For details,
refer to the manual of the modem.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
400
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
G. Baud rate setting
Note
In case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.
* Modem baud rate
H. E-Mail initial setting
Note
The response time out setting is automatically set on receiving the initial connection mail. Change
the setting if necessary.
1. "Modem setting menu screen"
Press the [Software SW Setting] key.
2. "Software SW Setting screen"
Set "01" with the DIPSW number.
Set the modem baud rate using the DIPSW bit number "4 to 7".*
3. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Modem setting menu screen."
Baud rate 01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4
1200 bps 0 0 1 1
2400 bps 0 1 0 0
4800 bps 0 1 0 1
9600 bps 0 1 1 0
19200 bps 0 1 1 1
38400 bps 1 0 0 0
57600 bps 1 0 0 1
1. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Basic setting] key.
2. "Basic setting screen"
Press the [Center No.] key.
3. Enter the center ID with the keyboard, and press the [OK] key.
4. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."
5. "E-Mail Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Response time out setting] key. *
6. Enter the response time out time with the numeric keys. (in minutes)
7. Press the [OK] key to return to the "E-Mail Setting Menu screen."
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
401
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.11.5 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care
Note
Software SW bits data are written into the Parameter board (PB) every time a change is made. In
case you changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.
A. Input procedure
Note
About functions of each switch, see to B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Use the sheet setting keys to enter the No. code. *1
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [Software SW Setting] key.
9. "Software SW Setting screen"
Select the DIPSW number.
Use the left arrow key or the numeric keys.
10. Select the DIPSW bit number.
Use the right arrow key or the numeric keys.
11. Select DIPSW On (1), Off (0).
Use the [On (1)], [Off (0)] key.
12. Press the [Return] key to return to the "Setting menu screen."
*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
402
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care
Note
Do not change any bit not described on this table
DIPSW Functions Bit Data Default
No. Bit 0 1
1 0 1
1 Modem reception Receive*1 Do not receive*1 0
2 0
3 0
4 Baud rate *2 *2 0
5 *2 *2 0
6 *2 *2 0
7 *2 *2 1
2 0 Auto call on SC occurrence Do not call Call 1
1 Auto call on date specification Do not call Call 1
2 Auto call on the part replacement Do not call Call 1
3 Auto call on the drum replacement Do not call Call 1
4 Auto call on the periodic maintenance (PM) Do not call Call 1
5 0
6 0
7 Auto call when resetting the fixed replacement
parts
Do not call Call 0
3 0 0
1 Auto call on the toner supply Do not call Call 1
2 Auto call on frequent JAM occurrence Do not call Call 1
3 to 7 0
4 0 CS Remote Care communication mode *3 *3 0
1 *3 *3 1
2 to 7 0
5 0 Modem redial interval *4 *4 1
1 *4 *4 1
2 *4 *4 0
3 *4 *4 0
4 to 7 0
6 0 Modem redial times *5 *5 0
1 *5 *5 1
2 *5 *5 0
3 *5 *5 1
4 *5 *5 0
5 *5 *5 0
6 *5 *5 0
7 0
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
403
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
7 0 Redial for response time out Do not redial Redial 1
1 to 7 0
8 0 Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error *6 *6 0
1 *6 *6 1
2 *6 *6 1
3 *6 *6 0
4 to 7 0
9 0 Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error *7 *7 0
1 *7 *7 1
2 *7 *7 0
3 *7 *7 1
4 *7 *7 0
5 *7 *7 0
6 *7 *7 0
7 0
10 0 Time zone setting *8 *8 0
1 *8 *8 0
2 *8 *8 0
3 *8 *8 0
4 *8 *8 0
5 *8 *8 0
6 *8 *8 0
7 *8 *8 0
11 0 Timer 1
RING reception CONNECT reception
*9 *9 0
1 *9 *9 0
2 *9 *9 0
3 *9 *9 0
4 *9 *9 0
5 *9 *9 1
6 *9 *9 0
7 *9 *9 0
12 0 Timer 2
Dial request completed CONNECT reception
*10 *10 0
1 *10 *10 0
2 *10 *10 0
3 *10 *10 0
4 *10 *10 0
5 *10 *10 0
6 *10 *10 1
7 *10 *10 0
13 0 Timer 3
Not used
0
1 1
DIPSW Functions Bit Data Default
No. Bit 0 1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
404
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13 2 Timer 3
Not used
0
3 1
4 0
5 0
6 0
7 0
14 0 Timer 4
Line connection Start request telegram deliv-
ery
*11 *11 0
1 *11 *11 0
2 *11 *11 0
3 *11 *11 0
4 *11 *11 0
5 *11 *11 1
6 *11 *11 0
7 *11 *11 0
15 0 Timer 5
Wait time for other side's response
*12 *12 0
1 *12 *12 1
2 *12 *12 1
3 *12 *12 1
4 *12 *12 1
5 *12 *12 0
6 *12 *12 0
7 *12 *12 0
16 0 Retry data, timer 6
Initialization OK Dial request
*13 *13 1
1 *13 *13 1
2 *13 *13 1
3 *13 *13 1
4 *13 *13 1
5 *13 *13 1
6 *13 *13 1
7 *13 *13 1
17 0 Call JAM date (main body)
Valid copy quantity
*14 *14 1
1 *14 *14 0
2 Call ADF JAM date
Valid original feed quantity
*15 *15 1
3 *15 *15 0
4 Call JAM date
MCBJ setting
*16 *16 1
5 *16 *16 0
6 Call ADF JAM date
MOBJ setting
*17 *17 1
7 *17 *17 0
18 0 Attention display Do not call Call 1
1 to 7 0
19 to 40 0 to 7 0
DIPSW Functions Bit Data Default
No. Bit 0 1
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
405
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*1 Modem reception
*2 Baud rate
*3 CS Remote Care communication mode
*4 Modem redial interval
*5 Modem redial times
Mode DIPSW No.1
1
Receive
Issue ATA by RING delivery
0
Do not receive
Do not issue ATA by RING delivery
1
Mode DIPSW No.1
7 6 5 4
1200 bps 0 0 1 1
2400 bps 0 1 0 0
4800 bps 0 1 0 1
9600 bps 0 1 1 0
19200 bps 0 1 1 1
38400 bps 1 0 0 0
57600 bps 1 0 0 1
Mode DIPSW No.4
1 0
Data modem 0 0
FAX (not used) 0 1
E-Mail 1 0
Reservation 1 1
Mode DIPSW No.5
3 2 1 0
1 minute 0 0 0 1
2 minutes 0 0 1 0
3 minutes 0 0 1 1
4 minutes 0 1 0 0
5 minutes 0 1 0 1
6 minutes 0 1 1 0
7 minutes 0 1 1 1
8 minutes 1 0 0 0
9 minutes 1 0 0 1
10 minutes 1 0 1 0
Mode DIPSW No.06
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
10 times 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011
10. TECH. REP. MODE
406
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
*6 Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error
*7 Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error
*8 Time zone setting
*9 Timer 1 (RING reception CONNECT recep-
tion)
*10 Timer 2 (Dial request completed CONNECT
reception)
Mode DIPSW No.08
3 2 1 0
0 minute 0 0 0 0
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
60 minutes 0 1 1 0
70 minutes 0 1 1 1
80 minutes 1 0 0 0
90 minutes 1 0 0 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
110 minutes 1 0 1 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0
Mode DIPSW No.09
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
10 times 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011
Mode DIPSW No.10
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
-12 to -1 1111 0100 to 1111 1111
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 to 12 0000 0001 to 0001100
Mode DIPSW No.11
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 31 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
32 sec 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 sec 0010 0001 to 1111 1111
Mode DIPSW No.12
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 63 sec 0000 0000 to 0011 1111
64 sec 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
65 to 255 sec 0100 0001 to 1111 1111
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
407
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
*11 Timer 4 (Line connection Start request tele-
gram delivery)
*12 Timer 5 (Wait time for other side's response)
*13 Retry data, timer 6 (Initialization OK Dial
request)
*14 Call JAM date (main body) Valid copy quantity
*15 Call ADF JAM date Valid original feed quantity
*16 Call JAM date MCBJ setting
Mode DIPSW No.14
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 31 (x 100 msec) 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
32 (x 100 msec) 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255
(x 100 msec)
0010 0001 to 1111 1111
Mode DIPSW No.15
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 29 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1101
30 sec 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
31 to 255 sec 0001 1111 to 1111 1111
Mode DIPSW No.16
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 to 254 (x 5 msec) 0000 0000 to 1111 1110
255 (x 5 msec) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Mode DIPSW No.17
1 0
3000 copies 0 0
6000 copies 0 1
9000 copies 1 0
12000 copies 1 1
Mode DIPSW No.17
3 2
600 sheets 0 0
1200 sheets 0 1
1800 sheets 1 0
2400 sheets 1 1
Mode DIPSW No.17
5 4
1000 0 0
2000 0 1
3000 1 0
5000 1 1
10. TECH. REP. MODE
408
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
*17 Call ADF JAM date MOBJ setting
Mode DIPSW No.17
7 6
100 0 0
200 0 1
400 1 0
600 1 1
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
409
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.11.6 Mail address setting
A. Procedure for setting the main body NIC
For the main body NIC setting, see "4.4.4 Initial setting."
B. Procedure for setting the IP NIC
1. Press the [Utility] button on the operation panel.
2. "Utility menu screen"
Press the [Administrator Setting] key.
3. "Administrator Setting screen"
Press the [Network Setting] key.
4. "Network Setting screen"
Press the [IP NIC Setting] key.
5. "IP NIC setting menu screen"
Press the [Next] key.
6. "IP NIC setting menu screen"
Press the [CSRC] key.
7. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [CSRC TX Setting] key.
8. Configure the following items.
CSRC Send
Select [On].
SMTP Server Address
Specify the SMTP server address. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within 245 charac-
ters.
Port Number
Specify the SMTP port number within the range from 1 to 65535. Default is [25].
Connection Time Out Time
Specify the SMTP time out time within the range from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] seconds.
Administrator From Address
Specify the From address of mails from the IP NIC.
= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
In case you use a server in which authentication is required for sending and receiving mails, press the [Next]
key to configure necessary settings.
9. Press the [OK] key.
10. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [CSRC RX Setting] key.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
410
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11. Configure the following items.
CSRC Receive
Select [On].
POP Server Address
Specify the POP server address. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within 245 charac-
ters.
User Name
Enter the user name to login to the POP server. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within
63 characters.
Password
Enter the password to login to the POP server. You can use symbols and alphanumeric characters within
15 characters.
Press the [Next] key to configure the following 3 settings.
APOP
Select [On] to use the APOP function.
Port Number
Specify the POP port number within the range from 1 to 65535. Default is [110].
Connection Time Out Time
Specify the POP time out time within the range from 30 to 300 (sec). Default is [60] seconds.
Press the [Next] key to configure the following 2 settings.
Auto Check
Select [On].
Auto Check Interval Time
Specify the interval between checking new mails within the range from 1 to 60 (minutes). Default is 15
minutes.
12. Press the [OK] key.
13. "CSRC setting menu screen"
Press the [CSRC Communication Test] key.
14. "CSRC Communication Test"
Press the [Start] key.
Confirm that the sending and receiving are correctly performed and go to next step. If the test failed, re-
confirm the settings and perform the test again following the error message.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
411
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.11.7 Modem First Call
Send the machine ID and telephone number to the CS Remote Care center computer to establish connection
with the center.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [Basic setting] key.
9. "Basic setting screen"
Press the [First Call] key.
10. Confirm that the connection with the center is properly completed. *2
When properly completed, the "CS Remote Care setting screen" appears.
*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.
*2 In case an error occurred in the communication with the center, check the displayed code. For details on
error codes, see "10.11.14 Error code list."
10. TECH. REP. MODE
412
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.11.8 Receiving the initial connection mail
In case E-Mails are used, after settings are done on the main body, the center needs to send an initial connec-
tion mail to the mail address of the main body, thus enabling mail transmission between the center and the main
body.
MEMO:
About how to send the initial connection mail, refer to the CS Remote Care center's manual.
Mail transmission are possible only between the center and the main body that the initial connection has
been established.
The initial connection mail is sent from the center. The mail address of the center used then is stored in the
main body.
To check the center's mail address on the main body, output "Machine Management List." Procedure:
Tech. Rep. mode 05 List Output 01 List Output Machine Management List. Press the [COPY] key
at upper left of the screen to output the list from the basic screen.
10.11.9 Setup confirmation
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Make sure that only selected items for "Modem" or "E-Mail" are displayed.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
413
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.11.10 Maintenance call
As the CE starts the maintenance, enter the ID code of CE (7-digit number with which each CE is identified,
managed by a distributor.) to notify the center the start of maintenance. After the maintenance, pressing the
maintenance completion key notifies the center the completion of maintenance.
<At the start of maintenance>
During the maintenance, the [Start] button blinks until the completion of the maintenance.
<At the end of maintenance>
10.11.11 Center call from manager
If the setup of CS Remote Care is completed, the manager can call the center of CS Remote Care.
About how to call the center and send various data of the main body on the specified date and time, refer to the
CS Remote Care center's manual.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys.
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [Maintenance comp] key.
1. Enter the utility mode.
2. "Utility Menu screen"
Press the [Administrator Setting] key.
3. "Administrator Setting screen"
Press the [System Connection] key.
4. "System Connection screen"
Press the [Call Service Center] key.
5. "User Call screen"
Press the [Start] key.
If the setup is not completed, or if other call is made, the [Start] key is grayed out, disabling to make a call.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
414
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.11.12 Confirm communication log
You can output and confirm the communication log.
For details of logs, see "10.7 List output."
10.11.13 Initialization of RAM for CS Remote Care
Initializing the RAM for CS Remote Care enables you to perform the setup again.
*1 If the No. code is already entered, confirm that No. code.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [List Output] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [List Output] key.
4. "List output mode menu screen"
Press the [Communication Log List] key.
5. Press the [Copy] key to output the list from the basic screen.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
3. "Sub menu screen"
Press the [CS Remote Care] key.
4. "CS Remote Care setting screen"
Press the [No. Code] key.
5. Enter the No. code with the numeric keys. *1
6. Press the [No. Code] key.
7. Press the [Detail setting] key.
8. "Setting menu screen"
Press the [RAM Clear] key.
9. "RAM Clear setting screen"
10. The confirmation screen appears.
Press the [OK] key.
11. The RAM is cleared, and the "CS Remote Care setting screen" appears.
12. Perform the setup again if necessary.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
415
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.11.14 Error code list
Error code Error Solution
K00_00 Connection NG (Cannot connect from the modem,
timed out).
Redial and wait for re-reception.
K00_01 No response (After connection, no start telegram
from the center detected).
Redial and wait for re-reception.
K00_02 Copying. Could not be written in non-volatile mem-
ory, and line disconnected.
K00_03 Center ID mismatch. Confirm the center ID.
K00_04 Serial number mismatch. Confirm the serial number.
K00_05 Syntax error (when receiving undefined commands
or parameters).
Redial.
K00_06 Received a write order for an unwritable item.
K00_07 Unread item error.
K00_08 Signal reception time out after a response detection
(after the start telegram shuttled).
Redial.
K00_09 Already registered serial number.
K00_10 Communication error occurred because of the car-
rier OFF (NO CARRIER detected in the modem).
Redial.
K00_11 Dialtone (NO DIALTONE) detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_12 Busy signal (BUSY) detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_13 NO ANSWER detected in the modem. Redial.
K00_14 Telegram error (irregular telegram received in
response to the telegram you sent).
Retry standard times, and redial.
K00_15 Serial number not registered in the center (4 x 40
telegrams received).
K00_16 Errors not defined in the above -00 to 15 (last 2 dig-
its).
Redial.
K00_17 Telephone number you must call was not registered.
K01_00 DSR turned OFF or remains turned OFF.
K01_01 Error on creating a message queue.
K01_02 Error on generating a task.
K01_03 Error on sending a message.
K01_04 Error on receiving a message.
K01_05 Received an error (NG) from the timer task.
K02_01 Modem initialization NG.
K03_00 Center call evacuation buffer is full. Cannot evacuate
any more.
K05_90 Because of memory shortage, unable to secure
enough area for sending a mail.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
416
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.11.15 Troubleshooting
Check the followings when the main body neither receives the initial connection mail nor returns a response.
1) The center ID or the machine ID are not set in the main body.
2) The center ID or the machine ID are different (A machine ID error is not returned at the initial connection).
3) CS Remote Care function is disabled, or the phone line is selected in the CS Remote Care function selection.
4) Communication between the main body and the mail server is not proper (Check this with a transmission
test).
K05_92 Controller in operation: unable to send a mail
because the controller is in operation.
In the manual transmission, retry
when the controller is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_93 Mail sending error: an error was returned on sending
a mail.
In the auto transmission, an auto-
matic retry is performed after the
specified time. Check if there is no
fault in the network environment and
the network settings.
K05_94 Machine in operation: unable to send a mail because
the machine is in operation.
In the manual transmission, retry
when the machine is idling. In the
auto transmission, an automatic retry
is performed after 1 minute.
K05_95 Controller not connected: unable to send a mail
because the controller is not connected.
Check the connection between the
controller and the main body.
K05_96 Controller-driven SC: unable to send a mail because
of a controller-driven SC (49-xx).
In case of the controller-driven SC, a
mail cannot be sent through the con-
troller. Use a telephone. This error do
not occur in the main body NIC.
*
The shaded error codes are the ones that may occur when a transmission is made from the main body to
the center.
Error code Error Solution
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
417
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.12 ISW
See "5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP."
10.13 Finisher adjustment
10.13.1 Fold & Staple stopper adj. (FS-604)
Adjust the staple position in the sub scan direction while in the saddle stitching.
Note
Be sure "10.13.2 Half hold stopper adjustment (FS-604)" has been adjusted.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Fold & Staple Stopper Adj.] key on the sub menu.
4. "Fold and Staple stopper adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set the paper of the size you want to adjust set in the tray. Press the start button to output the test pattern
(No. 16).
6. Check the saddle stitching staple position of the
outputted paper.
Standard value a: 0 1 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Fold and Staple stopper adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 (lower) to +127 (upper) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
a
15sjf3c100na
10. TECH. REP. MODE
418
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.13.2 Half hold stopper adjustment (FS-604)
Adjust the folding position while in the center folding and saddle stitching.
A. Procedure
10.13.3 Cover sheet tray size adjustment (PI)
This adjustment should be performed when the cover sheet tray size cannot be detected properly.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Half Fold Stopper Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Fold stopper adjustment screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
6. Check the misalignment "a" on the edge of the
outputted paper.
Standard value a: 0 1 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Fold stopper adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 to +127 1 step = 0.1 mm
In the case of the misalignment given in the step 6, enter a set value to the negative side.
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Cover Sheet Tray Size Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Cover sheet tray size adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the tray. And then, set A4R (Metric area)/8.5 x 11R (Inch area)
paper in the PI tray selected.
5. Press the [Start] key and [Complete] message appears.
6. When adjusting other trays, repeat steps 4 and 5.
a
15sjf3c101na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
419
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.13.4 Trimming stopper adjustment (TU)
When the paper trimming amount is too large or tool small, adjust the trimming amount.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Trimming Stopper Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Trim stopper adjustment screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
6. Check the trimming "a" on the outputted paper.
Standard value a: 2 mm or more
Note
Reducing the trimming amount less than 2
mm may cause a trimming error.
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Trimming stopper adjustment screen"
Enter a value of the trimming amount through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 (reducing) to +127 (increasing) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
a
15smf3c003na
10. TECH. REP. MODE
420
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.13.5 Punch kit vertical position adjustment (PK)
Adjust the punch position of the punch kit (PK) in the main scan direction.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Kit Vertical Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch kit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test copy] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
Note
When equipped with ZU, adjustments from the main body paper feed is impossible.
When equipped with ZU, set paper in PI and press the start button of PI to output paper.
7. Fold the output paper into two in the main scan
direction, and check the discrepancy "a" from the
center of the punch hole.
Standard value a: 0 2 mm
[1] Center of the paper
[2] Center of the punch hole
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch kit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (in front) to +50 (in back) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
a
[2]
[1]
15knf3c002nb
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
421
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.13.6 Punch kit horizontal position adjustment (PK)
Check the punch position "a" of the output paper in the sub scan direction.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Kit Horizontal Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch kit Horiz. pos. adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the main body feed or PI feed and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set paper in the tray or PI, and press the start button of the main body or PI to output paper.
Note
When equipped with ZU, adjustments from the main body paper feed is impossible.
When equipped with ZU, set paper in PI and press the start button of PI to output paper.
7. Check the punch position "a" of the output paper
in the sub scan direction.
Standard value a: 10.5 5.0 mm (metric area)
a: 9.5 5.0 mm (inch area)
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch kit Horiz. pos. adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (shorter) to +50 (longer) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
a
15knf3c001nb
10. TECH. REP. MODE
422
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.13.7 Punch unit vertical position adjustment (ZU)
Adjust the punch hole position in the sub scan direction while in the ZU.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Unit Vertical Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch unit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
7. Fold the output paper in half in the main scan
direction, to check the misalignment "a" with the
punch center position.
Standard value a: 0 2 mm
[1] Center of the paper
[2] Center of the punch hole
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch unit Vert. pos. adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (in back) to +50 (in front) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
a
[2]
[1]
15kvf3c002nb
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
423
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.13.8 Punch unit horizontal position adjustment (ZU)
Adjust the punch hole position in the sub scan direction while in the ZU.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Unit Horizontal Position Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch unit Horizontal position adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
7. Check the punch position "a" of the output paper
in the sub scan direction.
Standard value a: 10.5 5.0 mm (metric area)
a: 9.5 5.0 mm (inch area)
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "Punch unit Horizontal position adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -50 (longer) to +50 (shorter) 1 step = 0.1 mm
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
a
15kvf3c001nb
10. TECH. REP. MODE
424
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.13.9 Punch registration loop adjustment (ZU/PK)
Adjust the registration loop amount while in the punch to remove punch skew, paper wrinkles, or a jam at the
punch registration section.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Hole-Punch Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Punch Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [Punch Regist Loop Adjustment] key.
5. "Punch regist loop adj. screen"
Press the [Next] key and the [Back] key to select an item you want to adjust, and press the [Test copy] key.
The item changes as follows:
Reverse (ZU) ADU (ZU) PI upper PI lower
6. Set paper in the tray or PI, and press the start button of the main body or PI to output paper.
7. When the trouble is not solved, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Punch regist loop adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -20 (larger) to +20 (smaller) 1 step = 0.8 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
425
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.13.10 Z-fold position adjustment (ZU)
Adjust the folding position on the Z-fold position.
Note
When adjusting both the 1st fold and the 2nd fold, be sure to start with the 1st fold.
The position of the 1st fold is based on the leading edge of paper and the position of the 2nd fold
is based on the position of the 1st fold. So, the dimension "b" in the step 7 varies when either posi-
tion of the 1st fold and the 2nd fold is changed.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Z-Fold Position Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Z-Fold Position Setting Menu screen"
Press the [1st Fold Adjustment] or [2nd Fold Adjustment] key.
5. "1st fold position adj. screen" or "2nd fold position adj. screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
6. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
7. Check "a" and "b" of the output paper.
[1] 1st fold
[2] 2nd fold
8. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
9. "1st fold position adj. screen" or "2nd fold position adj. screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 to +127 1 step = 0.1 mm
The dimension [1] in the step 7 gets smaller when the set value is moved to the positive side in the 1st
folding adjustment and gets larger when moved to the negative side. In the same manner, the dimension
[2] get smaller when moved to the positive side in the 2nd folding adjustment and get larger when moved
to the negative side.
10. Repeat steps 5 to 9 until the standard value can be obtained.
b
a
[2]
[1]
15kvf3c003nb
Paper size Standard value (mm)
a b
A3 3.5 1.5 Less than 209.0
B4 Less than 181.0
11 x 17 Less than 214.9
8.5 x 14 Less than 279.4
10. TECH. REP. MODE
426
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.13.11 Letter fold adjustment (FS-604)
Adjust the 1st folding position of the tri-folding.
Note
The 2nd folding position (dimension "b") is mechanically adjusted. (See "Mechanical adjustment
in FS-604 Field service.)
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Letter Fold Adjustment] key on the sub menu.
4. "Letter Fold adjustment screen"
Press the [Next] and [Back] key to select the paper size and press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Set the paper of the paper size you want to adjust. Press the Start button to output the test pattern
(No.16).
6. Check "a" on the outputted paper.
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Letter Fold adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range: -128 (larger) to +127 (smaller) 1 step = 0.1 mm
9. Repeat steps 5 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
a
b
c
15sjf3c102na
Paper size Standard value (mm)
a b c
A4R 93 2 102 2 102 2
8.5 x 11R 86.4 2 97 2 97 2
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
427
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.13.12 2 positions stapling pitch adjustment (FS-604)
Adjust the staple intervals for the staple mode.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [2 Positions Stapling Pitch Adj.] key on the sub menu.
4. "2 position staple pitch adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Check the interval "a" between the staples.
Standard value a: 120 6 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "2 position staple pitch adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:120 to 160 1 step = 1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
a
15sjf3c103na
10. TECH. REP. MODE
428
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.13.13 Fold and staple pitch adjustment (FS-604)
Adjust the staple intervals of the saddle stitching mode.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Finisher Adjust] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Fold & Staple Pitch Adj.] key on the sub menu.
4. "Fold and Staple staple pitch adjustment screen"
Press the [Test Copy] key.
5. Press the Start button to output the test pattern (No.16).
6. Check the interval "a" between the staples.
Standard value a: 120 6 mm
7. When the value is not within the standard value, press the [Adjustment] key.
8. "Fold and Staple staple pitch adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the numeric keys and press the [Set] key.
Setting range:120 to 160 1 step = 1 mm
9. Repeat steps 4 to 8 until the standard value can be obtained.
a
15sjf3c104na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
429
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.14 Administrator setting
Important
The use of the [Enhance Security Mode] in the [Administrator Setting] in the utility mode is limited
only when the administrator authentication is set to "Authentication On."
10.14.1 Administrator authentication
To enhance security of the [Administrator Setting] of the utility mode, configure the setting so that a password is
required to enter the [Administrator Setting].
A. Procedure
10.14.2 Administrator password setting
Configure a password to enter the [Administrator Setting] of the utility mode.
The administrator password can also be set in the [Administrator Setting] of the utility mode.
Note
The selection of the [Administrator Password Setting] key is limited only when the [Administrator
Authentication] is set to "Authentication On."
Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
A. Procedure

1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Administrator Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Administrator Authentication] key.
4. "Manager Authentication Setting screen"
Press the [Authentication On] key and press the [OK] key to confirm.
5. To disable the authentication setting, press the [Cancel] key or [Authentication Off] key.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [Administrator Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [Administrator Password Setting] key.
4. "Manager Authentication Setting screen"
Enter an 8-digit password with alphanumeric keys.
Default is "00000000."
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you entered.
10. TECH. REP. MODE
430
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10.15 CE Setting
Important
The use of the [Enhance Security Mode] in the [Administrator Setting] in the utility mode is limited
only when the [CE Authentication Setting] is set to "Authentication On."
10.15.1 CE authentication
To enhance security of the Tech. Rep. mode, configure the setting so that a password is required to enter the
Tech. Rep. mode.
A. Procedure
10.15.2 CE password setting
Configure a password to enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
Note
The selection of the [CE Password Setting] key is limited only when the [CE Authentication] is set
to "Authentication On."
Do not use anything easily guessed by others such as your name, birthday.
CE should not inform other people of the password.
A. Procedure
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CE Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [CE Authentication] key.
4. "CE Authentication Setting screen"
Press the [Authentication On] key and press the [OK] key to confirm.
5. To disable the authentication setting, press the [Cancel] key or [Authentication Off] key.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [CE Setting] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [CE Password Setting] key.
4. "CE Password Setting screen"
Enter an 8-digit password with alphanumeric keys.
Default is "92729272."
5. Press the [OK] key to register data.
Press the [Cancel] key to cancel the setting you entered.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
10. TECH. REP. MODE
431
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
10.16 IP HDD format
Format the hard disk /2 (HDD2) on the IC
Formatting enables you to secure space/delete internal data.
A. Procedure
B. Purpose of each item
[ALL]
Formats all areas of the hard disk.
This is equal to performing the following four operations at once. Conduct this on such occasions as
replacing the hard disk /2 (HDD2).
[Document]
Formats the document storage area. Conduct this when deleting the Scan to HDD job.
[Parameter]
Formats the storage area for the controller setting information.
Conduct this when deleting the whole setting information on the print controller (the network setting and
default settings of each port, etc).
Note
Be sure to output the settings information list before formatting parameters.
[Font]
Formats the font data storage area.
Conduct this when deleting downloaded external font data.
Note
By formatting, all downloaded external fonts are deleted.
[Spool]
Formats the spool area.
There is no need to format this area alone.
1. Enter the Tech. Rep. mode.
2. "Tech. Rep. mode menu screen"
Press the [IP Hard Disk Format] key.
3. A sub menu appears on the right side of the screen.
Press the [IP HDD Format] key on the sub menu.
4. "IP HDD Format screen"
HDD format includes the following 5 items.
[ALL]
[Document]
[Parameter]
[Font]
[Spool]
5. Press the item you want to format.
6. "Format confirmation screen"
The message "Execute Format Yes/No?" appears.
Press the [Yes] key.
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
432
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
11.1 Mis-centering adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3
When the mis-centering of paper varies for each paper supplied from the trays 1 and 2, conduct this adjust-
ment. Mis-centering is automatically adjusted at the image processing section. However, when there occurs a
mis-centering that cannot be adjusted automatically, conduct this adjustment.
11.1.1 Procedure
1. Disable (data=1) the Software DIPSW12-3 "Printer
mis-centering correction." (See "10.9.1 Software
switch setting.")
2. Perform copying/printing without automatic cor-
rection to check the mis-centering of image.
3. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
4. If any paper remaining, remove it.
5. If the paper guide [1] is at the small size position,
stretch the guide.
6. Loosen 2 screws [2].
7. Move the paper guide [1]. According to the mis-
centering you checked in step 2, adjust the center
position using the marking line [3].
8. Tighten 2 screws [2].
9. Insert a paper and set the tray.
10. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
see if the mis-centering between the center [1] of
paper and the center of the copy image [2] is
within the standard value (3 mm or less [3]).
11. When not up to the standard value, repeat the
steps 3 to 10.
12. Enable (data=0) the Software DIPSW12-3 "Printer
mis-centering correction." (See "10.9.1 Software
switch setting.")
57gaf3c010na
[2]
[3]
[1]
57gaf3c011na
[2]
[1]
[3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
433
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
11.2 Paper feed roller pressure adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3
When there occurs a no feed condition repeatedly, conduct the paper feed roller pressure adjustment.
11.2.1 Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Place the paper feed assist plate [3] on the paper
feed assist plate holder [2] of the pick-up roller
assembly [1] and fasten it with the 2 screws [4].
Note
Up to 6 paper feed assist plates (P/N:
56GA4242) can be installed. When installing
up to 3 plates, use M3 x 6 mm screws and
when installing 4 to 6 plates, use M3 x 8 mm
screws.
3. Check the pick-up release amount. (See "11.7
Pick-up release amount adjustment of the trays 1,
2 and 3.")
4. Set the tray.
5. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
see if there occurs a no feed or double feed con-
dition.
6. When no improvement is made, repeat steps 1 to
5.
57gaf3c012na
[3] [2]
[4]
[1]
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
434
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11.3 Lift tray horizontal adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3
When the lift wire is replaced or the lift tray is inclined, conduct this adjustment.
11.3.1 Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. If any paper remaining, remove it.
3. In order to remove the tray with the lift tray
brought up, put the rubber eraser [2] under the
up/down drive connecting lever [1].
4. With the tray set, check the lift tray to see if it has
completed the up operation by listening to the
operating sound of the paper lift motor, and then
pull out the tray again.
5. Remove the tray. (See "6.3.18 Removing/reinstall-
ing the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and "6.3.20
Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 3.")
6. While holding the pulley mounting bracket [1] by
hand, loosen the screw [2] and, with the marking
[3] used as a guide, make the lift plate [4] horizon-
tal.
7. Tighten up the screw [2].
Note
After completion of adjustments, be sure to
take off the rubber eraser set under the up/
down drive connecting lever.
8. Place paper in it, and set the tray.
9. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
see if paper is fed normally with no jam occurring.
10. When the condition is not improved, repeat steps
1 to 9.
57gaf3c013na
[2]
[1]
57gaf3c014na
[2]
[1]
[4] [4]
[3] [3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
435
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
11.4 Skew adjustment
11.4.1 Pre-registration roller skew adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3
When the bending pattern of the other tray is different from that of paper, conduct this adjustment.
However, since all paper is adjusted at the registration section, the effect of this adjustment is limited.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Remove the tray cover and then remove the
paper lift unit. (See "3.13.5 Replacing the pre-reg-
istration roller (Trays 1, 2, 3).")
Note
When conducting the adjustment of the tray
3, the paper lift unit is not required to be
removed.
3. Loosen the 2 screws [1] and slide the installation
position of the adjustment plate [2].
4. Tight up the 2 screws [1] securely to fix the adjust-
ment plate.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
6. Conduct the copy/print operation to check the
paper skew.
7. When the condition is not improved, repeat steps
1 to 6.
57gaf3c015na
[2]
[1]
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
436
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11.4.2 ADU rear face skew adjustment
When paper skew is found with all of the trays, conduct this adjustment.
A. Procedure
1. Remove the ADU from the main body. (See
"3.16.1 Cleaning the registration sensor (PS44).")
2. Remove the ADU cover. (See "3.16.2 Replacing
the registration clutch (CL1).")
3. Remove the registration section. (See "3.16.3
Removing/reinstalling the registration section.")
4. Remove the ADU pre-registration clutch and the
registration motor assembly. (See "3.16.5 Replac-
ing the loop roller/ADU exit roller/pre-registration
roller/ADU pre-registration bearing/ADU pre-regis-
tration clutch (CL2).")
5. Loosen the 2 screws [1] and slide the installation
position of the bearing fitting [2].
6. Tight up the 2 screws [1] securely to fix the bear-
ing fitting [2].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
8. Make a copy/print and check the paper skew.
9. Repeat steps 1 to 8, if it is not improved.
57gaf3c016na
[1]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
437
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
11.5 Separation pressure adjustment
Perform the separation pressure adjustment when the no feed (a paper is conveyed to the paper feed roller sec-
tion but stops there) or the double feed occurs at the paper feed.
Note
Affected by the paper type and the operating environment (the no feed is likely in the low temper-
ature environment and the double feed is likely in the high temperature environment).
Excess adjustment may reverse the symptom.
11.5.1 Separation pressure adjustment of the tray1, 2 and 3
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. Change the installation position [1] of the spring.
Note
The separation pressure gets stronger when
sliding it in the direction of [3] and gets
weaker when sliding it in the direction of [2].
Weak: Improves double feed jams.
Strong: Improves no feed jams.
Reference
The spring pressure changes approx. 10%
each time the position is slid 1 scale in either
direction.
3. Set the tray to perform copying/printing. Check
whether the no feed or the double feed occurs or
not.
4. In case either jam occurs, repeat steps 1 to 3.
57gaf3c017na [2] [3] [1]
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
438
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11.5.2 Separation pressure adjustment of the bypass tray
A. Procedure
1. Remove the bypass tray. (See "3.14.1 Replacing
the feed roller/pick-up roller.")
2. Change the installation position [1] of the spring.
Note
The separation pressure gets stronger when
the spring is changed to the position indi-
cated by [2] and gets weaker when changed
to the position indicated by [3].
Weak: Improves double feed jams.
Strong: Improves no feed jams.
Reference
The spring pressure changes approx. 15%
each time the installation position is changed
1 scale in either direction.
3. Set the bypass tray to the main body.
4. Perform copying/printing. Check whether the no
feed or the double feed occurs or not.
5. In case either jam occurs, repeat steps 1 to 4.
57gaf3c018na
[2] [3]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
439
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
11.6 Paper feed height adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3
When there occurs a no feed condition or the edge of the fed paper is folded, or when paper with a large curling
amount is fed, conduct this adjustment.
Note
Since this adjustment affects the pick-up release amount, be sure to adjust the pick-up release
amount after completion of the adjustment. (See "11.7 Pick-up release amount adjustment of the
trays 1, 2 and 3")
11.6.1 Procedure
1. Pull out the paper feed tray. (See "6.3.18 Remov-
ing/reinstalling the paper feed tray 1 and 2," and
"6.3.20 Removing/reinstalling the paper feed tray
3.")
2. If any paper remaining, remove it.
3. In order to remove the tray with the lift tray
brought up, put the rubber eraser [2] under the
up/down drive connecting lever [1].
57gaf3c019na
[2]
[1]
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
440
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
4. With the tray set, check the lift tray to see if it has
completed the up operation by listening to the
operating sound of the paper lift motor, and then
pull out the tray again.
5. Measure the upper surface of the entrance guide
[1] and that of the lift tray [2] and check to see if
the measured values are within the standard
value.
When they are not up to the standard or, although
they are within the standard value, the edge of the
paper is folded, conduct the adjustments on and
after step 7.
Standard value: 2 to 5 mm
6. Remove the pick-up roller assembly. (See 3.13.2
Replacing the feed roller/pick-up roller (Trays 1, 2,
3).")
7. Remove the conveyance cover. (See "3.13.4
Replacing the paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/
pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8) (Trays 1,
2, 3).")
8. Adjust the vertical height of the upper limit sensor
mounting bracket [3] and fasten it with the screws
[4].
Note
Be sure to install the upper limit sensor
mounting bracket [3] so that it become hori-
zontal.
Adjustment standard
When the value is in excess of the standard
value, bring down the upper limit sensor posi-
tion. (The lift tray stop position gets higher.)
When it is smaller than the standard value,
bring up the upper limit sensor position. (The
lift tray stop position gets lower.)
When there occurs a no feed tendency, bring
down the upper limit sensor position.
When there occurs a double feed tendency,
bring up the upper limit sensor position.
When the edge of paper is folded, bring up
the upper limit sensor position.
When paper curls up, bring down the upper
limit sensor position.
9. Reinstall the above parts following the removal
steps in reverse.
57gaf3c020na
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
441
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Note
Setting the tray with the pick-up roller failed
to be installed results in the paper lift plate
not stopping at the upper limit, thus causing
damage to the tray. Be sure to install it.
After completion of adjustments, be sure to
take off the rubber eraser set under the up/
down drive connecting lever.
10. Put paper in the tray and set it.
11. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
see if there occurs a no feed or a jam. When the
condition is not improved, repeat steps 7 to 11.
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
442
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11.7 Pick-up release amount adjustment of the trays 1, 2 and 3
When the pick-up roller height adjustment is made, conduct the paper feed pick-up amount adjustment.
11.7.1 Procedure
1. Remove the tray.
2. If any paper remaining, remove it.
3. In order to remove the tray with the lift tray
brought up, put the rubber eraser [2] under the
up/down drive connecting lever [1].
57gaf3c021na
[2]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
443
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
4. With the tray set, check the lift tray to see if it has
completed the up operation by listening to the
operating sound of the paper lift motor, and then
pull out the tray again.
5. Remove the conveyance cover. (See "3.13.4
Replacing the paper feed clutch (CL3, CL5, CL7)/
pre-registration clutch (CL4, CL6, CL8) (Trays 1,
2, 3).")
6. Pull the pick-up solenoid [1] moving section and
measure the clearance between the lower surface
of the pick-up roller [2] and the upper surface of
the lift tray [3] with a feeler gauge. When the
measure value is not up to the standard, conduct
the measurements on and after step 8.
Standard value (clearance A) = 0.5 to 2.5 mm
7. Loosen the screw [4].
Note
Before loosening the screw [4], be sure to
make a note of the position of the pick-up
solenoid [1] with a marking line [5].
8. With the moving section pulled, adjust the posi-
tion of the pick-up solenoid [1] so that the clear-
ance A between the pick-up roller [2] and the lift
tray [3] is equal to the standard value.
9. Tighten up the screw [4] to fix the pick-up sole-
noid [1].
Note
After completion of adjustments, be sure to
take off the rubber eraser set under the up/
down drive connecting lever.
10. Put paper in the tray and set it.
11. Conduct the copy/print operation, and check to
see if there occurs a no feed or a jam. When the
condition is not improved, repeat steps 7 to 11.
57gaf3c022na
[3]
[1]
[5] [4]
[2]
11. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
444
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Blank page
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
12. JAM CODE
445
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE
12.1 Jam code list
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
Bypass J10-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe registration sensor (PS44) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the pick-up solenoid/bypass
(SD11) turns ON.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed
when a jam
occurs, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Pull out the paper from
the bypass tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
J10-02 While in the standby for the bypass
feed, the registration sensor (PS44)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time.
Tray 1 J11-01 The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the paper feed
clutch /1 (CL3) turns ON.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
J11-02 The paper feed sensor /1 (PS47) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the pre-registration clutch /1
(CL4) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /1
(PS18) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the pre-registra-
tion clutch /1 (CL4) turns ON.
The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the pre-registration
clutch /1 (CL4) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /1
(PS18) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /1 (PS47) turns ON.
J11-03
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe vertical conveyance sensor /1
(PS18) turns ON while in idling.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
J11-04 The paper feed sensor /1 (PS47) turns
ON while in idling.
J11-05 The pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48)
turns ON while in idling.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
12. JAM CODE
446
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Tray 2 J12-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the paper feed
clutch /2 (CL5) turns ON.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed
when a jam
occurs, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
J12-02 The paper feed sensor /2 (PS49) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the pre-registration clutch /2
(CL6) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the pre-registra-
tion clutch /2 (CL6) turns ON.
The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the pre-registration
clutch /2 (CL6) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /2 (PS49) turns ON.
J12-03
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS53) turns ON while in idling.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
J12-04 The paper feed sensor /2 (PS49) turns
ON while in idling.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
J12-05 The pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50)
turns ON while in idling.
Tray 3 J13-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe pre-registration sensor /3 (PS52)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the paper feed
clutch /3 (CL7) turns ON.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
J13-02 The paper feed sensor /3 (PS51) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the pre-registration clutch /3
(CL8) turns ON.
The vertical conveyance sensor /3
(PS19) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the pre-registra-
tion clutch /3 (CL8) turns ON.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
12. JAM CODE
447
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Tray 3 J13-02
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe pre-registration sensor /3 (PS52)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the pre-registration
clutch /3 (CL8) turns ON.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed
when a jam
occurs, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
The vertical conveyance sensor /3
(PS19) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /3 (PS51) turns ON.
J13-03
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe vertical conveyance sensor /3
(PS19) turns ON while in idling.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
J13-04 The paper feed sensor /3 (PS51) turns
ON while in idling.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
Pull out the tray and
remove jammed paper
if any.
J13-05 The pre-registration sensor /3 (PS52)
turns ON while in idling.
LU J14-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe pre-registration sensor (PS107)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the pre-registration
clutch (CL102) turns ON.
Open the LU upper
cover and remove
jammed paper if any.
Open the LU jam door
and remove jammed
paper if any.
J14-02 The LU exit sensor (PS106) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the feed clutch (CL101) turns
ON.
J14-03
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe LU exit sensor (PS106) turns ON
while in idling.
J14-04 The pre-registration sensor (PS107)
turns ON while in idling.
Paper feed
conveyance
(common to
each tray)
J17-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nWithin a specified period of time after
the loop sensor (PS54) or the ADU exit
sensor (PS46) turns ON, the registration
sensor (PS44) does not turn ON.
Open the front door to
pull out the ADU stand,
and then open the reg-
istration loop jam han-
dling section and the
open/close guide B to
remove a jammed
paper, if any.
Paper feed
conveyance
(tray 1)
J17-02 The loop sensor (PS54) does not turn
ON within a specified period of time
after the paper feed sensor /1 (PS47)
turns ON.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
12. JAM CODE
448
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Paper feed
conveyance
(trays 2/3)
J17-03
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe loop sensor (PS54) does not turn
ON within a specified period of time
after the vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS53) turns ON.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed
when a jam
occurs, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
Paper feed
conveyance
(tray 2)
J17-04 The vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /2 (PS49) turns ON.
Paper feed
conveyance
(tray 3)
J17-05 The vertical conveyance sensor /2
(PS53) does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper feed
sensor /3 (PS51) turns ON.
LU J17-06 The loop sensor (PS54) does not turn
ON within a specified period of time
after the LU exit sensor (PS106) turns
ON.
Open the LU jam door
and remove jammed
paper if any.
Paper feed
conveyance
J17-07 The paper leading edge sensor (PS45)
turns ON while in idling.
Open the front door to
pull out the ADU stand
and remove a jammed
paper, if any.
J17-08
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe registration sensor (PS44) turns ON
while in idling.
J17-09 The ADU exit sensor (PS46) turns ON
while in idling.
J17-10 The loop sensor (PS54) turns ON while
in idling.
Vertical
convey-
ance
door
J19-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nWhile in the print, the vertical convey-
ance door is opened.
Open the main body
vertical conveyance
door and remove
jammed paper if any.
LU J19-02
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nWhile in the print, the jam door is
opened. Or while in the LU operation,
the upper cover is opened.
Open the LU jam door
or upper cover and
remove jammed paper
if any.
Drum J21-01 While in the print sequence, the IDC
sensor (IDCS) detects paper at a pre-
scribed timing.
Open the front door to
pull out the ADU stand
and remove a jammed
paper, if any.
J21-02
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe IDC sensor (IDCS) detects paper
while in idling.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
12. JAM CODE
449
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
2nd
paper feed
conveyance
J31-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe paper leading edge sensor (PS45)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the registration sen-
sor (PS44) turns ON.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed
when a jam
occurs, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Open the front door to
pull out the ADU stand
and remove a jammed
paper, if any.
J31-02 The fusing exit sensor (PS2) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the paper leading edge sen-
sor (PS45) turns ON.
Fusing/
paper
exit
J32-01 The paper exit sensor (PS61) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the fusing exit sensor (PS2)
turns ON.
J32-02 The reverse sensor (PS57) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the fusing exit sensor (PS2)
turns ON.
J32-03 The reverse sensor (PS57) does not
turn ON again within a specified period
of time after the PS57 turns ON.
J32-04 The paper exit sensor (PS61) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the reverse sensor (PS57)
turns ON again.
J32-05 The paper exit sensor (PS61) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after the PS61 turns ON.
J32-06
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe paper exit sensor (PS61) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-08 The reverse sensor (PS57) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-09 The fusing exit sensor (PS2) turns ON
while in idling.
J32-10 The reverse conveyance sensor (PS8)
turns ON while in idling.
J32-11 The fusing jam sensor (PS3) turns ON
while in idling.
Front
door
J51-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nWhile in the print, the right front door or
the left front door is opened.
The main body
stop immedi-
ately.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
12. JAM CODE
450
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
ADU J92-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the reverse sensor (PS57)
turns ON.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed
when a jam
occurs, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Open the front door to
pull out the ADU stand
and remove a jammed
paper, if any.
J92-02 The ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58) does
not turn ON again within a specified
period of time after the PS58 turns ON.
J92-03
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58)
turns ON while in idling.
J93-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe ADU deceleration sensor (PS59)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the ADU reverse
sensor /1 (PS58) turns ON again.
J93-02
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe ADU deceleration sensor (PS59)
turns ON while in idling.
J93-03 The ADU conveyance sensor (PS9)
turns ON while in idling.
J93-04 The ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS13)
turns ON while in idling.
J94-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe ADU pre-registration sensor (PS60)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the ADU decelera-
tion sensor (PS59) turns ON.
Open the right front
door to pull out the
ADU stand, and
remove a jammed
paper, if any.
J94-02 The ADU exit sensor (PS46) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the ADU pre-registration sen-
sor (PS60) turns ON again.
J94-03
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe ADU pre-registration sensor (PS60)
turns ON while in idling.
DF J61-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe RADF open/close sensor (PS301)
turns OFF while in DF operation.
The DF stops
immediately.
If there is paper
being trans-
ferred or having
been trans-
ferred, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Open the open/close
cover and remove
jammed paper if any.
J61-02 The cover open/close switch (MS301)
turns OFF while in DF operation.
J62-01 The original registration sensor (PS306)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the pre-feed start.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
12. JAM CODE
451
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
DF J62-02
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe original conveyance sensor
(PS308) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the pre-
feed start of the front side of the double
sided original (including the single sided
original).
The DF stops
immediately.
If there is paper
being trans-
ferred or having
been trans-
ferred, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Open the open/close
cover and remove
jammed paper if any.
J62-03 The original conveyance sensor
(PS308) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the pre-
feed start of the back side of the double
sided original.
J62-04 While in the forward rotation of the orig-
inal conveyance motor (M301), the orig-
inal conveyance sensor (PS308) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J62-05 While in the reverse rotation of the origi-
nal conveyance motor (M301), the origi-
nal conveyance sensor (PS308) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J62-06 When entering a large size double sided
original in the reverse section, the origi-
nal reverse sensor (PS309) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the original conveyance sen-
sor (PS308) turns ON.
J62-07 When exiting a large size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
conveyance sensor (PS308) turns ON.
J62-08 When exiting a large size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON.
J62-09 When exiting a large size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
12. JAM CODE
452
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
DF J62-10
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nWhen exiting a large size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Lt
(PS307) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
The DF stops
immediately.
If there is paper
being trans-
ferred or having
been trans-
ferred, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Open the open/close
cover and remove
jammed paper if any.
J63-01 When outputting a large size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn ON.
J63-02 When entering a large size double sided
original into the reverse section, the
original reverse sensor (PS309) does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON.
J63-03 When outputting a large size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J63-04 When exiting a small size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse sensor (PS309) turns ON.
J63-05 When exiting a small size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the original
reverse/exit sensor (PS313) turns ON.
J63-06 When exiting a small size single sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
J63-07 When exiting a small size double sided
original, the original exit sensor /Rt
(PS314) does not turn OFF within a
specified period of time after it turns
ON.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
12. JAM CODE
453
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
DF J63-08
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nWhen entering a small size double
sided original into the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after original conveyance
sensor (PS308) turns ON.
The DF stops
immediately.
If there is paper
being trans-
ferred or having
been trans-
ferred, the main
body completes
the paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Open the open/close
cover and remove
jammed paper if any.
J63-09 When outputting a small size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn ON.
J63-10 When entering a small size double
sided original into the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J63-11 When outputting a small size double
sided original from the reverse section,
the original reverse sensor (PS309)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
J65-01
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe original registration sensor (PS306)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-02 The original conveyance sensor
(PS308) turns ON while in idling.
J65-04 The original reverse sensor (PS309)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-08 The original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-10 The original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-20 The original exit sensor /Rt (PS314)
turns ON while in idling.
J65-40 The reverse jam sensor (PS304) turns
ON while in idling.
FS J71-01
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe front cover or the paper exit cover
is opened while in printing.
The FS/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the FS/main
body.
TU J71-02 While in the print, the front door is
opened. Or while in the trimmer opera-
tion, the stacker door is opened.
ZU J71-03 The front door is opened while in print-
ing.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
12. JAM CODE
454
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
FS J72-16
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe FS entrance sensor (PS4) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the paper exit sensor (PS61)
turns ON.
The FS/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the FS/main
body.
J72-17 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON. (Shift mode)
J72-18 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON. (while in sta-
pling)
J72-19 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after the PS5 turns ON.
J72-20 The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the start of exiting
paper (while in stapling).
J72-21 After start of the paper exit operation,
the main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time. (While in the staple)
J72-22 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the FS entrance
sensor (PS4) turns ON (while in exiting
paper in the sub tray).
J72-23 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON (while in
exiting paper in the sub tray).
J72-24 The folding passage sensor (PS26)
does not turn ON after stapling is com-
pleted. (FS-604 only)
J72-25 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after completion of the
folding operation. (FS-604 only)
J72-26 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (FS-604
only)
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
12. JAM CODE
455
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
FS J72-28
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON.
The FS/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the FS/main
body.
J72-29 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (Shift
mode)
J72-30 The main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (Staple
mode)
TU J72-32 The entrance sensor (PS101) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the folding paper exit sensor
(PS25) turns ON.
J72-33 The conveyance sensor (PS102) does
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the entrance sensor (PS101)
turns ON.
J72-34 Paper does not pass through the paper
exit sensor (PS108) within a specified
period of time after the conveyance
motor (M101) turns ON.
PI J72-35 The paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the conveyance
clutch /Lw (CL202) turns ON.
ZU J72-38 The leading, trailing, and side edge sen-
sors on the paper edge sensor board
(PESB) do not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper exit
sensor (PS61) turns ON.
The ZU/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the ZU/main
body.
J72-39 The leading, trailing, and side edge sen-
sors on the paper edge sensor board
(PESB) do not turn OFF within a speci-
fied period of time after they turn ON.
J72-40 The passage sensor (PS1) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the leading, trailing, and side
edge sensors on the paper edge sen-
sor board (PESB) turn ON.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
12. JAM CODE
456
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
ZU J72-41
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe passage sensor (PS1) does not
turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON. While in the Z-
folding mode of the ZU, the PS1 does
not turn OFF within a specified period of
time after it turns ON while in the sec-
ond folding operation.
The ZU/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the ZU/main
body.
J72-42 While in the exit of the second folding,
the passage sensor (PS1) does not turn
OFF within a specified period of time
after it turns ON.
J72-43 Within a specified period of time after
the leading edge/trailing edge/side
edge sensor in the paper edge sensor
board (PESB) turns OFF, the corre-
sponding side edge sensor in the PESB
does not turn ON.
The punch home sensor (PS6) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the punch motor turns ON.
J72-44 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the leading, trailing, and side edge sen-
sors on the paper edge sensor board
(PESB) turn ON.
J72-45 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the paper exit sensor (PS61) turns ON.
J72-46 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn
OFF within a specified period of time
after it turns ON.
J72-47 Paper remains in ZU within a specified
period of time after the main body sent
ZU a stop signal.
FS J72-48 The folding passage sensor (PS26)
does not turn OFF within a specified
period of time after it turns ON. (while in
folding mode) (FS-604 only)
The FS/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the FS/main
body.
PI J72-49 The paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the conveyance
clutch /Up (CL201) turns ON.
The PI/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the PI/main
body.
J72-50 The FS entrance sensor (PS4) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the paper entrance sensor /
Up (PS201) turns ON.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
12. JAM CODE
457
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
PI J72-51
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe FS entrance sensor (PS4) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the paper entrance sensor /
Lw (PS206) turns ON.
The PI/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the PI/main
body.
ZU J72-60 After the leading edge/trailing edge/side
edge sensor in the paper edge sensor
board (PESB) turns OFF, the corre-
sponding side edge sensor in the PESB
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time.
The ZU/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the ZU/main
body.
The punch home sensor (PS6) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the punch clutch (CL1) turns
ON.
J72-61 The passage sensor (PS1) does not
turn ON within a specified period of
time after the leading, trailing, and side
edge sensors on the paper edge sen-
sor board (PESB) turn ON.
J72-62 The exit sensor (PS9) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time after
the passage sensor (PS1) turns ON.
J72-63 The conveyance motor (M6) lost syn-
chronism.
FS J72-81 The stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the stapler motor /Fr
(M14) turns ON. (FS-509)
The FS/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the FS/main
body.
The clincher home sensor /Fr (PS33)
and stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31) do
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the clincher motor /Fr (M15)
and stapler motor /Fr (M14) turn ON.
(FS-604)
J72-82 The stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30)
does not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the stapler motor /
Rr (M9) turns ON. (FS-509)
The clincher home sensor /Rr (PS32)
and stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30) do
not turn ON within a specified period of
time after the clincher motor /Rr (M10)
and stapler motor /Rr (M9) turn ON.
(FS-604)
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
12. JAM CODE
458
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
FS J72-83
D
u
r
i
n
g

o
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
nThe stapler home sensors /Rr (PS30)
and /Fr (PS31) do not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the stapler
motors /Rr (M9) and /Fr (M10) turn ON.
(FS-509)
The FS/main
body stop
immediately.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the FS/main
body.
The clincher home sensor /Rr (PS32), /Fr
(PS33), stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30)
and /Fr (PS31) do not turn ON within a
specified period of time after the clincher
motor /Rr (M10), /Fr (M15), stapler motor
/Rr (M9) and /Fr (M14) turn ON. (FS-604)
J72-90 The FS does not stop within a specified
period of time after the main body
sends it a stop signal.
J73-01
W
h
e
n

i
d
l
i
n
gThe main tray exit sensor (PS6) turns
ON while in idling.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the FS/main
body.
J73-02 The stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
turns ON while in idling.
J73-05 The FS entrance sensor (PS4) turns ON
while in idling.
J73-07 The sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
turns ON while in idling.
J73-08 The stacker empty sensor (PS20) turns
ON while in an exit jam.
J73-09 The folding passage sensor (PS26)
turns ON while in idling. (FS-604 only)
J73-10 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
turns ON while in idling. (FS-604 only)
TU J73-11 The entrance sensor (PS101) turns ON
while in idling.
J73-12 The conveyance sensor (PS102) turns
ON while in idling.
J73-13 The exit sensor (PS108) turns ON while
in idling.
PI J73-14 The folding paper exit sensor (PS25)
turns ON while in idling.
ZU J73-15 One of the following sensors turns ON
while in idling.
Leading or trailing edge PS on the
paper edge sensor board (PESB)
Passage sensor (PS1)
Exit sensor (PS9)
Remove jammed paper
if any from the ZU/main
body.
PI J73-17 The paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201)
turns ON while in idling.
Remove jammed paper
if any from the PI/main
body.
Classifica-
tion
Jam code Cause Resulting
operation
Correction
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
459
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
13.1 Malfunction code list
A. Note for use
Turn OFF/ON the power switch (SW2) of the main body when releasing an abnormal condition.
B. Code list
NOTE
For codes with "*" given in the error code column, a message "Turn off the power and turn it on
again" is displayed on the operation board.
For codes with "#" given in the error code column, no error code is displayed. However, these
code are left as a record for data collection, list output and CSRC.
For codes with no "*" or "#" given in the error code column, a message "Contact the service" is
displayed.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yDrive SC13-01 An abnormal speed signal of the
paper feed motor (M4) is
checked.
An error detection signal is
detected twice in succession a
specified period of time after M4
was turned ON (the first signal is
ignored).
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Paper feed motor (M4)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
L
U
SC13-02 An abnormal speed signal of the
paper feed motor (M101) is
checked.
An error detection signal is
detected twice in succession a
specified period of time after
M101 was turned ON (the first
signal is ignored).
Paper feed motor (M101)
LU drive board (LUDB)
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yTray 1 SC18-10 The locking of the paper lift motor
/1 (M19) is detected.
An error detection signal of M19
is detected while M19 is ON.
Paper lift motor /1 (M19)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS20)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
Tray rear end restriction
plate misaligned
Paper improperly loaded
Tray 1
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
460
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yTray 1 SC18-11# When the upper limit sensor /1
(PS20) is OFF, PS20 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
1 (M19) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC. Since
the lifting opera-
tion of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
tray 1" is dis-
played on the
operation panel.
Paper lift motor /1 (M19)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Upper limit sensor /1 (PS20)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
Tray rear end restriction
plate misaligned
Paper improperly loaded
Tray 1
SC18-12# When the upper limit sensor /1
(PS20) is OFF, PS20 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
1 (M19) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC18-13# When the upper limit sensor /1
(PS20) is OFF, PS20 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
1 (M19) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.
Tray 2 SC18-20 The locking of the paper lift motor
/2 (M20) is detected.
When M20 is ON, an error detec-
tion signal of the M20 is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Paper lift motor /2 (M20)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Upper limit sensor /2 (PS21)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
Tray rear end restriction
plate misaligned
Paper improperly loaded
Tray 2
SC18-21# When the upper limit sensor /2
(PS21) is OFF, PS21 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
2 (M20) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC. Since
the lifting opera-
tion of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
tray 2" is dis-
played on the
operation panel.
SC18-22# When the upper limit sensor /2
(PS21) is OFF, PS21 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
2 (M20) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
461
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yTray 2 SC18-23# When the upper limit sensor /2
(PS21) is OFF, PS21 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
2 (M20) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC. Since
the lifting opera-
tion of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
tray 2" is dis-
played on the
operation panel.
Paper lift motor /2 (M20)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Upper limit sensor /2 (PS21)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
Tray rear end restriction
plate misaligned
Paper improperly loaded
Tray 2
Tray 3 SC18-30 The locking of the paper lift motor
/3 (M21) is detected.
When M21 is ON, an error detec-
tion signal of the M21 is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Paper lift motor /3 (M21)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Upper limit sensor /3 (PS22)
Loose connection
Tray rear end restriction
plate misaligned
Paper improperly loaded
Tray 3
SC18-31# When the upper limit sensor /3
(PS22) is OFF, PS22 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
3 (M21) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC. Since
the lifting opera-
tion of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
tray 3" is dis-
played on the
operation panel.
SC18-32# When the upper limit sensor /3
(PS22) is OFF, PS22 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
3 (M21) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC18-33# When the upper limit sensor /3
(PS22) is OFF, PS22 does not
turn ON within a specified period
of time after the paper lift motor /
3 (M21) turns ON for lifting opera-
tion. And at this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
462
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
L
U
LU SC18-40 The locking of the paper lift motor
(M100) is detected.
When the paper lift motor (M100)
is ON, an error detection signal of
M100 is detected in succession
for 1 second.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Paper lift motor (M100)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
LU drive board (LUDB)
Lower limit sensor (PS101)
Upper limit sensor (PS109)
Loose connection
SC18-41# When the upper limit sensor
(PS109) or the lower limit sensor
(PS101) is OFF, PS109 or PS101
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper
lift motor (M100) turns ON for its
lifting or lowering operation. And
at this time, an error detection
signal (24V cut off) is detected.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC. Since
the lifting opera-
tion of the tray is
not completed,
"Set paper in the
tray 4" is dis-
played on the
operation panel.
SC18-42# When the upper limit sensor
(PS109) or the lower limit sensor
(PS101) is OFF, PS109 or PS101
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper
lift motor (M100) turns ON for its
lifting or lowering operation. And
at this time, an error detection
signal (blowout of ICP) is
detected.
SC18-43# When the upper limit sensor
(PS109) or the lower limit sensor
(PS101) is OFF, PS109 or PS101
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the paper
lift motor (M100) turns ON for its
lifting or lowering operation. And
at this time, an error detection
signal is not detected.
Paper lift motor (M100)
LU drive board (LUDB)
Lower limit sensor (PS101)
Upper limit sensor (PS109)
Loose connection
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yBypass SC18-51# When the upper limit sensor /
bypass (PS23) or the lower limit
sensor /bypass (PS43) is OFF,
PS23 or PS43 does not turn ON
within a specified period of time
after the bypass tray lift motor
(M22) turns ON for its lifting or
lowering operation. And at this
time, an error detection signal
(24V cut off) is detected.
"Press START to
restart" is dis-
played on the
operation panel.
An error code is
displayed (J10-
01 jam count)
only for data col-
lection, list out-
put and CSRC.
Bypass tray lift motor (M22)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Upper limit sensor /Bypass
(PS23)
Lower limit sensor /Bypass
(PS43)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
463
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yBypass SC18-52# When the upper limit sensor /
bypass (PS23) or the lower limit
sensor /bypass (PS43) is OFF,
PS23 or PS43 does not turn ON
within a specified period of time
after the bypass tray lift motor
(M22) turns ON for its lifting or
lowering operation. And at this
time, an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
"Press START to
restart" is dis-
played on the
operation panel.
An error code is
displayed (J10-
01 jam count)
only for data col-
lection, list out-
put and CSRC.
Bypass tray lift motor (M22)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Upper limit sensor /Bypass
(PS23)
Lower limit sensor /Bypass
(PS43)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
SC18-53# When the upper limit sensor /
bypass (PS23) or the lower limit
sensor /bypass (PS43) is OFF,
PS23 or PS43 does not turn ON
within a specified period of time
after the bypass tray lift motor
(M22) turns ON for its lifting or
lowering operation. And at this
time, an error detection signal is
not detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
464
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yWire
cleaning
abnor-
mality
SC21-01 When the charge cleaning
home sensor (PS41) is OFF
with the main power switch
(SW1) ON, PS41 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after the charge
cleaning motor (M23) turns
ON for home position
research operation (return
operation). At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is not detected.
PS41 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is not detected.
It is checked that the time for
the M23 operations is over.
The charge cleaning limit sen-
sor (PS42) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started for detection of PS41
being OFF. Or, PS41 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS42
turns ON. At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is not detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Charge cleaning motor
(M23)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Charge cleaning home sen-
sor (PS41)
Charge cleaning limit sensor
(PS42)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
465
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yWire
cleaning
abnor-
mality
SC21-02 The blowout of ICP for the
charge cleaning motor (M23)
in the printer control board
(PRCB) is checked.
When the charge cleaning
home sensor (PS41) is OFF
with the main power switch
(SW1) ON, PS41 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after the M23
turns ON for home position
research operation (return
operation). And at this time,
an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
PS41 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started. And at this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is detected.
The charge cleaning limit sen-
sor (PS42) does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started for detection of PS41
being OFF. Or, PS41 does not
turn ON within a specified
period of time after PS42
turns ON. At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Charge cleaning motor
(M23)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Charge cleaning home sen-
sor (PS41)
Charge cleaning limit sensor
(PS42)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC21-03 The locking of the charge clean-
ing motor (M23) is detected.
A motor lock signal is detected
while moving from the charge
cleaning limit sensor (PS42) side
to the charge cleaning home sen-
sor (PS41) side, and after a retry
operation, a fifth motor lock signal
is detected.
Charge cleaning motor
(M23)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Charge cleaning home sen-
sor (PS41)
Charge cleaning limit sensor
(M23)
Charging/cleaning member
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
466
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yWire
cleaning
abnor-
mality
SC21-04 It is checked that the opera-
tions of the transfer/separa-
tion cleaning motor (M18) are
over.
When the transfer/separation
cleaning home sensor (PS11)
is OFF with the main power
switch (SW1) ON, PS11 does
not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the M18
turns ON for a home position
research operation (return
operation). At this time, an
error detection signal (blow-
out of ICP) is not detected.
PS11 does not turn OFF
within a specified period of
time after the reverse opera-
tion (return operation) is
started. At this time, an error
detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is not detected.
It is checked that the opera-
tions of the M18 are over.
The transfer/separation clean-
ing limit sensor (PS12) does
not turn ON within a specified
period of time after the
reverse operation (return
operation) is started for
detection of PS11 being OFF.
Or, PS11 does not turn ON
within a specified period of
time after PS12 turns ON. At
this time, an error detection
signal (blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Transfer/separation clean-
ing motor (M18)
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
Transfer/separation clean-
ing home sensor (PS11)
Transfer/separation clean-
ing limit sensor (PS12)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC21-06 The locking of the transfer/sepa-
ration cleaning motor (M18) is
detected.
Motor lock signals are detected
while moving from the transfer/
separation limit sensor (PS12)
side to the transfer/separation
home sensor (PS11) side, and
after a retry operation, a fifth
motor lock signal is detected.
Transfer/separation clean-
ing motor (M18)
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
Transfer/separation clean-
ing home sensor (PS11)
Transfer/separation clean-
ing limit sensor (PS12)
Transfer/separation clean-
ing member
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
467
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yMotor
abnor-
mality
SC23-01 The speed error signal of the
toner bottle motor (M15) is
checked.
An error detection signal is
detected twice in succession a
specified period of time after M15
turns ON (the first signal is
ignored).
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Toner bottle motor (M15)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
SC23-02 The speed error signal of the
developing motor (M3) is
checked.
Since an error detection signal is
detected a second after M3 turns
ON, turn OFF M3 for a specified
period of time. Then, an error
detection signal is detected again
a specified period of time after it
is turned ON again.
Developing motor (M3)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
SC23-03 The locking of the blade motor
(M14) is detected.
The error detection signal (over
current) of M14 is detected.
Drum motor (M2)
Blade motor (M14)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC23-04 It is checked that the movement
of the blade motor (M14) is not
completed, and the 24V power
source is also checked.
The drum READY1 signal
(READY condition) cannot be
detected within a specified period
of time after the drum motor (M2)
turns ON. Or, the drum READY1
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after M2
turns OFF. At this time, an error
detection signal (24V cut out) is
detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
468
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yMotor
abnor-
mality
SC23-05 The blowout of ICP for the blade
motor (M14) in the printer control
board (PRCB) is checked.
The drum READY1 signal
(READY condition) cannot be
detected within a specified period
of time after the drum motor (M2)
turns ON. Or, the drum READY1
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after M2
turns OFF. At this time, the error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
of M14 is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Drum motor (M2)
Blade motor (M14)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC23-06 It is checked that the movement
of the blade motor (M14) is not
completed.
The drum READY1 signal
(READY condition) cannot be
detected within a specified period
of time after the drum motor (M2)
turns ON. Or, the drum READY1
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after M2
turns OFF. At this time, an error
detection signal is not detected.
SC23-07 It is checked that the movement
of the blade motor (M14) is not
completed, and 24V power
source is also checked.
The blade READY signal (READY
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the blade replacement signal
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after the
blade replacement signal turns
OFF. At this time, an error detec-
tion signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
469
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yMotor
abnor-
mality
SC23-08 The blowout of ICP for the blade
motor (M14) in the printer control
board (PRCB) is checked.
The blade READY signal (READY
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the blade replacement signal
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after the
blade replacement signal turns
OFF. At this time, an error detec-
tion signal (blowout of ICP) of
M14 is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Drum motor (M2)
Blade motor (M14)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC23-09 It is checked that the movement
of the blade motor (M14) is not
completed.
The blade READY signal (READY
condition) cannot be detected
within a specified period of time
after the blade replacement signal
turns ON. Or, the blade READY
signal (READY release condition)
cannot be detected within a
specified period of time after the
blade replacement signal turns
OFF. At this time, an error detec-
tion signal is not detected.
Blade motor (M14)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Blade sensor /1 (PS30)
Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC23-10 It is checked that the drum motor
(M2) does not start. The drum
READY2 signal (READY signal) is
not detected within a specified
period of time after M2 turns ON.
Drum motor (M2)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Loose connection
SC23-11 The blowout of ICP for the toner
supply motor (M11) in the printer
control board (PRCB) is checked.
An error detection signal (blowout
of ICP) is detected when M11
turns ON.
Toner supply motor (M11)
Wiring harness broken
SC23-21 When the recycle pump motor
(M24) is turned ON, an error
detection signal is detected twice
in a row within a specified period
of time. (An error detection signal
on the first time is ignored.)
Recycle pump motor (M24)
Recycle pump drive board
(RCDB)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
470
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yMotor
abnor-
mality
SC24-01 The temperature of the drum
temperature sensor (TH5)
detected a specified period of
time after the main power switch
(SW1) is turned ON is -3C or
lower, and also, the drum temper-
ature after a specified period of
time is -3C or lower.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Drum temperature sensor
(TH5)
SC24-02 When the main power switch
(SW1) turns ON with the fusing
temperature below 50C, the
detected temperature of the
drum temperature sensor (TH5) is
more than 52C, and when the
detected temperature is above
52C after a specified period of
time.
Connec-
tion
abnor-
mality
SC24-03 The erase lamp (EL) is uncon-
nected.
Erase lamp (EL)
Loose connection
High
voltage
power
source
abnor-
mality
SC28-01 A charge leak is detected. After a
charge error detection signal is
detected while in the charge ON,
up to 5 charge ON/OFF opera-
tions occur in succession.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
Charging/power feeding
contact
SC28-02 A transfer leak is detected. After a
transfer error detection signal is
detected while in the transfer ON,
up to 5 transfer ON/OFF opera-
tions occur in succession.
High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
Transfer/separation charger
Power feeding contact
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
471
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yHigh
voltage
power
source
abnor-
mality
SC28-03 A separation leak is detected.
After a separation error detection
signal is detected while in the
separation ON, up to 5 separa-
tion ON/OFF operations occur in
succession.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Toner control sensor board
(TCSB)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
Transfer/separation charger
Power feeding contact
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
Wiring harness broken
SC28-04 The error detection signal (blow-
out of a 24V ICP) of the high volt-
age unit /2 (HV2) is detected.
Process
abnor-
mality
SC29-01 The dirt correction of the sensor
is not completed. While in the
maximum density correction, the
dirt correction of the IDC sensor
(IDCS) is not sufficient. When this
condition is detected 10 times in
succession, the error code is dis-
played.
SC29-02# The maximum density correction
is not completed. While in the
maximum density correction, the
number of rotations of the devel-
oping roller gets to the maximum.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
the CSRC. The
control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
Toner control sensor board
(TCSB)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Developing motor (M3)
Write unit
Overall control board
(OACB)
SC29-03# The IDC sensor (IDCS) output
abnormality. While in the maxi-
mum density correction, a patch
for control is not output. (No out-
put is made from the IDCS.)
SC29-04 The dirt correction of the sensor
is not completed. While in
gamma correction, the dirt cor-
rection of the PGC sensor
(PGCS) is not sufficient. When
SC29-4 or SC29-7 is detected
ten times in succession, this error
code is displayed.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
472
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yProcess
abnor-
mality
SC29-05# The PGC sensor (PGCS) output
abnormality. While in the gamma
correction, a patch for control is
not output. (No output is made
from the PGCS.)
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
the CSRC. The
control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
Toner control sensor board
(TCSB)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Developing motor (M3)
Write unit
Overall control board
(OACB)
SC29-06# The gamma correction data is
defective. The gamma correction
output is abnormal. A regression
error when carrying out a gamma
curve operation while in the
gamma correction.
SC29-07 The dirt correction of the sensor
is not completed. While in the dot
diameter correction, the dirt cor-
rection of the PGC sensor
(PGCS) is not sufficient. When
SC29-4 or SC29-7 is detected
ten times in succession, this error
code is displayed.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
SC29-08# Correction abnormality. While in
the dot diameter correction, the
correction is terminated with an
abnormal value.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
the CSRC. The
control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
Toner control sensor board
(TCSB)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Developing motor (M3)
Write unit
Overall control board
(OACB)
SC29-09 Drum potential sensor (DPS) out-
put abnormality. While in the 0V
check of the DPS, more than
100V of the drum surface poten-
tial is detected more than 5 times.
When this condition is detected 5
times in succession, the error
code is displayed.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Drum potential sensor
board (DPSB)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Drum potential sensor (DPS)
Loose connection
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
473
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yProcess
abnor-
mality
SC29-10 Drum potential sensor (DPS) out-
put abnormality. While in the
drum potential correction, a
patch for control is not output
with the V1 getting to more than
350V. When this condition is
detected 5 times in succession,
the error code is displayed.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Drum potential sensor
board (DPSB)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Drum potential sensor (DPS)
Loose connection
SC29-11 The data is defective. While in the
drum potential correction, no
convergence is obtained even
after correction is made more
than 10 times. When this condi-
tion is detected 5 times in suc-
cession, the error code is
displayed.
SC29-12# Auto adjustment monitor value
abnormality. No convergence is
made in the auto adjustment of
the transfer current.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
the CSRC. The
control of the
main body is
made by using a
data previously
obtained.
High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
SC29-13# Auto adjustment monitor value
abnormality. No convergence is
made in the auto adjustment of
the separation (AC) current.
SC29-14# Auto adjustment monitor value
abnormality. No convergence is
made in the auto adjustment of
the separation (DC) current.
SC29-15# Auto adjustment monitor value
abnormality. No convergence is
made in the auto adjustment of
the developing bias.
Fan
abnor-
mality
SC32-01 The rotation of the conveyance
suction fan (FM2) is checked, and
the 24V power source is also
checked. An abnormal FM2 EM
signal condition occurs a speci-
fied period of time after FM2 is
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
AC drive board (ACDB)
Conveyance suction fan
(FM2)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
474
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC32-02 The blowout of ICP for the con-
veyance suction fan (FM2) in the
AC drive board (ACDB) is
checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM2 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM2 is
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM2 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
AC drive board (ACDB)
Conveyance suction fan
(FM2)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
SC32-03 The rotation of the conveyance
suction fan (FM2) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM2 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM2 is
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM2 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
SC32-04 The rotation of the fusing fan
(FM1) is checked, and the 24V
power source is also checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM1 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM1 is
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM1 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
Fusing fan (FM1)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
475
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC32-06 The rotation of the fusing fan
(FM1) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM1 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM1 is
turned ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM1 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
Fusing fan (FM1)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
SC32-07# When the print is completed, the
fusing fan (FM1) EM signal gets
into an abnormal condition.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC.
ADU
sec-
tion
motor
abnor-
mality
SC33-01 Registration motor (M12) speed
abnormality. A specified period of
time after M12 turns ON, an error
detection signal is detected twice
in a row. (An error detection signal
on the first time is ignored.)
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Registration motor (M12)
Loose connection
SC33-05 The blowout of ICP for the web
motor (M16) in the printer control
board (PRCB) is checked, and
the 24V power source is also
checked.
When M16 turn ON from OFF,
error detection signals (blowout of
ICP and the 24V cut off) are
detected.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
SC33-06 The blowout of ICP for the web
motor (M16) in the printer control
board (PRCB) is checked.
When M16 turns ON from OFF,
the blowout of ICP abnormality is
detected with a 24V down signal
normal.
Web motor (M16)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
476
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFusing
high tem-
perature
abnor-
mality
SC34-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high temper-
ature detection (software).
TH1 detects a temperature of
210C or above 5 times in a
specified period of time.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Caution
When SC34-
**, SC35-**
or SC36-**
(fusing tem-
perature
related
abnormali-
ties) occur,
be sure to
repair
defective
parts before
setting the
software
DIPSW3-1
to 0. Set-
ting the
DIPSW3-1
to 0 with
defective
parts not
repaired
may result
in a fire.
Printer control board
(PRCB)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
Thermistor /3 (TH3)
SC34-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temper-
ature detection (software).
TH3 detects a temperature of
230C or above 5 times in a
specified period of time.
SC34-03 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high temper-
ature detection (hardware).
An abnormal condition is
detected with the fusing error
detection signal 1.
SC34-04 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temper-
ature detection (hardware). An
abnormal condition is detected
with the fusing error detection
signal 4.
Printer control board
(PRCB)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
Thermistor /3 (TH3)
Thermistor /4 (TH4)
Fusing
low tem-
perature
abnor-
mality
SC35-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera-
ture detection (software). TH1
does not get to 50C when a
specified period of time elapses
after the main power switch
(SW1) is turned ON for the fusing
ON control.
SC35-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera-
ture detection (software). TH3
does not get to 50C when a
specified period of time elapses
after the main power switch
(SW1) is turned ON for the fusing
ON control.
Fusing
sensor
abnor-
mality
SC36-01 Thermistor /1 (TH1) high temper-
ature detection (long time/soft-
ware). TH1 detects a temperature
of 200C or above 30 times in a
row in a specified period of time.
SC36-02 Thermistor /3 (TH3) high temper-
ature detection (long time/soft-
ware). TH3 detects a temperature
of 220C or above 30 times in a
row in a specified period of time.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
477
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFusing
sensor
abnor-
mality
SC36-03 Thermistor /1 (TH1) low tempera-
ture detection (hardware). The
output voltage of the TH1 is
detected as a low temperature
abnormality (-6C or lower) in the
comparator circuit.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Caution
When SC34-
**, SC35-**
or SC36-**
(fusing tem-
perature
related
abnormali-
ties) occur,
be sure to
repair
defective
parts before
setting the
software
DIPSW3-1
to 0. Set-
ting the
DIPSW3-1
to 0 with
defective
parts not
repaired
may result
in a fire.
Printer control board
(PRCB)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4)
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
Thermistor /3 (TH3)
Thermistor /4 (TH4)
SC36-04 Thermistor /3 (TH3) low tempera-
ture detection (hardware). The
output voltage of the TH3 is
detected as a low temperature (-
6C or lower) in the comparator
circuit.
SC36-05 Thermistor /2 (TH2) low abnor-
mality detection (hardware). The
output voltage of the TH2 is
detected as a low temperature (-
6C or lower) or high temperature
(240.5Cor higher) abnormality in
the comparator circuit.
SC36-06 Thermistor /4 (TH4) low abnor-
mality detection (hardware). The
output voltage of the TH4 is
detected as a low temperature (-
6C or lower) or high temperature
(240.5Cor higher) abnormality in
the comparator circuit.
Scanner
abnor-
mality
SC41-01 The scanner home sensor (PS51)
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time after the home
position search is started.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Scanner drive board (SDB)
Scanner motor (M13)
Scanner home sensor (PS5)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
Writ-
ing
sec-
tion
abnor-
mality
SC41-02 When the speed of the polygon
motor (M17) is being switched, a
speed lock signal is not detected
within a specified period of time.
Scanner drive board (SDB)
Polygon motor drive board
(PMDB)
Polygon motor (M17)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
478
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC42-01 The rotation of the scanner cool-
ing fan (FM7) is checked, and
24V power source is also
checked. An abnormal condition
occurs with the FM7 EM signal a
specified period of time after FM7
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM7 is turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Scanner drive board (SDB)
Scanner cooling fan (FM7)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
SC42-04 The rotation of the write unit cool-
ing fan /1 (FM5) is checked, and
24V power source is also
checked. An abnormal condition
occurs with the FM5 EM signal a
specified period of time after
FM5, the write unit cooling fan /2
(FM8) turns ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
Write unit cooling fan /1
(FM5)
Overall control board
(OACB)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Wiring harness earth fault
SC42-05 The blowout of ICP for the write
unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) in the AC
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM5 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM5, the
write unit cooling fan /2 (FM8)
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
479
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC42-06 The rotation of the write unit cool-
ing fan /1 (FM5) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM5 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM5 and
write unit cooling fan /2 (FM8)
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Write unit cooling fan /1
(FM5)
Write unit cooling fan /2
(FM8)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
SC42-07 When the print is started, an error
detection signal of the writing
section cooling fan /1 (FM5) is
detected.
SC42-08 The rotation of the write unit cool-
ing fan /2 (FM8) is checked and
the 24V power source is also
checked. An abnormal condition
occurs with the FM8 EM signal a
specified period of time after the
write unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) and
/2 (FM8) turns ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Write unit cooling fan /1
(FM5)
Write unit cooling fan /2
(FM8)
Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
SC42-09 The blowout of ICP for the write
unit cooling fan /2 (FM8) in the AC
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM8 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after the write
unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) and /2
(FM8) turns ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
480
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC42-10 The rotation of the write unit cool-
ing fan /3 (FM8) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM8 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after the write
unit cooling fan /1 (FM5) and /2
(FM8) turns ON. This abnormal
condition recurs even a specified
period of time after FM5/FM8 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Write unit cooling fan /1
(FM5)
Write unit cooling fan /2
(FM8)
Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
SC42-11 When the print is started, an error
detection signal of the writing
section cooling fan /2 (FM8) is
detected.
SC42-12 The rotation of the cooling fan /4
(FM12) is checked and the 24V
power source is also checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM12 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM12
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal (24V
cut off) is detected.
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC42-13 The blowout of ICP for the cool-
ing fan /4 (FM12) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM12 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM12
turns ON. This abnormal condi-
tion recurs even a specified
period of time after FM12 is
turned OFF and then turned ON,
and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
481
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC42-14 Rotation of the cooling fan /4
(FM12) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM12
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM12 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after
FM12 is turned OFF and then
turned ON, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off/blowout of ICP)
is not detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC42-16 The rotation of the polygon cool-
ing fan (FM9) is checked and the
24V power source is also
checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM9 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM9 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Polygon cooling fan (FM9)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC42-17 The blowout of ICP for the poly-
gon cooling fan (FM9) in the AC
drive board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM9 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM9 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC42-18 The rotation of the polygon cool-
ing fan (FM9) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM9 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM9 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM9 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
482
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC42-19# When the print is started, an error
detection signal of the polygon
cooling fan (FM9) is detected.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC.
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
AC drive board (ACDB)
Polygon cooling fan (FM9)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC42-20 Power supply cooling fan /1
(FM19) and /2 (FM20) rotation
check. A specified period of time
after FM19 and FM20 turn ON,
the FM19 EM signal and the
FM20 EM signal get into an
abnormal condition at the same
time. And both the signals show
an abnormal condition at the
same time a specified period of
time after they are turned ON
again after being turned OFF, and
also, no error detection signal
(24V cut off/ blowout of a fuse) is
detected).
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
DC power supply /1
(DCPS1)
Power supply cooling fan /1
(FM19)
Power supply cooling fan /2
(FM20)
Wiring harness broken
Loose connection
SC42-21 Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1
(FM13) and /Lw2 (FM14) rotation
check. A specified period of time
after FM13 and FM14 turn on, the
FM13 EM signal and the FM14
EM signal get into an abnormal
condition at the same time. And
both the signals show an abnor-
mal condition at the same time a
specified period of time after they
are turned on again after being
turned off, and also, no error
detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1
(FM13)
Paper exit cooling fan /Lw2
(FM14)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
483
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC42-22 Paper exit cooling fan /Up1
(FM15) and /Up2 (FM17) rotation
check. A specified period of time
after FM15 and FM17 turn on, the
FM15 EM signal and the FM17
EM signal get into an abnormal
condition at the same time. And
both the signals show an abnor-
mal condition at the same time a
specified period of time after they
are turned on again after being
turned off, and also, no error
detection signal (24V cut off/
blowout of ICP) is not detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Paper exit cooling fan /Up1
(FM15)
Paper exit cooling fan /Up2
(FM17)
Image
proces
sing
abnor-
mality
SC46-01* While in the image write, APC is
not applicable for the correction
of the sub scan beam. Due to the
12V DC power for the laser drive
not supplied, the MPC being
wrong and the laser defective, the
laser does not light up. Also, due
to the rotation of the polygon mir-
ror unavailable, the displacement
of the index sensor, and the index
sensor being defective, the index
sensor cannot detect the laser.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
Writing section
Power connector of the
overall control board
(OACB)
SC46-02* FIFO address abnormality for the
scanner.
While in the image read, the com-
pression of image data that is
read in is not correctly termi-
nated.
Overall control board
(OACB)
(Gate array damaged)
SC46-03* FIFO address abnormality for the
printer.
While in the image write, the
expansion processing of image
data that is read in is not correctly
terminated.
SC46-05* An error interrupt occurs with the
compression/expansion chip
FIFO.
SC46-06* Elongation abnormality.
SC46-08* While in the execution of APC, no
change is found in the output of
the index sensor.
Writing section
Power connector of the
overall control board
(OACB)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
484
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yImage
proces
sing
abnor-
mality
SC46-12* After negation of SVV, the com-
pression of images that are read
in and their development into the
page memory are not terminated
within a specified period of time.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
Overall control board
(OACB)
SC46-13* While in the image read, the com-
pression processing from the
scanner into the memory does
not terminate within a specified
period of time. The development
from the scanner into the page
memory does not terminate
within a specified period of time.
The SVV is not detected within a
specified period of time.
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Overall control board
(OACB)
RADF
SC46-14* While in the image write, the
expansion processing from the
memory to the printer does not
terminate within a specified
period of time.
The output from the page mem-
ory to the printer does not termi-
nate within a specified period of
time. The PVV is not detected
within a specified period of time.
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Overall control board
(OACB)
SC46-15* When writing images, in spite of
no resource provided, an inap-
propriate processing such as an
access to the elongation device is
made.
Overall control board
(OACB)
OACB program
SC46-16* When reading images, in spite of
no resource provided, an inap-
propriate processing such as an
access to the compression
device is made.
SC46-17* When processing images, a filter
coefficient cannot be created nor-
mally.
SC46-19* When accessing to the memory
device, a defective software is
detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
485
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yImage
proces
sing
abnor-
mality
SC46-21* The expansion processing from
the memory to the page memory
is not terminated within a speci-
fied period of time.
The compression processing
from the page memory to the
memory is not terminated within a
specified period of time.
The development from the mem-
ory into the page memory is not
terminated within a specified
period of time. The transmission
of the compressed data from
memory to memory is not termi-
nated within a specified period of
time.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Overall control board
(OACB)
OACB program
SC46-23* While in the image read, SVV
does not turn OFF within a speci-
fied period of time and the prepa-
ration for scanning the next page
cannot be started.
Overall control board
(OACB)
SC46-24* Shading correction abnormality
(GA abnormality).
Overall control board
(OACB)
OACB program
SC46-25* AOC/AGC adjustment abnormal-
ity.
The light blocking cover at the
read section and the lens
cover are removed.
The connector of the CCD
board is disconnected.
The power cable of the CCD
board is unplugged.
The ICP of the CCD board is
cut off.
The light volume of the expo-
sure lamp is excessive.
The exposure lamp does not
light up.
CCD board (CCDB)
Exposure lamp (L1)
SC46-26# The adjustment data evacuated
by resolutions is not available.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC.
Overall control board
(OACB)
SC46-27# A density conversion gamma
curve cannot be created normally.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
486
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yImage
proces
sing
abnor-
mality
SC46-29* Calibration start abnormality. If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
Overall control board
(OACB)
OACB program
SC46-30* Calibration completion abnormal-
ity.
SC46-31* Despite of the MPC not being ter-
minated, the initial sampling of
the APC is attempted.
SC46-32* While executing the APC, the
execution of the MPC is
attempted.
SC46-34* When a clock for the image write
is abnormal, the sub scan beam
interval is attempted to be cor-
rected.
SC46-35 Sequentially shot page area
abnormality.
Due to an image area abnormality
on the memory, images cannot
be developed on the memory.
SC46-36 The PVV is turned ON before the
initial APC start processing is
completed.
Polygon motor (M17)
Overall control board
(OACB)
OACB program
Printer control board
(PRCB)
PRCB program
SC46-40 HDD /1 (HDD1) initialization
abnormality.
The HDD1 is defective, or the
connector is poorly connected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Overall control board
(OACB)
OACB program
HDD /1 (HDD1)
SC46-41 The JOB information cannot be
stored on the HDD /1 (HDD1).
SC46-42 When hard disk /1 (HDD1) JOB
auto deletion is being executed, a
route cannot be opened.
SC46-43 HDD /1 (HDD1) access defective.
The HDD1 is defective or the
connector is poorly connected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
487
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yImage
proces
sing
abnor-
mality
SC46-61# The scan operation starts before
the original skew adjustment is
terminated. (The skew adjust-
ment is too late.)
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC.
DF control board (DFCB)
Original skew sensor /Rr
(PS311)
Original skew sensor /Fr
(PS312)
SC46-62# The print operation starts before
the paper mis-centering adjust-
ment is terminated. (The mis-cen-
tering adjustment is too late.)
Centering sensor (PS1)
SC46-63# The AGC is retried due to the
decreased light volume of the
exposure lamp. However, no error
occurs.
Exposure lamp (L1)
SC46-64# A PWM gamma curve is not cre-
ated properly.
Toner control sensor board
(TCSB)
SC46-65# Due to the paper skew correction
amount being in excess of the
permissible limit, the print is made
with the leading edge shifted.
Overall control board
(OACB)
SC46-80* The message queue is insufficient
or destroyed.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
SC46-81* The parameter value is in excess
of the permissible limits.
SC46-82* The ID of the task that sends the
message queue is undefined.
SC46-83* The receiving event of the mes-
sage is undefined.
SC46-90* Memory access abnormality. Overall control board
(OACB)
SC46-91* Header readout address abnor-
mality.
Overall control board
(OACB)
Commu-
nication
abnor-
mality
SC49-01*1 The communication from IC-203
to the overall control board
(OACB) is blocked.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
VI
SC49-03 DMA abnormality.
SC49-04 HDD /2 (HDD2) abnormality. HDD /2 (HDD2)
SC49-05 IC cooling fan (FM21) abnormal-
ity.
IC cooling fan (FM21)
SC49-06 FATAL error.
SC49-07 The CF card in IC-203 is different
from the program version of the
hard disk /2 (HDD2).
IC-203
*1 The error code is not displayed on the operation board.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
488
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yCommu-
nication
abnor-
mality
SC49-08*1 While in the security ON, the
unlock of the hard disk /2 (HDD2)
results in failure. (Due to the mis-
match of the password)
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Formatted HDD /2 (HDD2)
SC49-09*1 While in the security ON, an
unlocked HDD is connected.
SC49-10 An unformatted HDD /2 (HDD2) is
detected.
HDD /2 (HDD2)
SC50-01* I/O initial communication check in
the printer control board (PRCB).
Main body drive serial input
abnormality 1. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
Printer control board
(PRCB)
SC50-02* Main body drive serial input
abnormality 2. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-03* Main body drive serial input
abnormality 3. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-04* Main body drive serial input
abnormality 4. Within a specified
period of time after the power ON
ACK, a serial data is not received
from the main body drive unit.
SC50-05* Communication error check
between the printer engine sys-
tem boards. Drive communication
reception error detection abnor-
mality. A reception error interrup-
tion occurs while in the drive
board serial data reception. Or,
due to the occurrence of the data
checksum error /ID information
error, a retransmission request is
made three times and an error is
detected on the 4th time.
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Each of the drive boards
Loose connection
*1 Since this is a security-related error code, be sure to contact KMBT before taking any measure.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
489
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yCommu-
nication
abnor-
mality
SC50-10* Initial communication check
between OACB/PRCB.
Overall control board (OACB)
communication connection
abnormality. An initial data recep-
tion is not made from the OACB
within a specified period of time
after the power is turned on.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Overall control board
(OACB)
Loose connection
SC50-11* Communication error check
between OACB/PRCB. Overall
control board (OACB) communi-
cation serial reception error
detection abnormality.
Fan
abnor-
mality
SC52-01 The rotation of the cooling fan /1
(FM3) and /2 (FM4) are checked
and +24V power source is also
checked. An abnormal condition
occurs with the FM3 and FM4 EM
signal a specified period of time
after FM3 and FM4 turns ON.
This abnormal condition recurs
even a specified period of time
after FM3 and FM4 are turned
OFF and then turned ON, and an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
AC drive board (ACDB)
Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
SC52-02 Rotation of the cooling fan /1
(FM3) and /2 (FM4) are checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM3 and FM4 EM signal
a specified period of time after
FM3 and FM4 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM3
and FM4 are turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
not detected.
AC drive board (ACDB)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
Loose connection
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
490
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC52-03# The blowout of ICP for the cool-
ing fan /1 (FM3) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM3 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM3 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM3 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC.
AC drive board (ACDB)
Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
Wiring harness earth fault
SC52-04# Rotation of the cooling fan /1
(FM3) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM3
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM3 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM3
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is not detected.
AC drive board (ACDB)
Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
Loose connection
SC52-05# The blowout of ICP for the cool-
ing fan /2 (FM4) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM4 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM4 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM4 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
AC drive board (ACDB)
Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
Wiring harness earth fault
SC52-06# Rotation of the cooling fan /2
(FM4) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM4
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM4 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM4
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP) is not detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
491
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC52-07 The rotation of the cooling fan /3
(FM6) is checked and +24V
power source is also checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM6 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM6 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM6 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
AC drive board (ACDB)
Cooling fan /3 (FM6)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
SC52-08 The blowout of ICP for the cool-
ing fan /3 (FM6) in the AC drive
board (ACDB) is checked.
An abnormal condition occurs
with the FM6 EM signal a speci-
fied period of time after FM6 turns
ON. This abnormal condition
recurs even a specified period of
time after FM6 is turned OFF and
then turned ON, and an error
detection signal (blowout of ICP)
is detected.
SC52-09 Rotation of the cooling fan /3
(FM6) is checked. An abnormal
condition occurs with the FM6
EM signal a specified period of
time after FM6 turns ON. This
abnormal condition recurs even a
specified period of time after FM6
is turned OFF and then turned
ON, and an error detection signal
(24V cut off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
SC52-10 When the print is started, an error
detection signal of the cooling fan
/1 (FM3) or the cooling fan /2
(FM4) is detected.
AC drive board (ACDB)
Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
492
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yFan
abnor-
mality
SC52-11 When the print is started, an error
detection signal of the cooling fan
/3 (FM6) is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
AC drive board (ACDB)
Cooling fan /3 (FM6)
Motor
abnor-
mality
SC53-01 A speed error signal of the fusing
motor (M1) is checked. An error
detection signal is detected twice
in succession a specified period
of time after M1 turns ON. (The
first signal is ignored.)
Fusing motor (M1)
Counter
abnorm
ality
SC53-02# The 24V power source for the
total counter (TCT) is checked.
When TCT is turned ON from
OFF, an error detection signal
(blowout of ICP/24V cut off) is
detected.
Error code is not
displayed on the
operation panel,
but displayed
only on the data
collection, the
list output and
CSRC. How-
ever, the counter
does not oper-
ate.
AC drive board (ACDB)
Total counter (TCT)
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Key counter (KCT)
Main relay (RL1)
SC53-03# The blowout of ICP for TC in the
AC drive board (ACDB) is
checked. When the total counter
(TCT) is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is detected. However, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC53-04# The 24V power source for the key
counter (KCT) is checked. When
KCT is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP/24V cut off) is detected.
Power
abnor-
mality
SC53-05# The blowout of ICP for KCT in the
AC drive board (ACDB) is
checked. When the key counter
(KCT) is turned ON from OFF, an
error detection signal (blowout of
ICP) is detected. However, an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is not detected.
SC53-06 The blowout of a 12V ICP for the
AC drive board (ACDB) is
checked.
In the serial initial communication,
a signal of the blowout of a 12V
ICP (AC drive) is detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Printer control board
(PRCB)
AC drive board (ACDB)
DC power supply /1
(DCPS1)
Loose connection
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
493
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yPower
abnor-
mality
SC53-07 The blowout of a 5V ICP for the
AC drive board (ACDB) is
checked. In the serial initial com-
munication, a signal of the blow-
out of a 5V ICP (AC drive) is
detected.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Printer control board
(PRCB)
AC drive board (ACDB)
DC power supply /1
(DCPS1)
Loose connection
SC53-08 The 12V power source in the
printer control board (PRCB) is
checked. An error detection sig-
nal of the 12V in PRCB is
detected.
SC53-11 The 24V power source for the
SD/CL in the printer control board
(PRCB) is checked. At the start,
an error detection signal (blowout
of ICP for the solenoid/clutch) is
detected, and an error detection
signal (24V cut off) is also
detected.
Each of the solenoids
Each of the clutches
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Wiring harness earth fault
SC53-12 The blowout of ICP for the SD/CL
in the printer control board
(PRCB) is checked. At the start,
an error detection signal (blowout
of ICP for the solenoid/clutch) is
detected. However, an error
detection signal (24V cut off) is
not detected.
D
FDF
abnor-
mality
SC60-01* Although the main body sends
out data according to the data
retransmission request made by
the DF, a retransmission request
signal is received again.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
and the DF
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
Overall control board
(OACB)
DF control board (DFCB)
Communication system
cable
SC60-02* When a checksum error or an
SRGA reception error was
detected while in the reception in
serial communication, a signal
was sent to make a request for
sending data again. And when
data is being received upon this
request, a checksum error or an
SRGA reception error is detected
again.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
494
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
D
FDF
abnor-
mality
SC60-03* When the main power switch
(SW1) is ON, there is no response
to the initial communication
request from the main body to
the DF even after a specified
period of time elapses.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
and the DF
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
DF control board (DFCB)
SC60-11 When the main power switch
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the DF control pro-
gram.
DF control board (DFCB)
DF program
SC67-01 Original registration sensor
(PS306) abnormality.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
completes the
paper exit
before stopping
operations.
Immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
Original registration sensor
(PS306)
SC67-02 Original conveyance sensor
(PS308) abnormality.
Original conveyance sensor
(PS308)
SC67-03 Original reverse sensor (PS309)
abnormality.
Original reverse sensor
(PS309)
SC67-04 Non-volatile memory error. DF control board (DFCB)
SC67-05 Cooling fan (FM301) abnormality. Cooling fan (FM301)
SC67-06 Reverse jam sensor (PS304)
abnormality.
Reverse jam sensor (PS304)
SC67-07 Original reverse/exit sensor
(PS313) abnormality.
Original reverse/exit sensor
(PS313)
SC67-08 Tray up/down motor (M303)
abnormality.
Tray up/down motor (M303)
F
S
FS
abnor-
mality
SC70-01* Communication error. The main body
and the FS stop
immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1).
FS control board (FSCB)
connector
SC70-02* Start-up response error.
SC77-01 The shift unit does not get to the
shift position or the HP within a
specified period of time.
FS control board (FSCB)
Shift roller motor (M2)
Shift roller home sensor
(PS18)
SC77-02 After start-up of the main tray up/
down motor (M3) operation, the
main tray upper limit sensor (PS2)
or the stapler paper exit upper
limit sensor (PS7) does not turn
ON within a specified period of
time.
FS control board (FSCB)
Main tray lift motor (M3)
Main tray upper limit sensor
(PS2)
Stapler paper exit upper
limit sensor (PS7)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
495
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
F
S
FS
abnor-
mality
SC77-03 After start-up of the alignment
motor /Up (M5) operation, the
alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
does not turn OFF within a speci-
fied period of time. Or, it does not
turn ON after being turned OFF.
The main body
and the FS stop
immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1)
FS control board (FSCB)
Relay board (RB)
Alignment motor /Up (M5)
Alignment home sensor /Up
(PS8)
SC77-04 After start-up of the paper exit
roller motor (M7) operation, a pre-
determined speed is not obtained
within a specified period of time.
FS control board (FSCB)
Paper exit roller motor (M7)
SC77-05 After start-up of the paper exit
opening motor (M8) operation,
the open/close operation is not
completed within a specified
period of time. (The paper exit
opening home sensor (PS12)
does not turn ON or OFF.)
FS control board (FSCB)
Paper exit motor (M8)
Paper exit home sensor
(PS12)
SC77-06 After start-up of the stapler move-
ment motor (M11) operation, the
stapler movement home sensor
(PS11) does not turn OFF. Or, it
does not turn ON after being
turned OFF.
FS control board (FSCB)
Stapler movement motor
(M11)
Relay board (RB)
Stapler movement home
sensor (PS11)
SC77-07 Stapler rotation motor (M6)
abnormality.
FS control board (FSCB)
Relay board (RB)
Stapler rotation motor (M6)
SC77-08 Stapler /Rr rotation abnormality
(FS-604 only)
FS control board (FSCB)
Relay board (RB)
Stapler rotation home sen-
sor (PS13)
SC77-11 The stapler motor home sensor /
Fr (PS31) does not turn ON within
a specified period of time after
the stapler motor /Fr (M14) starts
operations. (FS-509)
Within a specified period of time
after the start-up of the clincher
motor /Fr (M15) or stapler motor /
Fr (M14) operation, the clincher
home sensor /Fr (PS33) or the
stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31)
does not turn ON. (FS-604)
. FS control board (FSCB)
Relay board (RB)
Clincher motor /Fr (M15)
Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
Clincher home sensor /Fr
(PS33)
Stapler home sensor /Fr
(PS31)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
496
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
F
S
FS
abnor-
mality
SC77-12 The stapler motor home sensor /
Rr (PS30) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time
after the stapler motor /Rr (M10)
starts operations. (FS-509)
Within a specified period of time
after the start-up of the clincher
motor /Rr (M10) or stapler motor /
Rr (M9) operation, the clincher
home sensor /Rr (PS32) or the
stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30)
does not turn ON. (FS-604)
The main body
and the FS stop
immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1)
FS control board (FSCB)
Relay board (RB)
Clincher motor /Rr (M10)
Stapler motor /Rr (M9)
Clincher home sensor /Rr
(PS32)
Stapler home sensor /Rr
(PS30)
SC77-15 Within a specified period of time
after the start-up of the FS con-
veyance motor (M1) operation,
the motor does not get to the
predetermined speed.
FS control board (FSCB)
FS conveyance motor (M1)
SC77-21 After the saddle stitching stopper
motor (M18) starts the home
position detection operation, the
saddle stitching stopper home
sensor (PS23) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
(FS-604 only)
FS control board (FSCB)
Relay board (RB)
Saddle stitching stopper
motor (M18)
Saddle stitching stopper
home sensor (PS23)
SC77-22 After the alignment motor /Lw
(M16) starts the home position
detection operation, the align-
ment plate home sensor /Lw
(PS24) does not turn ON within a
specified period of time. (FS-604
only)
FS control board (FSCB)
Relay board (RB)
Alignment motor /Lw (M16)
Alignment home sensor /Lw
(PS24)
SC77-25 After the folding blade motor
(M19) starts the home position
detection operation, the folding
blade home sensor /Lw (PS22)
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time. (FS-604 only)
FS control board (FSCB)
Folding blade motor (M19)
Folding blade home sensor
(PS22)
SC77-26 After start-up of the folding con-
veyance motor (M20) operation,
the M20 does not get to the pre-
determined speed within a speci-
fied period of time. (FS-604 only)
FS control board (FSCB)
Folding transfer motor (M20)
T
U
TU
abnor-
mality
SC77-31 After start-up of the conveyance
motor (M101) operation, the
M101 does not get to the prede-
termined speed within a specified
period of time.
TU drive board (TUDB)
Conveyance motor (M101)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
497
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
T
U
TU
abnor-
mality
SC77-32 After the blade motor (M102)
starts the home position detec-
tion operation, the blade home
switch (MS101) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
The main body
and the FS stop
immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1)
TU drive board (TUDB)
Blade motor (M102)
Blade home switch (MS101)
SC77-33 After the stopper motor (M103)
starts the home position detec-
tion operation, the stopper home
sensor (PS103) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
TU drive board (TUDB)
Stopper motor (M103)
Stopper home sensor
(PS103)
SC77-34 After the stopper release motor
(M104) starts the home position
detection operation, the stopper
release home sensor (PS104)
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time.
TU drive board (TUDB)
Stopper release motor
(M104)
Stopper release home sen-
sor (PS104)
SC77-35 After the press motor (M105)
starts the home position detec-
tion operation, the press home
sensor (PS105) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
TU drive board (TUDB)
Press motor (M105)
Press home sensor (PS105)
SC77-36 After the pusher motor (M107)
starts the home position detec-
tion operation, the pusher home
sensor (PS112) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
TU drive board (TUDB)
Pusher motor (M107)
Pusher home sensor
(PS112)
SC77-37 After the holder motor (M106)
starts the home position detec-
tion operation, the upper limit
sensor (PS110) does not turn ON
within a specified period of time.
TU drive board (TUDB)
Holder motor (M106)
Upper limit sensor (PS110)
P
I
PI
abnor-
mality
SC77-41 After start-up of the tray lift motor
/Lw (M202) operation, the tray
lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210)
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time.
FS control board (FSCB)
PI drive board (PIDB)
Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
Tray lower limit sensor /Lw
(PS210)
SC77-42 After start-up of the tray lift motor
/Up (M201) operation, the tray
upper limit sensor /Up (PS204)
does not turn ON within a speci-
fied period of time.
FS control board (FSCB)
PI drive board (PIDB)
Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
Tray upper limit sensor /Up
(PS204)
SC77-43 After the conveyance motor
(M203) turns ON, the M203 does
not get to the predetermined
speed within a specified period of
time.
FS control board (FSCB)
PI drive board (PIDB)
Conveyance motor (M203)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
498
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
P
K
PK
abnor-
mality
SC77-44 After the punch shift motor
(M802) starts the home position
search, the punch shift home
sensor (PS803) does not turn ON
even when a specified period of
time elapses.
The main body
and the FS stop
immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1)
FS control board (FSCB)
Punch drive board (PDB)
SC77-47 Communication abnormality
between FS-PK.
FS control board (FSCB)
Punch drive board (PDB)
Z
U
ZU
abnor-
mality
SC77-52 After the 1st stopper motor (M2)
starts the home position search,
the 1st stopper home sensor
(PS3) does not turn ON even
when a specified period of time
elapses.
ZU control board (ZUCB)
1st stopper motor (M2)
1st stopper home sensor
(PS3)
SC77-53 After the 2nd stopper motor (M3)
starts the home position search,
the 2nd stopper home sensor
(PS4) does not turn ON even
when a specified period of time
elapses.
ZU control board (ZUCB)
2nd stopper motor (M3)
2nd stopper home sensor
(PS4)
SC77-54 After the punch clutch (CL1) turns
on, the punch operation is not
completed even when a specified
period of time elapses. (The
home punch sensor (PS6) does
not turn OFF, or does not turn ON
after being turned OFF.)
ZU control board (ZUCB)
Punch motor (M4)
Punch clutch (CL1)
Punch home sensor (PS6)
SC77-55 After the punch shift motor (M5)
starts the home position search,
the punch shift home sensor
(PS5) does not turn ON even
when a specified period of time
elapses.
ZU control board (ZUCB)
Punch shift motor (M5)
Punch shift home sensor
(PS5)
SC77-56 A specified period of time after
the conveyance motor cooling
fan (M10) is turned on, the EM
signal of the M10 gets into an
abnormal condition. Even after
three trials with the M10 turned
OFF, an abnormal condition still
recurs.
ZU control board (ZUCB)
Conveyance motor cooling
fan (M10)
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
499
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Z
U
ZU
abnor-
mality
SC77-57 After the punch motor (M4) turns
on, the punch operation is not
completed even when a specified
period of time elapses. (The
punch home sensor (PS6) does
not turn OFF, or it does not turn
ON after being turned OFF.)
The main body
and the FS stop
immediately to
turn OFF the
main relay (RL1)
ZU control board (ZUCB)
Punch motor (M4)
Punch clutch (CL1)
Punch home sensor (PS6)
SC77-58 After the punch switching motor
(M8) starts the home position
search, the punch switching
switch (MS2) does not turn ON
even when a specified period of
time elapses.
ZU control board (ZUCB)
Punch switchover motor
(M8)
Punch switchover switch
(MS2)
F
S
FS
abnor-
mality
SC77-81 After the gate motor (M12) starts
the home position search, the
gate home sensor (PS16) does
not turn ON even when a speci-
fied period of time elapses.
FS control board (FSCB)
Gate motor (M12)
Gate home sensor (PS16)
SC77-91 Communication error when the
sub CPU in the FS control board
(FSCB) is receiving data.
. FS control board (FSCB)
SC77-92 Communication error when the
main CPU in the FS control board
(FSCB) is receiving data.
SC77-98 When the FS is started, an
unwritten flash ROM is detected.
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yCommu-
nication
abnor-
mality
SC80-01* Initial communication error
between OACB/PRCB. When the
main power switch (SW1) is
turned ON, a response from the
printer control board (PRCB) is
not received even after a speci-
fied period of time elapses.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Overall control board
(OACB)
Loose connection
SC80-02* Communication error between
OACB/PRCB.
SC80-03* Communication error between
OACB/OB1.
Overall control board
(OACB)
Operation board /1 (OB1)
Loose connection
ISW
abnor-
mality
SC80-11 When the main power switch
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the printer control
program.
S and CA program
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
500
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yISW
abnor-
mality
SC80-21 When the main power switch
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the IC-203 program.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
IC-203 program
SC80-30 While in the data transmission by
the ISW, a formal header informa-
tion cannot be received within a
specified period of time.
Printer cable
Parallel port on PC
SC80-31 While in the data transmission by
the ISW, a checksum error or
header error is detected with the
download data.
Printer cable
Program file corruption
SC80-32 When ISW transfers data, the
data is not written into the flash
ROM correctly.
Printer cable
The board to which the data
is transferred.
SC80-40 When the main power switch
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the FS control pro-
gram.
FS control program
SC80-45 When the main power switch
(SW1) is ON, a region into which
no write was made by the ISW is
detected in the IC program.
IC program
ADU
stand
abnor-
mality
SC90-01* Initial communication check
between the ADU drive board
(ADUDB)/ printer control board
(PRCB).
ADU drive serial input abnormality
1. Within a specified period of
time after the ACK at the time of
the main power switch (SW1)
being turned ON, a serial data
from ID = 0 of the ADUDB is not
received.
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Loose connection
SC90-02* Communication error check
between the ADU drive board
(ADUDB)/ printer control board
(PRCB).
ADU drive serial input abnormality
1. Within a specified period of
time after the ACK at the time of
the main power switch (SW1)
being turned ON, a serial data
from ID = 7 of ADUDB is not
received.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
501
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
yADU
stand
abnor-
mality
SC93-01 12V ICP blowout in the ADU drive
board (ADUDB). A -5V ICP blow-
out signal and blowout of a 12V
ICP signal are detected for the
serial initial communication.
The main body
stops immedi-
ately to turn OFF
the main relay
(RL1).
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
Printer control board
(PRCB)
Loose connection
SC93-05 24V power source check. At the
start of operation, an error detec-
tion signal (solenoid/blowout of
clutch ICP) is detected, and also
an error detection signal (24V cut
off) is detected.
Each of the solenoids
Each of the clutches
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
Loose connection
Wiring harness earth fault
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
SC93-06 At the start of operation, an error
detection signal (solenoid/blow-
out of clutch ICP) is detected.
However, an error detection sig-
nal (24V cut off) is not detected.
SC95-01 A specified period of time after
the ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10), /2
(FM11) turns on, the F10/11 sig-
nal gets into an abnormal condi-
tion. This abnormal condition still
recurs a specified period of time
after it is turned ON again after
being turned OFF, and also an
error detection signal (24V cut off)
is detected.
DC power supply /2
(DCPS2)
ADU drive board (ADUDB)
ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10)
ADU cooling fan /2 (FM11)
Wiring harness earth fault
Loose connection
SC95-03 ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10), /2
(FM11) rotation check. A speci-
fied period of time after the FM10,
FM11 turns ON, the FM10/11
signal gets into an abnormal con-
dition. This abnormal condition
still recurs a specified period of
time after it is turned ON again
after being turned OFF, and also
an error detection signal (24V cut
off/blowout of ICP) is not
detected.
Classification Code Causes Resulting
operation
Estimated abnormal parts
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
502
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
C. Function to detach defective sections
For those abnormalities listed in the table below, defective units can be detached temporarily to use other con-
trol units manually. While detached, an error detection is not carried out on these detached units.
There are 2 methods of setting for limited use.
(1) User operation
When an error code occurs, press the HELP key following the message on the operation panel and then turn the
power switch (SW2) OFF and ON. This allows you to use it temporarily until the main power switch (SW1) is OFF
and ON (including an OFF/ON operation by the weekly timer) next time.
(2) DIPSW setting
Turning the main switch OFF and ON after setting the specified software DIPSW bit allows you to make a limited
use of it until the bit setting is released next time (this requires the OFF/ON operation of the main power switch
(SW1)).
Classifi-
cation
Error code Description Control while detached DIPSW
LU SC13-02 Paper feed motor (M101)
abnormality
Paper feed in LU is unavailable
(LU connection is not recognized)
DIPSW18-3
Main
body
SC18-10 Paper lift motor /1 (M19) abnor-
mality
Paper feed in tray 1 is unavailable
(There remains no paper, and on the
operation panel, the tray 1 is displayed
in hatching.)
DIPSW18-0
SC18-20 Paper lift motor /2 (M20) abnor-
mality
Paper feed in tray 2 is unavailable
(There remains no paper, and on the
operation panel, the tray 2 is displayed
in hatching.)
DIPSW18-1
SC18-30 Paper lift motor /3 (M21) abnor-
mality
Paper feed in tray 3 is unavailable
(There remains no paper, and on the
operation panel, the tray 3 is displayed
in hatching.)
DIPSW18-2
LU SC18-40 Paper lift motor (M100) abnor-
mality
Paper feed in LU is unavailable
(LU connection is not recognized)
DIPSW18-3
Main
body
SC46-40
to 46-43
Hard disk /1, /2 (HDD1, HDD2)
abnormality
The use of HDD1 and HDD2 is unavailable
(HDD1 and HDD2 are not connected)
DIPSW18-7
DF SC67-01
to 67-08
DF drive abnormality DF mode unavailable
(DF connection is not recognized)
DIPSW18-4
FS SC77-22 Folding drive abnormality Folding, saddle stitching, and trimming
mode unavailable
(FS and TU connections are not recog-
nized)*1
DIPSW18-5
SC77-25
SC77-26
TU SC77-31
to 77-37
TU drive abnormality
PI SC77-41
to 77-43
PI drive abnormality The use of PI section is unavailable
(PI connection is not recognized)
DIPSW18-6
*1: Each of FS and TU cannot be separated individually.
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
503
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
ZU SC77-46 1st stopper motor (M2) abnormality
2nd stopper motor (M3) abnormality
Conveyance motor cooling fan
(M10) abnormality
Z-folding mode unavailable
(ZU connection is not recognized)
DIPSW19-4
SC77-52
SC77-53
PK, ZU SC77-44 Punch motor (M801) abnormal-
ity (PK)
Punch shift motor (M802)
abnormality (PK)
Punch motor (M4) abnormality (ZU)
Punch shift motor (M5) abnor-
mality (ZU)
Punch mode unavailable
(PK and ZU connections are not rec-
ognized)
DIPSW19-5
SC77-47
SC77-55
Classifi-
cation
Error code Description Control while detached DIPSW
13. MALFUNCTION CODE
504
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Blank page
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
505
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
APPENDIX
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.1 Main body
14.1.1 Switch/sensor
A. Main body rear side
[1] Dehumidification heater switch (SW3)
[1]
57gaf5c001na
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
506
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Main body upper surface
[1] Power switch (SW2) [6] Door open/close sensor /2 (PS25)
[2] Interlock switch /1 (MS1) [7] Scanner home sensor (PS5)
[3] Door open/close sensor /1 (PS24) [8] APS sensor /2 (PS63)
[4] Main power switch (SW1) [9] APS sensor /1 (PS62)
[5] Interlock switch /2 (MS2)
57gaf5c002na
[1] [4]
[7] [8] [9]
[2] [3] [5] [6]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
507
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
C. Toner supply section
[1] Toner remaining sensor (PZS)
[1]
57gaf5c003na
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
508
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
D. Photo conductor section
[1] Drum potential sensor (DPS) [2] Drum temperature sensor (TH5)
57gaf5c004na
[2]
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
509
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
E. Charge section
F. Cleaning section
[1] Charge cleaning home sensor (PS41) [2] Charge cleaning limit sensor (PS42)
[1] Blade sensor /1 (PS30) [2] Blade sensor /2 (PS31)
[2] [1]
57gaf5c005na
57gaf5c006na
[1]
[2]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
510
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
G. Tray 1, 2, 3
[1] Pre-registration sensor /1 (PS48)
Pre-registration sensor /2 (PS50)
Pre-registration sensor /3 (PS52)
[5] Handle release sensor /1 (PS14)
Handle release sensor /2 (PS15)
Handle release sensor /3 (PS16)
[2] Paper empty sensor /1 (PS26)
Paper empty sensor /2 (PS27)
Paper empty sensor /3 (PS28)
[6] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS34)
Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS37)
Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS40)
[3] Upper limit sensor /1 (PS20)
Upper limit sensor /2 (PS21)
Upper limit sensor /3 (PS22)
[7] Paper size sensor /Rr1 (PS32)
Paper size sensor /Rr2 (PS35)
Paper size sensor /Rr3 (PS38)
[4] Paper feed sensor /1 (PS47)
Paper feed sensor /2 (PS49)
Paper feed sensor /3 (PS51)
[8] Paper size sensor /Fr1 (PS33)
Paper size sensor /Fr2 (PS36)
Paper size sensor /Fr3 (PS39)
57gaf5c007na
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[8]
[5]
[6]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
511
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
H. Vertical conveyance section
[1] Vertical conveyance sensor /2 (PS53) [4] Vertical conveyance sensor /1 (PS18)
[2] Vertical conveyance sensor /3 (PS19) [5] Loop sensor (PS54)
[3] Door open /close sensor /3 (PS17)
57gaf5c008na
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
512
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
I. Bypass tray
J. Registration section
[1] Lower limit sensor /Bypass (PS43) [4] Paper empty sensor /Bypass (PS29)
[2] Paper size sensor /Rr4 (PS56) [5] Upper limit sensor /Bypass (PS23)
[3] Paper size sensor /Fr4 (PS55)
[1] Registration sensor (PS44) [3] Paper leading edge sensor (PS45)
[2] Centering sensor (PS1)
57gaf5c009na
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[2]
57gaf5c010na
[1]
[2]
[3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
513
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
K. ADU section
[1] ADU deceleration sensor (PS59) [7] Reverse conveyance sensor (PS8)
[2] ADU pre-registration sensor (PS60) [8] Reverse sensor (PS57)
[3] ADU exit sensor (PS46) [9] ADU reverse sensor /1 (PS58)
[4] Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor (PS11) [10] ADU reverse sensor /2 (PS13)
[5] ADU handle release sensor (PS10) [11] Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor (PS12)
[6] ADU conveyance sensor (PS9)
57gaf5c011na
[1]
[2] [1] [6] [7]
[8]
[9] [10]
[3]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[3]
[2]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
514
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
L. Fusing section
M. Paper exit section
[1] Thermostat /2 (TS2) [5] Thermistor /2 (TH2)
[2] Fusing exit sensor (PS2) [6] Thermistor /4 (TH4)
[3] Thermistor /1 (TH1) [7] Thermistor /3 (TH3)
[4] Fusing jam sensor (PS3) [8] Thermostat /1 (TS1)
[1] Paper exit sensor (PS61)
57gaf5c012na
[7] [8]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
57gaf5c013na
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
515
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14.1.2 Load
A. Main body rear side
[1] Paper exit motor (M10) [8] Developing motor (M3)
[2] Power supply cooling fan /1 (FM19) [9] Drum motor (M2)
[3] Power supply cooling fan /2 (FM20) [10] Scanner motor (M13)
[4] Paper feed motor (M4) [11] Fusing motor (M1)
[5] Conveyance suction fan (FM2) [12] Cooling fan /2 (FM4)
[6] Loop motor (M6) [13] Cooling fan /1 (FM3)
[7] Cooling fan /3 (FM6)
[1]
[6]
[4]
57gaf5c014na
[8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [7]
[3] [5] [2]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
516
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Main body upper surface
[1] Scanner cooling fan (FM7)
57gaf5c015na
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
517
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
C. Main body left side
[1] Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1 (FM13) [4] Paper exit cooling fan /Up2 (FM17)
[2] Paper exit cooling fan /Lw2 (FM14) [5] Paper exit cooling fan /Up1 (FM15)
[3] Power supply cooling fan /3 (FM18)
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4] [5]
57gaf5c016na
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
518
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
D. Write section
[1] Polygon motor (M17) [2] Polygon cooling fan (FM9)
57gaf5c017na
[1]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
519
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
E. Toner supply section
[1] Toner supply motor (M11) [2] Toner bottle motor (M15)
57gaf5c018na
[1]
[2]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
520
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
F. Photo conductor section
G. Charger unit
[1] Drum claw solenoid (SD4)
[1] Charge cleaning motor (M23)
57gaf5c019na
[1]
[1]
57gaf5c020na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
521
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
H. Cleaning section
I. Tray1, 2, 3
[1] Blade motor (M14)
[1] Tray lock solenoid /1 (SD5)
Tray lock solenoid /2 (SD6)
Tray lock solenoid /3 (SD7)
[4] Paper size VR /1 (VR1)
Paper size VR /2 (VR2)
Paper size VR /3 (VR3)
[2] Pick-up solenoid /1 (SD8)
Pick-up solenoid /2 (SD9)
Pick-up solenoid /3 (SD10)
[5] Paper feed clutch /1 (CL3)
Paper feed clutch /2 (CL5)
Paper feed clutch /3 (CL7)
[3] Paper lift motor /1 (M19)
Paper lift motor /2 (M20)
Paper lift motor /3 (M21)
[6] Pre-registration clutch /1 (CL4)
Pre-registration clutch /2 (CL6)
Pre-registration clutch /3 (CL8)
[1]
57gaf5c021na
57gaf5c022na
[6]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
522
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
J. Vertical conveyance section
[1] Vertical conveyance clutch /1 (CL9) [2] Vertical conveyance clutch /2 (CL10)
57gaf5c023na
[1]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
523
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
K. Bypass tray
L. Registration section
[1] Pick-up solenoid /Bypass (SD11) [4] Write unit cooling fan /1 (FM5)
[2] Bypass tray lift motor (M22) [5] Write unit cooling fan /2 (FM8)
[3] Paper size VR /BP (VR4) [6] Cooling fan /4 (FM12)
[1] Registration clutch (CL1)
57gaf5c024na
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[2]
57gaf5c025na
[1]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
524
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M. ADU section
[1] Transfer motor (M9) [8] ADU conveyance motor (M8)
[2] Registration motor (M12) [9] ADU cooling fan /1 (FM10)
[3] ADU pre-registration clutch (CL2) [10] Reverse/exit motor (M5)
[4] Transfer/separation cleaning motor (M18) [11] Reverse/exit solenoid (SD2)
[5] ADU lock solenoid (SD1) [12] Fusing fan (FM1)
[6] ADU cooling fan /3 (FM22) [13] ADU reverse motor (M7)
[7] Fusing solenoid (SD3) [14] ADU cooling fan /2 (FM11)
57gaf5c026na
[1]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[14]
[13]
[12]
[10]
[11]
[8] [9]
[7]
[3]
[2]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
525
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
N. Fusing section
[1] Web motor (M16)
57gaf5c027na
[1]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
526
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14.1.3 Boards and others
A. Main body rear side
[1] Triac /2 (TRC2) [9] Transformer /2 (T2)
[2] Triac /1 (TRC1) [10] DC power supply /1 (DCPS1)
[3] AC drive board (ACDB) [11] Printer control board (PRCB)
[4] Sub relay (RL2) [12] Parameter board (PB)
[5] Main relay (RL1) [13] HDD /1 (HDD1)
[6] Noise filter /1 (NF1) [14] Overall control board (OACB)
[7] Circuit breaker (CBR) [15] High voltage unit /1 (HV1)
[8] Transformer /1 (T1) [16] Scanner drive board (SDB)
57gaf5c028na
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7] [8] [9] [10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15] [16]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
527
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Main body upper surface
C. Main body front side
[1] CCD board (CCDB) [3] Exposure lamp (L1)
[2] L1 inverter (L1 INVB)
[1] Total counter (TCT)
57gaf5c029na
[1]
[2]
[3]
57gaf5c030na
[1]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
528
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
D. Main body left side
E. Operation panel section
[1] DC power supply /2 (DCPS2) [3] Noise filter /2 (NF2)
[2] Coil (Coil)
[1] OB inverter (OB INVB) [3] LCD board (LCDB)
[2] Operation board /1 (OB1) [4] Operation board /2 (OB2)
[1]
[2]
[3]
57gaf5c031na
57gaf5c032na
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
529
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
F. Write section
G. Photo conductor section
[1] Index board (INDEXB) [3] Laser drive board (LDB)
[2] Polygon motor drive board (PMDB)
[1] Drum potential sensor board (DPSB) [2] Toner control sensor board (TCSB)
[3]
57gaf5c033na
[1]
[2]
57gaf5c034na
[2]
[1]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
530
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
H. Charge section
I. Tray 1, 2, 3
[1] Erase lamp (EL)
[1] Dehumidification heater /1 (HTR2)
Dehumidification heater /2 (HTR3)
Dehumidification heater /3 (HTR4)
57gaf5c035na
[1]
57gaf5c036na
[1]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
531
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
J. ADU section
[1] Transfer exposure lamp (TSL) [3] ADU drive board (ADUDB)
[2] JAM indicator board (JAMIB) [4] High voltage unit /2 (HV2)
57gaf5c037na
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
532
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
K. Fusing section
[1] Fusing heater lamp /3 (L4) [3] Fusing heater lamp /2 (L3)
[2] Fusing heater lamp /1 (L2)
57gaf5c038na [1]
[2]
[3]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
533
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14.2 DF
A. Front side
[1] Exit gate solenoid (SD301) [3] Gate solenoid (SD303)
[2] Pressure roller release solenoid (SD302) [4] DF open/close sensor (PS301)
[4] [3] [2] [1] 15saf5c001na
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
534
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Rear side
[1] Original conveyance motor (M301) [9] Original paper exit motor /1 (M304)
[2] Original skew sensor /Fr (PS312) [10] Original paper exit motor /2 (M305)
[3] Original conveyance sensor (PS308) [11] DF control board (DFCB)
[4] Original skew sensor /Rr (PS311) [12] Cooling fan /Rt (FM302)
[5] Cooling fan /Lt (FM301) [13] Tray up/down motor (M303)
[6] APS timing sensor (PS317) [14] Cover open/close switch (MS301)
[7] Original feed motor (M302) [15] Tray lower limit sensor (PS316)
[8] SDF switching solenoid (SD304)
[10] [6] [5] [8] [7] [9]
[11] [12] [13] [14] [15]
[2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
15saf5c002na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
535
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
C. Upper surface
[1] Original size sensor /Rt (PS302) [6] Original empty sensor (PS305)
[2] Original size sensor /Lt (PS303) [7] Tray upper limit sensor (PS315)
[3] Original count sensor (PS310) [8] Original reverse sensor (PS309)
[4] Reverse jam sensor (PS304) [9] Original exit sensor /Lt (PS307)
[5] Original registration sensor (PS306)
[5]
[4] [8] [9] [3] [2] [1]
[6]
[7]
15saf5c003na
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
536
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
D. Upper tray
[1] Tray board (TB) [2] Original size VR (VR301)
[2]
[1]
15saf5c004na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
537
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
E. Reverse tray
[1] Original exit sensor /Rt (PS314) [2] Original reverse/exit sensor (PS313)
[1]
[2]
15saf5c005na
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
538
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14.3 LU
[1] Tray down switch (SW100) [12] Remaining paper sensor /4 (PS105)
[2] Front door interlock switch (MS101) [13] Remaining paper sensor /3 (PS104)
[3] Front door open/close sensor (PS110) [14] Remaining paper sensor /2 (PS103)
[4] Pick-up solenoid (SD100) [15] Remaining paper sensor /1 (PS102)
[5] Upper limit sensor (PS109) [16] Paper lift motor (M100)
[6] LU exit sensor (PS106) [17] Feed clutch (CL101)
[7] Pre-registration clutch (CL102) [18] Upper door open/close sensor (PS100)
[8] Paper feed motor (M101) [19] Upper door interlock switch (MS102)
[9] LU drive board (LUDB) [20] Pre-registration sensor (PS107)
[10] Dehumidification heater (HTR101) [21] Paper empty sensor (PS108)
[11] Lower limit sensor (PS101)
[11]
[10]
[9]
[7]
[8]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2] [1] [21]
[20]
[19]
[18]
[17]
[16]
[15]
[14]
[13]
[12]
15ssf5c001na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
539
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
14.4 FS
A. Front side
[1]
[2]
Sub tray paper exit sensor (PS1)
Paper exit home sensor (PS12)
[15] Folding passage sensor (PS26)
(FS-604 only)
[3]
[4]
Gate home sensor (PS16)
FS entrance sensor (PS4)
[16] Saddle stitching stopper home sensor
(PS23) (FS-604 only)
[5]
[6]
Stapler movement motor (M11) (FS-604)
Front door interlock switch (MS1)
[17] Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr (SD7)
(FS-604 only)
[7] Clincher rotation motor (M4) (FS-604 only) [18] Stacker entrance sensor (PS5)
[8] Alignment home sensor /Lw (PS24)
(FS-604 only)
[19]
[20]
Stacker empty sensor (PS20)
Paper assist solenoid (SD51)
[9] Alignment motor /Lw (M16) (FS-604 only) [21] Paper assist motor (M51)
[10] Folding blade home sensor (PS22)
(FS-604 only)
[22]
[23]
Alignment home sensor /Up (PS8)
Paper exit belt home sensor (PS9)
[11] Folding blade motor (M19) (FS-604 only) [24] Stacker entrance motor (M13)
[12] Side stitch stopper solenoid /Rr (SD8)
(FS-604 only)
[25]
[26]
Shift roller home sensor (PS18)
Shift roller motor (M2)
[13] Saddle stitching stopper motor (M18)
(FS-604 only)
[27]
[28]
Main tray paper exit sensor (PS6)
Sub tray paper full sensor (PS19)
[14] Clincher rotation home sensor (PS14)
(FS-604 only)
[29]
[30]
Paper exit opening solenoid (SD4)
Paper exit home sensor (FS-509 only)
15sff5c001na
FRONT
[12] [14] [15]
[16]
[17]
[13]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[2]
[1]
[29]
[30]
[28]
[26]
[27]
[25]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
[23]
[24]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
540
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Rear side
[1] Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor (PS7) [8] Relay board (RB)
[2] Main tray upper limit sensor (PS2) [9] FS control board (FSCB)
[3] Counter reset sensor (PS15) [10] Gate motor (M12)
[4] Bypass gate solenoid (SD5) [11] FS conveyance motor (M1)
[5] Main tray lower limit sensor (PS3) [12] Paper exit motor (M8)
[6] Main tray lift motor (M3) [13] Sub tray paper exit motor (M21)
[7] Folding transfer motor (M20) [14] Paper exit roller motor (M7)
[14] [12] [13]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[1]
[3]
15sjf5c002na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
541
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
C. Folding section
[1] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
(FS-509)
[6] Stapler rotation home sensor (PS13)
(FS-604 only)
[2] Folding paper exit sensor (PS25) (FS-604 only) [7] Tri-folding gate solenoid (SD6) (FS-604 only)
[3] Folding full LED (LED29) (FS-604 only) [8] Stapler rotation motor (M6) (FS-604 only)
[4]
[5]
Stapler movement motor (M11) (FS-509)
Folding full sensor (PS29) (FS-604 only)
[9] Stapler movement home sensor (PS11)
(FS-604)
[10] Alignment motor /Up (M5)
[3]
[2]
[1]
[9]
[5]
[4]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[10]
15sff5c003na
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
542
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
D. Stapler section
[1] Clincher motor /Rr (M10) /
Clincher motor /Fr (M15) (FS-604 only)
[6] Staple empty switch /Rr (MS3) /
Staple empty switch /Fr (MS5) (FS-604)
[2] Clincher home sensor /Rr (PS32) /
Clincher home sensor /Fr (PS33) (FS-604 only)
[7] Cartridge sensor /Rr (PS34) /
Cartridge sensor /Fr (PS36) (FS-509)
[3] Stapler motor /Rr (M9) /
Stapler motor /Fr (M14)
[8] Staple ready sensor /Rr (PS38) /
Staple ready sensor /Fr (PS39) (FS-509 only)
[4] Stapler home sensor /Rr (PS30) /
Stapler home sensor /Fr (PS31)
[9] Staple empty sensor /Rr (PS35) /
Staple empty sensor /Fr (PS37) (FS-509)
[5] Cartridge switch /Rr (MS2) /
Cartridge switch /Fr (MS4) (FS-604)
[1]
[3]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[4]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
15sff5c004na
FS-604
FS-509
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
543
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14.5 PI
[1] PI drive board (PIDB) [13] Upper door open /close switch (MS201)
[2] Conveyance motor (M203) [14] Tray upper limit sensor /Lw (PS209)
[3] Transfer clutch /Lw (CL202) [15] Paper empty sensor /Lw (PS207)
[4] Registration clutch (CL203) [16] Paper size VR /Lw (VR202)
[5] Paper empty sensor /Up (PS202) [17] Paper set sensor /Lw (PS208)
[6] Paper size VR /Up (VR201) [18] Paper set sensor /Up (PS203)
[7] Paper entrance sensor /Up (PS201) [19] L size sensor /Lw (PS212)
[8] Tray upper limit sensor /Up (PS204) [20] Tray lift motor /Lw (M202)
[9] Paper entrance sensor /Lw (PS206) [21] Tray lower limit sensor /Lw (PS210)
[10] PI operation board (PIOB) [22] Tray lower limit sensor /Up (PS205)
[11] Pick-up solenoid /Lw (SD202) [23] Tray lift motor /Up (M201)
[12] Pick-up solenoid /Up (SD201) [24] Transfer clutch /Up (CL201)
FRONT
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14] [15] [16]
[17]
[18]
[19]
[20]
[21]
[22]
[23]
[24]
[1] [2] [3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[10]
[9]
15jff5c001na
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
544
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14.6 PK
14.6.1 PK-503/PK-504
14.6.2 PK-505
[1] Punch motor (M801) [5] Punch shift home sensor (PS803)
[2] Paper size sensor (PS805) [6] Punch shift motor (M802)
[3] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS802) [7] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch home sensor (PS801) [8] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS804)
[1] Punch shift home sensor (PS303) [6] Punch motor (M301)
[2] Punch shift motor (M302) [7] Punch encoder sensor (PS306)
[3] Paper size sensor (PS305) [8] Punch drive board (PDB)
[4] Punch scraps box full sensor (PS302) [9] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS304)
[5] Punch home sensor (PS301)
FRONT [6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[8]
[7]
15kjf5c001na
[7]
[6]
[5]
[1]
[4] [2] [3]
15knf5e003na [8]
[9]
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
545
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14.7 ZU
A. Punch scraps conveyance/ZU main body section
[1] Conveyance motor cooling fan (M10) [9] Noise filter (NF)
[2] Punch shift motor (M5) [10] Coil (L)
[3] Punch shift home sensor (PS5) [11] DC power supply (DCPS)
[4] ZU control board (ZUCB) [12] Door switch (MS1)
[5] Circuit breaker /2 (CBR2) [13] Punch scraps box set sensor (PS7)
[6] Circuit breaker /1 (CBR1) [14] Punch scraps full sensor (PS8)
[7] Power relay /1 (RL1) [15] Punch scraps conveyance motor (M7)
[8] Power relay /2 (RL2)
[7]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[5]
[6]
15kvf5c001na
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
546
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Z-folding/conveyance section
C. Punch section
[1] Conveyance motor (M6) [7] Exit sensor (PS9)
[2] Conveyance encoder sensor (PS10) [8] Gate solenoid /Up (SD2)
[3] Gate solenoid /Lw (SD1) [9] Passage sensor (PS1)
[4] Registration motor (M1) [10] 1st stopper motor (M2)
[5] 2nd stopper home sensor (PS4) [11] 1st stopper home sensor (PS3)
[6] 2nd stopper motor (M3)
[1] ZU-601 [6] Paper edge sensor board (PESB)
[2] ZU-602 [7] Punch switchover motor (M8)
[3] Punch motor (M4) [8] Punch switchover switch (MS2)
[4] Punch clutch (CL1) [9] Punch home sensor (PS6) (ZU-601)
[5] Punch home sensor (PS6)
[4]
[5]
[11] [10]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[3]
[2]
[1]
15kvf5c002na
[1]
[3] [4] [6] [7] [8]
[9]
[5]
[1]
[2]
15kvf5e003na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
547
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
14.8 TU
A. Front side
[1] Scraps removal motor (M108) [9] Press motor (M105)
[2] Scraps box full LED (LED101) [10] Exit sensor (PS108)
[3] Entrance sensor (PS101) [11] Stacker interlock switch /1 (MS3)
[4] Scraps box full sensor (PS109) [12] Stacker interlock switch /2 (MS4)
[5] Blade motor (M102) [13] Stacker door sensor (PS114)
[6] Blade home switch (MS101) [14] Stacker full sensor (PS113)
[7] Front door interlock switch (MS2) [15] Pusher home sensor (PS112)
[8] Press home sensor (PS105) [16] Pusher motor (M107)
15smf5c001na
[4]
[5]
[6] [7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[16] [15] [14]
[13]
[12]
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
548
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Rear side
C. Stopper section / Press section
[1] Upper limit sensor (PS110) [7] Relay /2 (RL2)
[2] DC power supply (DCPS) [8] Coil (Coil)
[3] Lower limit sensor (PS111) [9] Scraps box sensor (PS107)
[4] Holder motor (M106) [10] Conveyance motor (M101)
[5] Circuit breaker (CBR) [11] TU drive board (TUDB)
[6] Relay /1 (RL1)
[1] Stopper motor (M103) [4] Stopper release motor (M104)
[2] Conveyance sensor (PS102) [5] Stopper home sensor (PS103)
[3] Stopper release home sensor (PS104)
15smf5c002na
[4]
[5] [6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[3]
15smf5c003na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
549
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
15.1 Main body
15.1.1 Connector in the board
A. Printer control board
57gaf5c039na
320 (GY : 22 pin)
300 (W : 2 pin)
220 (GY : 50 pin)
217 (W : 10 pin)
200 (W : 8 pin)
218 (W : 6 pin)
213 (BN : 34 pin)
210 (BN : 19 pin)
211 (BN : 9 pin)
215 (GY : 18 pin)
422 (W : 6 pin)
301 (BN : 2 pin)
325 (W : 6 pin)
324 (W : 6 pin)
124 (W : 4 pin)
323 (W : 8 pin)
322 (W : 7 pin)
296 (BN : 9 pin)
294 (BN : 5 pin)
291 (BN : 18 pin)
37 (W : 8 pin)
401 (W : 2 pin)
221 (W : 9 pin)
228 (GY : 28 pin)
214 (BN : 11 pin)
225 (GY : 16 pin) 229 (W : 4 pin)
216 (BN : 15 pin)
227 (BN : 11 pin)
224 (W : 6 pin)
222 (GY : 24 pin)
38 (W : 3 pin) 295 (BN : 10 pin) 226 (BN : 10 pin)
212 (W : 7 pin)
292 (BN : 5 pin)
223 (W : 8 pin)
293 (BN : 10 pin)
290 (BN : 24 pin)
N.C
N.C
N
.
C
N.C
N.C
N
.
C
N.C
N.C
N.C
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
550
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. Overall control board
C. ADU drive board
57gaf5c040na
109 (BK : 120 pin)
135 (BN : 19 pin)
137 (BN : 15 pin)
101 (W : 10 pin)
103 (BN : 4 pin)
100 (BN : 8 pin)
122 (BN : 60 pin)
121 (BN : 60 pin) 128 (BN : 20 pin)
123 (BN : 60 pin)
119 (BN : 3 pin)
129 (BN : 40 pin)
195 (B : 40 pin)
116 (BN : 4 pin)
138 (W : 15 pin)
124 (W : 120 pin)
N.C
N.C
N.C
N.C
140 (BN : 10 pin)
136 (GY : 28 pin)
132 (BN : 5 pin)
130 (GY : 24 pin)
118 (BK : 20 pin)
N.C N.C
57gaf5c041na
521 (GY : 30 pin) 593 (N.C) 530 (BN : 6 pin) 525 (W : 12 pin)
522 (W : 11 pin) 594 (N.C) 526 (W : 10 pin)
510 (W : 11 pin)
501 (BN : 2 pin)
500 (W : 9 pin)
590 (N.C) 529 (W : 6 pin)
524 (W : 6 pin)
528 (W : 8 pin) 591 (BN : 5 pin)
527 (W : 7 pin)
523 (W : 6 pin)
520 (GY : 34 pin)
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
551
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
D. AC drive board
E. DC power supply /1
420 (GY : 18 pin)
442 (W : 5 pin) 400 (W : 8 pin) 440 (W : 4 pin)
410 (BN : 34 pin)
411 (BN : 11 pin)
36 (W : 10 pin)
35 (W : 5 pin)
435 (W : 2 pin)
57gaf5c042na
57gaf5c043na
71 (W : 8 pin)
72 (W : 6 pin) 77 (W : 10 pin)
74 (W : 14 pin) 75 (W : 2 pin)
76 (W : 4 pin)
F (W : 3 pin)
E (W : 3 pin)
73 (W : 12 pin)
2 (W : 3 pin)
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
552
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
F. DC power supply /2
G. Scanner drive board
H. High voltage unit /1
57gaf5c044na
11 (W : 14 pin)
15 (W : 14 pin)
13 (W : 18 pin)
12 (W : 22 pin)
14 (W : 4 pin)
31 (W : 3 pin)
21 (W : 5 pin)
1-1 (W : 2 pin)
1-2 (W : 4 pin)
623 (W : 7 pin)
600 (W : 6 pin) 610 (W : 15 pin)
620 (W : 3 pin)
622 (W : 4 pin)
621 (W : 3 pin)
57gaf5c045na
251 (W : 11 pin)
250 (W : 3 pin)
57gaf5c046na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
553
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
I. High voltage unit /2
J. JAM indicator board
K. L1 inverter
L. Drum potential sensor board
651 (W : 11 pin)
650 (W : 4 pin)
57gaf5c047na
529 (W : 7 pin)
57gaf5c048na
1 (W : 4 pin) 2 (W : 2 pin) 57gaf5c049na
457 (W : 5 pin) 458 (W : 4 pin) 57gaf5c050na
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
554
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
M. Operation board /1
N. Operation board /2
O. OB inverter
P. Toner control sensor board
700 (BN : 14 pin)
709 (W : 2 pin)
708 (W : 6 pin) 713 (BN : 15 pin)
701 (BN : 4 pin)
702 (BN : 14 pin)
703 (BN : 13 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
707 (W : 3 pin)
711 (W : 6 pin)
710 (BK : 5 pin)
57gaf5c051na
704 (BN : 13 pin)
57gaf5c052na
57gaf5c053na
166 (W : 4 pin) 165 (W : 3 pin)
454 (W : 10 pin)
57gaf5c054na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
555
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
Q. Index board
R. CCD board
S. Laser drive board
T. Polygon motor drive board
51 (BN : 5 pin)
57gaf5c055na
57gaf5c056na
170 (W : 50 pin)
50 (BN : 24 pin)
57gaf5c057na
131 (W : 6 pin) 133 (W : 11 pin)
57gaf5c058na
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
556
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
U. Parameter board
142 (W : 20 pin)
141 (W : 40 pin)
57gaf5c059na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
557
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15.2 DF
15.2.1 Connector in the board
A. DF control board
B. Tray board
15saf5c006na
J7 (N.C.)
1 (W : 4 pin)
2 (W : 8 pin)
3 (W : 7 pin)
7 (W : 12 pin)
J2 (N.C.)
5 (W : 3 pin)
6 (W : 6 pin)
12 (W : 7 pin) 13 (W : 6 pin) 15 (W : 9 pin) 16 (W : 3 pin)
9 (W : 5 pin)
8 (GY : 24 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)
10 (W : 6 pin)
14 (W : 6 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)
12 (W : 9 pin)
13 (W : 3 pin)
15saf5c007na
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
558
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15.3 LU
A. LU drive board
721 (W : 17 pin) 720 (W : 11 pin)
700 (W : 4 pin)
710 (GY : 10 pin)
723 (W : 2 pin) 722 (GY : 15 pin)
15ssf5c002na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
559
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
15.4 FS
A. FS control board (FS-509)
B. FS control board (FS-604)
1
SW1
O
N
2
3
4
15sff5c005na
SW 1
51 (BN : 32 pin)
8 (W : 8 pin) 52 (BN : 6 pin) 62 (BN : 40 pin)
61 (W : 2 pin)
14 (W : 4 pin)
3 (BN : 11 pin)
5 (BN : 22 pin)
4 (BN : 40 pin)
12 (BN : 24 pin)
1 (W : 18 pin)
10 (W : 4 pin)
11 (BN : 9 pin)
7 (W : 6 pin)
6 (W : 5 pin)
2 (W : 14 pin)
1
SW1
O
N
2
3
4
15sjf5c005na
SW 1
42 (N.C.)
84 (N.C.)
100 (N.C.) 33 (N.C.) 51 (BN : 32 pin)
8 (W : 8 pin) 101 (N.C.) 52 (BN : 6 pin) 62 (BN : 40 pin)
61 (W : 2 pin)
82 (N.C.)
16 (N.C.)
22 (N.C.)
21 (N.C.)
14 (W : 4 pin)
43 (N.C.)
41 (N.C.) 20 (N.C.)
3 (BN : 11 pin) 9 (BN : 28 pin)
5 (BN : 22 pin)
4 (BN : 40 pin)
12 (BN : 24 pin)
1 (W : 18 pin)
10 (W : 4 pin)
11 (BN : 9 pin)
7 (W : 6 pin)
6 (W : 5 pin)
2 (W : 14 pin)
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
560
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
C. Relay board (FS-509)
D. Relay board (FS-604)
15sff5c006na
8 (BN : 34 pin)
10 (W : 8 pin)
1 (BN : 40 pin)
6 (W : 30 pin)
5 (BN : 30 pin)
2 (BN : 22 pin)
15sjf5c006na
7 (W : 28 pin)
9 (W : 2 pin)
8 (BN : 34 pin)
4 (BN : 24 pin)
10 (W : 8 pin)
1 (BN : 40 pin)
3 (BN : 28 pin)
6 (W : 30 pin)
5 (BN : 30 pin)
2 (BN : 22 pin)
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
561
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15.5 PI
A. PI drive board
B. PI operation board
56 (W : 6 pin)
58 (GY : 12 pin)
54 (W : 8 pin)
55 (GY : 24 pin) 57 (GY : 11 pin)
52 (GY : 38 pin)
53 (GY : 30 pin)
15jff5c002na
1 (GY : 12 pin)
15jff5c003na
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
562
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15.6 PK
A. Punch drive board (PK-503/PK-504)
B. Punch drive board (PK-505)
C. Paper edge sensor (PK-503/PK-504/PK-505)
15kjf5c002na
68 (W : 8 pin) 69 (W : 6 pin) 70 (W : 15 pin)
63 (GY : 40 pin) 65 (W : 5 pin) 67 (W : 3 pin)
66 (GY : 9 pin) 64 (W : 2 pin)
15kaf5e001na
68 (W : 8 pin) 70 (W : 15 pin) 69 (W : 6 pin)
65 (W : 3 pin)
64 (W : 2 pin)
67 (GY : 12 pin)
66 (GY : 6 pin)
63 (GY : 40 pin)
15kjf5c003na
25 (W : 7 pin)
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
563
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
15.7 ZU
9 (W : 13 pin)
4 (W : 14 pin)
LED2
LED6
LED4
LED3
LED5
8 (W : 6 pin)
12 (W : 2 pin)
7 (W : 12 pin)
5 (W : 24 pin)
11 (W : 4pin)
6 (B : 14 pin)
SW1
VR
LED
LED
10 (W : 12 pin)
20 (24 pin)
21 (18 pin)
1 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 4 pin)
3 (W : 8 pin)
15kvf5c004nb
VR1 VR2 VR3 VR4 VR5
VR
1:ON
2:ON
3:OFF
4:OFF
1
2
3
4
O
N
SW1
1:OFF
2:ON
3:OFF
4:OFF
1
2
3
4
O
N
SW1
750/600 920
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING
564
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
15.8 TU
15.8.1 Connector in the board
A. TU drive board
407 (W : 2 pin)
408 (W : 3 pin)
403 (W : 5 pin)
406 (GY : 20 pin) 404 (GY : 18 pin) 402 (GY : 28 pin)
401 (GY : 40 pin)
409 (W : 3 pin)
405 (W : 4 pin)
15smf5c004na
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16. TIMING CHART
565
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16. TIMING CHART
16.1 Main body
A. A4, 2 single sided originals, single sided copy (1 copy), reversed paper exit, paper feed tray 1
57gaf5c800na
F
u
s
i
n
g

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
D
r
u
m

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
2
)
L
o
o
p

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
6
)
A
D
U

c
o
n
v
e
y
-
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
8
)
R
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
l
u
t
c
h

(
C
L
1
)
D
e
v
e
l
o
p
i
n
g

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
)
R
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
2
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
)
A
D
U

p
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h

(C
L
2
)
C
h
a
r
g
i
n
g
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
4
)
R
e
v
e
r
s
e
/
e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
5
)
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

c
l
u
t
c
h

/
1

(
C
L
3
)
T
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
D
r
u
m

c
l
a
w

s
o
le
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
4
)
A
D
U

r
e
v
e
r
s
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
E
r
a
s
e

l
a
m
p

(
E
L
)
S
e
p
a
r
a
t
i
o
n
L
o
o
p

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
4
)
R
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
4
)
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h

/
1

(
C
L
4
)
G
u
i
d
e

p
l
a
t
e

b
i
a
s
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1

(
P
S
4
7
)
F
u
s
i
n
g

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
)
A
D
U

r
e
v
e
r
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1

(
P
S
5
8
)
D
e
v
e
l
o
p
i
n
g

b
i
a
s
R
e
v
e
r
s
e
/
e
x
it

s
o
le
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
2
)
P
a
p
e
r

le
a
d
in
g

e
d
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
5
)
A
D
U

d
e
c
e
le
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
9
)
A
D
U

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1

(
P
S
4
8
)
R
e
v
e
r
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
7
)
A
D
U

p
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
0
)
A
D
U

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
6
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
1
)
HLHLHLFRHLFRHL
I
t
e
m
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
S
t
o
p

p
r
i
n
t
i
n
g
16. TIMING CHART
566
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. 2 double sided originals, double sided copy (1 copy), straight paper exit, paper feed tray 1
57gaf5c801na
F
u
s
i
n
g

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
D
r
u
m

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
2
)
L
o
o
p

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
6
)
A
D
U

c
o
n
v
e
y
-
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
8
)
R
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
l
u
t
c
h

(
C
L
1
)
D
e
v
e
l
o
p
i
n
g

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
)
R
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
2
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
)
A
D
U

p
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h

(C
L
2
)
C
h
a
r
g
i
n
g
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
4
)
R
e
v
e
r
s
e
/
e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
5
)
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

c
l
u
t
c
h

/
1

(
C
L
3
)
T
r
a
n
s
f
e
r
D
r
u
m

c
l
a
w

s
o
le
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
4
)
A
D
U

r
e
v
e
r
s
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
E
r
a
s
e

l
a
m
p

(
E
L
)
S
e
p
a
r
a
t
i
o
n
L
o
o
p

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
4
)
R
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
4
)
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h

/
1

(
C
L
4
)
G
u
i
d
e

p
l
a
t
e

b
i
a
s
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1

(
P
S
4
7
)
F
u
s
i
n
g

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
)
A
D
U

r
e
v
e
r
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1

(
P
S
5
8
)
D
e
v
e
l
o
p
i
n
g

b
i
a
s
R
e
v
e
r
s
e
/
e
x
it

s
o
le
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
2
)
P
a
p
e
r

le
a
d
in
g

e
d
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
5
)
A
D
U

d
e
c
e
le
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
9
)
A
D
U

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1

(
P
S
4
8
)
R
e
v
e
r
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
7
)
A
D
U

p
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
0
)
A
D
U

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
6
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
1
)
HLHLHLFRHLFRHL
I
t
e
m
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
S
t
o
p

p
r
i
n
t
i
n
g
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16. TIMING CHART
567
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.2 DF
A. A4, life size, single sided original, 3 originals
15saf5c800na
I
t
e
m
T
r
a
y

u
p
/
d
o
w
n

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
0
3
)
T
r
a
y

u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
1
5
)
T
r
a
y

l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
1
4
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

c
o
u
n
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
1
0
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
5
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

f
e
e
d

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
0
2
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

r
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
6
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
8
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
0
1
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
1

(
M
3
0
4
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

r
e
v
e
r
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
9
)
S
t
a
r
t

b
u
t
t
o
n

O
N
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
L
t

(
P
S
3
0
7
)
R
e
v
e
r
s
e

j
a
m

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
4
)
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

r
o
l
le
r

r
e
le
a
s
e

s
o
le
n
o
id

(
S
D
3
0
2
)
E
x
i
t

g
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
3
0
1
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
2

(
M
3
0
5
)
O
r
i
g
in
a
l
r
e
v
e
r
s
e
/
e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
1
3
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
R
t

(
P
S
3
1
4
)
G
a
t
e

s
o
le
n
o
id

(
S
D
3
0
3
)
V
-
V
A
L
I
D
U
P
D
O
W
N
8
0
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
5
5
0

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
2
5
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
4
5
0

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
2
5
0

m
m
/
s
2
5
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
FRFRFRFR
P
a
g
e

2
s
c
a
n
P
a
g
e

3

s
c
a
n
P
a
g
e

1
s
c
a
n
F
i
n
a
l

p
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

i
s

c
o
m
p
l
e
t
e
d
16. TIMING CHART
568
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. A4, life size, double sided original, 3 originals
15saf5c801na
I
t
e
m
T
r
a
y

u
p
/
d
o
w
n

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
0
3
)
T
r
a
y

u
p
p
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
1
5
)
T
r
a
y

l
o
w
e
r

l
i
m
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
1
4
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

c
o
u
n
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
1
0
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
5
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

f
e
e
d

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
0
2
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

r
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
6
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
8
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
0
1
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
1

(
M
3
0
4
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

r
e
v
e
r
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
9
)
S
t
a
r
t

b
u
t
t
o
n

O
N
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
L
t

(
P
S
3
0
7
)
R
e
v
e
r
s
e

j
a
m

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
4
)
P
r
e
s
s
u
r
e

r
o
l
le
r

r
e
le
a
s
e

s
o
le
n
o
id

(
S
D
3
0
2
)
E
x
i
t

g
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
3
0
1
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
2

(
M
3
0
5
)
O
r
i
g
in
a
l
r
e
v
e
r
s
e
/
e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
1
3
)
O
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
R
t

(
P
S
3
1
4
)
G
a
t
e

s
o
le
n
o
id

(
S
D
3
0
3
)
V
-
V
A
L
I
D
U
P
D
O
W
N
8
0
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
5
5
0

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
2
5
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
4
5
0

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
2
5
0

m
m
/
s
2
5
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
6
1
5

m
m
/
s
FRFRFRFR
P
a
g
e

1
s
i
d
e

t
w
o

s
c
a
n
P
a
g
e

2
s
i
d
e

o
n
e

s
c
a
n
P
a
g
e

1
s
i
d
e

o
n
e

s
c
a
n
F
i
n
a
l

p
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

i
s

c
o
m
p
l
e
t
e
d
P
a
g
e

2

s
i
d
e

t
w
o

s
c
a
n
P
a
g
e

3

s
i
d
e

o
n
e

s
c
a
n
P
a
g
e

3
s
i
d
e

t
w
o

s
c
a
n
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16. TIMING CHART
569
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.3 LU
A. A4, life size, 1-1 mode, 2 originals
15ssf5c800na
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
1
)
F
e
e
d

c
l
u
t
c
h

(
C
L
1
0
1
)
P
i
c
k
-
u
p

s
o
l
e
-
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
1
0
0
)
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
l
u
t
c
h

(
C
L
1
0
2
)
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
0
7
)
L
U

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
0
6
)
I
t
e
m
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
L
o
o
p
L
o
o
p
16. TIMING CHART
570
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
1
16.4 FS
16.4.1 FS-509
A. 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 52 originals, 2 copies, Single side
15sff5c801na
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

b
e
lt

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
S
t
a
p
le
r

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

u
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
7
)
M
a
i
n

t
r
a
y

u
p

li
f
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
)
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
B
y
p
a
s
s

g
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
5
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
i
s
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
5
1
)
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p

(
M
5
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2

(
P
S
1
0
0
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
I
t
e
m
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
U
P
D
O
W
N
9
5
0

m
m
/
s
6
7
0

m
m
/
s
2
8
0

m
m
/
s
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
8
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
3
)
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
i
s
t

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
5
1
)
S
t
a
p
le
r

m
o
v
e
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
1
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(
M
1
4
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
R
r

(
M
9
) C
l
o
s
e
O
p
e
n
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

1
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

2
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

3
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

5
1
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

5
2
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

1
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

5
0
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

5
1
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

5
2
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

b
e
lt

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
S
t
a
p
le
r

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

u
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
7
)
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

u
p

li
f
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
)
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
B
y
p
a
s
s

g
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
5
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
i
s
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
5
1
)
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p

(
M
5
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2

(
P
S
1
0
0
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
I
t
e
m
U
P
D
O
W
N
9
5
0

m
m
/
s
6
7
0

m
m
/
s
2
8
0

m
m
/
s
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
8
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
3
)
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
is
t

s
o
le
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
5
1
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r

m
o
v
e
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
1
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(
M
1
4
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
R
r

(
M
9
)
C
l
o
s
e
O
p
e
n
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

o
p
e
n
in
g

s
o
le
n
o
id

(
S
D
4
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
0
)
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

o
p
e
n
in
g

s
o
le
n
o
id

(
S
D
4
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
0
)
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16. TIMING CHART
571
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
1
16.4.2 FS-604
A. Sort, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side
15sjf5c800na
A
A
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
S
h
i
f
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
2
)
S
h
if
t

r
o
lle
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
8
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

o
p
e
n
in
g

s
o
le
n
o
id

(
S
D
4
)
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
)
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

u
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
)
M
a
i
n

t
r
a
y

l
i
f
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
)
I
t
e
m
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
9
3
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
2
5
3

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
U
P
D
O
W
N
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

1
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

2
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

1
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

2
C
o
p
y

3

P
a
g
e

1
C
o
p
y

3

P
a
g
e

2
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
S
h
i
f
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
2
)
S
h
if
t

r
o
lle
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
8
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

o
p
e
n
in
g

s
o
le
n
o
id

(
S
D
4
)
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
)
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

u
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
)
M
a
i
n

t
r
a
y

l
i
f
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
)
I
t
e
m
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
9
3
0

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
2
5
3

m
m
/
s
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
U
P
D
O
W
N
16. TIMING CHART
572
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
B. 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 11 originals, 2 copies, Single side
15sjf5c801na
A
A
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
4
)
S
t
a
p
le
r

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

u
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
7
)
M
a
i
n

t
r
a
y

li
f
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
)
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
B
y
p
a
s
s

g
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
5
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
i
s
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
5
1
)
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p

(
M
5
)
M
a
i
n

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
I
t
e
m
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
U
P
D
O
W
N
9
5
0

m
m
/
s
6
7
0

m
m
/
s
2
8
0

m
m
/
s
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

b
e
l
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
3
)
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
is
t

s
o
le
n
o
id

(
S
D
5
1
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r

m
o
v
e
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
1
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r
,

C
li
n
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(
M
1
4
,

M
1
5
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r
,

C
li
n
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
R
r

(
M
9
,

M
1
0
)
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

1
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

2
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

3
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

9
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

1
0
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

1
1
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

1
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

2
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

3
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

4
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

9
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e
1
0

C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

1
1
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
4
)
S
t
a
p
le
r

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

u
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
7
)
M
a
i
n

t
r
a
y

l
i
f
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
)
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
B
y
p
a
s
s

g
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
5
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
i
s
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
5
1
)
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p

(
M
5
)
M
a
i
n

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
I
t
e
m
U
P
D
O
W
N
9
5
0

m
m
/
s
6
7
0

m
m
/
s
2
8
0

m
m
/
s
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

b
e
l
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
3
)
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
i
s
t

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
5
1
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r

m
o
v
e
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
1
)
S
t
a
p
le
r
,

C
l
in
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(
M
1
4
,

M
1
5
)
S
t
a
p
le
r
,

C
l
in
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
R
r

(
M
9
,

M
1
0
)
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16. TIMING CHART
573
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
C. Saddle stitching, A4R, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side
15sjf5c802na
A
A
S
a
d
d
le
s
t
it
c
h
in
g
s
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(M
1
8
)
F
o
ld
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
5
)
F
o
ld
in
g

b
la
d
e

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
2
)
F
o
ld
in
g

p
a
s
s
a
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
6
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
8
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
2
)
S
id
e
s
titc
h
s
to
p
p
e
r s
o
le
n
o
id
/
F
r, /
R
r
(S
D
7
, S
D
8
)
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r
e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e
m
o
to
r
(M
1
3
)
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
U
p

(
P
S
8
)
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
L
w

(
P
S
2
4
)
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r
/
U
p
(M
5
)
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t
m
o
t
o
r
/
L
w

(M
1
6
)
S
t
a
p
le
r,

C
lin
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(
M
1
4
,

M
1
5
)
S
t
a
p
le
r,

C
lin
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
R
r

(M
9
,

M
1
0
)
S
a
d
d
le

s
t
it
c
h
in
g
s
t
o
p
p
e
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(P
S
2
3
)
F
o
ld
in
g

t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(M
2
0
)
F
o
ld
i
n
g

b
l
a
d
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
9
)
I
t
e
m
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

1
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

2
C
o
p
y

1

P
a
g
e

3
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

1
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

2
C
o
p
y

2

P
a
g
e

3
9
3
0

m
m
/
s
5
0
0

m
m
/
s
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
d
o
w
n
u
p
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
8
0

m
m
/
s
S
a
d
d
le
s
t
it
c
h
in
g
s
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(M
1
8
)
F
o
ld
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
5
)
F
o
ld
in
g

b
la
d
e

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(P
S
2
2
)
F
o
ld
in
g

p
a
s
s
a
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
6
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
8
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
2
)
S
id
e
s
titc
h
s
to
p
p
e
r s
o
le
n
o
id
/F
r, /
R
r (S
D
7
, S
D
8
)
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
S
ta
c
k
e
r
e
n
tr
a
n
c
e
m
o
t
o
r
(M
1
3
)
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
U
p

(
P
S
8
)
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
L
w

(
P
S
2
4
)
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t
m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p

(M
5
)
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t m
o
t
o
r
/
L
w
(M
1
6
)
S
t
a
p
le
r,

C
lin
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(M
1
4
,

M
1
5
)
S
t
a
p
le
r,

C
lin
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
R
r

(
M
9
,

M
1
0
)
S
a
d
d
le

s
t
it
c
h
in
g
s
t
o
p
p
e
r
h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(P
S
2
3
)
F
o
ld
in
g

t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(M
2
0
)
F
o
l
d
in
g

b
l
a
d
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
9
)
I
t
e
m
9
3
0

m
m
/
s
5
0
0

m
m
/
s
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
d
o
w
n
u
p
4
0
0

m
m
/
s
8
0

m
m
/
s
16. TIMING CHART
574
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
D. Tri-folding, A4R, 3 originals, 2 copies, Single side
15sjf5c803na
A
A
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
T
r
i
-
f
o
l
d
i
n
g

g
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
6
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
5
)
S
id
e

s
t
it
c
h

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
F
r
,

/
R
r

(
S
D
7
,

S
D
8
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

b
e
l
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
G
a
t
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
2
)
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p

(
M
5
)
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
L
w

(
M
1
6
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
3
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

p
a
s
s
a
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
6
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

b
l
a
d
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
9
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

b
l
a
d
e

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
2
)
S
a
d
d
le

s
t
i
t
c
h
in
g

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
8
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
2
0
)
I
t
e
m
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
9
3
0

m
m
/
s
5
0
0

m
m
/
s
d
o
w
n
u
p
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
T
r
i
-
f
o
l
d
i
n
g

g
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
6
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
5
)
S
id
e

s
t
it
c
h

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
F
r,

/
R
r

(
S
D
7
,

S
D
8
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

b
e
l
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
G
a
t
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
2
)
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p

(
M
5
)
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
L
w

(
M
1
6
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
3
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

p
a
s
s
a
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
6
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

b
l
a
d
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
9
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

b
l
a
d
e

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
2
2
)
S
a
d
d
le

s
t
it
c
h
in
g

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
8
)
F
o
l
d
i
n
g

t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
2
0
)
I
t
e
m
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
9
3
0

m
m
/
s
5
0
0

m
m
/
s
d
o
w
n
u
p
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16. TIMING CHART
575
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.5 PI
A. PI auto paper feeder (lower tray), 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 2 copies, Single side
15jff5c800na
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p

(
M
5
)
C
l
i
n
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(
M
1
5
)
F
N
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
3
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

b
e
lt

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
2
0
3
)
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

C
L

/
L
w

(
C
L
2
0
2
)
T
r
a
y

li
f
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
L
w

(
M
2
0
2
)
T
r
a
y

u
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
L
w

(
P
S
2
0
9
)
P
ic
k
-
u
p

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
L
w

(
S
D
2
0
2
)
P
I

p
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

p
r
e
-
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
P
I

p
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

r
e
q
u
i
r
e
P
a
p
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
L
w

(
P
S
2
0
6
)
R
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

c
l
u
t
c
h

(
C
L
2
0
3
)
F
N
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
S
t
a
p
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(
M
1
4
)
G
a
t
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
2
)
I
t
e
m
2
5
3

m
m
/
s
6
7
0

m
m
/
s
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
16. TIMING CHART
576
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16.6 PK
A. Punch, 2 flat stitching staples, A4, 2 originals, 3 copies, Single side
15kjf5c800na
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
5
)
A
l
i
g
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p

(
M
5
)
S
t
a
p
le
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
R
r

(M
9
)
C
lin
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
R
r

(M
1
0
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

r
o
l
l
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

o
p
e
n
i
n
g

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
4
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

b
e
lt

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
M
a
in

b
o
d
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
7
)
G
a
t
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
2
)
F
N
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
4
)
R
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
h
u
t
t
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
0
3
)
R
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
h
u
t
t
e
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
7
)
P
a
p
e
r

s
i
z
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
3
0
5
)
P
u
n
c
h

s
h
i
f
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
8
0
2
)
P
u
n
c
h

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
8
0
1
)
P
u
n
c
h

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
8
0
1
)
F
N
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
B
y
p
a
s
s

g
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

(
S
D
5
)
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
3
)
S
t
a
p
le
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(M
1
4
)
C
lin
c
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
F
r

(M
1
5
)
I
t
e
m
M
a
i
n

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
6
)
P
r
i
n
t

s
t
a
r
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
F
r
R
r
c
l
o
s
e
o
p
e
n
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16. TIMING CHART
577
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
16.7 ZU
A. Z-folding + Punch mode, A3, 3 originals, Single side
15kvf5c800na
P
u
n
c
h

c
l
u
t
c
h

(
C
L
1
)
P
u
n
c
h

s
c
r
a
p
s

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
7
)
G
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

/
U
p

(
S
D
2
)
M
a
i
n

b
o
d
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
i
t

s
i
g
n
a
l
P
a
p
e
r

e
d
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

b
o
a
r
d

(P
E
S
B
) -
le
a
d
in
g
/
t
r
a
ilin
g

e
d
g
e
R
e
g
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
)
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
6
)
1
s
t

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
2
)
2
n
d

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
3
)
P
a
s
s
a
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
)
E
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
9
)
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
u
n
c
h

s
h
i
f
t

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
5
)
P
a
p
e
r

e
d
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

b
o
a
r
d

(
P
E
S
B
)

-

s
id
e

e
d
g
e
P
u
n
c
h

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
4
)
G
a
t
e

s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d

/
L
w

(
S
D
1
)
I
t
e
m
7
9
0

m
m
/
s
3
7
0

m
m
/
s
7
9
0

m
m
/
s
3
7
0

m
m
/
s
FR
L
o
o
p
L
o
o
p
L
o
o
p
S
e
t
R
e
le
a
s
e
S
e
t
R
e
l
e
a
s
e
S
e
t
R
e
l
e
a
s
e
R
e
l
e
a
s
e
P
u
n
c
h
P
u
n
c
h
P
u
n
c
h
16. TIMING CHART
578
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16.8 TU
A. Trimming mode, A3, 16 originals, 2 copies
15smf5c800na
I
t
e
m
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
F
S
)

(
M
1
)
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
1
)
E
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
0
1
)
S
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
3
)
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
0
2
)
P
r
e
s
s

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
5
)
B
l
a
d
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
2
)
S
t
o
p
p
e
r

r
e
l
e
a
s
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
4
)
H
o
l
d
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
6
)
P
u
s
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
7
)
E
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
0
8
)
C
o
p
y

1
C
o
p
y

2
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
16. TIMING CHART
579
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
B. Through mode, A3, 16 originals, 2 copies
15smf5c801na
I
t
e
m
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
F
S
)

(
M
1
)
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
1
)
E
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
0
1
)
S
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
3
)
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
0
2
)
P
r
e
s
s

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
5
)
B
l
a
d
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
2
)
S
t
o
p
p
e
r

r
e
l
e
a
s
e

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
4
)
H
o
l
d
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
6
)
P
u
s
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r

(
M
1
0
7
)
E
x
i
t

s
e
n
s
o
r

(
P
S
1
0
8
)
C
o
p
y

1
C
o
p
y

2
16. TIMING CHART
580
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Blank page
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
17.1 Main body 1/4
A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
G/Y
CN18-3
CN21-2 CN21-1
708-1 5V1
708-4 S.GND
708-2 5V1
708-3 S.GND
708-5 5V1(IVN)
708-6 SGND (INV)
CN18-1
CN11-1
CN11-2
CN11-1
CN11-2
CN20-1
CN20-2
CN9-2
100-8 12V0
100-5 5V0
101-5 5V1
101-6 5V1
101-2 S.GND
101-4 S.GND
101-7 S.GND
101-8 S.GND
101-9 S.GND
100-7 S.GND
100-6 5V0
100-3 S.GND
100-2 S.GND
100-1 S.GND
101-1 12V1-2(HDD)
101-3 12V1-1(CCD)
101-10 5V1(HDD)
100-4 5V0
1
3
8
-1
3
1
3
8
-1
5
1
3
8
-1
5
V
0
1
3
8
-2
2
4
V
R
L
Y
1
3
8
-3
/R
E
M
1
1
3
8
-4
/R
E
M
2
1
3
8
-5
/R
E
M
3
1
3
8
-6
/R
E
M
4
1
3
8
-1
0
C
U
R
E
M
1
3
8
-1
1
A
C
O
F
F
(T
)
1
3
8
-1
2
1
3
8
-1
4
1
3
8
-7
F
A
N
_
H
/L
1
3
8
-8
H
T
_
R
L
1
3
8
-9
A
C
O
F
F
(M
)
6
1
0
-1
4
S
C
A
N
2
4
V
_
F
E
M
6
1
0
-1
5
S
G
N
D
6
1
0
-2
S
C
A
N
_
F
R
6
1
0
-7
L
U
M
P
_
C
O
N
T
6
2
2
-1
5
V
6
2
2
-2
S
IG
6
2
2
-4
6
2
3
-4
6
2
3
-5
6
2
3
-7
6
2
0
-1
U
6
2
0
-2
V
6
2
0
-3
W
6
2
3
-1
2
4
V
6
2
3
-2
C
O
N
T
6
2
3
-3
6
2
1
-1
C
O
N
T
6
2
1
-2
E
M
600-6 P.G
600-5 P.G
600-1 5V
600-4 24V
600-2 S.G
600-3 24V
L 1
6
1
0
-1
S
C
A
N
_
C
L
K
6
1
0
-3
S
C
A
N
_
W
2
3
6
1
0
-4
S
C
A
N
_
V
0
6
1
0
-5
S
C
A
N
_
V
1
6
1
0
-6
S
C
A
N
_
V
2
6
1
0
-8
F
A
N
_
C
O
N
T
6
1
0
-9
F
A
N
_
E
M
6
1
0
-1
0
H
P
_
P
S
6
1
0
-1
1
N
C
6
1
0
-1
2
N
C
6
1
0
-1
3
N
C
C
N
1
1
6
-1
P
A
T
1
C
N
1
1
6
-3
P
A
T
3
C
N
1
1
6
-4
P
A
T
4
C
N
1
1
6
-2
P
A
T
2
C
N
1
3
7
-5
S
IG
C
N
1
3
7
-6
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
3
7
-3
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
3
7
-1
A
P
S
/5
V
C
N
1
3
7
-2
S
IG
C
N
1
3
7
-4
A
P
S
/5
V
C
N
1
3
7
-7
L
A
M
P
H
/L
1
-3
P
W
M
-1
5
V
2
-6
5
V
1
-5
C
P
-2
N
.C
-7
S
.G
N
D
-9
S
W
S
IG
-8
W
T
L
E
D
-6
S
W
L
E
D
1
3
6
-B
1
4
1
3
6
-A
1
T
X
D
1
3
6
-A
4
C
T
S
1
3
6
-B
3
D
A
T
1
1
3
6
-B
4
D
A
T
0
1
3
6
-B
1
0
F
L
M
-3
7
0
7
-1
S
U
B
_
S
W
- 3
A
D
J
V
re
f
- 9
E
X
P
L
E
D
7
0
3
-1
3
S
H
U
T
S
W
- 4
S
.G
N
D
7
0
2
-1
4
L
C
D
V
R
-1
3
L
C
D
2
4
V
-1
2
D
3
-1
1
D
2
-1
0
D
1
-4
L
P
-9
D
0
-8
L
C
D
2
4
V
-3
F
R
M
-1
D
S
P
_
O
F
F
166-1 VH
-2 N.C
-3 N.C
-3 GND
7
0
4
- 1
S
H
U
T
S
W
- 2
S
H
U
T
L
E
D
- 4
5
V
1
- 5
E
X
P
L
E
D
- E
X
P
S
W
- 7
U
D
L
E
D
- 8
U
S
E
R
S
W
- 9
H
E
L
P
S
W
-1
0
S
.G
N
D
-1
1
V
R
_
L
O
W
E
R
-1
2
V
R
_
S
IG
-1
2
S
H
U
T
L
E
D
- 8
E
X
P
S
W
- 7
U
D
L
E
D
- 6
U
S
E
R
S
W
- 5
H
E
L
P
S
W
- 2
L
C
D
V
R
7
0
0
-1
4
R
X
D
_
IN
-1
0
S
H
U
T
O
F
F
-7
S
H
U
T
L
E
D
-1
4
L
C
D
_
D
3
-1
3
L
C
D
_
D
2
-1
2
L
C
D
_
D
1
-1
1
L
C
D
_
D
0
-1
0
S
G
N
D
-9
C
P
-8
S
G
N
D
-7
L
P
-6
S
G
N
D
-4
S
G
N
D
-3
D
IS
P
O
F
F
-3
V
C
C
-2
G
N
D
1
6
5
-1
O
N
/O
F
F
-2
G
N
D
-2
S
.G
N
D
-1
0
5
V
1
-1
3
V
R
_
U
P
P
E
R
- 1
2
4
V
A
1
3
6
-A
2
R
X
D
1
3
6
-A
3
R
T
S
1
3
6
-A
5
S
H
U
T
O
F
F
1
3
6
-A
6
S
W
S
IG
1
3
6
-A
7
W
T
L
E
D
1
3
6
-A
8
S
H
U
T
L
E
D
1
3
6
-A
9
O
U
T
1
1
3
6
-A
1
0
5
V
0
1
3
6
-A
1
1
S
B
IN
1
1
3
6
-A
1
2
S
B
O
U
T
1
1
3
6
-A
1
3
S
B
IN
2
1
3
6
-A
1
4
S
B
O
U
T
2
1
3
6
-B
1
D
A
T
3
1
3
6
-B
2
D
A
T
2
1
3
6
-B
5
S
.G
N
D
1
3
6
-B
6
C
P
1
3
6
-B
7
S
.G
N
D
1
3
6
-B
8
L
P
1
3
6
-B
9
S
.G
N
D
1
3
6
-B
1
1
S
.G
N
D
1
3
6
-B
1
2
D
IS
P
O
F
F
1
3
6
-B
1
3
-3
S
B
IN
_
1
7
0
1
-1
X
2
L
E
F
T
-2
Y
2
L
O
W
E
R
-3
X
1
R
IG
H
T
-4
Y
1
U
P
P
E
R
7
0
9
-1
7
0
9
-2
-1
3
T
X
D
_
O
U
T
-1
2
C
T
S
-1
1
R
T
S
-5
5
V
0
-4
S
B
O
U
T
_
1
-2
N
.C
-1
N
.C
7
1
3
-1
5
-5
F
L
M
-2
-1
-1
1
5
V
0
- 3
5
V
0
TRC1
TRC2
57GA (JAPAN 100V)
57GB / 57GF (JAPAN 200V, US / EU)
TRC1
TRC2
6
5
0
-1
6
5
0
-2
6
5
0
-3
6
6
6
-3
6
6
6
-2
6
6
6
-1
6
6
5
-3
6
6
5
-2
6
6
5
-1
10
11
5 6
85
84
32
31
42
36
30
35
34
33
92
81
87
161
162
171
167
166
6
3
0
-2
6
3
0
-1
6
3
0
-3
6
3
1
-2
6
3
1
-1
6
3
1
-3
6
3
1
-4
6
3
2
-1
6
3
2
-2
6
3
2
-3
6
4
0
-3
-1
6
4
0
-2
-2
6
4
0
-1
-3
475-1
475-2
475-4
475-5
475-6
475-3
171-1
171-2
171-4
171-5
171-6
171-3
6
3
2
-4
6
3
1
-4
7 8
FT23 FT22 CN14-1
CN14-2
CN2-1
AC_HOT
CN2-3
AC_NEU
CN3-1 CN3-2
F
T
-1
2
4
v
3
C
N
7
1
-5
/R
E
M
3
C
N
7
1
-6
C
U
R
_
E
M
C
N
7
1
-3
/R
E
M
1
C
N
7
1
-1
5
V
_
IN
76
77 78
142
34
35
36
C
N
7
3
-1
1
2
V
0
C
N
7
3
-2
C
N
7
3
-3
1
2
V
3
7
5
8
-1
C
N
7
2
-1
5
V
0
30
31
32
C
N
7
2
-3
5
V
0
C
N
7
2
-2
5
V
0
42
C
N
7
3
-6
C
N
7
3
-4
C
N
7
3
-5
55
54
52
53
49
C
N
7
4
-2
2
4
v
2
48
C
N
7
4
-9
2
4
v
2
C
N
7
4
-1
0
2
4
v
2
58
59
60
56
C
N
7
1
-7
A
C
_
O
F
F
C
N
7
1
-4
/R
E
M
2
C
N
7
1
-8
F
A
N
_
H
/L
50
51
C
N
7
4
-8
2
4
v
2
C
N
7
4
-3
2
4
v
2
C
N
7
4
-1
2
4
v
2
62
63
C
N
7
5
-1
3
6
v
C
N
7
5
-2
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
6
-3
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
6
-4
C
N
7
7
-1
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
7
-2
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
7
-3
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
7
-4
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
7
-5
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
7
-6
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
7
-7
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
7
-8
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
7
-9
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
7
-1
0
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
6
-2
64
C
N
7
6
-1
2
4
v
3
69
68
70
66 71
72
73
74
75
38
33
A
142
C
N
7
8
-1
J
P
N
1
0
0
V
C
N
7
8
-3
163
164
168
169
165
170
151
152 153
154
155
FT42 FT43
A
59
53
51
60
126
128
58
129
FT12
FT13
FT15
FT14
FT16
FT17
FT21 FT20
FT42
FT41
CN19-1
CN19-2
FT40 FT41
FT10
FT11
M13
PS5
FM7
PS62 PS63
FM19 FM20
SUB
SW
130 131 132
133
151
152
153 154
155
500
1
1
9
0
-1
9
0
-2
9
1
-1
9
1
-2
C
N
1
2
-1
C
N
1
2
-4
C
N
1
3
-1
C
N
1
3
-4
T2 T1
C
N
1
7
-2
C
N
9
-1
C
N
1
7
-1
G
/Y
T1
T1 T2
G
T2
G
505
504
503
502
507
506
T1
T1 T2
G
T2
G
510
504
503
502
507
506
505
16 17 15
18
3
0
5
-5
3
0
5
-3
3
0
5
-1
7
5
0
-1
7
5
0
-2
3
0
5
-2
3
0
5
-4
3
0
5
-6
601-1
601-2
601-3
601-4
601-5
601-6
601-7
F/G
F/G
601-8
1
6
0
-1
-6
1
6
0
-2
-5
1
6
0
-3
-4
1
6
0
-4
-31
6
0
-5
-2
1
6
0
-6
-1
7
4
5
-A
1
4
-A
1
7
4
5
-A
1
3
-A
2
7
4
5
-A
1
2
-A
3
7
4
5
-A
1
1
-A
4
7
4
5
-A
1
0
-A
5
7
4
5
-A
9
-A
6
7
4
5
-A
8
-A
7
7
4
5
-A
7
-A
8
7
4
5
-A
6
-A
9
7
4
5
-A
5
-A
1
0
7
4
5
-A
4
-A
1
1
7
4
5
-A
3
-A
1
2
7
4
5
-A
2
-A
1
3
7
4
5
-A
1
-A
1
4
7
4
5
-B
1
4
-B
1
7
4
5
-B
1
3
-B
2
7
4
5
-B
1
2
-B
3
7
4
5
-B
1
1
-B
4
7
4
5
-B
1
0
-B
5
7
4
5
-B
9
-B
6
7
4
5
-B
8
-B
7
7
4
5
-B
7
-B
8
7
4
5
-B
6
-B
9
7
4
5
-B
5
-B
1
0
7
4
5
-B
4
-B
1
1
7
4
5
-B
3
-B
1
2
7
4
5
-B
2
-B
1
3
7
4
5
-B
1
-B
1
4 1
6
3
-7
-1
1
6
3
-6
-2
1
6
3
-4
-4
1
6
3
-3
-5
1
6
3
-2
-6
1
6
3
-1
-7
1
6
3
-5
-3
7
8
C
N
7
2
-4
S
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
-5
S
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
-6
S
G
N
D
C
N
7
3
-7
S
G
N
D
C
N
7
3
-8
C
N
7
3
-9
C
N
7
3
-1
0
C
N
7
3
-1
1
C
N
7
3
-1
2
C
N
7
4
-1
4
C
N
7
4
-1
3
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
4
-1
2
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
4
-1
1
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
4
-7
C
N
7
4
-6
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
4
-5
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
4
-4
P
G
N
D
C
N
7
8
-2
C
N
7
1
-2
S
G
N
D
6
2
3
-6
6
2
2
-3
6
2
1
-3
P
G
N
D
DCPS1 RL1
SDB
OB1
OB2
PKB
LCDB OB INVB
SW2
NF1 NF2 CBR
S
W
3
Coil
S
c
a
n
n
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
S
c
a
n
n
e
r

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n
Power supply
cooling fan /1
Power supply
cooling fan /2
A
P
S

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
A
P
S

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
S
c
a
n
n
e
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
Noise filter /1 Noise filter /2
Plug
Backlight
Power switch
Outlet
Main power switch
SW1
Exposure lamp
LAMP UNIT
SCANNER
UNIT
From IPB
L1 INVB
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
e
r

/
2
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
e
r

/
1
Triac /1
Triac /1
Triac /2
Triac /2
Main relay
D
e
h
u
m
id
if
ic
a
t
io
n

h
e
a
t
e
r

s
w
it
c
h
Status
indicator
lamp
RL2
Sub relay
SCANNER
I
P
B
P
R
C
B
P
R
C
B
I
P
B
I
P
B
S
D
B
S
D
B
S
D
B
P
M
D
B
P
M
D
B
M
4
M
S
2
M
1
M
3
M
2
H
V
1
F
N
S
D
D
F
A
D
U
D
B
F
N
S
F
N
S
D
D
F
A
D
U
D
B
To FUSING UNIT
To ACDB
To ACDB
To ACDB
To ACDB
511
512
515
514
513
516
OACB (1/3)
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Symbol Part name Location
CBR Circuit breaker 2-B
Coil Coil 12-B
DCPS1 DC power supply /1 6-B
FM7 Scanner cooling fan 3-I
FM19 Power supply cooling fan /1 6-B
FM20 Power supply cooling fan /2 7-B
L1 Exposure lamp 2-H
L1 INVB L1 inverter 2-I
LCDB LCD board 10-F
M13 Scanner motor 2-I
NF1 Noise filter /1 2-B
NF2 Noise filter /2 2-B
OACB Overall control board 5-J
OB INVB OB inverter 9-F
OB1 Operation board /1 7-H
OB2 Operation board /2 8-F
PKB Panel key board 10-F
PS5 Scanner home sensor 3-I
PS62 APS sensor /1 5-I
PS63 APS sensor /2 5-I
RL1 Main relay 4-B
RL2 Sub relay 12-B
SDB Scanner drive board 1-K
SW1 Main power switch 4-B
SW2 Power switch 7-G
SW3 Dehumidification heater switch 3-B
T1 Transformer /1 3-D
T2 Transformer /2 3-D
TRC1 Triac /1 5-D, 5-E
TRC2 Triac /2 5-D, 5-F
Backlight 10-F
Status indicator lamp 6-I
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.2 Main body 2/4
A
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
LAN I/F
(RJ45)
ISW I/F
(USB)
CSRC I/F ISW I/F PARALLEL ISW
I/F (USB)
MAIN BODY LAN
I/F (RJ45)
DEBUG I/F
(RS232C)
TXD
N.C
CTS
RXD
N.C
RTS
DFVV
COVER
CN137-8 RXD
CN137-11 TXD
CN137-14 DDF_VV
CN137-15 COVER
CN137-9 DSR
CN137-10 RTS
CN137-12 DTR
CN137-13 CTS
1
3
9
-1
D
C
D
1
3
9
-2
R
X
D
1
3
9
-3
T
X
D
1
3
9
-4
D
T
R
1
3
9
-5
G
N
D
1
3
9
-6
D
S
R
1
3
9
-7
R
T
S
1
3
9
-8
C
T
S
1
3
9
-9
R
I
1
1
1
-1
T
D
+
1
1
1
-2
T
D
-
1
1
1
-3
R
D
+
1
1
1
-4
C
T
1
1
1
-5
C
T
1
1
1
-6
R
D
-
1
1
1
-7
N
.C
1
1
1
-8
C
H
S
1
4
0
-1
G
N
D
1
4
0
-2
G
N
D
1
4
0
-3
G
N
D
1
4
0
-4
N
.C
1
4
0
-5
C
T
S
1
4
0
-6
R
T
S
1
4
0
-7
R
X
D
1
4
0
-8
T
X
D
1
4
0
-9
5
V
1
1
4
0
-1
0
5
V
1
2
4
V
2
(M
R
G
)
P
.G
N
D
5
V
1
S
.G
N
D
CN888-14 PBUSY
CN888-31 INIT
CN888-32 NDVALID
CN888-36 1284ACT
CN888-33 35 NC
CN888-28 30 NC
CN888-19 27 SGND
CN888-15 18 NC
CN888-2 D0
CN888-3 D1
CN888-6 D4
CN888-7 D5
CN888-9 D7
CN888-12 ACK
CN888-1 STROBE
CN888-4 D2
CN888-5 D3
CN888-8 D6
CN888-10 PTRCLK
CN888-13 xFLAG
CN888-14 HBUSY
C
N
8
8
6
-
2
-
D
C
N
8
8
6
-
3
+
D
C
N
8
8
6
-
1
V
B
U
S
C
N
8
8
6
-
4
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
-1
C
N
1
-2
C
N
1
-3
C
N
1
-4
C
N
1
-5
C
N
1
-6
C
N
1
-7
C
N
1
-8
C
N
1
-9
C
N
1
-1
0
C
N
1
-1
1
C
N
1
-1
2
C
N
1
-1
3
C
N
1
-1
4
C
N
1
-1
5
C
N
1
-1
6
C
N
1
-1
7
C
N
1
-1
8
C
N
1
-1
9
C
N
1
-2
0
C
N
1
-2
1
C
N
1
-2
2
C
N
1
-2
3
C
N
1
-2
4
C
N
1
-2
5
C
N
1
-2
6
C
N
1
-2
7
C
N
1
-2
8
C
N
1
-2
9
C
N
1
-3
0
C
N
1
-3
1
C
N
1
-3
2
C
N
1
-3
3
C
N
1
-3
4
C
N
1
-3
5
C
N
1
-3
6
C
N
1
-3
7
C
N
1
-3
9
C
N
1
-3
8
C
N
1
-4
0
C
N
8
8
7
-
1
1
2
V
o
u
t
C
N
8
8
7
-
2
G
N
D
C
N
8
8
7
-
3
G
N
D
C
N
8
8
7
-
4
5
V
o
u
t
CN885-1 TD+
CN885-3 RD+
CN885-4 CT
CN885-5 CT
CN885-6 RD-
CN885-8 CHS
CN885-2 TD-
CN885-7 N.C.
C
N
8
8
9
-4
N
.C

C
N
8
8
9
-6
N
.C

C
N
8
8
9
-8
C
T
S

C
N
8
8
9
-5
G
N
D

C
N
8
8
9
-7
R
T
S

C
N
8
8
9
-1
N
.C

C
N
8
8
9
-2
R
X
D

C
N
8
8
9
-3
T
X
D

C
N
8
8
9
-9
N
.C
C
N
1
7
0
-2
5
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-2
2
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-2
1
A
D
_
D
2
-
C
N
1
7
0
-2
0
A
D
_
D
2
+

C
N
1
7
0
-1
9
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-1
8
L
V
D
S
C
L
K
-
C
N
1
7
0
-4
3
L
C
L
K
+
C
N
1
7
0
-4
2
L
C
L
K
-
C
N
1
7
0
-4
1
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
7
0
-4
0
R
C
K
-
C
N
1
7
0
-3
9
R
C
K
+
C
N
1
7
0
-4
4
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
7
0
-3
7
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-3
6
T
C
K
+

C
N
1
7
0
-3
5
T
C
K
-
C
N
1
7
0
-3
4
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-3
3
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-3
2
S
C
L
K

C
N
1
7
0
-3
0
S
D
I
C
N
1
7
0
-2
9
S
D
O

C
N
1
7
0
-2
8
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-2
7
A
D
_
D
0
-
C
N
1
7
0
-2
6
A
D
_
D
0
+

C
N
1
7
0
-1
7
L
V
D
S
C
L
K
+

C
N
1
7
0
-1
6
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-1
5
A
D
R
S
T

C
N
1
7
0
-1
4
A
P
R

C
N
1
7
0
-1
3
P
D
W
N

C
N
1
7
0
-1
2
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-2
4
A
D
_
D
1
-
C
N
1
7
0
-2
3
A
D
_
D
1
+

C
N
1
7
0
-1
1
+
5
V
1

C
N
1
1
0
-2
2
S
D
O
C
N
1
1
0
-8
+
L
C
L
K
C
N
1
1
0
-1
4
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-1
5
+
T
C
K
C
N
1
1
0
-1
7
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-1
8
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-3
7
A
P
R
C
N
1
1
0
-3
9
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
7
0
-4
9
T
G
C
N
1
7
0
-4
8
T
G
O
U
T
C
N
1
7
0
-4
7
C
L
A
M
P
C
N
1
7
0
-4
6
A
C
L
A
M
P
C
N
1
7
0
-4
5
P
R
D
K
E
E
P
C
N
1
1
0
-1
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-2
T
G
C
N
1
1
0
-3
T
G
_
O
U
T
C
N
1
1
0
-4
C
L
A
M
P
C
N
1
1
0
-5
A
_
C
L
A
M
P
C
N
1
1
0
-6
P
R
D
K
E
E
P
C
N
1
1
0
-7
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-9
-L
C
L
K
C
N
1
1
0
-1
0
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-1
1
-R
C
K
C
N
1
1
0
-1
2
+
R
C
K
C
N
1
1
0
-1
3
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-1
6
-T
C
K
C
N
1
1
0
-1
9
S
C
L
K
C
N
1
1
0
-2
1
S
D
I
C
N
1
1
0
-2
4
-A
D
_
D
0
C
N
1
1
0
-2
5
+
A
D
_
D
0
C
N
1
1
0
-2
6
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-2
7
-A
D
_
D
1
C
N
1
1
0
-2
8
+
A
D
_
D
1
C
N
1
1
0
-2
9
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-3
0
-A
D
_
D
2
C
N
1
1
0
-3
1
+
A
D
_
D
2
C
N
1
1
0
-3
2
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-3
3
-L
V
D
S
C
L
K
C
N
1
1
0
-3
4
+
L
V
D
S
C
L
K
C
N
1
1
0
-3
5
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-3
6
A
D
R
S
T
C
N
1
1
0
-3
8
L
V
D
S
P
D
N
C
N
1
1
0
-4
0
+
5
V
1
C
N
1
1
0
-4
1
+
5
V
1
C
N
1
1
0
-4
4
+
5
V
1
C
N
1
1
0
-4
5
+
5
V
1
C
N
1
1
0
-4
2
+
5
V
1
C
N
1
1
0
-4
3
+
5
V
1
C
N
1
1
0
-4
6
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
1
0
-4
7
+
1
2
V
(C
C
D
)
C
N
1
1
0
-4
8
+
1
2
V
(C
C
D
)
C
N
1
1
0
-4
9
+
1
2
V
(C
C
D
)
C
N
1
1
0
-5
0
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
7
0
-5
0
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-3
8
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
-1
0
+
5
V
1

C
N
1
7
0
- 9
+
5
V
1

C
N
1
7
0
- 8
+
5
V
1

C
N
1
7
0
- 7
+
5
V
1

C
N
1
7
0
- 6
+
5
V
1

C
N
1
7
0
- 5
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
7
0
- 4
+
1
2
V

C
N
1
7
0
- 3
+
1
2
V

C
N
1
7
0
- 2
+
1
2
V

C
N
1
7
0
- 1
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
1
0
-2
3
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
7
0
-3
1
S
E
N

C
N
1
1
0
-2
0
S
E
N
C
N
1
0
3
-1
+
5
V
1
C
N
1
0
3
-2
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
0
3
-3
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
0
3
-4
+
1
2
V
(H
D
D
)
C
N
1
9
5
- 3
D
7
C
N
1
9
5
- 4
D
8
C
N
1
9
5
- 5
D
6
C
N
1
9
5
- 6
D
9
C
N
1
9
5
- 7
D
5
C
N
1
9
5
- 8
D
1
0
C
N
1
9
5
- 9
D
4
C
N
1
9
5
- 1
R
S
T
C
N
1
9
5
- 2
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
9
5
-1
0
D
1
1
C
N
1
9
5
-1
1
D
3
C
N
1
9
5
-1
2
D
1
2
C
N
1
9
5
-4
0
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
9
5
-3
9
D
A
S
P
C
N
1
9
5
-3
8
C
S
1
C
N
1
9
5
-3
7
C
S
0

C
N
1
9
5
-3
6
D
A
2

C
N
1
9
5
-3
5
D
A
0

C
N
1
9
5
-3
4
P
D
A
IG

C
N
1
9
5
-3
3
D
A
1

C
N
1
9
5
-3
2
R
e
s
e
rv
e
d

C
N
1
9
5
-3
1
IN
T
0

C
N
1
9
5
-3
0
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
9
5
-2
9
D
M
A
C
K

C
N
1
9
5
-2
8
C
S
E
L

C
N
1
9
5
-2
7
ID
R
D
Y

C
N
1
9
5
-2
6
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
9
5
-2
5
D
IO
R

C
N
1
9
5
-2
4
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
9
5
-2
3
D
IO
W

C
N
1
9
5
-2
2
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
9
5
-2
1
D
M
A
R
Q

C
N
1
9
5
-2
0
N
.C
.(K
E
Y
p
in
)
C
N
1
9
5
-1
9
S
.G
N
D

C
N
1
9
5
-1
8
D
1
5

C
N
1
9
5
-1
7
D
0

C
N
1
9
5
-1
6
D
1
4

C
N
1
9
5
-1
5
D
1

C
N
1
9
5
-1
4
D
1
3

C
N
1
9
5
-1
3
D
2

131-5
131-4
131-3
131-2
131-1
CLK
PLL_LK
CONT
GND
C
N
1
3
0
-A
5
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
3
0
-A
6
L
D
+
5
V
C
N
1
3
0
-A
8
L
P
R
5
V
C
N
1
3
0
-B
2
D
A
C
L
K
C
N
1
3
0
-B
3
D
I
C
N
1
3
2
-4
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
3
2
-5
5
V
C
N
1
3
0
-A
7
L
D
+
5
V
C
N
1
3
0
-A
9
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
3
0
-A
1
0
-V
ID
E
O
1
C
N
1
3
0
-A
1
1
+
V
ID
E
O
1
C
N
1
3
0
-A
1
2
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
3
0
-B
1
L
O
A
D
C
N
1
3
0
-B
4
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
3
0
-B
9
S
.G
N
D
C
N
1
3
0
-B
1
0
-V
ID
E
O
2
C
N
1
3
0
-B
1
1
+
V
ID
E
O
2
C
N
1
3
0
-B
1
2
S
.G
N
D
131-6 24V
C
N
1
3
2
-1
IN
D
P
R
C
N
1
3
2
-3
IN
D
C
N
1
3
0
-A
1
E
N
B
C
N
1
3
0
-A
2
A
L
M
1
C
N
1
3
0
-A
3
S
/H
B
1
C
N
1
3
0
-A
4
S
/H
1
C
N
1
3
0
-B
5
A
L
M
2
C
N
1
3
0
-B
6
S
/H
B
2
C
N
1
3
0
-B
7
S
/H
2
C
N
1
3
0
-B
8
A
L
M
R
S
T
36V
1
2
5
-1
V
B
U
S
1
2
5
-2
-D
1
2
5
-3
+
D
1
2
5
-4
S
.G
N
D
1
3
4
-1
S
T
R
O
B
E
1
3
4
-2
D
0
1
3
4
-3
D
1
1
3
4
-4
D
2
1
3
4
-5
D
3
1
3
4
-6
D
4
1
3
4
-7
D
5
1
3
4
-8
D
6

1
3
4
-9
D
7

1
3
4
-1
0
P
T
R
C
L
K

1
3
4
-1
4
P
B
U
S
Y

1
3
4
-1
2
A
C
K

1
3
4
-1
3
x
F
L
A
G

1
3
4
-1
4
H
B
U
S
Y

C
N

1
0
9
C
N

8
9
9
DF-606
92
88
86
85
84 80
79
CN80-1 CN80-3
CN80-2 CN80-4
93
95
98
C
N
2
1
-2
C
N
1
2
-2
2
4
v
1
C
N
1
2
-5
1
2
v
2
101
110
123
124
125
220 221 222 223 224 226 227
78-1A
78-2A
78-1B 79-1B
78-2B 79-2B
79-1A
79-2A
8
1
-3
8
1
-4
8
1
-5
8
2
-1
8
2
-2
8
1
-1
8
1
-2
CN1-2
AC_HOT
CN1-6
AC_NEU
CN1-5
AC_NEU
CN1-3
AC_HOT
103
104
105
106
107
108 111
112
117 114
113
115
C
N
1
1
-1
5
v
1
C
N
1
1
-2
5
v
1
C
N
1
1
-3
5
v
1
C
N
1
1
-4
5
v
1
C
N
1
1
-5
5
v
1
C
N
1
1
-8
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
-9
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
-1
0
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
-1
1
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
-1
2
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
-1
3
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
-1
4
S
G
N
D
C
N
2
1
-3
P
G
N
D
C
N
2
1
-4
C
N
1
1
-6
1
2
v
1
-1
C
N
1
1
-7
1
2
v
1
-2
C
N
2
1
-1
2
4
v
2
C
N
1
2
-1
2
4
v
1
C
N
1
2
-3
C
N
1
2
-4
1
2
v
2
C
N
1
2
-6
C
N
1
2
-7
5
v
2
C
N
1
2
-8
5
v
2
C
N
1
2
-9
5
v
2
C
N
1
2
-1
0
5
v
2
C
N
1
2
-1
1
-5
v
118
127
126
128
138 132
136 139
C
N
1
3
-1
2
4
v
1
C
N
1
3
-2
C
N
1
3
-3
C
N
1
3
-4
C
N
1
3
-5
2
4
v
1
C
N
1
3
-6
5
v
2
C
N
1
3
-7
5
v
2
C
N
1
3
-8
5
v
2
C
N
1
3
-9
5
v
2
C
N
1
4
-1
C
N
1
4
-2
5
v
2
97 100
164
165
5
1
-1
C
N
1
2
-2
2
2
4
v
1
C
N
1
2
-2
1
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-2
0
C
N
1
2
-1
9
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-1
8
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-1
7
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-1
6
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-1
5
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-1
4
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-1
3
C
N
1
2
-1
2
S
G
N
D
225
8
1
-6
78
C
N
1
5
-1
0
R
E
M
/1
C
N
1
5
-1
1
R
E
M
/2
C
N
1
5
-1
4
A
C
_
O
F
F
C
N
1
5
-4
C
N
1
5
-5
F
A
N
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
1
5
-6
F
A
N
_
E
M
200
201
93
3
4
3
-2
3
4
3
-1
DIMM
CompactFlash
81
161
162 142
82
141
163
169
170
168
167
90 87
166 89 171
119
132
129
IC-203
FM18
FM21
M17
49
55
759-8-1
759-7-2
759-6-3
759-5-4
759-4-5
759-3-6
759-2-7
759-1-8
82
90
62
172-1-9
172-2-8
172-3-7
172-5-5
172-4-6
186-5-2
186-4-3
186-3-4
186-2-5
186-1-6
170
172
1
9
4
-9
1
9
4
-1
0
1
9
4
-1
1
1
9
4
-1
2
1
9
4
-1
3
1
9
2
-5
-9
1
9
2
-4
-1
0
1
9
2
-3
-1
1
1
9
2
-2
-1
2
1
9
2
-1
-1
3
1
9
1
-1
4
-1
1
9
1
-1
3
-2
1
9
1
-1
2
-3
1
9
1
-1
1
-4
1
9
1
-1
0
-5
1
9
1
-9
-6
1
9
1
-8
-7
1
9
1
-7
-8
1
9
1
-6
-9
1
9
1
-5
-1
0
1
9
1
-4
-1
1
1
9
1
-3
-1
2
1
9
0
-1
2
-1
1
9
0
-1
1
-2
1
9
0
-8
-5
1
9
0
-7
-6
1
9
0
-6
-7
1
9
0
-5
-8
1
9
0
-4
-9
1
9
0
-3
-1
0
1
9
0
-2
-1
1
1
9
0
-1
-1
2
1
9
0
-1
0
-3
1
9
0
-9
-4
52
172-6-4 186-6-1
63
171
C
N
1
3
2
-2
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
3
-1
8
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
3
-1
7
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
3
-1
6

C
N
1
3
-1
5
C
N
1
3
-1
4
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
3
-1
3
C
N
1
3
-1
2
C
N
1
3
-1
1
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
3
-1
0
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
4
-3
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
4
-4
1
3
4
-3
1
IN
IT

1
3
4
-3
2
N
D
V
A
L
ID

1
3
4
-3
3
3
5
N
C
1
3
4
-2
8
3
0
N
C
1
3
4
-1
9
2
7
S
G
N
D
1
3
4
-1
5
1
8
N
C
1
3
4
-3
6
1
2
8
4
A
C
T

PCI RB
ICB
PB
OACB (2/3)
LDB
INDEXB
P
M
D
B
DCPS2
CCDB
MS1 MS2
IC cooling fan
Polygon motor
Interlock switch /2
Power supply
cooling fan /3
Interlock switch /1
HDD1
HDD2
WRITING
P
R
C
B
P
R
C
B
P
R
C
B
P
R
C
B
P
R
C
B
R
C
D
B
D
P
S
B
D
P
S
B
S
D
B
S
D
B
F
N
S
P
R
C
B
A
D
U
D
B
H
V
1
M
3
M
2
M
1
M
1
5
H
V
1
M
3
M
4
M
1
5
M
1
5
H
T
R
4
M
S
2
D
D
F
D
D
F
L
C
T
L
C
T
L
C
T
L
C
T
D
C
P
S
1
A
D
U
D
B
A
D
U
D
B
A
D
U
D
B
A
D
U
D
B
A
D
U
D
B
A
D
U
D
B
A
D
U
D
B
A
D
U
D
B
A
C
D
B
A
C
D
B
A
C
D
B
A
C
D
B
A
C
D
B
I
P
B
I
P
B
O
B
1
I
P
B
I
P
B
O
B
1
PARALLEL
I/F
RESERVE
515
514
513
511
512
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Symbol Part name Location
CCDB CCD board 20-D
DCPS2 DC power supply /2 14-A
FM18 Power supply cooling fan /3 18-A
FM21 IC cooling fan 24-H
HDD1 HDD /1 18-E
HDD2 HDD /2 24-D
IC IC-203 23-D
ICB IC board 24-F
INDEXB Index board 16-E
LDB Laser drive board 16-E
M17 Polygon motor 15-F
MS1 Interlock switch /1 21-A
MS2 Interlock switch /2 21-A
PB Parameter board 21-I
PCI RB PCI relay board 23-F
PMDB Polygon motor drive board 14-E
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.3 Main body 3/4
N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
TRC1
(T2)
TRC2
(T2)
TRC1
(G)
TRC2
(G)
5 6
2
1
6
-1
2
S
C
A
N
_
C
U
R
1
2
1
6
-1
1
S
C
A
N
_
C
U
R
2
2
1
6
-1
0
S
C
A
N
_
C
U
R
3
2
1
6
-6
S
C
A
N
H
P
_
P
S
4
2
0
-A
1
2
4
V
4
0
0
-7
M
R
L
_
2
4
V
4
0
0
-8
M
R
L
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-A
9
T
2
_
C
O
N
T
4
2
0
-B
9
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-A
3
T
C
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
6
-1
5
S
C
A
N
_
C
L
K
_
O
2
1
6
-1
4
S
C
A
N
_
F
R
2
1
6
-1
3
S
C
A
N
_
M
G
N
2
1
6
-9
E
X
P
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
6
-8
S
C
A
N
F
A
N
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
6
-7
S
C
A
N
F
A
N
_
E
M
2
1
6
-2
S
C
A
N
2
4
V
_
F
E
M
4
1
0
-A
5
A
C
V
_
E
M
1
4
1
0
-A
4
T
C
_
2
4
F
E
M
4
1
0
-A
1
0
T
3
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-A
1
M
R
L
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-A
2
M
R
L
_
S
IG
4
1
0
-A
6
Z
E
R
O
_
C
R
O
S
S
4
1
0
-A
7
T
H
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-A
8
T
1
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-A
1
1
L
3
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-A
1
2
A
C
5
V
_
F
E
M
4
1
0
-A
1
3
A
C
1
2
V
_
F
E
M
4
1
0
-A
1
4
D
H
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-A
1
5
D
H
_
O
P
E
N
4
1
0
-A
1
6
A
C
_
E
N
B
200-1 12V3
200-2 5V1
200-3 5V2
4
2
0
-A
2
P
G
N
D
4
2
0
-B
8
N
.C
4
2
0
-A
3
P
G
N
D
4
2
0
-A
4
P
G
N
D
4
2
0
-A
5
P
G
N
D
4
2
0
-A
6
P
G
N
D
4
2
0
-A
7
P
G
N
D
4
2
0
-A
8
P
G
N
D
4
2
0
-A
9
P
G
N
D
200-4 JPN100V
200-5 PSFAN_EM
200-6 PSFANCONT
200-7 S.GND
200-8 S.GND
2
1
6
-5
N
C
2
1
6
-4
N
C
2
1
6
-3
N
C
2
1
3
-A
8
T
3
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-A
2
A
C
_
E
N
B
2
1
3
-A
3
D
H
_
O
P
E
N
2
1
3
-A
4
D
H
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-A
5
A
C
1
2
V
_
F
E
M
2
1
3
-A
6
A
C
5
V
_
F
E
M
2
1
3
-A
7
L
3
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-A
9
T
2
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-A
1
0
T
1
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-A
1
1
T
H
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-A
1
2
Z
E
R
O
_
C
R
O
S
S
2
1
3
-A
1
4
T
C
_
2
4
F
E
M
2
1
3
-A
1
5
T
C
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-A
1
6
M
R
L
_
S
IG
2
1
3
-A
1
7
M
R
L
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-A
1
3
A
C
V
_
E
M
2
2
8
-A
1
T
S
E
N
_
C
O
N
T
2
2
8
-A
2
T
O
N
E
R
_
S
IG
2
2
8
-B
5
2
2
8
-A
6
T
O
N
E
R
M
_
E
M
2
2
8
-A
5
T
O
N
E
R
M
_
C
L
K
2
2
8
-A
4
T
O
N
E
R
M
_
C
O
N
T
4
8
5
-1
4
8
5
-2
4
8
5
-3
4
8
5
-4
4
8
5
-5
4
8
5
-6
4
8
5
-7
4
8
5
-8
4
8
5
-9
4
8
5
-1
0
4
8
5
-1
1
3
2
3
-2
B
L
A
_
2
3
2
3
-6
T
M
_
D
1
3
2
3
-7
T
M
_
D
2
3
2
3
-3
2
4
V
3
2
3
-1
B
L
A
_
1
2
2
4
-2
5
V
2
2
5
-A
1
5
V
3
2
3
-5
P
C
L
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
3
-4
C
R
A
W
_
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
2
2
5
-A
2
B
L
A
_
P
S
1
2
2
5
-A
4
B
L
A
_
P
S
2
2
2
5
-A
5
C
H
G
C
L
H
P
_
P
S
2
2
5
-A
6
C
H
G
C
L
O
R
_
P
S
2
2
4
-5
D
R
U
M
_
V
_
S
IG
2
2
4
-1
D
R
U
M
_
S
E
T
2
2
4
-4
D
R
U
M
_
T
H
D
-
2
2
4
-3
D
R
U
M
_
T
H
D
+
3
2
4
-1
2
4
V
3
2
4
-2
2
4
V
3
2
4
-3
A
3
2
4
-4
/A
3
2
4
-5
B
3
2
4
-6
/B
M11
118
117
4
0
0
-1
2
4
V
1
4
0
0
-2
1
2
V
4
0
0
-3
5
V
4
0
0
-4
S
G
N
D
4
0
0
-5
S
G
N
D
4
0
0
-6
P
G
N
D
4
3
5
-1
2
4
V
4
3
5
-2
P
G
N
D
D
C
O
N
T
5
V
V
re
f
J
C
O
N
T
D
S
IG
D
m
o
n
J
A
M
A
G
N
D
S
IG
C
O
N
T
2
2
0
-A
1
T
1
_
S
E
T
_
P
2
2
0
-A
2
5
V
2
2
2
0
-A
3
T
1
S
IZ
E
_
P
S
1
2
2
0
-A
6
T
1
S
IZ
E
_
P
S
2
2
2
0
-A
1
0
T
1
_
0
P
S
2
2
0
-A
1
3
T
1
P
R
E
_
P
S
2
2
0
-A
8
T
1
U
P
_
P
S
2
2
0
-A
1
4
T
1
F
E
E
D
_
P
S
2
2
0
-A
7
T
1
G
R
IP
_
P
S
2
2
0
-A
9
T
1
R
M
_
P
S
2
2
0
-A
1
2
T
1
S
IZ
E
_
V
R
2
2
0
-A
1
1
5
V
A
3
2
0
-A
7
R
K
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-A
6
P
U
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-A
3
2
4
V
3
2
0
-A
1
2
4
V
3
2
0
-A
2
U
P
M
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-A
4
F
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-A
5
P
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
2
2
0
-A
5
2
2
0
-A
1
7
T
2
_
S
E
T
_
P
2
2
0
-A
1
8
5
V
2
2
2
0
-A
1
9
T
2
S
IZ
E
_
P
S
1
2
2
0
-A
2
2
T
2
S
IZ
E
_
P
S
2
2
2
0
-B
1
T
2
_
0
P
S
2
2
0
-B
4
T
2
P
R
E
_
P
S
2
2
0
-A
2
4
T
2
U
P
_
P
S
2
2
0
-B
5
T
2
F
E
E
D
_
P
S
2
2
0
-A
2
3
T
2
G
R
IP
_
P
S
2
2
0
-A
2
5
T
2
R
M
_
S
IG
2
2
0
-B
3
T
2
S
IZ
E
_
V
R
2
2
0
-B
2
5
V
A
3
2
0
-B
3
R
K
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-B
2
P
U
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-B
! P
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-A
1
1
F
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-A
8
2
4
V
3
2
0
-A
9
U
P
M
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-A
1
0
2
4
V
2
2
0
-A
2
1
N
.C
.
2
2
0
-B
1
1
T
3
_
S
E
T
_
P
2
2
0
-B
1
2
5
V
2
2
2
0
-B
1
3
T
3
S
IZ
E
_
P
S
1
2
2
0
-B
1
6
T
3
S
IZ
E
_
P
S
2
2
2
0
-B
2
0
T
3
_
0
P
S
2
2
0
-B
2
3
T
3
P
R
E
_
P
S
2
2
0
-B
1
8
T
3
U
P
_
P
S
2
2
0
-B
2
4
T
3
F
E
E
D
_
P
S
2
2
0
-B
1
7
T
3
G
R
IP
_
P
S
2
2
0
-B
1
9
T
3
R
M
_
P
S
2
2
0
-B
2
1
5
V
A
2
2
0
-B
2
2
T
3
S
IZ
E
_
V
R
3
2
0
-B
9
P
U
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-B
4
2
4
V
3
2
0
-B
5
U
P
M
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-B
6
2
4
V
3
2
0
-B
7
F
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-B
8
P
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-B
1
0
R
K
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
0
-B
1
1
2
2
0
-B
2
5
2
2
8
-B
8
IN
T
F
A
N
1
_
H
/L
2
2
8
-B
9
IN
T
F
A
N
1
_
E
M
2
2
8
-B
1
0
IN
T
F
A
N
2
_
H
/L
2
2
8
-B
1
1
IN
T
F
A
N
2
_
E
M
2
2
8
-B
1
2
IN
T
F
A
N
3
_
H
/L
2
2
8
-B
1
3
IN
T
F
A
N
3
_
E
M
2
2
8
-B
1
4
S
F
A
N
_
E
M
4
4
0
-2
T
1
_
T
R
IG
4
4
0
-1
T
1
_
D
R
V
4
4
2
-6
L
3
_
D
R
V
4
4
2
-1
T
2
_
D
R
V
4
4
2
-2
T
2
_
T
R
IG
4
4
0
-6
A
C
N
4
4
2
-8
A
C
N
4
4
2
-4
A
C
H
4
4
0
-4
T
3
_
D
R
V
G
2
2
2
-B
1
2
W
R
F
A
N
2
_
E
M
2
2
2
-B
1
1
P
O
F
A
N
_
E
M
2
2
2
-B
7
IN
T
F
A
N
4
_
H
/L
2
2
2
-B
1
0
W
R
F
A
N
1
_
E
M
2
2
2
-B
9
W
R
F
A
N
_
H
/L
2
2
2
-B
8
IN
T
F
A
N
4
_
E
M
9
0
-3
9
0
-4
8
4
-1
8
4
-2
8
8
-1
8
8
-2
8
5
-1
8
5
-2
3
5
3
-1
1
-1
3
5
3
-1
0
-2
3
5
6
-1
-2
3
5
6
-2
-1
3
5
9
-1
3
5
9
-3
3
5
9
-2
3
5
3
-3
-9
3
5
3
-2
-1
0
3
5
3
-1
-1
1
3
5
4
-1
3
5
4
-2
3
5
5
-1
3
5
5
-2
10
11
100
106
108
113
114
97
4
5
4
-4
4
5
4
-5
4
5
4
-6
4
5
4
-7
4
5
4
-3
4
5
4
-2
4
5
4
-8
4
5
4
-9
4
5
4
-1
4
5
4
-1
0
4
5
7
-3
4
5
7
-4
4
5
7
-2
4
5
7
-1
4
5
7
-5
3
6
1
-1
3
6
1
-2
3
6
1
-3
3
5
7
-1
3
5
7
-2
3
5
7
-3
3
5
8
-1
3
5
8
-2
3
5
8
-3
4
5
8
-1
4
5
8
-2
4
5
8
-3
4
5
8
-4
3
6
0
-1
3
6
0
-2
3
6
0
-3
2
7
6
-3
2
7
6
-2
2
7
6
-1
2
7
5
-1
2
7
5
-2
2
7
5
-3
2
6
6
-1
2
6
6
-2
2
6
6
-3
2
7
4
-1
2
7
4
-2
2
7
4
-3
2
6
5
-1
2
6
5
-2
2
6
5
-3
2
7
1
-1
2
7
1
-2
2
7
1
-3
2
7
0
-1
2
7
0
-2
2
7
0
-3
2
6
8
-3
2
6
8
-2
2
6
8
-1
2
7
3
-3
2
7
3
-2
2
7
3
-1
2
6
0
-2
-1
2
6
0
-1
-2
2
6
1
-2
-1
2
6
1
-1
-2
2
7
2
-2
-1
2
7
2
-1
-2
2
6
4
-1
2
6
4
-2
2
6
7
-1
2
6
7
-2
2
6
9
-1
2
6
9
-2
2
6
8
-3
2
6
8
-2
2
6
8
-1
2
7
3
-3
2
7
3
-2
2
7
3
-1
2
7
6
-3
2
7
6
-2
2
7
6
-1
2
7
5
-1
2
7
5
-2
2
7
5
-3
2
6
6
-1
2
6
6
-2
2
6
6
-3
2
7
4
-1
2
7
4
-2
2
7
4
-3
2
6
5
-1
2
6
5
-2
2
6
5
-3
2
7
1
-1
2
7
1
-2
2
7
1
-3
2
7
0
-1
2
7
0
-2
2
7
0
-3
2
6
0
-2
-1
2
6
0
-1
-2
2
6
1
-2
-1
2
6
1
-1
-2
2
7
2
-2
-1
2
7
2
-1
-2
2
6
4
-1
2
6
4
-2
2
6
7
-1
2
6
7
-2
2
6
9
-1
2
6
9
-2
2
6
8
-3
2
6
8
-2
2
6
8
-1
2
8
2
-2
2
8
2
-3
2
8
8
-1
2
8
8
-2
2
8
8
-3
2
8
7
-1
2
8
7
-2
2
8
7
-3
2
7
3
-3
2
7
3
-2
2
7
3
-1
2
7
6
-3
2
7
6
-2
2
7
6
-1
2
7
5
-1
2
7
5
-2
2
7
5
-3
2
8
3
-1
2
8
3
-2
2
8
3
-3
2
7
4
-1
2
7
4
-2
2
7
4
-3
2
8
2
-1
2
7
7
-2
-1
2
7
7
-1
-2
2
7
8
-2
-1
2
7
8
-1
-2
2
8
9
-2
-1
2
8
9
-1
-2
2
8
1
-1
2
8
1
-2
2
8
5
-1
2
8
5
-2
3
0
7
-1
3
0
7
-2
8
5
-1
8
5
-3
8
5
-2
8
5
-4
9
7
-2
9
8
-2
8
6
-1
8
6
-3
8
6
-2
8
6
-4
1
7
9
-3
-2
1
7
9
-1
-4
1
7
9
-2
-3
1
7
9
-4
-1
8
7
-3
8
7
-1
8
7
-2
9
7
-4
9
7
-1
9
7
-3
9
8
-4
9
8
-3
6
9
-3
6
9
-1
6
9
-2
6
8
-3
6
8
-1
6
8
-2
6
7
-3
6
7
-1
6
7
-2
9
8
-1
9
6
-1
9
6
-2
9
6
-3
9
6
-4
9
6
-5
9
9
-1
9
9
-2
9
9
-3
9
9
-4
9
9
-5
9
9
-6
9
9
-7
4
5
0
-1
4
5
0
-2
504
505
C
N
4
5
0
-5
502
503
C
N
4
5
0
-8
4
5
0
-3
4
6
2
-1
C
N
4
5
0
-4
4
5
0
-7
506
507
4
5
0
-6
510
500
4
8
4
-1
4
8
4
-2
4
8
4
-3
4
8
3
-3
-1
4
8
3
-2
-2
4
8
3
-1
-3
4
7
3
-1
-1
5
4
7
3
-2
-1
4
4
7
3
-3
-1
3
79
38
86
103
142
201
200
111
PZS
M15
M14
SD4
M23
T
H
5
PS30 PS31 PS41 PS42
PS32 PS33 PS26 PS48 PS20 PS47 PS14 PS34 VR1
M19 CL3 CL4 SD8 SD5
H
T
R
2
PS35 PS36 PS27 PS50 PS21 PS49 PS15 PS37 VR2
M20 CL6 SD9 SD6 CL5
H
T
R
3
PS38 PS39 PS28 PS52 PS22 PS51 PS16 PS40 VR3
M21 CL7 CL8 SD10 SD7
H
T
R
4
FM3 FM4 FM6 FM2 FM13 FM14 FM15 FM17
L
4
L
2
L
3
FM9 FM5 FM8 FM12
4
7
0
-1
5
-1
4
7
0
-1
4
-2
4
7
0
-1
3
-3
4
7
3
-4
-1
2
4
7
0
-1
2
-4
227
4
7
3
-9
-7
4
7
0
-7
-9
4
7
3
-5
-1
1
4
7
0
-1
1
-5
4
7
3
-6
-1
0
4
7
0
-1
0
-6
4
7
3
-7
-9
4
7
0
-9
-7
4
7
3
-8
-8
4
7
0
-8
-8
132 124
F/G
355-9 356-9-1
3
4
1
-1
7
3
4
1
-1
8
3
4
1
-2
4
F/G F/G
3
4
1
-1
2
3
4
1
-1
3
3
4
1
-1
4
F/G
3
4
1
-1
5
3
4
1
-1
6
4
8
2
-1
-6
4
8
2
-2
-5
4
8
2
-3
-4
4
8
2
-4
-3
4
8
2
-5
-2
4
8
2
-6
-1
4
7
0
-3
-1
3
4
7
0
-2
-1
4
4
7
0
-1
-1
5
4
7
3
-1
0
-6
4
7
3
-1
1
-5
4
7
3
-1
2
-4
4
7
3
-1
3
-3
4
7
3
-1
4
-2
4
7
3
-1
5
-1
4
7
0
-6
-1
0
4
7
0
-5
-1
1
4
7
0
-4
-1
2
221
68
220
69
3
4
1
-4
3
4
1
-5
3
4
1
-6
3
4
1
-7
3
4
1
-3
3
4
1
-2
3
4
1
-8
3
4
1
-9
3
4
1
-1
3
4
1
-1
0
3
5
5
-5
3
5
5
-6
3
5
5
-7
3
5
5
-8
3
5
3
-3
-9
3
5
3
-4
-8
3
5
3
-5
-7
3
5
3
-6
-6
3
5
3
-7
-5
3
5
3
-8
-4
3
5
1
-3
-2
3
5
1
-4
-1
3
5
5
-3
3
5
5
-4
3
5
6
-9
-1
3
5
6
-8
-2
3
5
6
-5
-5
3
5
6
-4
-6
3
5
6
-3
-7
3
5
6
-2
-8
3
5
6
-7
-3
3
5
6
-6
-4
3
5
0
-1
-4
3
5
0
-2
-3
3
5
0
-3
-2
3
5
0
-4
-1
3
4
0
-1
2
3
4
0
-1
1
3
4
0
-1
0
3
4
1
-2
2
3
4
1
-1
1
3
4
1
-2
3
3
4
0
-1
3
4
0
-4
3
4
0
-5
3
4
0
-6
3
4
0
-7
3
4
0
-8
3
4
0
-93
4
1
-1
9
3
4
1
-2
0
3
4
1
-2
1
123 136
3
5
1
-1
-4
3
5
1
-2
-3
2
6
3
-3
-4
2
6
3
-2
-5
2
6
3
-1
-6
2
6
3
-6
-1
2
6
3
-5
-2
2
6
3
-4
-3
2
6
2
-3
-4
2
6
2
-2
-5
2
6
2
-1
-6
2
6
2
-6
-1
2
6
2
-5
-2
2
6
2
-4
-3
2
5
0
-1
8
2
5
0
-2
2
2
5
0
-1
7
2
5
0
-2
1
2
5
0
-1
9
2
5
0
-1
5
2
5
0
-1
4
2
5
0
-1
1
2
5
0
-2
3
2
5
0
-1
2
2
5
0
-1
0
2
5
0
-1
6
2
5
0
-2
0
2
5
0
-3
2
5
0
-4
2
5
0
-5
2
5
0
-6
2
5
0
-7
2
5
0
-8
2
5
0
-9
2
5
0
-1
2
5
0
-1
3
F/G
F/G
2
5
0
-2
4
15
130
2
6
3
-1
-6
2
6
3
-6
-1
2
6
3
-5
-2
2
6
3
-4
-3
2
6
2
-3
-4
2
6
2
-2
-5
2
6
2
-1
-6
2
6
2
-6
-1
2
6
2
-5
-2
2
6
2
-4
-3
2
5
1
-1
2
2
5
1
-1
0
2
5
1
-1
6
2
5
1
-2
0
2
6
3
-3
-4
2
6
3
-2
-5
2
5
1
-2
2
2
5
1
-1
7
2
5
1
-2
1
2
5
1
-1
9
2
5
1
-1
5
2
5
1
-1
4
2
5
1
-1
1
2
5
1
-2
3
2
5
1
-1
8
16
2
5
1
-3
2
5
1
-4
2
5
1
-5
2
5
1
-6
2
5
1
-7
2
5
1
-8
2
5
1
-9
2
5
1
-1
2
5
1
-1
3
F/G
F/G
2
5
1
-2
4
131 2
5
2
-1
7
2
8
0
-3
-4
2
8
0
-2
-5
2
8
0
-1
-6
2
8
0
-6
-1
2
8
0
-5
-2
2
8
0
-4
-3
2
7
9
-3
-4
2
7
9
-2
-5
2
7
9
-1
-6
2
7
9
-6
-1
2
7
9
-5
-2
2
7
9
-4
-3
2
5
2
-2
0
2
5
2
-1
5
2
5
2
-1
4
2
5
2
-1
1
2
5
2
-2
3
2
5
2
-1
2
2
5
2
-1
0
2
5
2
-1
6
2
5
2
-1
8
2
5
2
-2
2
2
5
2
-2
1
2
5
2
-1
9
2
5
2
-3
2
5
2
-4
2
5
2
-5
2
5
2
-6
2
5
2
-7
2
5
2
-8
2
5
2
-9
2
5
2
-1
2
5
2
-1
3
F/G
F/G
2
5
2
-2
4
17
132
9
3
-1
-3
9
3
-2
-2
9
3
-3
-1
1
7
3
-4
-9
4
7
1
-1
-9
1
7
2
-1
-9
1
7
2
-2
-8
1
7
2
-3
-7
8
0
-1
-4
8
0
-3
-2
8
0
-2
-3
8
0
-4
-1
8
1
-1
-3
8
1
-2
-2
8
1
-3
-1
8
1
-3
-2
5
9
5
-1
-3
5
9
5
-2
-2
5
9
5
-3
-1
1
7
3
-5
-8
1
7
3
-6
-7
1
7
3
-8
-5
1
7
3
-9
-4
1
7
3
-1
1
-2
1
7
3
-1
0
-3
1
7
3
-1
2
-1
1
7
3
-7
-6
4
7
1
-2
-8
4
7
1
-3
-7
4
7
1
-5
-5
4
7
1
-6
-4
4
7
1
-8
-2
4
7
1
-7
-3
4
7
1
-9
-1
4
7
1
-4
-6
1
7
3
-1
-1
2
1
7
3
-2
-1
1
1
7
3
-3
-1
0
301-1 24V3
300-1 24V2 (SD, CL, FAN)
300-2 PGND
301-2 PGND
401-2 PGND
401-1 24V3
2
2
5
-B
4
D
S
IG
2
2
5
-B
7
J
A
M
S
IG
2
2
5
-B
8
A
G
N
D
2
2
5
-B
5
D
m
o
n
iS
IG
2
2
5
-B
3
J
A
M
C
O
N
T
2
2
5
-B
2
C
O
N
T
2
2
5
-B
6
S
IG
2
2
5
-A
8
D
C
O
N
T
2
2
5
-A
7
5
V
2
2
5
-B
1
L
E
D
_
V
re
f
2
2
4
-6
A
G
N
D
2
2
5
-A
3
S
G
N
D
3
2
3
-8
2
2
6
- 4
P
G
N
D
2
2
6
- 8
P
G
N
D
2
2
0
-B
1
4
S
G
N
D
2
2
0
-A
2
0
S
G
N
D
2
2
0
-A
4
S
G
N
D
2
1
6
-1
S
G
N
D
2
2
8
-A
3
S
G
N
D
2
1
3
-A
1
N
C
4
1
0
-A
1
7
N
C
4
2
0
-B
7
F
M
9
_
C
O
N
T
4
2
0
-B
6
F
M
8
_
C
O
N
T
4
2
0
-B
5
F
M
5
_
C
O
N
T
4
2
0
-B
4
F
M
2
_
C
O
N
T
4
2
0
-B
3
F
M
6
_
C
O
N
T
4
2
0
-B
2
F
M
4
_
C
O
N
T
4
2
0
-B
1
F
M
3
_
C
O
N
T
2
2
6
- 3
2
2
6
- 7
2
2
6
- 9
2
2
6
- 1
0
2
2
6
- 6
T
K
F
A
N
/U
p
E
M
2
2
6
- 5
T
K
F
A
N
/U
p
C
O
N
T
2
2
6
- 1
T
K
F
A
N
/L
w
C
O
N
T
2
2
6
- 2
T
K
F
A
N
/L
w
E
MPRCB (1/2)
ACDB (1/2)
TCSB
DPSB
DPS
TCT
D
r
u
m

p
o
t
e
n
t
ia
l
s
e
n
s
o
r
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
T
r
a
y

lo
c
k

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
1
B
la
d
e

m
o
t
o
r
T
o
n
e
r

s
u
p
p
ly

m
o
t
o
r
T
o
n
e
r

b
o
t
t
le

m
o
t
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

lif
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
3
P
a
p
e
r

lif
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
2
P
a
p
e
r

lif
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
1
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
L
w
1
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
L
w
2
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
U
p
1
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
U
p
2
C
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
1
C
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
2
C
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
3
C
o
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
u
c
t
io
n

f
a
n
C
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
4
W
r
it
e

u
n
it

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
1
W
r
it
e

u
n
it

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
2
P
o
ly
g
o
n

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n
B
la
d
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
B
la
d
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
R
r
1
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
F
r
1
P
a
p
e
r

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
U
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
R
e
m
a
in
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
R
r
2
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
F
r
2
P
a
p
e
r

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
U
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
R
e
m
a
in
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
R
r
3
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
F
r
3
P
a
p
e
r

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
3
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
3
U
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
3
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
3
R
e
m
a
in
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
3
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

c
lu
t
c
h

/
1
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h

/
1
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

c
lu
t
c
h

/
2
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h

/
2
P
a
p
e
r

f
e
e
d

c
lu
t
c
h

/
3
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h

/
3
D
r
u
m

c
la
w

s
o
le
n
o
id
P
ic
k
-
u
p

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
3
T
r
a
y

lo
c
k

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
3
P
ic
k
-
u
p

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
2
T
r
a
y

lo
c
k

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
2
P
ic
k
-
u
p

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
1
Total counter
F
u
s
in
g

h
e
a
t
e
r

la
m
p

/
3
F
u
s
in
g

h
e
a
t
e
r

la
m
p

/
2
F
u
s
in
g

h
e
a
t
e
r

la
m
p

/
1
EL
E
r
a
s
e

la
m
p
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

V
R
/
3
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

V
R
/
2
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

V
R
/
1
D
e
h
u
m
id
if
ic
a
t
io
n

h
e
a
t
e
r

/
1
D
e
h
u
m
id
if
ic
a
t
io
n

h
e
a
t
e
r

/
2
D
e
h
u
m
id
if
ic
a
t
io
n

h
e
a
t
e
r

/
3
T
o
n
e
r

r
e
m
a
in
in
g

s
e
n
s
o
r
T
h
e
r
m
o
s
t
a
t

/
2
T
h
e
r
m
o
s
t
a
t

/
1
T
S
2
T
S
1
DRUM
FAN
TONER SUPPLY
FUSING UNIT
200V SYSTEM
TRAY1 TRAY2 TRAY3
H
a
n
d
le

r
e
le
a
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
H
a
n
d
le

r
e
le
a
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
H
a
n
d
le

r
e
le
a
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
3
C
h
a
r
g
e

c
le
a
n
in
g

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
C
h
a
r
g
e

c
le
a
n
in
g

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
D
r
u
m

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
C
h
a
r
g
in
g

c
le
a
n
in
g

m
o
t
o
r
516
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
ACDB AC drive board 11-T PS50 Pre-registration sensor /2 8-O
CL3 Paper feed clutch /1 7-O PS51 Paper feed sensor /3 11-O
CL4 Pre-registration clutch /1 6-O PS52 Pre-registration sensor /3 11-O
CL5 Paper feed clutch /2 10-O PZS Toner remaining sensor 6-T
CL6 Pre-registration clutch /2 9-O SD4 Drum claw solenoid 4-T
CL7 Paper feed clutch /3 13-O SD5 Tray lock solenoid /1 6-O
CL8 Pre-registration clutch /3 13-O SD6 Tray lock solenoid /2 9-O
DPS Drum potential sensor 3-T SD7 Tray lock solenoid /3 12-O
DPSB Drum potential sensor board 3-T SD8 Pick-up solenoid /1 6-O
EL Erase lamp 5-T SD9 Pick-up solenoid /2 9-O
FM2 Conveyance suction fan 9-U SD10 Pick-up solenoid /3 12-O
FM3 Cooling fan /1 8-U TCSB Toner control sensor board 2-T
FM4 Cooling fan /2 9-U TCT Total counter 11-X
FM5 Write unit cooling fan /1 10-U TH5 Drum temperature sensor 2-T
FM6 Cooling fan /3 9-U TS1 Thermostat /1 12-Y
FM8 Write unit cooling fan /2 10-U TS2 Thermostat /2 12-Y
FM9 Polygon cooling fan 10-U VR1 Paper size VR /1 6-O
FM12 Cooling fan /4 10-U VR2 Paper size VR /2 9-O
FM13 Paper exit cooling fan /Lw1 7-U VR3 Paper size VR /3 12-O
FM14 Paper exit cooling fan /Lw2 7-U
FM15 Paper exit cooling fan /Up1 8-U
FM17 Paper exit cooling fan /Up2 8-U
HTR2 Dehumidification heater /1 6-O
HTR3 Dehumidification heater /2 9-O
HTR4 Dehumidification heater /3 12-O
L2 Fusing heater lamp /1 12-X
L3 Fusing heater lamp /2 12-X
L4 Fusing heater lamp /3 12-X
M11 Toner supply motor 5-T
M14 Blade motor 4-T
M15 Toner bottle motor 6-T
M19 Paper lift motor /1 7-O
M20 Paper lift motor /2 10-O
M21 Paper lift motor /3 13-O
M23 Charge cleaning motor 4-T
PRCB Printer control board 1-Q
PS14 Handle release sensor /1 5-O
PS15 Handle release sensor /2 8-O
PS16 Handle release sensor /3 11-O
PS20 Upper limit sensor /1 5-O
PS21 Upper limit sensor /2 8-O
PS22 Upper limit sensor /3 11-O
PS26 Paper empty sensor /1 4-O
PS27 Paper empty sensor /2 7-O
PS28 Paper empty sensor /3 11-O
PS30 Blade sensor /1 4-T
PS31 Blade sensor /2 3-T
PS32 Paper size sensor /Rr1 4-O
PS33 Paper size sensor /Fr1 4-O
PS34 Remaining paper sensor /1 5-O
PS35 Paper size sensor /Rr2 7-O
PS36 Paper size sensor /Fr2 7-O
PS37 Remaining paper sensor /2 9-O
PS38 Paper size sensor /Rr3 10-O
PS39 Paper size sensor /Fr3 10-O
PS40 Remaining paper sensor /3 12-O
PS41 Charge cleaning home sensor 3-T
PS42 Charge cleaning limit sensor 3-T
PS47 Paper feed sensor /1 5-O
PS48 Pre-registration sensor /1 5-O
PS49 Paper feed sensor /2 8-O
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.4 Main body 4/4
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
5
5
9
-6
-1
5
5
9
-5
-2
5
5
9
-4
-3
5
5
9
-3
-4
5
5
9
-2
-5
5
5
9
-1
-6
4
3
1
-1
-6
4
3
1
-2
-5
4
3
1
-3
-4
4
3
1
-4
-3
4
3
1
-5
-2
4
3
1
-6
-1
1
8
5
-6
1
8
5
-4
1
8
5
-3
1
8
5
-1
1
8
5
-5
1
8
5
-2
TRC1
(T2)
TRC2
(T2)
TRC1
(G)
TRC2
(G)
3
6
-1
M
1
_
S
IG
4
1
0
-B
1
5
K
E
Y
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
0
-1
2
E
E
_
V
V
4
1
1
-1
0
O
P
F
0
218-1 FIN_TXD
3
5
-1
2
4
V
3
5
-2
K
E
Y
_
S
IG
3
5
-4
C
_
D
R
IV
E
4
1
1
-7
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
2
4
1
1
-6
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
1
4
1
1
-5
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
0
4
1
0
-B
4
H
F
A
N
3
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
1
-1
K
E
Y
_
S
IG
4
1
1
-2
S
G
N
D
4
1
0
-B
1
H
F
A
N
1
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-B
2
H
F
A
N
2
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-B
3
H
F
A
N
_
F
E
M
4
1
0
-B
5
H
F
A
N
3
_
F
E
M
4
1
0
-B
6
S
F
A
N
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-B
7
S
F
A
N
_
F
E
M
4
1
0
-B
1
6
K
E
Y
_
2
4
F
E
M
4
1
1
-4
C
V
F
E
E
D
_
S
IG
4
1
1
-8
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
3
4
1
1
-9
C
V
D
U
P
_
S
IG
4
1
1
-1
1
O
P
F
1
4
1
1
-3
C
V
M
1
_
S
IG
2
1
0
-1
7
P
_
V
V
3
6
-8
C
P
F
0
3
6
-9
C
P
F
1
4
1
0
-B
1
7
T
C
_
D
R
V
218-3 FIN_CTS
218-4 FIN_RXD
218-6 FIN_RTS
R
X
D
S
.G
N
D
R
T
S
T
X
D
S
.G
N
D
C
T
S
2
4
V
2
5
V
2
S
.G
N
D
P
.G
N
D
P
.G
N
D
F
.G
N
D
2
1
0
-1
6
T
N
_
V
V
2
1
0
-1
5
A
P
C
2
1
0
-1
4
S
_
V
V
217-10 REQ3
217-9 ACK3
217-8 RXD
217-7 ERR3
217-6 UCLK
217-3 DCLK
217-2 5V
217-1 DTXD
217-5 LCT_LATCH
2
1
0
-1
9
D
F
_
C
O
V
E
R
_
P
S
2
1
0
-1
8
S
Y
S
_
E
R
R
2
1
0
-1
3
B
P
_
S
IZ
E
_
V
R
2
1
0
-1
1
R
E
S
_
O
U
T
2
1
0
-1
0
R
E
S
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
0
-9
S
Y
S
_
T
X
D
2
1
0
-8
S
.G
.
2
1
0
-7
S
Y
S
_
C
T
S
2
1
0
-6
S
.G
.
2
1
0
-5
S
Y
S
_
E
R
R
2
1
0
-4
S
Y
S
_
R
X
D
2
1
0
-3
S
.G
.
2
1
0
-2
S
Y
S
_
R
T
S
2
1
0
-1
S
.G
.
2
1
5
-A
4
U
C
L
K
2
1
5
-A
3
L
A
T
C
H
2
1
5
-A
2
D
C
L
K
3
7
-8
3
7
-1
N
C
3
7
-2
5
V
3
7
-3
T
X
D
3
7
-4
O
P
_
R
X
D
3
7
-5
S
.G
.
3
7
-6
E
N
2
1
5
-B
7
2
N
D
M
_
C
L
K
2
1
5
-B
9
S
G
N
D
2
1
5
-A
8
R
E
Q
1
2
1
5
-A
7
A
C
K
1
2
1
5
-A
6
U
R
X
D
2
1
5
-A
5
E
R
R
1
2
1
5
-A
1
D
T
X
D
2
1
5
-A
9
2
1
5
-B
1
2
1
4
-2
O
P
F
0
2
1
4
-5
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
2
2
1
4
-6
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
1
2
1
4
-7
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
0
2
1
3
-B
1
4
H
F
A
N
3
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-B
1
6
H
F
A
N
2
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
4
-1
O
P
F
1
2
1
4
-3
C
V
D
U
P
_
S
IG
2
1
4
-4
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
3
2
1
4
-8
C
V
F
E
E
D
_
S
IG
2
1
4
-9
C
V
M
1
_
S
IG
2
1
3
-B
1
1
S
F
A
N
_
F
E
M
2
1
3
-B
1
2
S
F
A
N
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-B
1
3
H
F
A
N
3
_
F
E
M
2
1
3
-B
1
5
H
F
A
N
_
F
E
M
2
1
3
-B
1
7
H
F
A
N
1
_
C
O
N
T
1
3
5
-1
3
R
T
S
1
3
5
-1
4
G
N
D
1
3
5
-1
7
G
N
D
1
3
5
-6
S
_
V
V
1
3
5
-9
P
R
N
_
R
S
T
1
3
5
-1
1
R
X
D
1
3
5
-1
8
C
T
S
1
3
5
-1
D
F
_
C
O
V
E
R
1
3
5
-2
E
R
R
1
3
5
-3
P
_
V
V
1
3
5
-4
T
N
_
V
V
1
3
5
-5
B
_
V
V
1
3
5
-7
T
S
IG
1
3
5
-8
E
E
_
V
V
1
3
5
-1
0
R
E
S
_
C
O
N
T
1
3
5
-1
2
G
N
D
1
3
5
-1
5
E
R
R
1
3
5
-1
6
T
X
D
1
3
5
-1
9
G
N
D
2
2
1
-1
F
IX
_
S
E
T
_
P
2
2
1
-7
F
IX
_
S
E
T
_
N
2
2
1
-6
F
J
A
M
_
P
S
2
2
3
-1
T
H
1
+
2
2
3
-2
T
H
1
-
2
2
3
-3
T
H
2
+
2
2
3
-4
T
H
2
-
2
2
3
-5
T
H
3
+
2
2
3
-6
T
H
3
-
2
2
3
-7
T
H
4
+
2
2
3
-8
T
H
4
-
2
2
1
-2
5
V
2
2
1
-3
5
V
2
2
1
-4
5
V
2
2
1
-5
F
E
X
IT
_
P
S
2
2
1
-9
N
C
222 127 70
2
2
8
-A
7
D
E
V
_
C
O
N
T
2
2
8
-A
8
D
E
V
_
_
C
L
K
2
2
8
-A
1
0
D
E
V
_
E
M
2
2
8
-A
1
1
D
E
V
_
H
/L
2
2
8
-A
9
D
E
V
_
F
/R
2
2
8
-B
7
5
V
2
2
8
-B
2
M
A
IN
_
C
O
N
T
2
2
8
-B
3
M
A
IN
_
C
L
K
2
2
8
-B
4
M
A
IN
_
F
/R
2
2
8
-B
5
M
A
IN
_
E
M
2
2
8
-B
6
M
A
IN
_
H
/L
2
2
2
-B
4
P
O
L
M
_
L
O
C
K
2
2
2
-B
5
P
O
L
M
_
C
L
K
2
2
2
-B
6
P
O
L
M
_
C
O
N
T
2
2
0
-A
1
5
F
E
E
D
M
_
C
O
N
T
2
2
0
-A
1
6
F
E
E
D
M
_
E
M
1
8
3
-1
1
8
3
-2
1
8
3
-3
1
8
3
-4
3
0
6
-2
66 64
2
2
0
-B
6
F
E
E
D
M
_
C
L
K
1
8
3
-5
1
8
3
-6
1
8
3
-7
1
8
3
-8
1
8
3
-1
1
1
8
3
-1
0
1
8
3
-9
2
2
0
-B
8
3
0
6
-1
3
0
6
-3
2
2
0
-B
9
1
8
1
-1
1
8
1
-2
1
8
1
-3
1
8
1
-4
1
8
1
-5
1
8
1
-6
1
8
1
-7
1
8
1
-8
1
8
1
-1
1
1
8
1
-1
0
1
8
1
-9
1
8
3
-1
1
8
3
-2
1
8
3
-3
1
8
3
-4
1
8
3
-5
1
8
3
-6
1
8
3
-7
1
8
3
-8
1
8
3
-9
1
8
3
-1
0
1
8
3
-1
1
2
2
8
-A
1
2
D
R
U
M
_
P
W
M
2
2
8
-A
1
3
D
R
U
M
_
F
/R
2
2
8
-A
1
4
D
R
U
M
_
C
O
N
T
2
2
8
-B
1
D
R
U
M
_
E
N
C
O
D
E
R
510-9 EDGE_PS
5
6
0
-1
5
6
0
-2
5
6
1
-1
5
6
1
-2
5
9
2
-3
5
9
2
-2
5
9
2
-15
8
8
-3
5
8
8
-2
5
8
8
-1
5
8
9
-3
5
8
9
-2
5
8
9
-1
5
9
0
-3
5
9
0
-2
5
9
0
-1
5
2
5
-2
-1
5
2
5
-1
-2
5
6
2
-2
-1
5
6
2
-1
-2
5
9
3
-2
-1
5
9
3
-1
-2
5
6
4
-2
-1
5
6
4
-1
-2
5
6
5
-2
-1
5
6
5
-1
-2
5
2
3
-1
2
4
V
2
5
2
3
-2
2
4
V
2
5
2
3
-3
A
5
2
3
-4
/A
5
2
3
-5
B
5
2
3
-6
/B
5
2
8
-1
2
4
V
2
5
2
8
-2
2
4
V
2
5
2
8
-5
B
5
2
4
-1
2
4
V
2
5
2
4
-2
2
4
V
2
5
2
4
-3
A
5
2
4
-4
/A
5
2
4
-5
B
5
2
4
-6
/B
5
2
2
-1
2
4
V
5
2
5
-1
2
4
V
5
2
0
-A
1
1
5
V
5
2
1
-A
4
5
V
5
2
8
-3
A
5
2
8
-4
A
/
5
2
8
-6
B
/
5
2
8
-7
5
2
8
-8
5
2
0
-B
1
2
2
4
V
5
2
1
-A
1
2
2
4
V
5
2
0
-B
1
4
2
4
V
5
6
7
-2
-1
5
6
7
-1
-2
5
2
0
-B
1
0
2
4
V
5
3
1
-7
-1
5
3
1
-6
-2
5
3
1
-5
-3
5
2
2
-6
5
V
5
3
1
-4
-4
5
3
1
-3
-5
5
3
1
-2
-6
5
3
1
-1
-7
5
5
0
-1
5
5
1
-1
5
5
1
-2
5
5
1
-3
5
5
1
-4
5
5
1
-5
5
5
1
-6
5
5
1
-7
5
5
0
-4
5
5
0
-3
5
5
1
-1
1
5
5
1
-1
0
5
5
1
-9
5
5
1
-8
5
2
5
-7
5
V
5
2
0
-B
3
5
V
5
2
0
-B
6
5
V
5
2
2
-2
5
V
5
2
7
-6
/B
5
2
7
-7
5
2
0
-A
3
5
V
A
5
2
1
-A
5
5
V
5
2
1
-A
1
3
5
V
5
2
1
-A
1
5
5
V
5
2
1
-A
1
4
5
V
5
2
1
-A
3
5
V
5
2
5
-6
5
V
5
2
7
-1
2
4
V
2
5
2
7
-2
2
4
V
2
5
2
7
-3
A
5
2
7
-4
/A
5
2
7
-5
B
5
7
8
-3
5
7
8
-2
5
7
8
-1
5
7
9
-1
5
7
9
-2
5
7
9
-3
5
8
0
-3
5
8
0
-2
5
8
0
-1
5
8
1
-1
5
8
1
-2
5
8
1
-3
5
8
2
-1
5
8
2
-2
5
8
2
-3
5
8
3
-3
5
8
3
-2
5
8
3
-1
5
8
4
-3
5
8
4
-2
5
8
4
-1
5
8
5
-1
5
8
5
-2
5
8
5
-3
5
8
6
-1
5
8
6
-2
5
8
6
-3
5
8
7
-1
5
8
7
-2
5
8
7
-3
5
9
1
-1
5
9
1
-2
5
9
1
-3
5
9
1
-4
5
9
1
-5
5
9
1
-6
5
9
1
-7
5
9
1
-8
5
2
1
-B
1
5
6
0
-3
5
6
0
-4
5
6
0
-5
5
6
0
-6
5
6
0
-7
5
6
0
-8
5
6
0
-9
5
6
0
-1
0
5
6
0
-1
1
5
2
1
-B
1
3
5
V
5
2
1
-A
1
2
4
V
5
2
6
-2
5
2
5
-1
2
P
.G
N
D
5
2
1
-A
2
N
.C
.
5
2
1
-B
1
2
5
2
0
-A
1
D
E
F
_
V
ID
E
O
5
2
0
-A
2
S
.G
N
D
5
2
0
-A
4
-5
V
5
2
0
-A
5
S
.G
N
D
5
2
0
-A
7
S
.G
N
D
5
2
0
-A
8
C
L
K
5
2
0
-A
6
S
I
5
2
0
-A
9
L
E
D
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
0
-A
1
0
2
4
V
5
9
1
-9
5
9
1
-1
0
5
2
0
-A
1
4
5
V
5
2
0
-A
1
7
5
6
3
-1
-7
5
6
3
-2
-6
5
6
3
-3
-5
5
6
3
-4
-4
5
6
3
-5
-3
5
6
3
-6
-2
5
6
3
-7
-1
510-1 RXD_DN
510-2 CLK_DN
510-3 ADU_LATCH
510-4 CLK_UP
510-8 ERR1
510-6 TXD_UP
510-7 ACK1
510-5 REQ1
510-10 2NDM_CLK
510-11 S.G.
5
2
9
-1
A
D
U
F
A
N
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
9
-2
A
D
U
F
A
N
_
E
M
5
2
4
-4
A
D
U
F
A
N
2
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
4
-5
A
D
U
R
A
N
2
_
E
M
5
2
5
-9
R
E
V
_
P
S
5
2
5
-8
R
E
V
C
R
_
P
S
5
2
1
-B
3
A
D
U
R
V
_
P
S
5
2
1
-B
6
A
D
U
C
R
_
P
S
5
2
1
-B
7
A
D
U
R
Z
A
N
_
P
S
5
2
1
-B
5
A
D
U
D
N
_
P
S
5
2
1
-B
4
A
D
U
P
R
E
_
P
S
5
2
0
-B
2
T
S
H
P
_
P
S
5
2
0
-B
5
T
S
B
K
_
P
S
5
2
2
-4
A
D
U
_
H
D
5
2
1
-A
6
2
N
D
M
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
1
-A
7
2
N
D
M
_
C
L
K
5
2
1
-A
8
2
N
D
M
_
E
M
5
2
0
-B
7
T
S
C
L
R
_
D
1
5
2
0
-B
8
T
S
C
L
R
_
D
2
5
2
5
-3
F
IX
F
A
N
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
5
-4
F
IX
F
A
N
_
E
M
5
2
0
-B
1
1
F
IX
G
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
2
-3
G
A
T
E
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
5
-2
P
R
E
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
1
-A
9
A
D
U
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
0
-B
1
3
2
N
D
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
1
-B
2
A
D
U
E
X
_
P
S
5
2
0
-A
1
5
2
N
D
_
P
S
5
2
0
-A
1
2
E
D
G
E
_
P
S
5
2
0
-B
9
T
S
L
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
2
-7
J
A
M
_
L
E
D
1
5
2
2
-8
J
A
M
_
L
E
D
2
5
2
2
-9
J
A
M
_
L
E
D
3
5
2
2
-1
0
J
A
M
_
L
E
D
5
5
3
0
-1
C
O
N
T
5
3
0
-2
E
M
5
3
0
-3
G
N
D
3
2
5
-1
2
4
V
3
2
5
-2
2
4
V
3
2
5
-3
A
3
2
5
-4
/A
3
2
5
-5
B
3
2
5
-6
/B
98
89
7
5
3
-2
7
5
3
-3
7
5
3
-1
7
5
3
-4
141
115
4
2
2
-1
2
4
V
4
2
2
-2
2
4
V
4
2
2
-3
A
4
2
2
-4
/A
4
2
2
-5
B
4
2
2
-6
/B
2
1
1
-1
5
V
2
2
1
1
-2
M
E
X
IT
_
P
S
2
1
1
-4
5
V
2
2
1
0
-5
D
O
O
R
_
P
S
1
2
1
0
-8
D
O
O
R
_
P
S
2
2
1
0
-7
5
V
2
2
2
2
-A
8
B
P
S
IZ
E
_
V
R
2
2
2
-A
7
B
P
U
P
_
P
S
2
2
2
-A
6
B
P
D
N
_
P
S
2
2
2
-A
5
B
P
S
IZ
E
_
P
S
2
2
2
2
-A
4
B
P
S
IZ
E
_
P
S
1
2
2
2
-A
2
B
P
_
0
P
S
2
2
2
-A
1
5
V
3
2
2
-4
C
O
N
T
3
2
2
-3
2
4
V
3
2
2
-2
T
S
M
_
D
2
3
2
2
-1
T
S
M
_
D
1
2
2
2
-B
3
V
F
_
D
O
O
R
_
P
S
2
2
2
-B
2
T
3
P
A
S
_
P
S
2
2
2
-B
1
T
2
P
A
S
_
P
S
2
2
2
-A
9
5
V
3
2
2
-5
2
4
V
2
2
2
-A
1
0
L
O
O
P
_
P
S
2
2
2
-A
1
2
T
1
P
A
S
_
P
S
3
2
2
-7
V
F
_
M
C
2
_
C
O
N
T
3
2
2
-6
V
F
_
M
C
1
_
C
O
N
T
4
2
4
-3
W
E
B
M
_
D
1
4
2
4
-4
W
E
B
M
_
D
2
4
2
4
-2
W
E
B
M
_
D
4
4
2
4
-1
W
E
B
M
_
D
3
4
5
2
-4
4
5
2
-3
4
5
2
-2
4
5
2
-1
4
4
0
-2
T
1
_
T
R
IG
4
4
0
-1
T
1
_
D
R
V
4
4
2
-6
L
3
_
D
R
V
4
4
2
-1
T
2
_
D
R
V
4
4
2
-2
T
2
_
T
R
IG
4
4
2
-8
A
C
N
4
4
2
-4
A
C
H
M24
2
1
2
-1
R
_
P
O
M
_
E
M
2
1
2
-2
R
_
P
O
M
_
V
R
2
1
2
-3
R
_
P
O
M
_
V
S
2
1
2
-4
R
_
P
O
M
_
G
N
D
2
1
2
-5
R
_
P
O
M
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
2
-6
119
135
2
1
2
-7
CN60A
CN60B
4
6
5
-1
4
6
5
-3
4
6
5
-2
4
6
4
-2
4
6
4
-3
4
6
4
-1
5
4
0
-1
1
5
4
0
-1
2
5
4
0
-1
3
5
4
0
-1
4
5
4
0
-1
5
5
4
0
-1
8
5
4
0
-1
6
5
4
0
-1
7
5
4
0
-8
5
4
0
-7
5
4
0
-6
5
4
0
-5
5
4
0
-4
5
4
0
-3
5
4
0
-2
5
4
0
-1
5
9
3
-1
-3
5
9
3
-2
-2
5
9
3
-3
-1
5
9
4
-1
-3
5
9
4
-2
-2
5
9
4
-3
-1
5
3
2
-1
-3
5
3
2
-2
-2
5
3
2
-3
-1
4
8
0
-3
4
8
0
-2
4
8
0
-1
8
6
-1
8
6
-2
8
6
-3
8
7
-1
8
7
-2
8
7
-3
2
4
1
-3
2
4
1
-2
2
4
1
-1
2
4
4
-1
2
4
4
-2
2
4
4
-3
2
4
2
-3
2
4
2
-2
2
4
2
-1
2
4
3
-3
2
4
3
-2
2
4
3
-1
2
4
5
-1
2
4
5
-2
2
4
5
-3
2
4
6
-1
2
4
6
-2
2
4
6
-3
2
4
8
-2
-1
2
4
8
-1
-2
2
4
7
-2
2
4
7
-1
2
9
2
-3
2
9
2
-2
2
9
2
-1
2
9
3
-1
2
9
3
-2
2
9
3
-3
2
9
4
-3
2
9
4
-2
2
9
4
-1
2
9
5
-1
2
9
5
-2
2
9
5
-3
2
9
6
-1
2
9
6
-2
2
9
6
-3
2
9
0
-2
-1
2
9
0
-1
-2
2
9
1
-2
-1
2
9
1
-1
-2
2
5
5
-2
2
5
5
-1
2
5
6
-1
2
5
6
-2
2
5
6
-3
2
5
6
-4
2
5
6
-5
2
5
6
-6
2
5
6
-7
2
5
6
-8
2
5
6
-9
2
5
5
-3
2
5
6
-1
0
2
5
6
-1
1
3
6
0
-1
3
6
1
-3
3
6
1
-4
3
6
0
-2
3
6
1
-5
3
6
1
-6
3
6
1
-1
0
LU-403
LU-404
4
5
1
-2
4
5
1
-3
4
5
1
-4
4
5
1
-5
4
5
1
-6
4
5
1
-7
4
5
1
-8
4
5
1
-9
4
6
6
-1
-2
4
6
6
-2
-1
4
6
7
-1
-3
4
6
7
-3
-1
4
6
8
-1
-4
4
6
8
-3
-2
4
6
9
-2
-4
4
6
9
-4
-2
FS-604
4
5
1
-1
7
4
5
1
-1
8
4
5
1
-2
0
4
5
1
-1
1
4
5
0
-1
4
5
0
-2
504
505
C
N
4
5
0
-5
502
503
C
N
4
5
0
-8
4
5
0
-3
4
6
2
-1
C
N
4
5
0
-4
4
5
0
-7
507
4
5
0
-6
506
500
PS3 PS2
T
H
1
T
H
2
T
H
3
T
H
4
M3 M1
M4 M2
M9 M7 M8 M12 M5 M18 FM1 SD3 SD1 SD2 CL2 CL1 PS46 PS44 PS45 TSL
PS58 PS8 PS57 PS1 PS10 PS12 PS11 PS60 PS59 PS13 PS9
FM10 FM11 FM22
M6
M10
PS61 PS24 PS25
VR4 PS29 PS55 PS56 PS43 PS23
M22 SD11
PS54 PS18 PS53 PS19 PS17
CL9 CL10
M16
L
4
L
2
L
3
756-6-1
756-5-2
756-4-3
756-3-4
756-2-5
756-1-6
6
0
A
-4
6
0
A
-2
6
0
A
-3
6
0
A
-1
6
0
B
-1
6
0
B
-2
4
5
1
-1
4
5
1
-1
4
4
5
1
-1
6
4
5
1
-1
2
4
5
1
-1
0
4
5
1
-1
5
4
5
1
-1
3
4
5
1
-1
9
223 104 74
75
225 71
72
1
5
8
-1
1
5
8
-2
1
5
8
-3
1
5
8
-4
1
5
8
-5
1
5
8
-6
224
1
8
0
-1
1
8
0
-6
1
8
0
-2
1
8
0
-3
1
8
0
-4
1
8
0
-5
125 73
F/G F/G
F/G
5
6
9
-8
-1
5
6
9
-7
-2
5
6
9
-6
-3
5
6
9
-3
-6
5
6
9
-2
-7
5
6
9
-1
-8
5
9
9
-1
-3
5
9
9
-2
-2
5
9
9
-3
-1
5
7
7
-1
-3
5
7
7
-2
-2
5
7
7
-3
-1
541-1
541-2
542-1
542-2
542-3
542-5
542-6
542-8
542-4
50
80
88
56
226
259-1
259-2
258-2
258-3
258-5
258-6
258-7
258-4
258-1
5
5
3
-3
-1
5
5
3
-2
-2
5
5
3
-1
-3
5
5
4
-3
-1
5
5
4
-2
-2
5
5
4
-1
-3
5
6
8
-1
0
-1
5
6
8
-9
-2
5
6
8
-8
-3
5
6
8
-7
-4
5
6
8
-6
-5
5
6
8
-5
-6
5
6
8
-4
-7
5
6
8
-3
-8
5
7
1
-3
-1
5
7
1
-2
-2
5
7
1
-1
-3
5
7
2
-3
-2
5
7
2
-2
-3
5
7
2
-1
-4
5
7
3
-3
-1
5
7
3
-2
-2
5
7
3
-1
-3
5
7
4
-3
-1
5
7
4
-2
-2
5
7
4
-1
-3
5
7
5
-3
-1
5
7
5
-2
-2
5
7
5
-1
-3
5
7
6
-1
-6
5
7
6
-2
-5
5
7
6
-3
-4
5
7
6
-4
-3
5
7
6
-5
-2
5
7
6
-6
-1
5
5
7
-6
-1
5
5
7
-5
-2
5
5
7
-4
-3
5
5
7
-3
-4
5
5
7
-2
-5
5
5
7
-1
-6
258-8 540-9
258-9 540-10
5
9
9
-3
-1
5
9
9
-2
-2
5
9
9
-1
-3
5
6
8
-1
-1
0
5
6
8
-2
-9
95
101
107
110
105
112
7
5
1
-4
-7
7
5
1
-1
-1
0
7
5
1
-2
-9
7
5
1
-3
-8
7
5
1
-5
-6
7
5
1
-6
-5
7
5
1
-7
-4
7
5
1
-8
-3
7
5
1
-9
-2
7
5
1
-1
0
-1
7
5
3
-5
7
5
3
-6
18
133
54
76
48
170
171
172
77
138
139
1
7
7
-2
-2
1
7
7
-1
-3
1
7
0
-6
-1
1
7
0
-5
-2
1
7
0
-4
-3
1
7
0
-3
-4
1
7
7
-3
-1
1
7
0
-2
-5
1
7
0
-1
-6
8
1
-1
-6
8
1
-2
-5
8
1
-3
-4
8
1
-4
-3
8
1
-5
-2
8
1
-6
-1
2
5
4
-1
-7
2
5
4
-1
-1
2
2
5
4
-2
-1
1
2
5
4
-3
-1
0
2
5
4
-4
-9
2
5
4
-5
-8
2
5
4
-6
-7
2
5
4
-7
-6
2
5
4
-8
-5
2
5
4
-2
-6
2
5
4
-3
-5
2
5
4
-4
-4
2
5
4
-5
-3
2
5
4
-1
2
-1
2
5
4
-1
1
-2
2
5
4
-1
0
-3
2
5
4
-9
-4
2
5
3
-7
-4
2
5
3
-6
-5
2
5
3
-5
-6
2
5
3
-4
-7
2
5
3
-3
-8
2
5
3
-2
-9
2
5
3
-1
-1
0
2
5
3
-1
0
-1
2
5
3
-9
-2
2
5
3
-8
-3
F/G
371-1-2
4
1
0
-B
1
2
N
C
4
1
0
-B
1
4
S
G
N
D
3
6
-1
0
P
G
N
D
3
5
-5
3
5
-3
S
G
N
D
2
1
3
-B
1
T
C
O
P
2
1
3
-B
2
K
E
Y
_
2
4
F
E
M
2
1
3
-B
3
K
E
Y
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-B
4
S
G
N
D
2
1
4
-1
0
S
G
N
D
2
1
4
-1
1
K
E
Y
_
S
IG
2
1
3
-B
6
N
C
218-2 SGND
218-5 SGND
217-4 SGND
2
1
0
-9
S
G
N
D
2
1
0
-6
S
G
N
D
2
1
0
-3
S
G
N
D
2
2
7
-1
1
S
G
N
D
2
2
1
-8
S
G
N
D
2
2
2
-A
1
1
S
G
N
D
2
2
2
-A
3
S
G
N
D
C
N
6
5
3
-6
S
P
D
C
_
P
W
M
C
N
6
5
3
-5
S
P
A
C
_
P
W
M
C
N
6
5
2
-1
2
4
V
C
N
6
5
2
-3
S
G
N
D
C
N
6
5
2
-4
P
G
N
D
C
N
6
5
3
-9
T
S
A
C
_
F
B
C
N
6
5
3
-8
T
S
D
C
_
F
B
C
N
6
5
3
-3
T
R
P
W
M
5
2
6
-1
2
4
V
5
2
6
-9
S
G
N
D
5
2
6
-1
0
P
G
N
D
501-1 24V3
501-2 PGND3
500-5 SGND
500-6 SGND
500-3 PGND
500-9 AGND
500-2 12V2
500-7 -5V
500-8 5V2
500-1 24V2(SD)
500-4 5V1
5
2
2
-1
1
S
G
N
D
5
2
0
-A
1
3
S
G
N
D
5
2
0
-A
1
6
S
G
N
D
5
2
1
-A
1
0
S
G
N
D
5
2
5
-5
P
G
N
D
5
2
1
-B
1
5
P
G
N
D
5
2
1
-B
1
4
P
G
N
D
5
2
9
-3
P
G
N
D
5
2
4
-6
P
G
N
D
5
2
5
-1
1
S
G
N
D
5
2
5
-1
0
S
G
N
D
5
2
1
-B
8
S
G
N
D
5
2
1
-B
1
0
S
G
N
D
5
2
1
-B
1
1
S
G
N
D
5
2
1
-B
9
S
G
N
D
5
2
1
-A
1
1
S
G
N
D
5
2
0
-B
1
S
G
N
D
5
2
0
-B
4
S
G
N
D
5
2
2
-5
S
G
N
D
5
2
6
-3
G
P
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
6
-4
T
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
6
-5
S
_
C
O
N
T
5
2
6
-6
S
E
L
5
2
6
-7
T
E
M
5
2
6
-8
S
E
M
C
N
6
5
3
-1
G
P
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
6
5
3
-2
T
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
6
5
3
-4
S
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
6
5
3
-7
S
E
L
C
N
6
5
3
-1
0
T
E
M
C
N
6
5
3
-1
1
S
E
M
2
2
7
-1
0
C
1
C
O
N
T
2
2
7
-9
C
2
C
O
N
T
2
2
7
-8
C
P
W
M
2
2
7
-7
G
P
W
M
2
2
7
-6
B
C
O
N
T
2
2
7
-5
B
P
W
M
2
2
7
-4
C
E
M
2
2
7
-3
B
F
B
2
2
7
-2
B
(A
C
) C
O
N
T
2
2
7
-1
B
(A
C
) P
W
M
3
7
-7
2
1
5
-B
2
S
P
W
M
(D
C
)
2
1
5
-B
3
S
A
C
_
F
B
2
1
5
-B
4
T
S
D
C
_
F
B
2
1
5
-B
5
T
P
W
M
(A
C
)
2
1
5
-B
6
T
P
W
M
2
1
3
-B
1
0
F
M
5
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-B
9
F
M
8
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-B
8
F
A
N
_
F
E
M
2
1
3
-B
7
F
M
9
_
C
O
N
T
2
1
3
-B
5
F
M
9
_
F
E
M
4
1
0
-B
8
F
M
5
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-B
9
F
M
8
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-B
1
0
F
A
N
_
F
E
M
4
1
0
-B
1
1
F
M
9
_
C
O
N
T
4
1
0
-B
1
3
F
M
9
_
F
E
M
3
6
-2
C
V
F
E
E
D
_
S
IG
3
6
-3
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
0
3
6
-4
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
1
3
6
-6
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
3
3
6
-5
C
V
_
S
IZ
E
2
3
6
-7
C
V
D
U
P
_
S
IG
4
4
0
-6
4
4
0
-3
2
1
5
-B
8
R
E
S
IS
T
_
S
IG
ADUDB
HV2
RCDB
KCT
JAMIB
HV1
Grid biass
A
D
U

p
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h
Drum motor Paper feed motor Fusing motor Developing motor
Paper exit
motor
Loop motor
T
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
A
D
U

r
e
v
e
r
s
e

m
o
t
o
r
A
D
U

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r
R
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

m
o
t
o
r
R
e
v
e
r
s
e

/

e
x
it

m
o
t
o
r
T
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

/

s
e
p
a
r
a
t
io
n

c
le
a
n
in
g

m
o
t
o
r
W
e
b

m
o
t
o
r
B
y
p
a
s
s

t
r
a
y

lif
t

m
o
t
o
r
A
D
U

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
3
A
D
U

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
1
A
D
U

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n

/
2
F
u
s
in
g

f
a
n
R
e
v
e
r
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
R
e
v
e
r
s
e

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
A
D
U

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
A
D
U

d
e
c
e
le
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r
A
D
U

p
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r
T
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

/

s
e
p
a
r
a
t
io
n

c
le
a
n
in
g

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
T
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

/

s
e
p
a
r
a
t
io
n

c
le
a
n
in
g

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
A
D
U

h
a
n
d
le

r
e
le
a
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
C
e
n
t
e
r
in
g

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

le
a
d
in
g

e
d
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
R
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r
A
D
U

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
B
y
p
a
s
s
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
F
r
4
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
R
r
4
L
o
w
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
B
y
p
a
s
s
U
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
B
y
p
a
s
s
L
o
o
p

s
e
n
s
o
r
V
e
r
t
ic
a
l
c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
V
e
r
t
ic
a
l
c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
V
e
r
t
ic
a
l
c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
3
F
u
s
in
g

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
F
u
s
in
g

ja
m

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
D
o
o
r

o
p
e
n

/

c
lo
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
1
D
o
o
r

o
p
e
n

/

c
lo
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
2
V
e
r
t
ic
a
l
c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

c
lu
t
c
h

/
1
V
e
r
t
ic
a
l
c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

c
lu
t
c
h

/
2
A
D
U

lo
c
k

s
o
le
n
o
id
R
e
v
e
r
s
e

/

e
x
it

s
o
le
n
o
id
F
u
s
in
g

s
o
le
n
o
id
P
ic
k
-
u
p

s
o
le
n
o
id

/
B
y
p
a
s
s
F
u
s
in
g

h
e
a
t
e
r

la
m
p

/
3
F
u
s
in
g

h
e
a
t
e
r

la
m
p

/
2
F
u
s
in
g

h
e
a
t
e
r

la
m
p

/
1
Key counter
Recycle pump motor
T
h
e
r
m
is
t
o
r

/
4
T
h
e
r
m
is
t
o
r

/
1
T
h
e
r
m
is
t
o
r

/
2
T
h
e
r
m
is
t
o
r

/
3
R
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h
T
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

e
x
p
o
s
u
r
e

la
m
p
Coin
vendor
P
a
p
e
r

s
iz
e

V
R
/
B
P
T
h
e
r
m
o
s
t
a
t

/
2
T
h
e
r
m
o
s
t
a
t

/
1
T
S
2
T
S
1
Separation
Transfer
Guide plate bias
Developing
bias
Charging
Charging
FUSING UNIT
100V SYSTEM
ADU
FUSING UNIT
DRUM
RECYCLE CUT
VERTICAL PAPER FEED
To Polygon motor
BY-PASS
Transfer/
separation charger (ADU)
A
D
U

r
e
v
e
r
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
/
2
D
o
o
r

o
p
e
n
/
c
lo
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
/
3
A
D
U

r
e
v
e
r
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
/
1
ACDB (2/2)
OACB (3/3)
PRCB (2/2)
Symbol
Crimp
Connector
Relay connector
Faston
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
ADUDB ADU drive board 18-V SD1 ADU lock solenoid 21-U
CL1 Registration clutch 22-U SD2 Reverse/exit solenoid 22-U
CL2 ADU pre-registration clutch 22-U SD3 Fusing solenoid 21-U
CL9 Vertical conveyance clutch /1 17-O SD11 Pick-up solenoid /Bypass 15-O
CL10 Vertical conveyance clutch /2 17-O TH1 Thermistor /1 18-O
FM1 Fusing fan 21-U TH2 Thermistor /2 18-O
FM10 ADU cooling fan /1 19-X TH3 Thermistor /3 18-O
FM11 ADU cooling fan /2 19-X TH4 Thermistor /4 18-O
FM22 ADU cooling fan /3 19-X TS1 Thermostat /1 15-Y
HV1 High voltage unit /1 19-O TS2 Thermostat /2 14-Y
HV2 High voltage unit /2 23-Y TSL Transfer exposure lamp 23-U
JAMIB JAM indicator board 23-U VR4 Paper size VR /BP 14-O
KCT Key counter 16-W Developing bias 19-O
L2 Fusing heater lamp /1 15-X Charging 20-O
L3 Fusing heater lamp /2 15-X Grid bias 20-O
L4 Fusing heater lamp /3 14-X Charging 20-O
M1 Fusing motor 20-S Coin vendor 16-S
M2 Drum motor 23-S Guide plate bias 24-Y
M3 Developing motor 20-S Transfer 24-Z
M4 Paper feed motor 22-S Separation 24-Z
M5 Reverse/exit motor 21-U
M6 Loop motor 19-S
M7 ADU reverse motor 19-U
M8 ADU conveyance motor 20-U
M9 Transfer motor 19-U
M10 Paper exit sensor 19-S
M12 Registration motor 20-U
M16 Web motor 19-O
M18 Transfer/separation cleaning motor 21-U
M22 Bypass tray lift motor 15-O
M24 Recycle pump motor 24-O
PS1 Centering sensor 22-X
PS2 Fusing exit sensor 17-O
PS3 Fusing jam sensor 18-O
PS8 Reverse conveyance sensor 19-X
PS9 ADU conveyance sensor 20-X
PS10 ADU Handle release sensor 21-X
PS11 Transfer/separation cleaning home sensor 21-X
PS12 Transfer/separation cleaning limit sensor 21-X
PS13 ADU Reverse sensor /2 20-X
PS17 Door open /close sensor /3 16-O
PS18 Vertical conveyance sensor /1 16-O
PS19 Vertical conveyance sensor /3 16-O
PS23 Upper limit sensor /Bypass 15-O
PS24 Door open/close sensor /1 22-O
PS25 Door open/close sensor /2 22-O
PS29 Paper empty sensor /Bypass 14-O
PS43 Lower limit sensor /Bypass 15-O
PS44 Registration sensor 22-U
PS45 Paper leading edge sensor 23-U
PS46 ADU exit sensor 22-U
PS53 Vertical conveyance sensor /2 16-O
PS54 Loop sensor 16-O
PS55 Paper size sensor /Fr4 14-O
PS56 Paper size sensor /Rr4 14-O
PS57 Reverse sensor 19-X
PS58 ADU Reverse sensor /1 20-X
PS59 ADU deceleration sensor 20-X
PS60 ADU Pre-registration sensor 21-X
PS61 Paper exit sensor 22-O
RCDB Recycle pump drive board 23-O
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.5 DF
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Original skew sensor /Fr
Original exit sensor /Rt
Original reverse/exit sensor
Tray lower limit sensor
Original size sensor /Rt
Original size sensor /Lt
Original size VR
Original registration sensor
Original empty sensor
Tray upper limit sensor
Reverse jam
sensor
Original reverse sensor
Original exit sensor /Lt
DF open/close sensor
Original conveyance sensor
Original skew sensor /Rr
APS timing sensor
Original count sensor
Cover open/close switch
Exit gate solenoid
Pressure roller release solenoid
Gate solenoid
Original paper exit motor /2
Original paper exit motor /1
Original feed motor
Tray up/down motor
Original conveyance motor
SDF switching solenoid
Cooling fan/Lt
Cooling fan/Rt
PS314
PS313
PS316
PS302
PS303
PS310
VR301
PS306
PS305
PS315
PS304
PS309
PS307
PS301
PS311
PS317
PS308
PS312
TB
To Main body
DFCB
MS301
SD301
SD302
SD303
FM302
M305
M304
M303
M302
M301
SD304
FM301
Symbol
Crimp
Connector
Relay connector
Faston
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
DF-606 location list
Symbol Part name Location
DFCB DF control board 5-A
FM301 Cooling fan 8-H
FM302 Cooling fan /Rt 8-D
M301 Original conveyance motor 6-G
M302 Original feed motor 7-F
M303 Tray up/down motor 6-F
M304 Original exit motor /1 7-E
M305 Original exit motor /2 6-D
MS301 Cover open/close switch 8-B
PS301 DF open/close sensor 2-G
PS302 Original size sensor /Rt 2-D
PS303 Original size sensor /Lt 2-D
PS304 Reverse jam sensor 2-F
PS305 Original empty sensor 1-F
PS306 Original registration sensor 1-E
PS307 Original exit sensor /Lt 2-G
PS308 Original conveyance sensor 2-H
PS309 Original reverse sensor 2-F
PS310 Original count sensor 2-E
PS311 Original skew sensor /Rr 2-H
PS312 Original skew sensor /Fr 2-H
PS313 Original reverse/exit sensor 4-C
PS314 Original exit sensor /Rt 4-B
PS315 Tray upper limit sensor 1-F
PS316 Tray lower limit sensor 4-C
PS317 APS timing sensor 2-I
SD301 Exit gate solenoid 8-B
SD302 Pressure roller release solenoid 8-C
SD303 Gate solenoid 8-C
SD304 SDF switching solenoid 8-H
TB Tray board 4-D
VR301 Original size VR 2-E
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.6 LU
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7
6
7
-2
-1
7
6
7
-1
-2
7
6
5
-1
-2
7
6
5
-2
-1
7
1
0
-1
R
E
Q
7
1
0
-1
0
R
X
D
7
5
1
-4
-7
7
1
0
-4
E
R
R
7
1
0
-3
T
X
D
7
1
0
-2
A
C
K
7
1
0
-7
S
_
G
N
D
7
6
6
-1
-2
7
6
6
-2
-1
7
5
1
-1
-1
0
7
5
1
-2
-9
7
5
1
-3
-8
7
5
1
-5
-6
7
5
1
-6
-5
7
5
1
-7
-4
7
5
1
-8
-3
7
5
1
-9
-2
7
5
1
-1
0
-1
C
N
7
2
1
-1
4
2
4
V
C
N
7
2
1
-1
6
2
4
V
7
0
0
-2
P
_
G
N
D
7
0
0
-1
2
4
V
7
0
0
-4
S
-G
N
D
7
0
0
-3
5
V
7
8
2
-1
7
8
2
-2
7
8
2
-3
7
8
3
-1
7
8
3
-2
7
8
3
-3
7
4
7
-1
7
4
7
-2
7
4
7
-3
C
N
7
2
2
-6
5
V
C
N
7
2
2
-1
2
5
V
C
N
7
2
2
-1
5
5
V
C
N
7
2
1
-1
5
V
7
6
1
-1
7
6
1
-2
C
N
7
2
1
-1
1
S
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
2
-1
S
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
2
-4
S
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
2
-7
S
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
2
-1
0
S
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
2
-1
3
S
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
1
-8
S
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
1
-1
2
2
4
V
7
4
6
-1
7
4
6
-2
7
4
6
-3
7
4
5
-1
7
4
5
-2
7
4
5
-3
7
8
0
-1
7
8
0
-2
7
8
0
-3
7
8
1
-1
7
8
1
-2
7
8
1
-3
7
4
0
-3
7
4
0
-2
7
4
0
-1
7
4
1
-3
7
4
1
-2
7
4
1
-1
7
4
2
-1
7
4
2
-2
7
4
2
-3
7
4
4
-1
7
4
4
-2
7
4
4
-3
7
4
8
-1
7
4
8
-2
7
5
3
-2
7
5
3
-3
7
5
3
-1
7
5
3
-4
7
5
3
-5
7
5
3
-6
M100
SD100 PS100 PS102 PS103 PS104 PS105 PS106 PS107 PS108 PS109 PS110 PS101 SW100
2
1
7
-
2
5
V
2
2
1
7
-
3
IO
_
D
C
L
K
2
1
7
-
4
S
G
N
D
2
1
7
-
6
IO
_
U
C
L
K
2
1
7
-
8
IO
_
U
R
X
D
2
1
7
-
1
0
R
E
Q
4
2
1
7
-
5
L
C
T
_
L
A
T
C
H
2
1
7
-
1
IO
_
D
T
X
D
7
1
0
-9
5
V
7
1
0
-8
C
L
K
_
D
N
7
1
0
-6
L
A
T
C
H
_
D
N
7
1
0
-5
C
L
K
_
U
P
2
1
7
-
9
A
C
K
4
2
1
7
-
7
E
R
R
_
O
U
T
4
C
N
7
2
1
-2
C
O
N
V
_
P
S
C
N
7
2
1
-3
P
R
_
P
S
C
N
7
2
1
-4
0
_
P
S
C
N
7
2
1
-6
S
ID
O
P
_
P
S
C
N
7
2
1
-5
U
P
_
P
S
C
N
7
2
1
-7
D
W
_
S
W
C
N
7
2
1
-9
5
V
C
N
7
2
1
-1
0
U
P
O
P
_
P
S
C
N
7
2
0
-8
P
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
0
-1
5
V
C
N
7
2
0
-3
L
C
T
M
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
7
2
0
-4
L
C
T
M
_
C
L
K
C
N
7
2
0
-5
L
C
T
M
_
F
/R
C
N
7
2
0
-6
L
C
T
M
_
E
M
C
N
7
2
0
-9
P
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
0
-1
0
2
4
V
C
N
7
2
0
-1
1
2
4
V
1
2
-
1
9
P
G
N
D
1
2
-
2
2
4
V
1
1
-
1
1
S
G
N
D
1
1
-
1
4
5
V
C
N
7
2
0
-2
P
_
G
N
D
C
N
7
2
2
-3
5
V
7
7
3
-1
0
-1
7
7
3
-9
-2
7
7
3
-8
-3
7
7
3
-7
-4
7
7
3
-1
-1
0
7
7
3
-6
-5
7
7
3
-5
-6
7
7
3
-4
-7
7
7
3
-3
-8
7
7
3
-2
-9
C
N
7
2
2
-9
5
V
7
4
9
-2
-1
7
4
9
-1
-2
7
5
0
-1
7
5
0
-2
LU-403
LU-404
C
N
7
2
2
-2
D
W
_
P
S
C
N
7
2
2
-5
Z
A
N
_
P
S
1
C
N
7
2
2
-8
Z
A
N
_
P
S
2
C
N
7
2
2
-1
1
Z
A
N
_
P
S
3
C
N
7
2
2
-1
4
Z
A
N
_
P
S
4
C
N
7
2
3
-1
U
P
D
W
M
_
D
1
C
N
7
2
3
-2
U
P
D
W
N
_
D
2
C
N
7
2
0
-7
N
C
C
N
7
2
1
-1
3
C
O
N
V
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
7
2
1
-1
5
P
R
E
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
7
2
1
-1
7
P
IC
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
3
0
2
-3
3
0
2
-4
3
0
2
-1
3
0
2
-7
3
0
2
-8
3
0
2
-9
3
0
2
-1
0
3
0
2
-6
C
W
/C
C
W
M101
S
.G
.
C
L
K
L
D
P
.G
.
P
.G
.
2
4
V
3
0
2
-5
3
0
2
-2
771-1
774-2 7
7
1
-2
7
7
4
-1
715-1
S
T
A
R
T
/S
T
O
P
N
.C
H
/L
(S
.G
)
T2
T
r
a
n
s
f
o
r
m
e
r
/
2
DCPS2 PRCB
D
e
h
u
m
id
if
ic
a
t
io
n
h
e
a
t
e
r
H
T
R

1
0
1
Main body
Paper lift motor
Paper feed motor
F
r
o
n
t

d
o
o
r

in
t
e
r
lo
c
k

s
w
it
c
h
M
S
1
0
1
M
S
1
0
2
U
p
p
e
r

d
o
o
r

in
t
e
r
lo
c
k

s
w
it
c
h
LUDB
L
o
w
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
L
U

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r
U
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
F
r
o
n
t

d
o
o
r

o
p
e
n
/
c
lo
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
T
r
a
y

d
o
w
n

s
w
it
c
h
U
p
p
e
r

d
o
o
r

o
p
e
n
/
c
lo
s
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
F
e
e
d

c
lu
t
c
h
P
r
e
-
r
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

c
lu
t
c
h
P
ic
k
-
u
p

s
o
le
n
o
id
R
e
m
a
in
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r
/
1
R
e
m
a
in
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r
/
2
R
e
m
a
in
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r
/
3
R
e
m
a
in
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r
/
4
CL101 CL102
Symbol
Crimp
Connector
Relay connector
Faston
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
LU-403/404 location list
Symbol Part name Location
CL101 Feed clutch 6-G
CL102 Pre-registration clutch 6-G
DCPS2 DC power supply /2 3-A
HTR101 Dehumidification heater 3-C
LUDB LU drive board 3-E
M100 Paper lift motor 5-C
M101 Paper feed motor 6-C
MS101 Front door interlock switch 7-C
MS102 Upper door interlock switch 7-C
PRCB Printer control board 4-A
PS100 Upper door open/close sensor 6-G
PS101 Lower limit sensor 4-G
PS102 Remaining paper sensor /1 4-G
PS103 Remaining paper sensor /2 4-G
PS104 Remaining paper sensor /3 4-G
PS105 Remaining paper sensor /4 4-G
PS106 LU exit sensor 5-G
PS107 Pre-registration sensor 5-G
PS108 Paper empty sensor 5-G
PS109 Upper limit sensor 6-G
PS110 Front door open/close sensor 6-G
SD100 Pick-up solenoid 7-G
SW100 Tray down switch 6-G
T2 Transformer /2 3-B
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.7 FS
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
FS-604 only
F
S
-
6
0
4

o
n
ly
FS-604 only
FS-604 only
C
N
4
-A
1
7
M
5
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
-A
1
2
4
V
C
N
4
-A
3
2
4
V
C
N
4
-B
1
5
M
9
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
-A
1
6
M
4
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
-A
1
5
M
4
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
-A
1
8
M
5
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
-A
1
3
M
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
-B
1
1
M
6
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
-B
1
3
M
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
-B
1
6
M
9
F
/R
C
N
4
-B
7
M
1
1
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
-B
1
0
M
1
1
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-A
1
2
4
V
C
N
1
-A
2
2
4
V
C
N
1
-A
3
2
4
V
C
N
1
-A
4
2
4
V
C
N
1
-A
5
N
C
C
N
1
-A
6
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
-A
7
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
-A
8
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
-A
9
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
-A
1
0
M
1
3
C
L
K
C
N
1
-A
1
1
M
1
3
R
E
S
E
T
C
N
1
-A
1
2
S
D
5
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
1
-A
1
3
M
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-A
1
4
M
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-A
1
5
M
4
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-B
1
S
G
C
N
1
-B
2
S
G
C
N
1
-B
3
S
G
C
N
1
-B
4
5
V
C
N
1
-B
5
5
V
C
N
1
-B
6
5
V
C
N
1
-B
7
M
1
1
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-B
1
0
M
1
1
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-B
1
1
M
6
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-B
1
2
M
6
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-B
1
3
M
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-B
1
4
M
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-B
1
5
M
9
C
O
N
T
C
N
1
-B
1
6
M
9
F
/R
C
N
1
-B
1
7
M
5
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
1
-B
1
8
M
1
4
C
O
N
T
C
N
1
-B
1
9
M
1
4
F
/R
C
N
1
-B
2
0
F
M
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
2
-A
1
P
S
5
IN
C
N
2
-A
2
P
S
8
IN
C
N
2
-A
3
P
S
9
IN
C
N
2
-A
4
P
S
1
1
IN
C
N
2
-A
5
P
S
1
3
IN
C
N
2
-A
6
P
S
1
4
IN
C
N
2
-A
7
P
S
2
0
IN
C
N
2
-A
8
F
_
C
H
P
C
N
2
-A
9
R
_
C
H
P
C
N
2
-B
2
F
_
L
S
C
N
2
-B
3
F
_
D
H
P
C
N
2
-B
4
F
_
C
S
C
N
2
-B
5
F
_
L
S
T
C
N
2
-B
7
R
_
L
S
C
N
2
-B
8
R
_
D
H
P
C
N
2
-B
9
R
_
C
S
C
N
2
-B
1
0
R
_
L
S
T
C
N
4
-A
2
2
4
V
C
N
4
-A
4
2
4
V
C
N
4
-A
5
N
C
C
N
4
-A
6
P
G
N
D
C
N
4
-A
7
P
G
N
D
C
N
4
-A
8
P
G
N
D
C
N
4
-A
9
P
G
N
D
C
N
4
-A
1
0
M
1
3
C
L
K
C
N
4
-A
1
2
S
D
5
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
-A
1
4
M
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-A
2
0
M
5
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-A
1
6
M
4
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-A
1
9
M
5
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-A
1
8
M
5
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-A
1
7
M
5
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
-A
1
1
M
1
3
R
E
S
E
T
C
N
4
-A
1
9
M
5
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
-A
2
0
M
5
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
-B
1
S
G
C
N
4
-B
2
S
G
C
N
4
-B
3
S
G
C
N
4
-B
4
5
V
C
N
4
-B
5
5
V
C
N
4
-B
6
5
V
C
N
4
-B
1
2
M
6
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
-B
1
4
M
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
-B
1
8
M
1
4
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
-B
1
9
M
1
4
F
/R
C
N
5
-A
1
P
S
5
IN
C
N
5
-A
2
P
S
8
IN
C
N
5
-A
3
P
S
9
IN
C
N
5
-A
4
P
S
1
1
IN
C
N
5
-A
5
P
S
1
3
IN
C
N
5
-A
6
P
S
1
4
IN
C
N
5
-A
7
P
S
2
0
IN
C
N
5
-A
8
F
_
C
H
P
C
N
5
-A
9
R
_
C
H
P
C
N
5
-B
2
F
_
L
S
C
N
5
-B
3
F
_
D
H
P
C
N
5
-B
4
F
_
C
S
C
N
5
-B
5
F
_
L
S
T
C
N
5
-B
7
R
_
L
S
C
N
5
-B
8
R
_
D
H
P
C
N
5
-B
9
R
_
C
S
C
N
5
-B
1
0
R
_
L
S
T
C
N
4
-B
8
M
1
1
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
-B
9
M
1
1
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-B
8
M
1
1
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-B
9
M
1
1
D
R
V
B
C
N
2
-B
1
1
F
A
N
_
L
D
C
N
2
-B
6
P
Z
_
P
S
IN
C
N
5
-A
1
0
M
5
1
F
/R
C
N
2
-B
1
M
1
3
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
-B
1
M
1
3
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
-B
1
1
F
A
N
_
L
D
(R
_
C
D
)
C
N
5
-B
6
P
Z
_
P
S
IN
(F
_
C
D
)
C
N
2
-A
1
0
M
5
1
F
/R
C
N
2
-A
1
1
F
S
5
0
5
S
E
T
C
N
5
-A
1
1
F
S
5
0
5
S
E
T
C
N
4
-B
1
7
M
5
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
-B
2
0
F
M
1
C
O
N
T
(S
U
B
)
C
N
1
8
4
-3
C
N
1
8
4
-2
C
N
1
8
4
-1
C
N
1
8
3
-3
C
N
1
8
3
-2
C
N
1
8
3
-1
C
N
1
5
8
-1
C
N
1
5
8
-6
C
N
1
5
8
-2
C
N
1
5
8
-3
C
N
1
5
8
-4
C
N
1
5
8
-5
C
N
1
8
6
-3
C
N
1
8
6
-2
C
N
1
8
6
-1
C
N
1
8
5
-3
C
N
1
8
5
-2
C
N
1
8
5
-1
C
N
6
-B
3
5
V
C
N
6
-A
9
5
V
C
N
6
-A
1
2
5
V
C
N
6
-A
1
5
5
V
C
N
6
-B
6
5
V
C
N
6
-A
7
G
N
D
C
N
6
-A
8
P
S
8
IN
C
N
6
-B
1
G
N
D
C
N
6
-B
2
P
S
5
IN
C
N
6
-B
1
2
D
R
V
A
C
N
6
-A
3
D
R
V
A
C
N
6
-A
5
D
R
V
B
C
N
6
-A
1
2
4
V
C
N
6
-A
2
2
4
V
C
N
6
-A
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
6
-A
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
6
-B
1
4
D
R
V
B
C
N
6
-A
1
3
G
N
D
C
N
6
-A
1
4
P
S
2
0
IN
C
N
6
-A
1
1
P
S
9
IN
C
N
6
-A
1
0
G
N
D
C
N
6
-B
1
0
2
4
V
C
N
6
-B
1
1
2
4
V
C
N
6
-B
1
3
D
R
V
A
C
N
6
-B
1
5
D
R
V
B
C
N
6
-B
4
G
N
D
C
N
6
-B
5
P
S
1
1
IN
C
N
1
0
-2
P
Z
_
P
S
IN
C
N
1
0
-7
S
D
_
2
4
V
C
N
1
0
-8
S
D
_
D
R
V
C
N
1
0
-5
F
A
N
_
L
D
C
N
1
0
-6
F
A
N
_
H
/L
C
N
1
0
-4
F
A
N
_
D
R
V
C
N
1
0
-1
M
5
1
_
D
R
V
1
C
N
1
9
5
-4
-6
C
N
1
9
5
-5
-5
C
N
1
9
5
-6
-4
C
N
1
9
8
-1
-3
C
N
1
9
8
-2
-2
C
N
1
9
8
-3
-1
C
N
1
9
5
-1
-9
C
N
1
9
5
-2
-8
C
N
1
9
5
-3
-7
C
N
1
9
5
-7
-3
C
N
1
9
5
-8
-2
C
N
1
9
5
-9
-1
C
N
1
9
9
-4
-1
C
N
1
9
9
-3
-2
C
N
1
9
9
-2
-3
C
N
1
9
9
-1
-4
C
N
1
0
-3
M
5
1
_
D
R
V
2
C
N
1
8
2
-1
C
N
1
8
2
-2
C
N
1
8
2
-3
C
N
1
7
7
-3
C
N
1
7
7
-2
C
N
1
7
7
-1
C
N
1
8
0
-2
C
N
1
8
1
-2
C
N
8
-A
1
0
R
_
C
D
C
N
8
-B
1
0
F
_
C
D
C
N
5
-B
3
5
V
C
N
5
-B
6
5
V
C
N
8
-B
1
5
5
V
C
N
8
-B
1
6
P
S
1
3
IN
C
N
8
-B
1
7
G
N
D
C
N
8
-A
1
2
2
4
V
C
N
8
-A
1
3
2
4
V
C
N
8
-A
1
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
8
-A
1
5
D
R
V
A
C
N
8
-A
1
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
8
-A
1
7
D
R
V
B
C
N
8
-A
1
M
9
D
R
V
1
C
N
8
-A
2
M
9
D
R
V
1
C
N
8
-A
3
M
9
D
R
V
2
C
N
8
-A
4
M
9
D
R
V
2
C
N
8
-A
5
5
V
C
N
8
-A
6
R
_
L
S
C
N
8
-A
7
R
_
D
H
P
-IN
C
N
8
-B
7
F
_
D
H
P
-IN
C
N
8
-A
8
R
_
C
S
C
N
8
-B
8
F
_
C
S
C
N
8
-B
9
F
_
C
S
T
-IN
C
N
8
-A
9
R
_
C
S
T
-IN
C
N
8
-A
1
1
S
.G
N
D
C
N
8
-B
1
1
S
.G
N
D
C
N
8
-B
1
M
1
4
D
R
V
1
C
N
8
-B
2
M
1
4
D
R
V
1
C
N
8
-B
3
M
1
4
D
R
V
2
C
N
8
-B
4
M
1
4
D
R
V
2
C
N
8
-B
5
5
V
C
N
8
-B
6
F
_
L
S
C
N
5
-A
7
2
4
V
C
N
5
-A
8
2
4
V
C
N
5
-A
9
D
R
V
A
C
N
5
-A
1
1
D
R
V
B
C
N
5
-A
1
2
D
R
V
B
C
N
5
-A
1
2
4
V
C
N
5
-A
2
2
4
V
C
N
5
-A
3
D
R
V
A
C
N
5
-A
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
5
-A
5
D
R
V
B
C
N
5
-A
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
5
-A
1
0
D
R
V
A
C
N
5
-A
1
4
P
S
1
4
IN
C
N
5
-A
1
5
5
V
C
N
5
-A
1
3
S
G
N
D
C
N
5
-B
1
0
M
1
5
D
R
V
2
C
N
5
-B
1
1
M
1
5
D
R
V
2
C
N
5
-B
1
4
M
1
0
D
R
V
2
C
N
5
-B
1
5
M
1
0
D
R
V
2
C
N
5
-B
1
S
G
N
D
C
N
5
-B
2
F
_
C
H
P
-IN
C
N
5
-B
4
S
G
N
D
C
N
5
-B
5
R
_
C
H
P
-IN
C
N
1
7
8
-4
C
N
1
7
8
-3
C
N
1
7
8
-2
C
N
1
7
8
-1
C
N
1
7
9
-4
C
N
1
7
9
-3
C
N
1
7
9
-2
C
N
1
7
9
-1
C
N
1
7
8
-5
C
N
1
7
8
-6
C
N
1
7
8
-7
C
N
1
7
9
-5
C
N
1
7
9
-6
C
N
1
7
9
-7
C
N
1
8
0
-1
1
C
N
1
8
0
-1
2
C
N
1
8
0
-8
C
N
1
8
0
-9
C
N
1
8
0
-6
C
N
1
8
0
-3
C
N
1
8
0
-5
C
N
1
8
0
-4
C
N
1
8
0
-1
C
N
1
8
0
-7
C
N
1
8
1
-1
1
C
N
1
8
1
-1
2
C
N
1
8
1
-8
C
N
1
8
1
-9
C
N
1
8
1
-6
C
N
1
8
1
-3
C
N
1
8
1
-5
C
N
1
8
1
-4
C
N
1
8
1
-1
C
N
1
8
1
-7
C
N
5
-B
8
2
4
V
C
N
5
-B
9
2
4
V
C
N
5
-B
1
2
2
4
V
C
N
5
-B
1
3
2
4
V
C
N
1
8
7
-3
C
N
1
8
7
-2
C
N
1
8
7
-1
C
N
1
4
6
-1
C
N
1
4
6
-2
C
N
1
4
7
-1
C
N
1
4
7
-2
C
N
2
0
0
-1
C
N
2
0
0
-2
A
1
2
3
4
C
N
1
4
5
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
C
N
1
5
6
-1
-6
C
N
1
5
6
-2
-5
C
N
1
5
6
-5
-2
C
N
1
5
6
-6
-1
C
N
1
5
6
-3
-4
C
N
1
5
6
-4
-3
C
N
1
5
5
-1
-6
C
N
1
5
5
-2
-5
C
N
1
5
5
-5
-2
C
N
1
5
5
-6
-1
C
N
1
5
5
-3
-4
C
N
1
5
5
-4
-3
C
N
1
5
4
-1
-6
C
N
1
5
4
-2
-5
C
N
1
5
4
-5
-2
C
N
1
5
4
-6
-1
C
N
1
5
4
-3
-4
C
N
1
5
4
-4
-3
C
N
4
0
1
-A
8
M
1
0
3
D
R
V
/A
C
N
4
0
1
-B
8
T
U
_
S
_
IN
1
-1
C
N
4
0
1
-A
2
M
1
0
1
C
L
K
C
N
4
0
1
-A
3
M
1
0
1
B
L
K
C
N
4
0
1
-A
4
M
1
0
1
P
L
L
C
N
4
0
1
-A
6
M
1
0
2
F
/R
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
1
M
1
0
4
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
2
M
1
0
5
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
9
T
U
_
S
_
IN
1
-2
C
N
4
0
1
-B
3
P
S
1
0
2
IN
C
N
4
0
1
-B
4
P
S
1
0
3
IN
C
N
4
0
1
-B
5
P
S
1
0
4
IN
C
N
4
0
1
-B
6
P
S
1
0
5
IN
C
N
4
0
1
-B
7
P
S
1
0
6
IN
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
6
M
1
0
7
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
4
M
1
0
6
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
5
M
1
0
6
F
/R
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
M
1
0
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
0
1
-A
5
M
1
0
2
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
0
1
-A
7
M
1
0
3
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
0
1
-A
9
M
1
0
3
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
0
M
1
0
3
D
R
V
/B
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
3
M
1
0
1
F
/R
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
7
T
U
-O
U
T
1
-1
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
8
T
U
-O
U
T
1
-2
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
9
S
U
B
O
U
T
4
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
4
5
V
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
6
S
.G
N
D
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
8
P
S
1
0
1
IN
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
0
P
S
1
1
0
IN
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
1
P
S
1
1
1
IN
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
3
C
U
T
2
4
V
D
E
C
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
2
P
S
1
1
2
IN
C
N
4
0
1
-B
2
0
N
.C
.
C
N
4
0
1
-B
2
C
N
4
0
1
-A
2
0
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
N
.C
.
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
5
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
7
C
N
4
0
1
-B
9
P
S
1
0
8
IN
C
N
4
1
-A
8
M
1
0
3
D
R
V
/A
C
N
4
1
-B
1
3
T
U
_
S
_
IN
1
-1
C
N
4
3
- 3
T
U
-O
U
T
1
-1
C
N
4
3
- 4
T
U
-O
U
T
1
-2
C
N
4
3
- 2
M
1
0
6
F
/R
C
N
4
2
- 1
C
N
4
2
- 3
S
.G
N
D
C
N
4
2
- 4
C
N
4
2
- 5
C
N
4
1
-A
2
M
1
0
1
C
L
K
C
N
4
1
-A
3
M
1
0
1
B
L
K
C
N
4
1
-A
4
M
1
0
1
P
L
L
C
N
4
1
-A
6
M
1
0
2
F
/R
C
N
4
1
-A
1
1
M
1
0
4
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
1
-A
1
2
M
1
0
5
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
1
-A
1
4
T
U
_
S
_
IN
1
-2
C
N
4
1
-B
1
P
S
1
0
1
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
2
P
S
1
0
2
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
3
P
S
1
0
3
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
4
P
S
1
0
4
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
5
P
S
1
0
5
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
6
P
S
1
0
6
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
7
P
S
1
1
0
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
8
P
S
1
1
1
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
9
P
S
1
0
8
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
1
1
M
1
0
7
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
3
- 1
M
1
0
6
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
2
- 2
5
V
C
N
4
1
-A
1
M
1
0
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
1
-A
5
M
1
0
2
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
1
-A
7
M
1
0
3
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
1
-A
9
M
1
0
3
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
1
-A
1
0
M
1
0
3
D
R
V
/B
C
N
4
1
-A
1
3
M
1
0
1
F
/R
C
N
4
1
-B
1
0
C
U
T
2
4
V
D
E
C
C
N
4
1
-B
1
2
P
S
1
1
2
IN
C
N
4
3
- 5
N
.C
.
C
N
4
3
- 6
N
.C
(S
U
B
O
U
T
4
)
C
N
4
3
- 7
N
.C
(S
U
B
O
U
T
5
)
C
N
4
3
- 8
C
N
4
1
-A
1
5
N
.C
(S
U
B
IN
2
)
C
N
4
1
-B
1
4
C
N
4
1
-B
1
5
C
N
4
9
2
-3
C
N
4
9
2
-7
C
N
4
9
3
-7
C
N
4
9
3
-5
C
N
4
9
1
-1
C
N
4
9
1
-2
C
N
4
9
1
-4
C
N
4
9
1
-5
C
N
4
9
1
-3
C
N
4
9
1
-7
C
N
4
9
1
-8
C
N
4
9
1
-6
C
N
4
9
1
-1
0
C
N
4
9
1
-1
1
C
N
4
9
1
-9
C
N
4
9
1
-1
3
C
N
4
9
2
-4
C
N
4
9
1
-1
2
C
N
4
9
3
-9
C
N
4
9
2
-8
C
N
4
9
2
-6
C
N
4
9
2
-1
0
C
N
4
9
2
-1
1
C
N
4
9
2
-9
C
N
4
9
3
-1
C
N
4
9
3
-2
C
N
4
9
2
-1
2
C
N
4
9
3
-4
C
N
4
9
2
-1
C
N
4
9
2
-1
4
C
N
4
9
2
-1
3
C
N
4
9
3
-3
C
N
4
9
3
-1
2
C
N
4
9
1
-2
C
N
4
9
1
-1
C
N
4
9
1
-1
5
C
N
4
9
1
-1
4
C
N
4
9
1
-1
3
C
N
4
9
1
-1
2
C
N
4
9
1
-1
1
C
N
4
9
1
-1
0
C
N
4
9
1
-9
C
N
4
9
1
-8
C
N
4
9
1
-7
C
N
4
9
1
-6
C
N
4
9
1
-5
C
N
4
9
1
-4
C
N
4
9
1
-3
C
N
4
9
2
-1
3
C
N
4
9
2
-1
2
C
N
4
9
2
-8
C
N
4
9
2
-1
1
C
N
4
9
2
-9
C
N
4
9
2
-7
C
N
4
9
2
-6
C
N
4
9
2
-5
C
N
4
9
2
-4
C
N
4
9
2
-3
C
N
4
9
2
-1
4
C
N
4
9
2
-2
C
N
4
9
2
-1
C
N
4
9
3
-1
1
C
N
4
9
3
-1
0
C
N
4
9
3
-5
C
N
4
9
3
-7
C
N
4
9
3
-9
C
N
4
9
3
-1
C
N
4
9
3
-2
C
N
4
9
3
-4
C
N
4
9
3
-3
C
N
4
9
3
-1
2
C
N
4
9
1
-1
5
C
N
4
9
1
-1
4
C
N
4
9
2
-2
C
N
4
9
3
-1
1
C
N
4
9
3
-1
0
C
N
1
4
4
C
N
2
2
- 1
C
N
2
2
- 4
C
N
2
2
- 7
C
N
2
2
- 9
C
N
2
2
- 2
C
N
2
2
- 5
C
N
2
2
- 8
C
N
2
2
-1
0
C
N
2
2
-1
1
1
2
3
4
C
N
2
2
- 3
C
N
2
2
- 6
O
R
G
O
R
G
C
N
7
5
3
-4
C
N
7
5
3
-5
C
N
7
5
2
-1
C
N
7
5
2
-2
C
N
7
5
2
-3
C
N
7
5
2
-4
C
N
6
-1
2
4
V
-IN
C
N
7
5
2
-5
C
N
7
5
2
-6
C
N
1
0
6
-2
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
6
-4
M
R
X
D
C
N
1
3
2
-3
C
N
1
3
2
-2
C
N
1
3
2
-1
C
N
1
3
0
-3
C
N
1
3
0
-2
C
N
1
3
0
-1
C
N
1
3
1
-3
C
N
1
3
1
-2
C
N
1
3
1
-1
C
N
1
0
6
-2
C
N
1
0
6
-1
F
A
1
B
#
1
1
0
F
A
1
A
#
1
1
0
C
N
2
9
-2
C
N
2
9
-1
C
N
7
5
3
-1
C
N
7
5
3
-3
C
N
1
-1
2
4
V
C
N
1
2
3
-1
C
N
1
2
3
-2
C
N
1
2
3
-3
C
N
1
3
3
-1
C
N
1
3
3
-2
C
N
1
3
3
-3
C
N
1
2
2
-3
C
N
1
2
2
-2
C
N
1
2
2
-1
C
N
1
2
5
-3
C
N
1
2
5
-2
C
N
1
2
5
-1
C
N
1
2
4
-3
C
N
1
2
4
-2
C
N
1
2
4
-1
C
N
7
5
3
-2
C
N
7
5
3
-6
C
N
1
-2
5
V
C
N
8
-7
M
8
2
4
V
C
N
1
0
2
-1
C
N
1
0
2
-2
C
N
1
0
4
-4
C
N
1
0
4
-5
C
N
1
0
4
-6
C
N
1
0
4
-8
C
N
1
0
4
-9
C
N
1
0
4
-3
C
N
1
0
4
-1
C
N
1
0
4
-1
0
C
N
1
0
4
-1
1
C
N
1
2
1
-3
C
N
1
2
1
-2
C
N
1
2
1
-1
C
N
1
2
0
-3
C
N
1
2
0
-2
C
N
1
2
0
-1
C
N
7
5
2
-6
C
N
7
5
2
-5
C
N
7
5
2
-4
C
N
7
5
2
-3
C
N
7
5
2
-2
C
N
7
5
2
-1
C
N
1
-3
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
6
-3
X
C
T
S
C
N
1
0
6
-5
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
-6
F
G
N
D
C
N
1
-5
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
-4
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
6
-1
M
T
X
D
C
N
1
0
0
-2
C
N
1
0
0
-5
C
N
1
0
0
-1
C
N
1
0
0
-3
C
N
1
0
0
-4
C
N
1
0
0
-6
C
N
8
-4
M
1
D
R
V
A
C
N
8
-6
M
1
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
2
7
-3
C
N
1
2
7
-2
C
N
1
2
7
-1
C
N
1
0
1
-1
C
N
1
0
1
-2

C
N
1
4
0
C
N
7
-1
M
T
X
D
C
N
7
-2
S
G
N
D
C
N
7
-3
X
C
T
S
C
N
7
-4
M
R
X
D
C
N
7
-5
S
G
N
D
C
N
6
-2
5
V
C
N
6
-4
P
G
N
D
C
N
6
-5
P
G
N
D
C
N
6
-3
S
G
N
D
C
N
8
-8
M
8
D
R
V

C
N
1
0
-2
M
2
D
R
V
C
N
1
4
1
C
N
1
-B
8
M
2
1
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
-B
7
M
2
1
D
R
V
B
1
2
1
2
C
N
1
1
0
C
N
1
-A
3
M
7
P
/S
C
N
1
-A
4
M
7
C
L
K
C
N
1
-A
5
M
7
F
/R
C
N
1
-A
7
M
7
H
/L
C
N
8
-5
M
1
D
R
V
B
C
N
8
-3
M
1
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
2
-A
9
P
S
1
2
IN
C
N
1
2
-A
1
0
P
S
1
6
IN
C
N
1
2
-A
1
1
P
S
1
9
IN
1
4
2
3
3
2
1
3
2
2
3
1
C
N
1
2
-A
7
P
S
1
IN
C
N
1
2
-A
8
P
S
4
IN
C
N
1
1
-4
P
S
6
IN
C
N
7
-6
X
R
T
S
1
C
N
1
0
6
-6
X
R
T
S
1
C
N
8
-1
M
1
2
4
V
C
N
8
-2
M
1
2
4
V
C
N
1
0
-1
M
2
2
4
V
C
N
1
-B
3
M
2
1
2
4
V
C
N
1
-B
4
M
2
1
2
4
V
C
N
1
-B
5
M
2
1
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-B
6
M
2
1
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
-A
1
M
7
5
V
C
N
1
-A
6
M
7
L
D
C
N
1
-A
8
M
7
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
-A
9
M
7
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
-B
1
M
7
2
4
V
C
N
1
-B
2
M
7
2
4
V
C
N
1
2
-A
1
P
S
1
5
V
C
N
1
2
-B
1
P
S
1
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-A
2
P
S
4
5
V
C
N
1
2
-B
2
P
S
4
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-A
3
P
S
1
2
5
V
C
N
1
2
-B
3
P
S
1
2
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-A
4
P
S
1
6
5
V
C
N
1
2
-A
5
P
S
1
9
5
V
C
N
1
1
-1
P
S
6
5
V
C
N
1
1
-7
P
S
6
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
-5
C
N
1
1
-3
P
S
1
8
5
V
C
N
1
1
-6
P
S
1
8
IN
C
N
1
1
-9
P
S
1
8
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
5
4
2
3
1
6
5
3
5
4
6
1
2
C
N
1
2
-B
1
2
M
1
2
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
2
-B
1
1
M
1
2
D
R
V
B
C
N
1
2
-B
1
0
M
1
2
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
2
-B
7
M
1
2
2
4
V
C
N
1
2
-B
9
M
1
2
D
R
V
A
C
N
1
2
-B
8
M
1
2
2
4
V
C
N
3
-1
P
S
2
5
V
C
N
3
-4
P
S
2
IN
C
N
3
-7
P
S
2
G
N
D
C
N
3
-2
P
S
7
5
V
C
N
3
-5
P
S
7
IN
C
N
3
-8
P
S
7
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-B
4
P
S
1
6
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
-B
5
P
S
1
9
G
N
D
C
N
1
4
2
3
1
2
2
1
3
3
1
2
4
C
N
1
-A
2
M
7
S
G
C
N
1
0
4
-2

C
N
1
0
4
-7

C
N
2
-1
2
P
S
3
G
N
D
C
N
3
-3
P
S
1
5
5
V
C
N
3
-6
P
S
1
5
IN
C
N
3
-9
P
S
1
5
G
N
D
C
N
2
3
1
-A
5
C
N
2
3
1
-A
4
C
N
2
3
1
-A
6
C
N
2
3
1
-A
2
C
N
2
3
1
-A
3
C
N
2
3
1
-B
6
C
N
2
3
1
-B
8
C
N
2
3
1
-B
5
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
9
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
8
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
5
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
3
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
7
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
6
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
4
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
1
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
0
C
N
2
3
1
-A
9
C
N
2
3
1
-A
8
C
N
2
3
1
-A
7
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
2
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
9
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
8
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
7
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
6
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
5
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
4
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
3
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
2
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
1
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
0
C
N
2
3
1
-B
9
C
N
2
3
1
-B
7
A
1
A
2
A
5
A
7
A
3
A
4
A
6
A
9
A
8
B
1
B
2
B
3
B
4
B
5
B
6
B
7
B
8
B
9
A
1
0
A
1
1
A
1
2
A
1
3
A
1
4
A
1
5
A
1
6
A
1
7
A
1
8
B
1
0
N
.C
.
B
1
2
B
1
3
B
1
4
B
1
5
FA 1A
FA 1B
C
N
1
0
6
-4
C
N
1
0
6
-3
C
N
2
-9
M
3
C
O
N
T
C
N
1
0
6
-6
C
N
1
0
6
-5
C
N
1
0
6
-8
C
N
1
0
6
-7
C
N
1
0
6
-9
C
N
1
0
6
-1
1
C
N
1
0
6
-1
0
C
N
2
-1
1
5
V
C
N
2
-1
2
4
V
C
N
2
-2
2
4
V
C
N
2
-3
P
G
N
D
C
N
2
-4
P
G
N
D
C
N
2
-5
M
3
H
/L
C
N
2
-6
M
3
L
D
C
N
2
-7
M
3
F
/R
C
N
2
-8
M
3
C
L
K
C
N
2
-1
0
S
G
N
D
C
N
2
-1
3
P
S
3
IN
C
N
2
-1
4
P
S
3
5
V
C
N
2
0
- 1
C
N
2
0
- 3
C
N
2
0
- 2
C
N
1
1
-2
C
N
1
1
-8
C
N
1
-B
9
C
N
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
6
4
3
6
5
2
1 C
N
1
0
3
5
1
1
2
3
4
5
6 C
N
1
5
7
6
4
3
5
2
C
N
1
1
3
1
2
2
1
C
N
1
1
2
-2
C
N
1
1
2
-1
C
N
1
0
-3
S
D
4
2
4
V
C
N
1
0
-4
S
D
4
D
R
V
C
N
3
-1
0
S
D
5
2
4
V
C
N
3
-1
1
S
D
5
D
R
V
C
N
5
2
- 3
5
V
C
N
5
1
-A
1
5
V
C
N
5
2
- 1
2
4
V
C
N
5
2
- 2
2
4
V
C
N
5
2
- 4
S
.G
N
D
C
N
5
2
- 5
P
.G
N
D
C
N
5
2
- 6
P
.G
N
D
C
N
5
1
-A
2
C
N
5
1
-A
3
C
N
5
1
-A
4
C
N
5
1
-A
5
M
P
I_
D
R
V
_
S
E
L
C
N
5
1
-A
6
M
P
I_
M
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
1
-A
7
M
P
I_
M
_
F
/R
C
N
5
1
-A
8
M
P
I_
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
1
-A
9
M
P
I_
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
1
-A
1
0
M
2
0
3
P
/S
C
N
5
1
-A
1
1
M
2
0
3
C
L
K
C
N
5
1
-A
1
2
M
2
0
3
H
/L
C
N
5
1
-A
1
3
M
2
0
3
L
D
C
N
5
1
-A
1
4
M
2
0
3
F
/R
C
N
5
1
-A
1
6
S
.G
N
D
C
N
5
1
-B
1
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
1
-1
C
N
5
1
-B
2
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
1
-2
C
N
5
1
-B
3
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
2
-1
C
N
5
1
-B
4
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
2
-2
C
N
5
1
-B
5
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
1
-1
C
N
5
1
-B
6
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
1
-2
C
N
5
1
-B
7
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
2
-1
C
N
5
1
-B
8
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
2
-2
C
N
5
1
-B
9
M
P
I_
O
B
O
U
T
1
-1
C
N
5
1
-B
1
0
M
P
I_
O
B
O
U
T
1
-2
C
N
5
1
-B
1
2
P
S
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
1
-B
1
3
P
S
2
0
6
IN
C
N
5
1
-B
1
4
V
R
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
1
-B
1
5
V
R
2
0
2
IN
C
N
5
1
-B
1
6
C
N
5
1
-B
1
1
P
I_
M
C
2
0
3
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
1
-A
1
5
C
N
2
1
- 2
C
N
2
1
- 1
C
N
2
1
- 4
C
N
2
1
- 3
C
N
1
6
- 3
C
N
1
6
- 4
C
N
1
6
-9
C
N
1
6
-8
C
N
1
6
-7
C
N
2
1
- 5
C
N
1
6
- 6
C
N
1
6
- 5
C
N
1
6
- 1
C
N
1
6
- 2
C
N
8
2
- 8
C
N
8
2
-1
1
C
N
8
2
-1
2
C
N
8
2
- 2
C
N
8
2
- 3
C
N
8
4
- 1
C
N
8
4
- 2
C
N
8
2
- 5
C
N
8
2
- 6
C
N
8
2
- 4
C
N
8
2
- 1
C
N
8
2
- 7
C
N
8
2
-1
0
C
N
8
2
- 9
C
N
6
2
-A
1
5
V
C
N
6
2
-A
2
5
V
C
N
6
2
-A
1
3
C
N
6
2
-A
1
5
C
N
6
2
-B
1
7
C
P
U
_
R
X
D
C
N
6
2
-B
1
8
C
P
U
_
T
X
D
C
N
6
2
-B
1
9
S
.G
N
D
C
N
6
2
-B
2
0
S
.G
N
D
C
N
6
2
-A
3
O
U
T
-1
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
4
O
U
T
-2
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
5
O
U
T
-3
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
6
O
U
T
-4
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
7
O
U
T
-5
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
8
O
U
T
-6
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
9
O
U
T
-7
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
1
0
O
U
T
-8
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
1
1
O
U
T
-9
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
1
2
O
U
T
-1
0
(IN
)
C
N
6
2
-A
1
4
P
S
3
0
1
C
N
6
2
-A
1
7
P
S
3
0
2
IN
C
N
6
2
-A
1
8
P
S
3
0
4
IN
C
N
6
2
-A
1
9
S
U
B
IN
0
C
N
6
2
-B
4
S
.G
N
D
(P
K
S
E
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
3
S
.G
N
D
(P
K
S
E
T
2
)
C
N
6
2
-B
5
S
IG
_
1
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
6
S
IG
-2
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
7
S
IG
-3
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
8
S
IG
-4
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
9
S
IG
-5
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
1
0
S
IG
-6
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
1
1
S
IG
-7
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
1
2
S
IG
-8
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
1
3
S
IG
-9
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
1
4
S
IG
-1
0
(O
U
T
)
C
N
6
2
-B
1
5
M
3
0
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
6
2
-B
1
6
M
3
0
1
F
/R
C
N
6
2
-A
2
0
C
N
6
2
-B
1
C
N
6
2
-B
2
C
N
6
2
-A
1
6
P
S
3
0
6
IN
C
N
6
1
-1
2
4
V
C
N
6
1
-2
P
.G
N
D
C
N
3
3
-B
1
9
C
A
O
2
C
N
3
3
-A
1
0
G
N
D
C
N
3
3
-A
1
1
C
D
1
C
N
3
3
-A
1
2
C
D
3
C
N
3
3
-A
1
3
C
D
5
C
N
3
3
-A
1
4
C
D
7
C
N
3
3
-A
1
5
C
D
9
C
N
3
3
-B
1
C
A
2
C
N
3
3
-B
2
C
A
4
C
N
3
3
-B
3
C
A
6
C
N
3
3
-B
4
C
A
8
C
N
3
3
-B
5
C
A
1
0
C
N
3
3
-B
6
C
A
1
2
C
N
3
3
-B
7
C
A
1
4
C
N
3
3
-B
8
C
A
1
6
C
N
3
3
-B
9
C
A
1
8
C
N
3
3
-B
1
0
G
N
D
C
N
3
3
-B
1
4
C
D
6
C
N
3
3
-A
2
5
G
N
D
C
N
3
3
-A
3
4
5
V
C
N
3
3
-B
2
6
/R
D
1
C
N
3
3
-B
3
4
5
V
C
N
3
3
-A
1
C
A
1
C
N
3
3
-A
2
C
A
3
C
N
3
3
-A
3
C
A
5
C
N
3
3
-A
4
C
A
7
C
N
3
3
-A
5
C
A
9
C
N
3
3
-A
6
C
A
1
1
C
N
3
3
-A
7
C
A
1
3
C
N
3
3
-A
8
C
A
1
5
C
N
3
3
-A
9
C
A
1
7
C
N
3
3
-A
1
6
C
D
1
1
C
N
3
3
-A
1
7
C
D
1
3
C
N
3
3
-A
1
8
C
D
1
5
C
N
3
3
-A
1
9
C
A
O
1
(N
.C
.)
C
N
3
3
-A
2
0
/R
O
M
C
S
C
N
3
3
-A
2
1
M
C
P
U
_
T
X
D
C
N
3
3
-A
2
2
M
C
P
U
_
C
T
S
C
N
3
3
-A
2
3
P
C
S
_
T
X
C
N
3
3
-A
2
4
P
C
S
_
R
E
Q
C
N
3
3
-A
2
6
E
P
R
O
M
_
O
N
C
N
3
3
-A
2
7
E
P
_
S
E
N
D
_
E
R
R
O
R
C
N
3
3
-A
2
8
E
P
_
S
E
N
D
_
O
K
C
N
3
3
-A
2
9
C
D
O
1
(N
.C
.)
C
N
3
3
-A
3
0
C
D
O
3
(N
.C
.)
C
N
3
3
-A
3
1
C
D
O
5
(N
.C
.)
C
N
3
3
-A
3
2
C
D
O
7
(N
.C
.)
C
N
3
3
-A
3
3
5
V
C
N
3
3
-B
1
1
C
D
0
C
N
3
3
-B
1
2
C
D
2
C
N
3
3
-B
1
3
C
D
4
C
N
3
3
-B
1
5
C
D
8
C
N
3
3
-B
1
6
C
D
1
0
C
N
3
3
-B
1
7
C
D
1
2
C
N
3
3
-B
1
8
C
D
1
4
C
N
3
3
-B
2
0
/R
D
C
N
3
3
-B
2
1
M
C
P
U
_
R
X
D
C
N
3
3
-B
2
2
M
C
P
U
_
R
T
S
C
N
3
3
-B
2
3
P
C
S
_
R
X
C
N
3
3
-B
2
4
P
C
S
_
A
C
K
C
N
3
3
-B
2
5
/C
S
1
0
C
N
3
3
-B
2
7
/W
R
1
C
N
3
3
-B
2
8
C
D
O
0
(N
.C
.)
C
N
3
3
-B
2
9
C
D
O
2
(N
.C
.)
C
N
3
3
-B
3
0
C
D
O
4
(N
.C
.)
C
N
3
3
-B
3
1
C
D
O
6
(N
.C
.)
C
N
3
3
-B
3
2
5
V
C
N
3
3
-B
3
3
5
V
C
N
5
2
-A
6
5
V
C
N
5
2
-A
7
S
.G
N
D
C
N
5
2
-A
3
P
.G
N
D
C
N
5
2
-A
4
P
.G
N
D
C
N
5
2
-A
9
M
P
I_
D
R
V
_
S
E
L
C
N
5
2
-A
1
1
M
P
I_
M
_
F
/R
C
N
5
2
-A
1
2
M
P
I_
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
2
-A
1
3
M
P
I_
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
2
-A
1
4
M
2
0
3
P
/S
C
N
5
2
-A
1
5
M
2
0
3
C
L
K
C
N
5
2
-A
1
6
M
2
0
3
H
/L
C
N
5
2
-A
1
7
M
2
0
3
L
D
C
N
5
2
-A
1
8
M
2
0
3
F
/R
C
N
5
2
-A
8
S
.G
N
D
C
N
5
2
-B
1
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
1
-1
C
N
5
2
-B
2
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
1
-2
C
N
5
2
-B
3
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
2
-1
C
N
5
2
-B
4
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
2
-2
C
N
5
2
-B
1
0
M
P
I_
0
8
O
U
T
1
-2
C
N
5
2
-B
1
2
P
S
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
2
-B
1
3
P
S
2
0
6
IN
C
N
5
2
-B
1
4
V
R
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
2
-B
1
5
V
R
2
0
2
IN
C
N
5
2
-A
5
5
V
C
N
5
2
-A
1
0
M
P
I_
M
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
2
-B
5
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
1
-1
C
N
5
2
-B
6
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
1
-2
C
N
5
2
-B
7
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
2
-1
C
N
5
2
-B
8
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
2
-2
C
N
5
2
-B
9
M
P
I_
0
8
O
U
T
1
-1
C
N
5
2
-A
1
2
4
V
C
N
5
2
-A
2
2
4
V
C
N
5
2
-A
1
9
N
.C
.(5
V
)
C
N
5
2
-B
1
6
C
N
5
2
-B
1
7
C
N
5
2
-B
1
8
C
N
5
2
-B
1
9
C
N
5
2
-B
1
1
M
C
2
0
3
_
D
R
V
C
N
6
3
-A
1
5
V
C
N
6
3
-A
2
5
V
C
N
6
3
-B
1
9
S
.G
N
D
C
N
6
3
-B
2
0
S
.G
N
D
C
N
6
3
-A
1
4
P
S
3
0
1
C
N
6
3
-A
1
7
P
S
3
0
2
IN
C
N
6
3
-A
1
8
P
S
3
0
4
IN
C
N
6
3
-A
1
9
S
U
B
IN
0
C
N
6
3
-B
1
5
M
3
0
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
6
3
-B
1
6
M
3
0
1
F
/R
C
N
6
3
-A
2
0
C
N
6
3
-B
1
C
N
6
3
-B
2
C
N
6
3
-A
3
O
U
T
-1
C
N
6
3
-A
4
O
U
T
-2
C
N
6
3
-A
5
O
U
T
-3
C
N
6
3
-A
6
O
U
T
-4
C
N
6
3
-A
7
O
U
T
-5
C
N
6
3
-A
8
O
U
T
-6
C
N
6
3
-A
9
O
U
T
-7
C
N
6
3
-A
1
0
O
U
T
-8
C
N
6
3
-A
1
1
O
U
T
-9
C
N
6
3
-A
1
2
O
U
T
-1
0
C
N
6
3
-B
3
P
K
S
E
T
2
C
N
6
3
-B
4
P
K
S
E
T
C
N
6
3
-B
5
S
IG
_
1
C
N
6
3
-B
6
S
IG
-2
C
N
6
3
-B
7
S
IG
-3
C
N
6
3
-B
8
S
IG
-4
C
N
6
3
-B
9
S
IG
-5
C
N
6
3
-B
1
0
S
IG
-6
C
N
6
3
-B
1
1
S
IG
-7
C
N
6
3
-B
1
2
S
IG
-8
C
N
6
3
-B
1
3
S
IG
-9
C
N
6
3
-B
1
4
S
IG
-1
0
C
N
6
3
-A
1
3
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-A
1
5
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-A
1
6
P
S
3
0
6
IN
C
N
6
3
-B
1
7
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-B
1
8
N
.C
.
C
N
6
4
-1
2
4
V
C
N
6
4
-1
P
.G
N
D
C
N
9
-2
G
N
D
C
N
9
-1
P
S
2
9
IN
C
N
1
7
6
-3
C
N
1
7
6
-1
C
N
7
-A
7
2
4
V
C
N
7
-A
8
2
4
V
C
N
7
-A
9
D
R
V
A
C
N
7
-A
1
0
D
R
V
A
C
N
7
-A
1
1
D
R
V
B
C
N
7
-B
1
3
2
4
V
C
N
4
-A
6
5
V
C
N
4
-A
3
5
V
C
N
9
-A
7
P
S
2
6
IN
C
N
4
-A
5
P
S
2
3
IN
C
N
9
-A
3
P
S
2
2
IN
C
N
9
-A
5
P
S
2
4
IN
C
N
9
-A
2
S
D
6
C
O
N
T
C
N
9
-A
4
P
S
2
3
IN
C
N
9
-A
6
P
S
2
5
IN
C
N
9
-A
8
P
S
2
9
IN
C
N
3
-A
1
1
M
1
6
D
R
V
A
C
N
3
-A
1
2
M
1
6
D
R
V
A
C
N
9
-A
1
0
B
M
S
E
T
C
N
9
-A
9
P
S
3
0
IN
C
N
9
-B
6
M
1
8
R
E
S
E
T
C
N
9
-B
7
M
1
8
F
/R
C
N
9
-B
1
2
M
2
0
C
L
K
C
N
9
-B
1
3
M
2
0
P
L
L
C
N
3
-A
3
P
S
2
2
IN
C
N
3
-A
4
P
S
2
3
IN
C
N
3
-A
5
P
S
2
4
IN
C
N
3
-A
6
P
S
2
5
IN
C
N
3
-A
7
P
S
2
6
IN
C
N
3
-A
8
P
S
2
9
IN
C
N
3
-A
9
P
S
3
0
IN
C
N
3
-B
9
M
1
8
C
O
N
T
2
C
N
7
-A
1
3
2
4
V
C
N
7
-A
1
4
D
R
V
C
N
7
-B
1
5
V
C
N
7
-B
2
M
2
0
B
L
K
C
N
7
-B
3
M
2
0
C
O
N
T
C
N
7
-B
4
M
2
0
C
L
K
C
N
7
-B
5
M
2
0
P
L
L
C
N
7
-B
6
M
2
0
F
/R
C
N
7
-B
7
2
4
V
C
N
7
-B
8
2
4
V
C
N
7
-B
9
P
.G
N
D
C
N
7
-B
1
0
P
.G
N
D
C
N
7
-B
1
1
S
.G
N
D
C
N
7
-A
1
2
D
R
V
B
C
N
7
-B
1
4
S
D
6
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
-B
3
5
V
C
N
4
-A
1
2
5
V
C
N
4
-A
1
1
P
S
2
5
IN
C
N
4
-A
1
0
G
N
D
C
N
4
-B
2
P
S
2
6
IN
C
N
4
-A
2
P
S
2
IN
C
N
4
-A
1
G
N
D
C
N
4
-A
4
G
N
D
C
N
4
-A
7
G
N
D
C
N
4
-A
9
5
V
C
N
4
-A
8
P
S
2
4
IN
C
N
4
-B
1
G
N
D
C
N
4
-B
4
G
N
D
C
N
3
-A
1
0
S
G
N
D
C
N
3
-A
2
S
D
6
C
O
N
T
C
N
3
-B
1
M
1
9
D
R
V
1
C
N
3
-B
1
2
M
2
0
C
L
K
C
N
3
-B
1
3
M
2
0
P
L
L
C
N
3
-B
1
4
M
2
0
F
/R
C
N
3
-B
1
1
M
2
0
C
O
N
T
C
N
3
-B
1
0
M
2
0
B
L
K
C
N
3
-B
8
M
1
8
C
O
N
T
1
C
N
3
-B
6
M
1
8
R
E
S
E
T
C
N
3
-B
2
M
1
9
D
R
V
2
C
N
3
-B
3
N
C
C
N
3
-B
4
M
1
8
M
O
D
E
C
N
3
-B
5
M
1
8
C
L
K
C
N
3
-B
7
M
1
8
F
/R
C
N
3
-A
1
N
C
C
N
7
-A
1
2
4
V
C
N
7
-A
2
2
4
V
C
N
7
-A
3
D
R
V
A
C
N
7
-A
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
7
-A
5
D
R
V
B
C
N
7
-A
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
3
-A
1
3
M
1
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
3
-A
1
4
M
1
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
-B
6
5
V
C
N
9
-A
1
1
M
1
6
D
R
V
A
C
N
9
-A
1
2
M
1
6
D
R
V
A
C
N
9
-A
1
3
M
1
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
9
-A
1
4
M
1
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
9
-B
4
M
1
8
M
O
D
E
C
N
9
-B
5
M
1
8
C
L
K
C
N
9
-B
1
4
M
2
0
F
/R
C
N
9
-B
1
1
M
2
0
C
O
N
T
C
N
9
-B
9
M
1
8
C
O
N
T
2
C
N
9
-B
8
M
1
8
C
O
N
T
1
C
N
9
-B
1
M
1
9
D
R
V
1
(C
O
N
T
)
C
N
9
-B
2
M
1
9
D
R
V
2
(C
O
N
T
)
C
N
9
-B
1
0
M
2
0
C
O
N
T
(B
L
K
)
C
N
9
-A
1
S
U
B
IN
5
P
I (N
C
)
C
N
9
-B
3
S
U
B
O
U
T
3
(N
C
)
C
N
1
4
- 1
S
D
7
2
4
V
C
N
1
4
- 2
S
D
7
D
R
V
C
N
1
4
- 3
S
D
8
2
4
V
C
N
1
4
- 4
S
D
8
D
R
V
C
N
1
7
0
-1
C
N
1
7
0
-2
C
N
1
7
0
-3
C
N
1
7
1
-1
C
N
1
7
1
-2
C
N
1
7
1
-3
C
N
1
7
2
-1
C
N
1
7
2
-2
C
N
1
7
2
-3
5
V
G
N
D
G
N
D
S
IG
32132165432112
C
N
1
7
3
-1
C
N
1
7
3
-2
C
N
1
7
3
-3
C
N
1
7
4
-1
C
N
1
7
4
-2
C
N
1
7
4
-3
C
N
1
7
5
-1
C
N
1
7
5
-3
C
N
1
5
2
-1
C
N
1
5
2
-2
C
N
1
5
1
-2
C
N
1
5
1
-5
C
N
1
5
1
-4
C
N
1
5
1
-6
C
N
1
5
1
-3
C
N
1
5
1
-1 C
N
1
9
0
-3
C
N
1
9
0
-2
C
N
1
9
0
-1
C
N
1
9
3
-3
C
N
1
9
3
-2
C
N
1
9
3
-1
C
N
1
5
3
-1
C
N
1
5
3
-7 C
N
1
9
1
-6
C
N
1
9
1
-5
C
N
1
9
1
-4
C
N
1
9
1
-3
C
N
1
9
1
-2
C
N
1
9
1
-1
C
N
1
5
3
-3
C
N
1
5
3
-4
C
N
1
5
3
-6
C
N
1
5
3
-5
C
N
1
5
3
-1
0
C
N
1
5
3
-1
1
C
N
1
5
3
-8
C
N
1
5
3
-9
C
N
1
5
3
-2 C
N
1
9
4
-1
C
N
1
9
4
-2
C
N
1
6
0
-1
-2
C
N
1
6
0
-2
-1
C
N
1
5
0
-1
-6
C
N
1
5
0
-2
-5
C
N
1
5
0
-3
-4
C
N
1
5
0
-4
-3
C
N
1
5
0
-5
-2
C
N
1
5
0
-6
-1
C
N
1
2
6
-3
C
N
1
2
6
-2
C
N
1
2
6-1
C
N
1
5
2
C
N
1
2
-A
6
P
S
1
0
0
5
V
C
N
1
2
-A
1
2
P
S
1
0
0
IN
C
N
1
2
-B
6
P
S
1
0
0
G
N
D
1
3
2
2
3
1
M10 M14 F
_
D
H
P
F
_
C
S
T
F
_
C
H
P
R
_
D
H
P
R
_
C
S
T
R
_
C
H
P
M6
P
S
1
3
M11 M4 P
S
1
4
M15 F
_
L
S
R
_
L
S
M9
M18 SD6 M19 M20 M16 S
D
7
S
D
8
P
S
2
2
P
S
2
3
P
S
2
4
P
S
2
5
P
S
2
6
P
S
2
9
L
E
D
2
9
P
S
4
P
S
1
P
S
1
6
P
S
1
2
P
S
1
9
M 8 M 2 M 1
S
D
2
M7 M21
P
S
6
P
S
1
8
M12
P
S
3
P
S
2
P
S
7
P
S
1
5
M 3
S
D
5
M
S
2
0
1
P
S
9
P
S
8
M13
P
S
2
0
P
S
5
M5
P
S
1
1
MS1
M51
S
D
5
1
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

lif
t

m
o
t
o
r
B
y
p
a
s
s

g
a
t
e

s
o
le
n
o
id
F
o
ld
in
g

b
la
d
e

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
S
a
d
d
le

s
t
ic
h
in
g

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/
L
w
F
o
ld
in
g

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
F
o
ld
in
g

p
a
s
s
a
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
F
o
ld
in
g

f
u
ll
L
E
D
F
o
ld
in
g

f
u
ll
s
e
n
s
o
r
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t m
o
to
r /L
w
S
a
d
d
le

s
t
ic
h
in
g

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
F
o
ld
in
g

b
la
d
e

m
o
t
o
r
F
o
ld
in
g

t
r
a
n
s
f
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
T
r
i-
f
o
ld
in
g

g
a
t
e

s
o
le
n
o
id
S
id
e
s
titc
h
s
to
p
p
e
r

s
o
le
n
o
id
/F
r
S
id
e
s
titc
h
s
to
p
p
e
r

s
o
le
n
o
id
/R
r
C
lin
c
h
e
r

r
o
t
a
t
io
n

m
o
t
o
r
S
ta
p
le
r
m
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
m
o
to
r
C
lin
c
h
e
r

r
o
t
a
t
io
n

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
C
lin
c
h
e
r
m
o
to
r
/F
r
C
lin
c
h
e
r
m
o
to
r
/R
r
S
t
a
p
le
r

m
o
t
o
r

/
R
r
S
ta
p
le
r ro
ta
tio
n
m
o
to
r
S
ta
p
le
r
m
o
to
r
/F
r
S
t
a
p
le
r

r
o
t
a
t
io
n

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
is
t

s
o
le
n
o
id
P
a
p
e
r

a
s
s
is
t

m
o
t
o
r
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r
S
t
a
p
le
r

m
o
v
e
m
e
n
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
S
ta
c
k
e
r

e
n
tr
a
n
c
e
s
e
n
s
o
r
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

e
m
p
t
y

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

b
e
lt

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t
h
o
m
e
s
e
n
s
o
r
/U
p
A
lig
n
m
e
n
t

m
o
t
o
r

/
U
p
F
S

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

m
o
t
o
r
S
h
if
t

r
o
lle
r

m
o
t
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

o
p
e
n
in
g

s
o
le
n
o
id
S
u
b

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

m
o
t
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

r
o
lle
r

m
o
t
o
r
S
u
b

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
F
S

e
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
G
a
t
e

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
S
u
b

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

f
u
ll
s
e
n
s
o
r
G
a
t
e

m
o
t
o
r
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
S
h
if
t

r
o
lle
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
M
a
in

t
r
a
y

lo
w
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
M
a
in

t
r
a
y


u
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
S
t
a
p
le
r

p
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

u
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
C
o
u
n
t
e
r

r
e
s
e
t

s
e
n
s
o
r
Main body
RB
FSCB
TRAY
ROM board
F
r
o
n
t

d
o
o
r

in
t
e
r
lo
c
k

s
w
it
c
h
U
p
p
e
r

d
o
o
r

o
p
e
n
/
c
lo
s
e

s
w
it
c
h
S
D
4
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

o
p
e
n
in
g

s
o
le
n
o
id
F
S
-
6
0
4

o
n
ly
F
S
-
5
0
9

o
n
ly
P
S
1
0
0
P
a
p
e
r

e
x
it

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r

/

2
TUDB PIDB PKDB
Symbol
Crimp
Connector
Relay connector
Faston
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
FS-509/604 location list
Symbol Part name Location Symbol Part name Location
FSCB FS control board 1-D PS8 Alignment home sensor /Up 4-F
LED29 Folding full LED 1-I PS9 Paper exit belt home sensor 5-F
M1 FS conveyance motor 1-B PS11 Stapler movement home sensor 5-F
M2 Shift roller motor 1-B PS12 Paper exit home sensor 2-B
M3 Main tray lift motor 4-B PS13 Stapler rotation home sensor 6-I
M4 Clincher rotation motor 3-I PS14 Clincher rotation home sensor 4-I
M5 Alignment motor /Up 4-E PS15 Counter reset sensor 4-B
M6 Stapler rotation motor 5-I PS16 Gate home sensor 2-B
M7 Paper exit roller motor 2-B PS18 Shift roller home sensor 3-B
M8 Paper exit motor 1-B PS19 Sub tray paper full sensor 3-B
M9 Stapler motor /Rr 5-I PS20 Stacker empty sensor 5-F
M10 Clincher motor /Rr 4-I PS22 Folding blade home sensor 1-I
M11 Stapler movement motor 3-I PS23 Saddle stitching stopper home sensor 1-I
M12 Gate motor 3-B PS24 Alignment home sensor /Lw 1-I
M13 Stacker entrance motor 5-F PS25 Folding paper exit sensor 1-I
M14 Stapler motor /Fr 5-I PS26 Folding passage sensor 1-I
M15 Clincher motor /Fr 4-I PS29 Folding full sensor 2-I
M16 Alignment motor /Lw 2-I PS30 Stapler home sensor /Rr *
M18 Saddle stitching stopper motor 2-I PS31 Stapler home sensor /Fr *
M19 Folding blade motor 2-I PS32 Clincher home sensor /Rr *
M20 Folding transfer motor 2-I PS33 Clincher home sensor /Fr *
M21 Sub tray paper exit motor 1-B PS34 Cartridge sensor /Rr *
M51 Paper assist motor 6-F PS35 Staple empty sensor /Rr *
MS1 Front door interlock switch 6-G PS36 Cartridge sensor /Fr *
MS2 Cartridge switch /Rr * PS37 Staple empty sensor /Fr *
MS3 Staple empty switch /Rr * PS38 Staple ready sensor /Rr *
MS4 Cartridge switch /Fr * PS39 Staple ready sensor /Fr *
MS5 Staple empty switch /Fr * PS100 Paper exit home sensor /2 3-B
MS201 Upper door open/close switch 6-B RB Relay board 1-G
PIDB PI drive board 7-A SD2 Paper exit opening solenoid 1-B
PKDB PK drive board 8-A SD4 Paper exit opening solenoid 1-B
PS1 Sub tray paper exit sensor 2-B SD5 Bypass gate solenoid 5-B
PS2 Main tray upper limit sensor 4-B SD6 Tri-folding gate solenoid 3-I
PS3 Main tray lower limit sensor 4-B SD7 Side stitch stopper solenoid /Fr 3-I
PS4 FS entrance sensor 2-B SD8 Side stitch stopper solenoid /Rr 3-I
PS5 Stacker entrance sensor 5-F SD51 Paper assist solenoid 6-F
PS6 Main tray paper exit sensor 3-B TUDB TU drive board 5-A
PS7 Stapler paper exit upper limit sensor 4-B
* In the stapler unit
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.8 PI
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PIDB
FNSCB
C
N
5
2
-1
2
4
V
C
N
5
2
-2
2
4
V
C
N
5
2
-5
P
G
C
N
5
2
-6
P
G
C
N
5
2
-3
5
V
C
N
5
1
-A
1
5
V
C
N
5
2
-4
S
G
C
N
5
1
-A
1
6
S
G
C
N
5
1
-A
5
M
P
I_
D
R
V
_
S
E
L
C
N
5
1
-A
6
M
P
I_
M
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
1
-A
7
M
P
I_
M
_
F
/R
C
N
5
1
-A
8
M
P
I_
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
1
-A
9
M
P
I_
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
1
-A
1
0
M
2
0
3
P
/S
C
N
5
1
-A
1
1
M
2
0
3
C
L
K
C
N
5
1
-A
1
2
N
C
C
N
5
1
-A
1
3
M
2
0
3
L
D
C
N
5
1
-A
1
4
M
2
0
3
F
/R
C
N
5
1
-A
1
5
N
C
C
N
5
1
-A
2
N
C
C
N
5
1
-A
3
N
C
C
N
5
1
-A
4
N
C
C
N
5
1
-B
1
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
1
_
1
C
N
5
1
-B
2
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
1
_
2
C
N
5
1
-B
3
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
2
_
1
C
N
5
1
-B
4
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
2
_
2
C
N
5
1
-B
5
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
1
_
1
C
N
5
1
-B
6
M
P
I S
_
O
U
T
1
_
2
C
N
5
1
-B
7
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
2
_
1
C
N
5
1
-B
8
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
2
_
2
C
N
5
1
-B
9
M
P
I_
O
B
O
U
T
1
_
1
C
N
5
1
-B
1
0
M
P
I_
O
B
O
U
T
1
_
2
C
N
5
1
-B
1
1
S
U
B
O
U
T
2
C
N
5
1
-B
1
2
P
S
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
1
-B
1
3
P
S
2
0
6
IN
C
N
5
1
-B
1
4
V
R
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
1
-B
1
5
V
R
2
0
2
IN
C
N
5
1
-B
1
6
N
C
C
N
2
6
0
-1
C
N
2
6
0
-2
C
N
2
6
0
-3
C
N
2
5
8
-1
C
N
2
5
8
-2
C
N
2
5
8
-3
C
N
2
5
9
-1
C
N
2
5
9
-2
C
N
2
5
9
-3
C
N
2
5
7
-1
C
N
2
5
7
-2
C
N
2
5
7
-3
C
N
2
5
6
-1
C
N
2
5
6
-2
C
N
2
5
6
-3
C
L
2
0
2
P
S
2
0
6
P
S
2
0
7
P
S
2
0
8
P
S
2
0
9
P
S
2
1
0
C
N
2
9
2
-1
C
N
2
9
2
-2
C
N
2
9
2
-3
C
N
2
3
2
-1
C
N
2
3
2
-2
C
N
2
3
2
-3
C
N
2
3
2
-4
C
N
2
3
2
-5
C
N
2
3
2
-6
C
N
2
3
2
-7
C
N
2
3
2
-8
C
N
2
3
2
-9
C
N
2
3
2
-1
0
C
N
2
3
2
-1
1
C
N
2
3
2
-1
2
M
2
0
2
S
D
2
0
2
C
N
2
0
4
-1
C
N
2
0
4
-2
C
N
2
0
5
-1
C
N
2
0
5
-2
C
N
2
0
6
-1
C
N
2
0
6
-2
P
S
2
1
2
C
N
2
6
2
-1
C
N
2
6
2
-2
C
N
2
6
2
-3
C
N
2
5
4
-1
C
N
2
5
4
-2
C
N
2
5
4
-3
S
D
2
0
1
C
N
2
0
1
-1
C
N
2
0
1
-2
C
N
2
0
2
-1
C
N
2
0
2
-2
C
L
2
0
3
C
N
2
0
7
-1
C
N
2
0
7
-2
C
N
2
0
3
-1
C
N
2
0
3
-2
P
S
2
0
5
M
2
0
1
P
S
2
0
4
C
N
2
5
5
-1
C
N
2
5
5
-2
C
N
2
5
5
-3
C
N
2
9
1
-1
C
N
2
9
1
-2
C
N
2
9
1
-3
P
S
2
0
1
P
S
2
0
2
P
S
2
0
3
C
L
2
0
1
C
N
2
5
3
-1
C
N
2
5
3
-2
C
N
2
5
3
-3
C
N
2
5
1
-1
C
N
2
0
3
-2
C
N
2
5
1
-3
C
N
2
5
2
-1
C
N
2
5
2
-2
C
N
2
5
2
-3
V
R
2
0
1
V
R
2
0
2
C
N
2
0
0
-1
C
N
2
0
0
-3
C
N
2
0
0
-4
C
N
2
0
0
-5
C
N
2
0
0
-6
C
N
2
0
0
-8
C
N
2
0
0
-9
C
N
2
0
0
-1
0
C
N
2
0
0
-1
1
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
9
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
8
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
7
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
6
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
5
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
4
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
3
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
2
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
1
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
0
C
N
2
3
1
-A
9
C
N
2
3
1
-A
8
C
N
2
3
1
-A
7
C
N
2
3
1
-A
6
C
N
2
3
1
-A
5
C
N
2
3
1
-A
4
C
N
2
3
1
-A
3
C
N
2
3
1
-A
2

C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
9
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
8
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
7
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
6
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
5
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
4
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
3
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
2
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
1
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
0
C
N
2
3
1
-B
9
C
N
2
3
1
-B
8
C
N
2
3
1
-B
7
C
N
2
3
1
-B
6
C
N
2
3
1
-B
5
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
2
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
3
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
4
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
5
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
C
N
2
3
1
-B
2
C
N
2
3
1
-B
3
C
N
2
3
1
-B
4

C
N
2
3
1
-B
5
C
N
2
3
1
-B
6
C
N
2
3
1
-B
7
C
N
2
3
1
-B
8
C
N
2
3
1
-B
9
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
0
C
N
2
3
1
-B
1
1
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
C
N
2
3
1
-A
2
C
N
2
3
1
-A
3
C
N
2
3
1
-A
4
C
N
2
3
1
-A
5
C
N
2
3
1
-A
6
C
N
2
3
1
-A
7
C
N
2
3
1
-A
8
C
N
2
3
1
-A
9
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
0
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
1
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
2
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
3
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
4
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
5
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
6
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
7
C
N
2
3
1
-A
1
8
C
N
2
9
9
-1
C
N
2
9
9
-2
C
N
2
9
9
-3
C
N
2
9
9
-4
C
N
2
9
9
-5
C
N
2
9
9
-6
C
N
2
9
9
-7
C
N
2
9
9
-8
C
N
2
9
9
-9
C
N
2
9
9
-1
0
C
N
2
9
9
-1
1
C
N
2
9
9
-1
2
C
N
2
3
6
-3
C
N
2
3
6
-2
C
N
2
3
6
-1
C
N
2
3
6
-1
C
N
2
3
6
-2
C
N
2
3
6
-3
C
N
5
3
-A
1
0
N
C
C
N
5
3
-B
5
N
C
C
N
5
3
-B
1
5
N
C
C
N
5
7
-1
5
V
C
N
5
7
-2
N
C
C
N
5
7
-3
M
2
0
3
P
/S
C
N
5
7
-4
M
2
0
3
C
L
K
C
N
5
7
-5
M
2
0
3
F
/R
C
N
5
7
-6
M
2
0
3
L
D
C
N
5
7
-7
N
C
C
N
5
7
-8
P
G
C
N
5
7
-9
P
G
C
N
5
7
-1
0
2
4
V
C
N
5
7
-1
1
2
4
V
C
N
5
4
-5
M
C
2
0
1
2
4
V
C
N
5
4
-6
M
C
2
0
1
D
R
V
C
N
5
4
-3
S
D
2
0
1
2
4
V
C
N
5
4
-4
S
D
2
0
1
D
R
V
C
N
5
4
-2
M
2
0
1
D
R
V
1
C
N
5
4
-1
M
2
0
1
D
R
V
2
C
N
5
5
-A
1
P
S
2
0
1
5
V
C
N
5
5
-A
9
P
S
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
5
-B
5
P
S
2
0
1
S
G
C
N
5
5
-A
2
P
S
2
0
2
5
V
C
N
5
5
-A
1
0
P
S
2
0
2
IN
C
N
5
5
-B
6
P
S
2
0
2
S
G
C
N
5
5
-A
3
P
S
2
0
3
5
V
C
N
5
5
-A
1
1
P
S
2
0
3
IN
C
N
5
5
-B
7
P
S
2
0
3
S
G
C
N
5
5
-A
4
P
S
2
0
5
5
V
C
N
5
5
-A
1
2
P
S
2
0
5
IN
C
N
5
5
-B
8
P
S
2
0
5
S
G
C
N
5
5
-A
5
P
S
2
0
4
5
V
C
N
5
5
-B
1
P
S
2
0
4
IN
C
N
5
5
-B
9
P
S
2
0
4
S
G
C
N
5
5
-A
6
N
C
C
N
5
5
-B
2
N
C
C
N
5
5
-B
1
0
N
C
C
N
5
5
-B
2
N
C
C
N
5
5
-B
4
N
C
C
N
5
5
-B
1
2
N
C
C
N
5
6
-5
M
C
2
0
2
2
4
V
C
N
5
6
-6
M
C
2
0
2
D
R
V
C
N
5
6
-3
S
D
2
0
2
2
4
V
C
N
5
6
-4
S
D
2
0
2
D
R
V
C
N
5
6
-2
M
2
0
2
D
R
V
1
C
N
5
6
-1
M
2
0
2
D
R
V
2
C
N
5
3
-A
1
P
S
2
0
6
5
V
C
N
5
3
-A
1
1
P
S
2
0
6
IN
C
N
5
3
-B
6
P
S
2
0
6
S
G
C
N
5
3
-A
2
P
S
2
0
7
5
V
C
N
5
3
-A
1
2
P
S
2
0
7
IN
C
N
5
3
-B
7
P
S
2
0
7
S
G
C
N
5
3
-A
3
P
S
2
0
8
5
V
C
N
5
3
-A
1
3
P
S
2
0
8
IN
C
N
5
3
-B
8
P
S
2
0
8
S
G
C
N
5
3
-A
4
P
S
2
0
9
5
V
C
N
5
3
-A
1
4
P
S
2
0
9
IN
C
N
5
3
-B
9
P
S
2
0
9
S
G
C
N
5
3
-A
5
P
S
2
1
0
5
V
C
N
5
3
-A
1
5
P
S
2
1
0
IN
C
N
5
3
-B
1
0
P
S
2
1
0
S
G
C
N
5
3
-A
6
P
S
2
1
1
N
C
C
N
5
3
-B
1
P
S
2
1
1
N
C
C
N
5
3
-B
1
1
P
S
2
1
1
N
C
C
N
5
3
-A
7
P
S
2
1
2
5
V
C
N
5
3
-B
2
P
S
2
1
2
IN
C
N
5
3
-B
1
2
P
S
2
1
2
S
G
C
N
5
3
-A
8
P
S
2
1
3
N
C
C
N
5
3
-B
3
P
S
2
1
3
N
C
C
N
5
3
-B
1
3
P
S
2
1
3
N
C
C
N
5
3
-A
9
V
R
2
0
2
5
V
C
N
5
3
-B
4
V
R
2
0
2
IN
C
N
5
3
-B
1
4
V
R
2
0
2
S
G
C
N
2
3
7
-3
C
N
2
3
7
-2
C
N
2
3
7
-1
C
N
2
3
7
-1
C
N
2
3
7
-2
C
N
2
3
7
-3
C
N
2
3
5
-1
C
N
2
3
5
-6
C
N
2
3
5
-1
1
C
N
2
3
5
-2
C
N
2
3
5
-7
C
N
2
3
5
-1
2
C
N
2
3
5
-4
C
N
2
3
5
-9
C
N
2
3
5
-1
4
C
N
2
3
5
-5
C
N
2
3
5
-1
0
C
N
2
3
5
-1
5
C
N
2
3
5
-3
C
N
2
3
5
-8
C
N
2
3
5
-1
3
C
N
2
3
5
-1
5
C
N
2
3
5
-1
0
C
N
2
3
5
-5
C
N
2
3
5
-1
4
C
N
2
3
5
-9
C
N
2
3
5
-4
C
N
2
3
5
-1
2
C
N
2
3
5
-7
C
N
2
3
5
-2
C
N
2
3
5
-1
1
C
N
2
3
5
-6
C
N
2
3
5
-1
C
N
2
3
5
-1
3
C
N
2
3
5
-8
C
N
2
3
5
-3
C
N
2
3
8
-1
2
C
N
2
3
8
-8
C
N
2
3
8
-4
C
N
2
3
8
-1
1
C
N
2
3
8
-7
C
N
2
3
8
-3
C
N
2
3
8
-1
0
C
N
2
3
8
-6
C
N
2
3
8
-2
C
N
2
3
8
-9
C
N
2
3
8
-5
C
N
2
3
8
-1
C
N
2
3
8
-1
C
N
2
3
8
-5
C
N
2
3
8
-9
C
N
2
3
8
-2
C
N
2
3
8
-6
C
N
2
3
8
-1
0
C
N
2
3
8
-3
C
N
2
3
8
-7
C
N
2
3
8
-1
1
C
N
2
3
8
-4
C
N
2
3
8
-8
C
N
2
3
8
-1
2
PIOB
C
N
5
2
-B
1
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
1
_
1
C
N
5
2
-B
2
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
1
_
2
C
N
5
2
-B
3
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
2
_
1
C
N
5
2
-B
4
M
P
I_
S
_
IN
2
_
2
C
N
5
2
-B
5
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
1
_
1
C
N
5
2
-B
6
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
1
_
2
C
N
5
2
-B
7
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
2
_
1
C
N
5
2
-B
8
M
P
I_
S
_
O
U
T
2
_
2
C
N
5
2
-B
9
M
P
I_
O
B
O
U
T
1
_
1
C
N
5
2
-B
1
0
M
P
I_
O
B
O
U
T
1
_
2
C
N
5
2
-B
1
1
M
C
2
0
3
D
R
V
C
N
5
2
-B
1
2
P
S
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
2
-B
1
3
P
S
2
0
6
IN
C
N
5
2
-B
1
4
V
R
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
2
-B
1
5
V
R
2
0
2
IN
C
N
5
2
-B
1
6
N
C
C
N
5
2
-B
1
7
N
C
C
N
5
2
-B
1
8
N
C
C
N
5
2
-B
1
9
N
C
C
N
5
2
-A
1
2
4
V
C
N
5
2
-A
2
2
4
V
C
N
5
2
-A
3
P
G
C
N
5
2
-A
4
P
G
C
N
5
2
-A
5
5
V
C
N
5
2
-A
6
5
V
C
N
5
2
-A
7
S
G
C
N
5
2
-A
8
S
G
C
N
5
2
-A
9
M
P
I_
D
R
V
_
S
E
L
C
N
5
2
-A
1
0
M
P
I_
M
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
2
-A
1
1
M
P
I_
M
_
F
R
C
N
5
2
-A
1
2
M
P
I_
S
D
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
2
-A
1
3
M
P
I_
M
C
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
5
2
-A
1
4
M
2
0
3
P
/S
C
N
5
2
-A
1
5
M
2
0
3
C
L
K
C
N
5
2
-A
1
6
M
2
0
3
N
C
C
N
5
2
-A
1
7
M
2
0
3
L
D
C
N
5
2
-A
1
8
M
2
0
3
F
/R
C
N
5
2
-A
1
9
N
C
C
O
N
V
E
Y
A
N
C
E

C
L
U
T
C
H
/
L
w
S
H
E
E
T

F
E
E
D

S
O
L
E
N
O
I
D
/
L
w
T
R
A
Y

U
P
/
D
O
W
N

M
O
T
O
R
/
L
w
P
I

P
A
S
S
A
G
E

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
U
p
N
O

S
H
E
E
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
U
p
S
H
E
E
T

S
E
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
U
p
T
R
A
Y

L
O
W
E
R

L
I
M
I
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
U
p
T
R
A
Y

U
P
P
E
R

L
I
M
I
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
U
p
S
H
E
E
T

S
I
Z
E

V
R
/
U
p
P
I

C
O
N
V
E
Y
A
N
C
E

M
O
T
O
R
P
I

P
A
S
S
A
G
E

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
L
w
N
O

S
H
E
E
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
L
w
S
H
E
E
T

S
E
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
L
w
S
H
E
E
T

S
I
Z
E

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
L
w
S
H
E
E
T

S
I
Z
E

V
R
/
L
w
T
R
A
Y

U
P
P
E
R

L
I
M
I
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
L
w
T
R
A
Y

L
O
W
E
R

L
I
M
I
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
/
L
w
M
S
2
0
1
P
I

I
N
T
E
R
L
O
C
K

M
S
M
2
0
3
C
N
5
4
-7
M
C
2
0
3
2
4
V
C
N
5
4
-8
M
C
2
0
3
D
R
V
C
N
5
5
-A
7
V
R
2
0
1
5
V
C
N
5
5
-B
3
V
R
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
5
-B
1
1
V
R
2
0
1
S
G
C
N
5
8
-1
5
V
C
N
5
8
-2
L
E
D
1
C
N
5
8
-3
L
E
D
2
C
N
5
8
-4
L
E
D
3
C
N
5
8
-5
L
E
D
4
C
N
5
8
-6
L
E
D
5
C
N
5
8
-7
L
E
D
6
C
N
5
8
-8
L
E
D
7
C
N
5
8
-9
S
W
2
0
1
IN
C
N
5
8
-1
0
S
W
2
0
2
IN
C
N
5
8
-1
1
S
W
2
0
3
IN
C
N
5
8
-1
2
S
G
C
O
N
V
E
Y
A
N
C
E

C
L
U
T
C
H
/
U
p
R
E
G
I
S
T
R
A
T
I
O
N

C
L
U
T
C
H
S
H
E
E
T

F
E
E
D

S
O
L
E
N
O
I
D
/
U
p
T
R
A
Y

U
P
/
D
O
W
N

M
O
T
O
R
/
U
p
Symbol
Crimp
Connector
Relay connector
Faston
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
PI-501 location list
Symbol Part name Location
M201 Tray lift motor /Up 3-C
M202 Tray lift motor /Lw 5-C
M203 Conveyance motor 3-C
CL201 Transfer clutch /Up 3-C
CL202 Transfer clutch /Lw 5-C
CL203 Registration clutch 3-C
MS201 Upper door open/close switch 2-F
PS201 Paper entrance sensor /Up 4-C
PS202 Paper empty sensor /Up 4-C
PS203 Paper set sensor /Up 4-C
PS204 Tray upper limit sensor /Up 4-C
PS205 Tray lower limit sensor /Up 4-C
PS206 Paper entrance sensor /Lw 6-C
PS207 Paper empty sensor /Lw 6-C
PS208 Paper set sensor /Lw 6-C
PS209 Tray upper limit sensor /Lw 6-C
PS210 Tray lower limit sensor /Lw 6-C
PS212 L size sensor /Lw 7-C
SD201 Separation solenoid /Up 3-C
SD202 Separation solenoid /Lw 5-C
VR201 Paper size VR /Up 5-C
VR202 Paper size VR /Lw 7-C
PIOB PI control board 7-C
PIDB PI drive board 3-E
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.9 PK-503/504
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
M
8
0
1
C
N
6
2
-A
2
5
V
C
N
6
2
-A
1
5
V
C
N
6
2
-B
1
9
S
G
C
N
6
2
-B
2
0
S
G
C
N
5
5
1
-1
C
N
5
5
1
-2
C
N
6
1
-1
2
4
V
C
N
6
1
-2
P
G
C
N
6
3
-A
1
5
V
C
N
6
3
-A
2
5
V
C
N
6
4
-2
P
G
C
N
6
4
-1
2
4
V
C
N
6
3
-B
2
0
S
G
C
N
6
3
-B
1
9
S
G
P
S
8
0
2
P
S
8
0
4
C
N
5
0
2
-1
C
N
5
0
2
-2
C
N
5
0
2
-3
C
N
5
0
4
-1
C
N
5
0
4
-2
C
N
5
0
4
-3
C
N
6
3
-B
4
P
K
S
E
T
C
N
6
3
-B
1
6
C
N
6
2
-B
1
6
M
8
0
1
F
/R
C
N
6
2
-B
4
P
K
S
E
T
C
N
6
3
-B
1
5
C
N
6
3
-A
1
7
P
S
8
0
2
IN
C
N
6
3
-A
1
8
P
S
8
0
4
IN
C
N
6
3
-A
1
9
N
.C
.
C
N
6
6
-3
5
V
N
C
C
N
6
6
-6
IN
N
C
C
N
6
2
-A
1
7
C
N
6
2
-A
1
8
C
N
6
2
-A
1
9
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-B
1
5
M
8
0
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
6
2
-A
3
C
N
6
2
-A
4
C
N
6
2
-A
7
C
N
6
2
-A
8
C
N
6
2
-A
5
C
N
6
2
-A
6
C
N
6
2
-A
1
3
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-A
1
1
C
N
6
2
-A
1
0
C
N
6
2
-A
9
C
N
6
2
-A
1
5
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-A
1
6
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-B
1
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-A
2
0
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-B
2
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-B
1
2
S
IG
_
8
C
N
6
2
-B
1
1
S
IG
_
7
C
N
6
2
-B
1
0
S
IG
_
6
C
N
6
2
-B
6
S
IG
_
2
C
N
6
2
-B
5
S
IG
_
1
C
N
6
2
-B
7
S
IG
_
3
C
N
6
2
-B
8
S
IG
_
4
C
N
6
2
-B
9
S
IG
_
5
C
N
6
2
-B
1
3
S
IG
_
9
C
N
6
3
-A
3
O
U
T
-1
C
N
6
3
-A
4
O
U
T
-2
C
N
6
3
-A
7
O
U
T
-5
C
N
6
3
-A
8
O
U
T
-6
C
N
6
3
-A
5
O
U
T
-3
C
N
6
3
-A
6
O
U
T
-4
C
N
6
3
-A
1
3
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-A
1
1
O
U
T
-9
C
N
6
3
-A
1
0
O
U
T
-8
C
N
6
3
-A
9
O
U
T
-7
C
N
6
3
-A
1
5
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-A
1
6
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-A
2
0
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-B
2
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-B
1
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-B
1
2
C
N
6
3
-B
1
1
C
N
6
3
-B
1
0
C
N
6
3
-B
6
C
N
6
3
-B
5
C
N
6
3
-B
7
C
N
6
3
-B
8
C
N
6
3
-B
9
C
N
6
3
-B
1
3
C
N
6
3
-B
1
7
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-B
1
8
N
.C
.
C
N
5
3
1
-3
C
N
5
3
1
-2
C
N
5
3
1
-1
C
N
5
3
1
-1
C
N
5
3
1
-2
C
N
5
3
1
-3
C
N
6
6
-1
P
S
8
0
2
5
V
C
N
6
6
-4
P
S
8
0
2
IN
C
N
6
6
-7
P
S
8
0
2
S
G
C
N
6
6
-2
P
S
8
0
4
5
V
C
N
6
6
-5
P
S
8
0
4
IN
C
N
6
6
-8
P
S
8
0
4
S
G
C
N
6
6
-9
S
G
N
C
C
N
6
5
-1
M
8
0
1
D
R
V
1
C
N
6
5
-2
M
8
0
1
D
R
V
2
C
N
6
2
-A
1
2
C
N
6
2
-B
1
4
S
IG
_
1
0
C
N
6
2
-B
1
7
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-B
1
8
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-B
1
4
C
N
6
3
-A
1
2
O
U
T
-1
0
C
N
6
3
-A
1
4
P
S
8
0
1
C
N
6
2
-A
1
4
C
N
6
2
-B
3
P
K
S
E
T
2
C
N
6
3
-B
3
P
K
S
E
T
2
P
S
8
0
3
C
N
5
0
5
-1
C
N
5
0
5
-2
C
N
5
0
5
-3
C
N
6
7
-1
P
S
8
0
3
5
V
C
N
6
7
-2
P
S
8
0
3
IN
C
N
6
7
-3
P
S
8
0
3
S
G
C
N
1
5
8
-3
C
N
1
5
8
-9
C
N
1
5
8
-1
C
N
1
5
8
-5
C
N
1
5
8
-7
C
N
1
5
8
-1
1
M
8
0
2
C
N
6
9
-3
M
8
0
2
D
R
V
A
C
N
6
9
-5
M
8
0
2
D
R
V
B
C
N
6
9
-1
2
4
V
C
N
6
9
-2
2
4
V
C
N
6
9
-4
M
8
0
2
D
R
V
A
C
N
6
9
-6
M
8
0
2
D
R
V
B
P
S
8
0
1
P
S
8
0
5
C
N
5
0
1
-3
C
N
5
0
1
-2
C
N
5
0
1
-1
C
N
6
5
-3
P
S
8
0
1
5
V
C
N
6
5
-4
P
S
8
0
1
IN
C
N
6
5
-5
P
S
8
0
1
S
G
C
N
5
0
4
-3
C
N
5
0
4
-2
C
N
5
0
4
-1
C
N
6
8
-1
5
V
C
N
5
0
4
-6
C
N
5
0
4
-5
C
N
5
0
4
-4
C
N
5
0
4
-7
C
N
6
8
-2
IN
1
C
N
6
8
-3
IN
2
C
N
6
8
-4
IN
3
C
N
6
8
-5
IN
4
C
N
6
8
-6
IN
5
C
N
6
8
-8
N
.C
.
C
N
6
8
-7
S
G
PDB
FNSCB
P
U
N
C
H

M
O
T
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

H
O
M
E

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
A
P
E
R

E
D
G
E

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

S
C
R
A
P
S

B
O
X

S
E
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

S
C
R
A
P
S

F
U
L
L

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

S
H
I
F
T

H
P

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

S
H
I
F
T

M
O
T
O
R
Symbol
Crimp
Connector
Relay connector
Faston
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
PK-503/504 location list
Symbol Part name Location
M801 Punch motor 3-C
M802 Punch shift motor 6-C
PS801 Punch home sensor 4-C
PS802 Punch scraps box full sensor 6-C
PS803 Punch shift home sensor 7-C
PS804 Punch scraps box set sensor 5-C
PS805 Paper size sensor 5-C
PDB Punch drive board 3-E
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.10PK-505
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
C
N
6
2
-
A
2
5
V
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
5
V
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
9
S
G
C
N
6
2
-
B
2
0
S
G
C
N
6
1
-
1
2
4
V
C
N
6
1
-
2
P
G
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
5
V
C
N
6
3
-
A
2
5
V
C
N
6
4
-
2
P
G
C
N
6
4
-
1
2
4
V
C
N
6
3
-
B
2
0
S
G
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
9
S
G
C
N
5
0
2
-
1
C
N
5
0
2
-
2
C
N
5
0
2
-
3
C
N
5
0
3
-
1
C
N
5
0
3
-
2
C
N
5
0
3
-
3
C
N
6
3
-
B
4
P
K
S
E
T
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
6
M
3
0
1
F
/R
C
N
6
2
-
B
4
P
K
S
E
T
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
7
P
S
3
0
2
IN
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
8
P
S
3
0
4
IN
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
9
S
U
B
IN
0
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
7
P
S
3
0
2
IN
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
8
P
S
3
0
4
IN
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
9
S
U
B
IN
0
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
5
M
3
0
1
C
O
N
T
C
N
6
2
-
A
3
O
U
T
-
1
C
N
6
2
-
A
4
O
U
T
-
2
C
N
6
2
-
A
7
O
U
T
-
5
C
N
6
2
-
A
8
O
U
T
-
6
C
N
6
2
-
A
5
O
U
T
-
3
C
N
6
2
-
A
6
O
U
T
-
4
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
3
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
1
O
U
T
-
9
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
0
O
U
T
-
8
C
N
6
2
-
A
9
O
U
T
-
7
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
5
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
6
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-
A
2
0
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-
B
2
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
2
S
IG
_
8
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
1
S
IG
_
7
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
0
S
IG
_
6
C
N
6
2
-
B
6
S
IG
_
2
C
N
6
2
-
B
5
S
IG
_
1
C
N
6
2
-
B
7
S
IG
_
3
C
N
6
2
-
B
8
S
IG
_
4
C
N
6
2
-
B
9
S
IG
_
5
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
3
S
IG
_
9
C
N
6
3
-
A
3
O
U
T
-
1
C
N
6
3
-
A
4
O
U
T
-
2
C
N
6
3
-
A
7
O
U
T
-
5
C
N
6
3
-
A
8
O
U
T
-
6
C
N
6
3
-
A
5
O
U
T
-
3
C
N
6
3
-
A
6
O
U
T
-
4
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
3
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
1
O
U
T
-
9
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
0
O
U
T
-
8
C
N
6
3
-
A
9
O
U
T
-
7
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
5
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-
A
2
0
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-
B
2
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
2
S
IG
_
8
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
1
S
IG
_
7
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
0
S
IG
_
6
C
N
6
3
-
B
6
S
IG
_
2
C
N
6
3
-
B
5
S
IG
_
1
C
N
6
3
-
B
7
S
IG
_
3
C
N
6
3
-
B
8
S
IG
_
4
C
N
6
3
-
B
9
S
IG
_
5
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
3
S
IG
_
9
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
7
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
8
N
.C
.
C
N
6
6
-
3
P
S
3
0
2
5
V
C
N
6
6
-
2
P
S
3
0
2
IN
C
N
6
6
-
1
P
S
3
0
2
S
G
C
N
6
6
-
6
P
S
3
0
4
5
V
C
N
6
6
-
5
P
S
3
0
4
IN
C
N
6
6
-
4
P
S
3
0
4
S
G
C
N
6
5
-
1
M
3
0
1
D
R
V
1
C
N
6
5
-
3
M
3
0
1
D
R
V
2
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
2
O
U
T
-
1
0
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
4
S
IG
_
1
0
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
7
N
.C
.
C
N
6
2
-
B
1
8
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
4
S
IG
_
1
0
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
2
O
U
T
-
1
0
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
4
P
S
3
0
1
C
N
6
2
-
A
1
4
P
S
3
0
1
C
N
6
2
-
B
3
P
K
S
E
T
2
C
N
6
3
-
B
3
P
K
S
E
T
2
C
N
6
5
-
2
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-
A
1
6
P
S
3
0
6
IN
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
5
N
.C
.
C
N
6
3
-
B
1
6
N
.C
.
C
N
5
5
1
-
1
-
2
C
N
5
5
1
-
2
-
1
C
N
5
0
5
-
1
C
N
5
0
5
-
2
C
N
5
0
5
-
3
C
N
6
7
-
1
2
P
S
3
0
3
5
V
C
N
6
7
-
1
0
P
S
3
0
3
S
G
C
N
5
5
2
-
3
C
N
5
5
2
-
9
C
N
5
5
2
-
1
C
N
5
5
2
-
5
C
N
5
5
2
-
7
C
N
5
5
2
-
1
1
C
N
6
9
-
3
D
R
V
A
C
N
6
9
-
5
D
R
V
B
C
N
6
9
-
1
2
4
V
C
N
6
9
-
2
2
4
V
C
N
6
9
-
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
6
9
-
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
6
7
-
1
1
P
S
3
0
3
IN
C
N
5
0
4
-
3
C
N
5
0
4
-
2
C
N
5
0
4
-
1
C
N
6
8
-
1
P
S
3
0
5
5
V
C
N
5
0
4
-
6
C
N
5
0
4
-
5
C
N
5
0
4
-
4
C
N
5
0
4
-
7
C
N
6
8
-
2
P
S
3
0
5
IN
1
C
N
6
8
-
3
P
S
3
0
5
IN
2
C
N
6
8
-
4
P
S
3
0
5
IN
3
C
N
6
8
-
5
P
S
3
0
5
IN
4
C
N
6
8
-
6
P
S
3
0
5
IN
5
C
N
6
8
-
7
S
.G
.
C
N
5
0
6
-
3
C
N
5
0
6
-
2
C
N
5
0
6
-
1
C
N
6
7
-
6
P
S
3
0
6
5
V
C
N
6
7
-
5
P
S
3
0
6
IN
C
N
6
7
-
4
P
S
3
0
6
S
G
C
N
5
0
1
-
3
C
N
5
0
1
-
2
C
N
5
0
1
-
1
C
N
6
7
-
9
P
S
3
0
1
5
V
C
N
6
7
-
8
P
S
3
0
1
IN
C
N
6
7
-
7
P
S
3
0
1
S
G
C
N
6
7
-
2
S
U
B
IN
1
C
N
6
7
-
3
5
V
C
N
6
7
-
1
S
G
C
N
5
0
4
-
8
C
N
6
8
-
8
P
S
3
0
5
IN
6
M
3
0
1
P
S
3
0
2
P
S
3
0
4
P
S
3
0
3
M
3
0
2
P
S
3
0
5
P
S
3
0
6
P
S
3
0
1
PDB
FNSCB
P
U
N
C
H

M
O
T
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

H
P

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

S
H
I
F
T

H
P

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

S
H
I
F
T

M
O
T
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

E
N
C
O
D
E
R

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

S
C
R
A
P
S

F
U
L
L

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
U
N
C
H

S
C
R
A
P
S

B
O
X

S
E
T

S
E
N
S
O
R
P
A
P
E
R

E
D
G
E

S
E
N
S
O
R
Symbol
Crimp
Connector
Relay connector
Faston
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
PK-505 location list
Symbol Part name Location
M301 Punch motor 4-B
M302 Punch sift motor 7-B
PS301 Punch HP sensor 4-B
PS302 Punch scraps full sensor 5-B
PS303 Punch shift HP sensor 6-B
PS304 Punch scraps box set sensor 6-B
PS305 Paper edge sensor 5-B
PS306 Punch encoder sensor 4-B
PDB Punch drive board 3-E
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.11ZU
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
RT8
RT6
RT7
FG
L : HOT
N : NEUTRAL
-V
:P
.G
R
T
1
1
+
V
:2
4
V
R
T
1
0
-V
:P
.G
R
T
1
2
L
+
V
:2
4
V
R
T
1
3
AC INRET
CBR1
RL/2
DCPS
AC CODE
RL/1
CBR2
MS1
CN78- 2
3
4 2
1
NF
M10
C
N
5
3
- 3
/1
C
N
5
3
- 1
/3
C
N
5
3
- 2
/2
C
N
4
2
- 6
C
N
4
2
- 4
C
N
4
2
- 2
C
N
4
2
- 5
C
N
4
2
- 3
M2
C
N
4
2
- 1
M3
C
N
4
6
- 1
M6
C
N
4
6
- 5
C
N
4
6
- 4
C
N
4
6
- 6
C
N
4
6
- 2
C
N
4
6
- 3
M1
C
N
4
1
- 1
C
N
4
1
- 3
C
N
4
1
- 4
C
N
4
1
- 2
C
N
4
1
- 5
C
N
4
1
- 6
M5
M7
C
N
4
7
- 2
C
N
4
7
- 1
CL1
C
N
5
2
- 2
C
N
5
2
- 1
P
S
6
C
N
4
4
- 1
C
N
4
4
- 2
M4
S
D
1
C
N
5
0
- 1
C
N
5
0
- 2
P
S
1
0
C
N
5
1
- 1
C
N
5
1
- 2
S
D
2
P
S
4
P
S
3
P
S
9
P
S
1
P
S
5
P
S
7
P
S
8
C
N
3
3
- 1
/4
C
N
3
3
- 2
/3
C
N
3
3
- 3
/2
C
N
3
3
- 4
/1
M8
ZU-602 only
C
N
9
- 7
F
-T
X
D
-O
U
T
C
N
9
0
-1
2
C
N
9
- 9
P
-R
E
Q
-O
U
T
C
N
9
0
-1
1
C
N
9
0
-1
0
C
N
9
0
- 9
C
N
9
- 1
1
F
-A
C
K
-IN
C
N
9
0
- 3
C
N
9
0
- 2
C
N
9
0
- 1
C
N
9
- 3
F
-R
E
Q
-IN
C
N
9
- 5
P
-A
C
K
-O
U
T
C
N
9
- 2
S
G
N
D
C
N
9
- 4
S
G
N
D
C
N
9
- 6
S
G
N
D
C
N
9
- 1
F
-R
X
D
-IN
C
N
9
- 8
S
G
N
D
C
N
9
- 1
0
S
G
N
D
C
N
9
- 1
2
S
G
N
D
C
N
9
0
- 8
C
N
9
0
- 7
C
N
9
0
- 6
C
N
9
0
- 5
C
N
9
0
- 4
C
N
9
- 1
3

FS
MAIN BODY
C
N
9
6
- 1
C
N
9
6
- 2
C
N
9
6
- 3
C
N
9
6
- 4
C
N
9
6
- 5
C
N
9
6
- 6
C
N
9
1
-2
5
V
D
C
C
N
9
1
-3
S
G
N
D
C
N
9
1
-4
P
G
N
D
C
N
9
1
-5
P
G
N
D
C
N
9
1
-6
F
G
N
D
P
G
C
1
P
G
C
2A
B
C
D
O
R
G
R
E
D
B
L
U
B
L
K
B
L
K
B
L
K
C
N
6
- 5
S
G
N
D
C
N
6
- 1
F
-R
X
D
-IN
C
N
6
- 2
S
G
N
D
C
N
6
- 3
P
-R
T
S
0
-O
U
T
C
N
1
- 1
5
V
D
C
C
N
1
- 3
S
G
N
D
C
N
6
- 4
F
-T
X
D
-O
U
T
C
N
6
- 6
F
-C
T
S
0
-IN
C
N
6
- 8
M
-R
X
D
-IN
C
N
6
- 9
S
G
N
D
C
N
6
-1
0
P
-R
T
S
1
-O
U
T
C
N
6
-1
2
S
G
N
D
C
N
9
1
-1
2
4
V
D
C
C
N
9
2
-6
/1
C
N
9
2
-5
/2
C
N
9
2
-4
/3
C
N
9
2
-3
/4
C
N
9
2
-2
/5
C
N
9
2
-1
/6
C
N
9
7
-6
/1
C
N
9
7
-5
/2
C
N
9
7
-4
/3
C
N
9
7
-3
/4
C
N
9
7
-2
/5
C
N
9
7
-1
/6
C
N
6
-1
1
M
-T
X
D
-O
U
T
C
N
6
-1
3
M
-C
T
S
1
-IN
C
N
1
0
6
-2
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
6
-5
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
6
-1
M
T
X
D
O
U
T
C
N
1
0
6
-3
X
C
T
S
IN
C
N
1
0
6
-4
M
R
X
D
IN
C
N
1
0
6
-6
X
R
T
S
1
O
U
T
C
N
7
-2
S
G
N
D
C
N
7
-5
S
G
N
D
C
N
7
-1
M
T
X
D
IN
C
N
7
-3
X
C
T
S
O
U
T
C
N
7
-4
M
R
X
D
O
U
T
C
N
7
-6
X
R
T
S
1
IN
C
N
9
5
- 1
C
N
9
5
- 2
C
N
9
5
- 3
C
N
9
5
- 4
C
N
9
5
- 5
C
N
9
5
- 6
C
N
9
5
- 7
C
N
9
5
- 8
C
N
9
5
- 9
C
N
9
5
-1
0
C
N
9
5
-1
1
C
N
9
5
-1
2
C
N
1
0
- 1
M
-R
X
D
-IN
C
N
1
0
- 3
M
-R
E
Q
-IN
C
N
1
0
- 5
M
-A
C
K
-O
U
T
C
N
1
0
- 1
2
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
- 1
1
M
-A
C
K
-IN
C
N
1
0
- 1
0
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
- 9
P
-R
E
Q
-O
U
T
C
N
1
0
- 8
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
- 7
M
-T
X
D
-O
U
T
C
N
1
0
- 2
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
- 4
S
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
- 6
S
G
N
D
B A
F
T
1
6
F
T
1
8
C D
F
T
1
7
F
T
1
9
C
N
7
- 1
2
D
R
V
S
P
R
C
N
7
- 1
1
2
4
V
D
R
V
C
N
3
- 8
M
1
0
-E
M
C
N
7
- 9
M
1
0
-2
4
V
C
N
7
- 1
0
M
1
0
-D
R
V
C
N
5
- B
6
M
2
B
C
N
5
- B
3
M
2
A
C
N
5
- B
1
M
2
2
4
V
C
N
5
- B
2
M
2
A
C
N
5
- B
4
M
2
2
4
V
C
N
5
- B
5
M
2
B
C
N
5
- B
7
M
3
2
4
V
C
N
5
- B
8
M
3
A
C
N
5
-B
1
0
M
3
2
4
V
C
N
5
-B
1
1
M
3
B
C
N
5
- B
9
M
3
A
C
N
6
-B
1
2
M
3
B
C
N
5
- 6
M
6
B
-
C
N
8
- 3
M
6
A
-
C
N
8
- 1
M
6
2
4
V
C
N
8
- 5
M
6
B
C
N
8
- 4
M
6
2
4
V
C
N
8
- 2
M
6
A
C
N
5
-A
1
2
M
1
B
-
C
N
5
- A
9
M
1
A
-
C
N
5
- A
7
M
1
2
4
V
C
N
5
-A
1
1
M
1
B
C
N
5
-A
1
0
M
1
2
4
V
C
N
5
- A
8
M
1
A
C
N
5
- A
3
M
5
A
C
N
5
- A
6
M
5
B
C
N
4
5
- 5
C
N
4
5
- 4
C
N
4
5
- 6
C
N
4
5
- 2
C
N
4
5
- 3
C
N
4
5
- 1
C
N
5
- A
1
M
5
2
4
V
C
N
5
- A
2
M
5
A
C
N
5
- A
4
M
5
2
4
V
C
N
5
- A
5
M
5
B
C
N
7
- 7
M
7
-2
4
V
C
N
7
- 8
M
7
-D
R
V
R
T
5
R
T
4
C
N
7
- 5
M
C
1
-2
4
V
C
N
7
- 6
M
C
1
-D
R
V
C
N
2
5
- 7
G
N
D
C
N
2
5
- 2
P
S
S
-IN
1
C
N
2
5
- 3
P
S
S
-IN
2
C
N
2
5
- 4
P
S
S
-IN
3
C
N
2
5
- 5
P
S
S
-IN
4
C
N
2
5
- 1
5
V
C
N
2
5
- 6
P
S
S
-IN
5
C
N
4
- 8
P
-H
P
2
-IN
C
N
3
- 5
P
S
S
-IN
4
C
N
3
- 3
P
S
S
-IN
2
C
N
3
- 4
P
S
S
-IN
3
C
N
3
- 6
P
S
S
-IN
5
C
N
3
- 1
5
V
D
C
C
N
3
- 2
P
S
S
-IN
1
C
N
3
- 7
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
- 1
M
4
-2
4
V
C
N
1
1
- 4
M
4
-D
R
V
PESB
R
T
3
C
N
7
- 1
S
D
1
-D
R
V
1
C
N
7
- 2
S
D
1
-D
R
V
2
P
G
C
4
C
N
4
- 1
3
G
N
D
C
N
4
- 2
5
V
C
N
4
- 1
5
V
C
N
7
- 3
S
D
2
-D
R
V
1
C
N
7
- 4
S
D
2
-D
R
V
2
C
N
4
- 5
S
-H
P
1
-IN
C
N
4
- 6
S
-H
P
2
-IN
C
N
4
- 1
4
G
N
D
C
N
4
- 3
5
V
C
N
4
- 4
P
S
S
-IN
C
N
4
- 1
1
E
X
T
-P
S
C
N
6
4
- 1
C
N
6
4
- 2
C
N
6
4
- 3
C
N
6
6
- 1
C
N
6
6
- 2
C
N
6
6
- 3
C
N
6
7
- 3
C
N
6
7
- 1
C
N
6
7
- 2
C
N
4
- 7
P
-H
P
1
-IN
C
N
2
1
C
N
2
0
C
N
4
- 9
P
-F
U
L
L
IN
C
N
4
- 1
0
B
O
X
-IN
P
G
C
3
C
N
2
-1
2
4
V
D
C
C
N
2
-2
2
4
V
D
C
C
N
2
-3
2
4
V
G
N
D
C
N
2
-4
2
4
V
G
N
D
C
N
4
- 1
2
M
6
E
N
ZUCB
C
N
1
2
-1
M
S
2
-C
O
N
T
C
N
1
2
-2
M
S
2
-G
N
D
C
N
7
-1
1
M
8
-2
4
V
C
N
7
-1
2
M
8
-D
R
V
C
N
3
2
- 4
C
N
3
2
- 5
C
N
3
2
- 6
C
N
3
2
-1
3
C
N
3
2
-1
4
C
N
3
2
-1
5
C
N
3
2
- 7
C
N
3
2
- 8
C
N
3
2
- 9
C
N
3
2
-1
6
C
N
3
2
-1
7
C
N
3
2
-1
8
C
N
3
0
- 1
C
N
3
0
- 2
C
N
3
0
- 3
C
N
3
0
- 4
C
N
3
0
- 5
C
N
3
0
- 6
C
N
3
2
- 1
C
N
3
2
- 2
C
N
3
2
- 3
C
N
3
2
-1
0
C
N
3
2
-1
1
C
N
3
2
-1
2
C
N
3
6
-1
3
/1
C
N
3
6
-1
2
/2
C
N
6
9
- 3
C
N
6
9
- 1
C
N
6
9
- 2
C
N
3
6
-3
/1
1
C
N
3
6
-8
/6
C
N
3
6
-9
/5
C
N
3
6
-1
1
/3
C
N
3
6
-1
0
/4
C
N
6
2
- 1
C
N
6
2
- 2
C
N
6
2
- 3
C
N
3
6
-4
/1
0
C
N
3
6
-2
/1
2
P
G
C
5
P
G
C
6
C
N
3
6
-1
/1
3
C
N
3
6
-5
/9
C
N
3
6
-7
/7
C
N
3
6
-6
/8
C
N
3
1
-1
/4
C
N
3
1
-2
/3
C
N
3
1
-3
/2
C
N
3
1
-4
/1
C
N
4
3
- 5
C
N
4
3
- 4
C
N
4
3
- 6
C
N
4
3
- 2
C
N
4
3
- 3
C
N
4
3
- 1
C
N
7
4
- 1
/1
3
C
N
7
4
- 2
/1
2
C
N
7
4
- 3
/1
1
C
N
7
4
- 4
/1
0
C
N
7
4
- 5
/9
C
N
7
4
- 6
/8
C
N
6
3
- 1
C
N
6
3
- 2
C
N
6
3
- 3
C
N
7
4
-1
2
/2
C
N
7
4
-1
1
/3
C
N
7
4
-1
0
/4
C
N
7
4
- 7
/7
C
N
7
4
- 8
/6
C
N
7
4
- 9
/5
C
N
6
8
- 1
C
N
6
8
- 2
C
N
6
8
- 3
C
N
7
4
-1
3
/1 P
G
C
9
P
G
C
1
0
C
N
6
1
- 3
C
N
6
1
- 2
C
N
6
1
- 1
C
N
3
9
- 9
/6
C
N
3
9
-1
0
/5
C
N
6
5
- 1
C
N
6
5
- 2
C
N
6
5
- 3
C
N
3
9
-3
/1
2
C
N
3
9
-4
/1
1
C
N
3
9
-5
/1
0
P
G
C
8
P
G
C
7
C
N
3
9
-6
/9
C
N
3
9
-8
/7
C
N
3
9
-2
/1
3
C
N
3
9
-1
/1
4
C
N
3
9
-7
/8
C
N
3
9
-1
1
/4
C
N
3
9
-1
2
/3
C
N
3
9
- 1
4
/1
R
T
4
FT12
FT13
FT14
FT15
RT2
FT21
FT23
FT22
FT24
CN78- 1 FT10
FT11
FT1
FT3
FT2
R
T
1
FT4 FT6
FT5 FT7 FT9
FT8
M
S
2
Circuit breaker/1
Circuit breaker/2
Noise filter
Power relay/1
Power relay/2
Door switch
Coil
P
u
n
c
h

s
w
it
c
h
o
v
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
P
u
n
c
h

s
w
it
c
h
o
v
e
r

s
w
it
c
h
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r

c
o
o
lin
g

f
a
n
1
s
t

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
2
n
d

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r
R
e
g
is
t
r
a
t
io
n

m
o
t
o
r
P
u
n
c
h

s
h
if
t

m
o
t
o
r
P
u
n
c
h

s
c
r
a
p
s

c
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r
P
u
n
c
h

c
lu
t
c
h
P
u
n
c
h

m
o
t
o
r
P
u
n
c
h

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
G
a
t
e

s
o
le
n
o
id
/
L
w
G
a
t
e

s
o
le
n
o
id
/
U
p
1
s
t

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
2
n
d

s
t
o
p
p
e
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
a
s
s
a
g
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
E
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

e
n
c
o
d
e
r

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
u
n
c
h

s
c
r
a
p
s

f
u
ll
s
e
n
s
o
r
P
u
n
c
h

s
c
r
a
p
s

b
o
x

s
e
t

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
u
n
c
h

s
h
if
t

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
Symbol
Crimp
Connector
Relay connector
Faston
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
ZU-601/602 location list
Symbol Part name Location
CBR1 Circuit breaker /1 2-G
CBR2 Circuit breaker /2 2-H
L Coil 4-G
DCPS DC power supply 5-G
M1 Registration motor 2-C
M2 1st stopper motor 1-C
M3 2nd stopper motor 1-C
M4 Punch motor 3-C
M5 Punch shift motor 2-D
M6 Conveyance motor 2-C
M7 Punch scraps conveyance motor 3-C
M8 Punch switchover motor 6-H
M10 Conveyance motor cooling fan 1-C
CL1 Punch clutch 3-C
MS1 Door switch 3-G
MS2 Punch switchover switch 6-H
NF Noise filter 2-G
PESB Paper edge sensor board (PESB) 3-B
PS1 Passage sensor 5-B
PS3 1st stopper home sensor 5-C
PS4 2nd stopper home sensor 5-B
PS5 Punch shift home sensor 7-C
PS6 Punch home sensor 4-C
PS7 Punch scraps box set sensor 6-C
PS8 Punch scraps full sensor 6-C
PS9 Exit sensor 6-B
PS10 Conveyance encoder sensor 6-C
ZUCB ZU control board 1-E
RL/1 Power relay /1 3-G
RL/2 Power relay /2 3-H
SD1 Gate solenoid /Lw 4-C
SD2 Gate solenoid /Up 5-C
17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
17.12TU
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
C
N
4
1
2
-1
C
N
4
1
2
-2
C
N
4
0
7
2
D
R
V
C
N
4
0
7
1
D
R
V
C
N
4
1
8
-1
C
N
4
1
8
-2
C
N
4
0
4
-A
8
2
4
V
C
N
4
0
4
-A
1
L
D
C
N
4
1
8
-3
C
N
4
0
4
-A
7
G
N
D
C
N
4
1
1
-1
0
C
N
4
1
1
-4
C
N
4
1
1
-5
C
N
4
1
1
-6
C
N
4
1
1
-8
C
N
4
1
1
-9
C
N
4
1
1
-3
C
N
4
1
1
-2
C
N
4
1
1
-1
C
N
4
0
2
-A
1
5
V
C
N
4
0
2
-A
3
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
0
2
-B
1
S
.G
C
N
4
0
2
-A
4
C
L
K
C
N
4
0
2
-A
5
P
L
L
C
N
4
0
2
-A
2
B
L
K
C
N
4
0
2
-A
1
4
P
.G
C
N
4
0
2
-A
1
3
P
.G
C
N
4
0
2
-A
1
2
2
4
V
C
N
4
0
2
-A
6
F
/R
C
N
4
0
2
-A
1
1
2
4
V
C
N
4
1
1
-1
1
C
N
4
1
1
-7
N
C
M101 M102
M108
M103 M104
M105
M106 M107
P
S
1
0
1
P
S
1
0
2
C
N
4
0
6
-B
7
IN
C
N
4
0
6
-B
3
5
V
C
N
4
5
2
-3
C
N
4
5
2
-2
C
N
4
5
2
-1
C
N
4
0
5
-B
1
0
G
N
D
P
S
1
0
3
P
S
1
0
4
P
S
1
0
5
P
S
1
0
7
P
S
1
0
9
P
S
1
1
0
P
S
1
1
1
P
S
1
1
2
P
S
1
0
8
C
N
4
0
4
-A
2
IN
C
N
4
0
4
-B
4
5
V
C
N
4
6
3
-1
C
N
4
6
3
-2
C
N
4
6
3
-3
P
S
1
1
3
C
N
4
0
4
-A
6
IN
C
N
4
0
4
-A
9
5
V
C
N
4
5
8
-1
C
N
4
5
8
-2
C
N
4
5
8
-3
C
U
T
D
E
C
C
N
4
0
4
-B
9
G
N
D
C
N
4
0
4
-B
5
G
N
D
C
N
4
3
8
-1
C
N
4
3
8
-2
C
N
4
3
8
-3
5
V
P
S
1
1
4
C
N
4
0
6
-B
4
IN
C
N
4
0
6
-A
1
0
5
V
C
N
4
5
9
-1
C
N
4
5
9
-2
C
N
4
5
9
-3
C
N
4
0
6
-A
1
G
N
D
1
3
C
N
4
4
1
2
2
3
1
C
N
4
3
8
-1
0
C
N
4
3
8
- 9
C
N
4
3
8
- 8
3
1
C
N
4
4
0
2
2
1
3
C
N
4
4
1
1
3
2
2
3
1
L
E
D
1
0
1
A B
A B
C
N
4
0
2
-B
1
0
5
V
C
N
4
0
2
-B
8
S
.G
C
N
4
0
2
-B
7
S
.G
C
N
4
0
2
-B
9
5
V
FT:SPS-61T-250
FT:SPS-61T-250 FT:
SPS-51T-187
FT:
SPS-51T-187
FT:
SPS-51T-187
FT:
SPS-51T-187
F
T
:
S
P
S
-0
1
T
-1
8
7
F
T
:
S
P
S
-0
1
T
-1
8
7
FT:
SPS-01T-187
FT:
SPS-01T-187
FT:
SPS-61T-250
FT:
SPS-61T-250 FT:
SPS-61T-250
FT:
SPS-61T-250
FT:
SPS-51T-187
FT:
SPS-51T-187
CN490-1 CN490-2
FT:SPS-61T-250 FT:SPS-61T-250
F
T
:#
1
1
0
F
T
:#
1
1
0
FT:SPS-61T-250 FT:SPS-61T-250
C
N
4
1
5
-1
C
N
4
1
5
-2
C
N
4
0
3
-2
D
R
V
C
N
4
0
3
-1
2
4
V
C
N
4
1
6
-1
C
N
4
1
6
-2
C
N
4
1
7
-2
C
N
4
1
7
-1
C
N
4
0
5
- 1
D
R
V
C
N
4
0
5
- 3
D
R
V
C
N
4
0
5
- 2
D
R
V
C
N
4
0
5
- 4
D
R
V
C
N
4
3
8
-5
C
N
4
3
8
-7
C
N
4
3
8
-4
C
N
4
3
8
-6
C
N
4
4
2
-2
C
N
4
4
2
-4
C
N
4
4
2
-1
C
N
4
4
2
-3
C
N
4
0
8
- 2
IN
C
N
4
5
6
-3
C
N
4
5
6
-2
C
N
4
5
6
-1
C
N
4
0
2
-A
8
IN
C
N
4
0
2
-B
1
2
5
V
C
N
4
5
6
-3
C
N
4
5
6
-2
C
N
4
5
6
-1
C
N
4
0
2
-B
5
G
N
D
(C
N
4
0
8
- 1
5
V
)
C
N
4
0
8
- 3
G
N
D
C
N
4
9
1
-1
5
C
N
4
9
1
-1
4
C
N
4
9
1
- 5
C
N
4
9
1
- 4
C
N
4
9
1
- 3
C
N
4
9
2
-1
1
C
N
4
9
2
- 9
C
N
4
9
3
- 9
C
N
4
9
2
- 7
C
N
4
9
2
- 6
C
N
4
9
2
- 5
C
N
4
9
2
- 4
C
N
4
9
2
- 3
C
N
4
9
3
- 1
C
N
4
9
3
- 2
C
N
4
9
1
- 1
C
N
4
9
1
- 2
C
N
4
9
1
-1
1
C
N
4
9
1
-1
2
C
N
4
9
1
-1
3
C
N
4
9
2
- 4
C
N
4
9
2
- 6
C
N
4
9
3
- 9
C
N
4
9
2
- 8
C
N
4
9
2
- 9
C
N
4
9
2
-1
0
C
N
4
9
2
-1
1
C
N
4
9
2
-1
2
C
N
4
9
3
- 1
C
N
4
9
3
- 2
C
N
4
7
0
-3
C
N
4
7
0
-1
C
N
4
0
2
-B
1
1
5
V
C
N
4
0
2
-B
4
G
N
D
C
N
4
3
5
-3
C
N
4
3
5
-1
C
N
4
0
2
-A
7
IN
C
N
4
0
2
-B
1
3
5
V
C
N
4
5
1
-3
C
N
4
5
1
-2
C
N
4
5
1
-1
C
N
4
3
6
-3
C
N
4
3
6
-2
C
N
4
3
6
-1
C
N
4
0
2
-B
6
G
N
D
C
N
4
0
2
-A
9
IN
C
N
4
3
7
-3
C
N
4
3
7
-1
C
N
4
0
4
-A
3
IN
C
N
4
0
4
-B
3
5
V
C
N
4
6
0
-3
C
N
4
6
0
-2
C
N
4
6
0
-1
C
N
4
0
4
-A
4
IN
C
N
4
0
4
-B
2
5
V
C
N
4
6
1
-3
C
N
4
6
1
-2
C
N
4
6
1
-1
C
N
4
0
4
-B
7
G
N
D
C
N
4
0
4
-A
5
IN
C
N
4
0
4
-B
1
5
V
C
N
4
6
2
-3
C
N
4
6
2
-2
C
N
4
6
2
-1
C
N
4
0
2
-B
3
G
N
D
C
N
4
0
4
-B
8
G
N
D
C
N
4
0
4
-B
6
G
N
D
C
N
4
5
9
-3
C
N
4
5
9
-1
C
N
4
1
3
-1
C
N
4
1
3
-2
C
N
4
1
3
-3
C
N
4
1
3
-4
C
N
4
1
3
-5
C
N
4
1
3
-6
C
N
4
0
6
-A
4
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
0
6
-A
6
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
0
6
-A
2
2
4
V
C
N
4
0
6
-A
3
2
4
V
C
N
4
0
6
-A
5
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
0
6
-A
7
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
0
6
-B
5
IN
C
N
4
0
6
-B
1
5
V
C
N
4
5
4
-1
C
N
4
5
4
-2
C
N
4
5
4
-3
C
N
4
0
6
-B
8
G
N
D
C
N
4
1
4
-1
C
N
4
1
4
-2
C
N
4
0
6
-A
8
2
4
V
C
N
4
0
6
-A
9
D
R
V
C
N
4
9
3
- 5
C
N
4
9
3
- 7
C
N
4
9
1
- 1
C
N
4
9
2
-1
4
C
N
4
9
1
- 7
C
N
4
9
1
- 6
C
N
4
9
1
-1
0
C
N
4
9
1
-1
1
C
N
4
9
1
- 5
C
N
4
9
3
- 5
C
N
4
9
3
- 7
C
N
4
9
1
-1
5
C
N
4
9
2
- 1
C
N
4
9
1
- 9
C
N
4
9
1
-1
0
C
N
4
9
1
- 6
C
N
4
9
3
-1
2
C
N
4
9
3
-1
2
C
N
4
9
3
-1
1
C
N
4
9
3
-1
1
C
N
4
9
2
- 8
C
N
4
9
2
- 7
C
N
4
0
6
-B
6
IN
C
N
4
0
6
-B
2
5
V
C
N
4
5
3
-3
C
N
4
5
3
-2
C
N
4
5
3
-1
C
N
4
0
6
-B
9
G
N
D
C
N
4
1
-A
1
1
M
1
0
4
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
1
-A
1
2
M
1
0
5
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
1
-B
3
P
S
1
0
3
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
1
1
M
1
0
7
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
1
-B
1
2
P
S
1
1
2
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
1
3
T
U
_
S
IN
1
-1
C
N
4
1
-A
1
3
M
1
0
1
_
F
/R
C
N
4
1
-A
1
4
T
U
_
S
IN
1
-2
C
N
4
1
-A
1
M
1
0
1
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
9
1
-1
3
C
N
4
9
1
-1
2
C
N
4
9
2
- 1
C
N
4
9
3
- 4
C
N
4
9
3
- 3
C
N
4
9
2
- 2
C
N
4
9
2
-1
3
C
N
4
9
1
- 2
C
N
4
9
1
- 9
C
N
4
9
1
- 8
C
N
4
9
1
- 7
C
N
4
9
1
- 8
C
N
4
9
1
- 3
C
N
4
9
1
- 4
C
N
4
9
2
-1
4
C
N
4
9
3
- 4
C
N
4
9
3
- 3
C
N
4
9
2
-1
3
C
N
4
9
1
-1
4
C
N
4
1
-B
9
P
S
1
0
8
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-A
5
M
1
0
2
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
1
-A
6
M
1
0
2
_
F
/R
C
N
4
1
-A
7
M
1
0
3
_
D
R
V
A
C
N
4
1
-A
9
M
1
0
3
_
D
R
V
B
C
N
4
1
-A
2
M
1
0
1
_
C
L
K
C
N
4
1
-A
3
M
1
0
1
_
B
L
K
C
N
4
1
-A
4
M
1
0
1
_
P
L
L
C
N
4
1
-A
8
M
1
0
3
_
D
R
V
A
/
C
N
4
1
-A
1
0
M
1
0
3
_
D
R
V
B
/
C
N
4
1
-B
2
P
S
1
0
2
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
4
P
S
1
0
4
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
5
P
S
1
0
5
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
6
P
S
1
0
6
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
7
P
S
1
1
0
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
1
P
S
1
0
1
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
8
P
S
1
1
1
_
IN
C
N
4
1
-B
1
0
C
U
T
2
4
V
D
E
C
C
N
4
2
- 2
5
V
C
N
4
2
- 3
S
.G
N
D
C
N
4
3
- 1
M
1
0
6
_
C
O
N
T
C
N
4
3
- 2
M
1
0
6
_
F
/R
C
N
4
3
- 3
T
U
-O
U
T
-1
C
N
4
3
- 4
T
U
-O
U
T
-2
C
N
4
9
3
-1
0
C
N
4
9
2
-1
2
C
N
4
9
3
-1
0
C
N
4
9
2
- 3
C
N
4
9
2
- 2
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
C
N
4
0
1
-A
2
C
N
4
0
1
-A
3
C
N
4
0
1
-A
4
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
0
C
N
4
0
1
-A
9
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
1
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
2
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
3
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
9
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
8
C
N
4
0
1
-B
3
C
N
4
0
1
-B
4
C
N
4
0
1
-B
6
C
N
4
0
1
-B
5
C
N
4
0
1
-B
7
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
0
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
1
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
6
C
N
4
0
1
-B
9
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
2
C
N
4
0
1
-B
8
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
4
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
6
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
4
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
5
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
8
C
N
4
0
1
-A
1
7
C
N
4
0
1
-B
2
0
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
9
C
N
4
0
1
-B
2
C
N
4
0
1
-A
2
0
C
N
4
0
1
-A
6
C
N
4
0
1
-A
7
C
N
4
0
1
-A
8
C
N
4
0
1
-A
5
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
3
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
5
C
N
4
0
1
-B
1
7
+
V
:2
4
V
-V
:P
G
F
G
: F
R
A
M
E
G
N
D
C
N
4
0
9
- 1
2
4
V
C
N
4
0
9
- 3
P
.G
C
N
4
0
9
- 2
P
.G
-V
:P
G
C
N
4
5
5
-2
C
N
4
5
5
-1
C
N
4
0
3
-4
IN
C
N
4
0
3
-3
5
V
C
N
4
5
5
-3
C
N
4
0
3
-5
G
N
D
S
c
r
a
p
s

r
e
m
o
v
a
l
m
o
t
o
r
S
c
r
a
p
s

b
o
x

f
u
ll
s
e
n
s
o
r
S
t
o
p
p
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
S
t
o
p
p
e
r
r
e
le
a
s
e

m
o
t
o
r
B
la
d
e

m
o
t
o
r
B
la
d
e

h
o
m
e

s
w
it
c
h
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
S
t
o
p
p
e
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
S
t
o
p
p
e
r
r
e
le
a
s
e

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
r
e
s
s

m
o
t
o
r
P
r
e
s
s

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

d
o
o
r

s
e
n
s
o
r
E
x
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
U
p
p
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
L
o
w
e
r

lim
it

s
e
n
s
o
r
P
u
s
h
e
r

h
o
m
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

f
u
ll
s
e
n
s
o
r
P
u
s
h
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
H
o
ld
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
S
c
r
a
p
s

b
o
x

f
u
ll
L
E
D
S
c
r
a
p
s

b
o
x

s
e
n
s
o
r
E
n
t
r
a
n
c
e

s
e
n
s
o
r
C
o
n
v
e
y
a
n
c
e

m
o
t
o
r
M
S
1
0
1
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

in
t
e
r
lo
c
k

s
w
it
c
h
/
1
S
t
a
c
k
e
r

in
t
e
r
lo
c
k

s
w
it
c
h
/
2
C
N
4
1
-A
1
5
IN
1
0
1
Y
C
N
4
3
- 5
N
C
C
N
4
3
- 6
S
U
B
O
U
T
4
C
N
4
3
- 7
S
U
B
O
U
T
5
C
N
4
3
- 8
C
N
4
1
-B
1
4
C
N
4
1
-B
1
5
C
N
4
2
- 1
C
N
4
2
- 4
C
N
4
2
- 5
TUDB
FS-604
Stacker
Press Stopper Blade
DCPS
Circuit breaker
Inlet
Relay/1
RL1
RL2
C
B
R
Relay/2
Power plug
Ferrite
Front door
interlock switch
Coil
MS2
N : NEUTRAL
L : HOT
M
S
3
M
S
4
Symbol
Crimp
Connector
Relay connector
Faston
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 17. OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
TU-501 location list
Symbol Part name Location
CBR Circuit breaker 2-H
Coil Coil 4-H
DCPS DC power supply 5-H
LED101 Scraps box full LED 3-D
M101 Conveyance motor 2-D
M102 Blade motor 3-D
M103 Stopper motor 4-D
M104 Stopper release motor 4-D
M105 Press motor 5-D
M106 Holder motor 7-B
M107 Pusher motor 6-B
M108 Scraps removal motor 1-D
MS2 Front door interlock switch 4-H
MS3 Stacker interlock switch /1 6-D
MS4 Stacker interlock switch /2 7-D
MS101 Blade home switch 3-D
PS101 Entrance sensor 2-D
PS102 Conveyance sensor 4-D
PS103 Stopper home sensor 4-D
PS104 Stopper release home sensor 4-D
PS105 Press home sensor 5-D
PS107 Scraps box sensor 2-D
PS108 Exit sensor 6-D
PS109 Scraps box full sensor 3-D
PS110 Upper limit sensor 6-D
PS111 Lower limit sensor 6-D
PS112 Pusher home sensor 6-D
PS113 Stacker full sensor 5-C
PS114 Stacker door sensor 5-C
RL1 Relay /1 3-H
RL2 Relay /2 3-I
TUDB TU drive board 1-F
18. PAPER SETTING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
18. PAPER SETTING
18.1 Paper type setting according to the paper brand
Note
When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.
: Available
X: Not available
: Available
X: Not available
Paper type setting
from Utility mode
Paper category Paper brand Available tray Paper type setting
from Utility mode
Paper category Paper brand Available tray
U.S.A. Europe Tray 1 to 4 Bypass U.S.A. Europe Tray 1 to 4 Bypass
PPC paper
72 to 90 g/m
2
Hammermill Tidal MP (20lb, 75 g/m
2
)
Xerox 4024 (20lb, 75 g/m
2
)
GreatWhite (20lb, 75 g/m
2
)
Weyerhaeuser Recycled Laser Copy
(20lb, 75 g/m
2
)
Konica Minolta Original (80 g/m
2
)
Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m
2
)
REPEAT (80 g/m
2
)
Exclusive G Fine quality paper
91 to 161 g/m
2
X
Normal PPC paper
72 to 90 g/m
2
Ditto Ditto Exclusive H Fine quality paper
162 to 200 g/m
2
XEROX COLOTECH (200 g/m
2
)
MONDI Color Copy (200 g/m
2
)
(NEU Color Copy (200 g/m
2
))
X
Fine Fine quality paper
72 to 90 g/m
2
X Exclusive I PPC paper
62 to 71 g/m
2
X
Thick1 PPC paper
91 to 161 g/m
2
X Exclusive J Rough paper
62 to 71 g/m
2
X
Thick2 PPC paper
162 to 200 g/m
2
Weyerhaeuser Cougar Cover (65lb, 176 g/m
2
) Exclusive K Rough paper
72 to 90 g/m
2
Classic White (80 g/m
2
)
MONDI Nautilus (80 g/m
2
)
(NEU Nautilus (80 g/m
2
))
X
Thin Paper PPC paper
50 to 61 g/m
2
Domtar (16lb, 60 g/m
2
) Exclusive L Rough paper
91 to 161 g/m
2
Xerox 3R91978 (160 g/m
2
) X
Recycled Fine quality paper
62 to 71 g/m
2
X Exclusive M Rough paper
162 to 200 g/m
2
X
Exclusive A Smooth paper
62 to 71 g/m
2
X Seal PPC paper
62 to 71 g/m
2
AVERY5160 (Seal) AVERY DSP24 (Seal) X
Exclusive B Smooth paper
72 to 90 g/m
2
X OHP Paper Fine quality paper
91 to 161 g/m
2
HP 92296T OHP 3M CG3300 (OHP) X
Exclusive C Smooth paper
91 to 161 g/m
2
X Trance Rough paper
62 to 71 g/m
2
X
Exclusive D Smooth paper
162 to 200 g/m
2
X User Set voluntarily
Exclusive E Fine quality paper
50 to 61 g/m
2
X Blank Insert Blank page insertion X
Exclusive F PPC paper
72 to 90 g/m
2
MONDI BIO TOP3 (80g/m
2
) (Exclusive F)
(NEU BIO TOP3 (80g/m
2
) (Exclusive F))
X
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 18. PAPER SETTING
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
18.2 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand (U.S.A. paper)
Note
This table lists the optimum setting values by paper brands checked for paper through by Konica Minolta. For other brands, it is scheduled that information is provided in due course upon completion of the paper through check.
1. Line speed and fusing temperature are decided by setting the paper type from the "Utility mode."
2. Smoothness is a value measured by the Beck smoothness testing machine stipulated in the ISO 5627:1995, and the smaller the value, the coarser the paper grain. When the paper is not listed in this table and the setting condition of which can not be found, obtain the smoothness from the paper manufacturer and select the type of paper according to the value
of smoothness.
Note
When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.
Paper weight
Paper category
50 to 61 g/m
2
62 to 71 g/m
2
72 to 90 g/m
2
91 to 161 g/m
2
162 to 200 g/m
2
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive A Exclusive B Exclusive C Exclusive D
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (C) -10 -10 Standard temp. +5
Smooth paper
(Smoothness: over 100sec)
Disable
(A separation performance is not securable.)
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive E Recycled Fine Exclusive G/OHP paper Exclusive H
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (C) -10 -10 -10 +5 +5
Fine quality paper
(Smoothness: 50 to 100sec)
HP 92296T OHP
Paper setting at the Utility mode Thin paper Exclusive I/Seal /Normal/Exclusive F Thick1 Thick2
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 290
Fusing temp. index (C) -5 -5 Standard temp. (In case of "Exclusive F": +5) +5 +5
PPC paper
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec)
Domtar (16lb, 60 g/m
2
) AVERY5160 (Seal) Hammermill Tidal MP (20lb, 75 g/m
2
)
Xerox 4024 (20lb, 75 g/m
2
)
GreatWhite (20lb, 75 g/m
2
)
Weyerhaeuser Recycled Laser Copy (20lb, 75 g/m
2
)
Weyerhaeuser Cougar Cover (65lb, 176 g/m
2
)
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive J/Trace Exclusive K Exclusive L Exclusive M
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 290 290
Fusing temp. index (C) Standard temp. +5 +5 +5
Rough paper
(Smoothness: 5 to 20sec)
Disable
(A fusing performance is not securable.)
18. PAPER SETTING Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
18.3 Relationship between the optimum paper type and the control according to the paper brand (European paper)
Note
This table lists the optimum setting values by paper brands checked for paper through by Konica Minolta. For other brands, it is scheduled that information is provided in due course upon completion of the paper through check.
1. Line speed and fusing temperature are decided by setting the paper type from the "Utility mode."
2. Smoothness is a value measured by the Beck smoothness testing machine stipulated in the ISO 5627:1995, and the smaller the value, the coarser the paper grain. When the paper is not listed in this table and the setting condition of which can not be found, obtain the smoothness from the paper manufacturer and select the type of paper according to the value
of smoothness.
Note
When using high quality printing paper, be sure to select a setting direction in which there occurs less amount of curling after printing.
Marked with *: Paper the classification of which of smoothness or weight has been changed from the viewpoint of performance.
Paper weight
Paper category
50 to 61 g/m
2
62 to 71 g/m
2
72 to 90 g/m
2
91 to 161 g/m
2
162 to 200 g/m
2
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive A Exclusive B Exclusive C Exclusive D
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (C) -10 -10 Standard temp. +5
Smooth paper
(Smoothness: over 100sec)
Disable
(A separation performance is not securable.)
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive E Recycled Fine Exclusive G/OHP paper Exclusive H
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 460
Fusing temp. index (C) -10 -10 -10 +5 +5
Fine quality paper
(Smoothness: 50 to 100sec)
3M CG3300 (OHP) XEROX COLOTECH (200 g/m
2
)
MONDI Color Copy (200 g/m
2
)
(NEU Color Copy (200 g/m
2
))
Paper setting at the Utility mode Thin paper Exclusive I/Seal /Normal/Exclusive F Thick1 Thick2
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 460 460 290
Fusing temp. index (C) -5 -5 Standard temp. (In case of "Exclusive F": +5) +5 +5
PPC paper
(Smoothness: 20 to 50sec)
AVERY DSP24 (Seal) Konica Minolta Original (80 g/m
2
)
Konica Minolta Profi (80 g/m
2
)
REPEAT (80 g/m
2
)
MONDI BIO TOP3 (80 g/m
2
) (Exclusive F)
(NEU BIO TOP 3 (80 g/m
2
) (Exclusive F))
Paper setting at the Utility mode Exclusive J/Trace Exclusive K Exclusive L Exclusive M
Line speed (mm/s) 460 460 290 290
Fusing temp. index (C) Standard temp. +5 +5 +5
Rough paper
(Smoothness: 5 to 20sec)
Disable
(A separation performance is not securable.)
Classic White (80 g/m
2
)
MONDI Nautilus (80 g/m
2
)
(NEU Nautilus (80 g/m
2
))
Xerox 3R91978 (160 g/m
2
)
Field Service Ver2.0 Aug.2005 18. PAPER SETTING
b
i
z
h
u
b

P
R
O

9
2
0
18.4 Conversion table of paper weight
Reference:
Paper weight (g/m
2
) : Unit showing the mass of a 1 m
2
sheet of paper in gram.
Basis Weight (lb) : The basis weight of a paper is the designated fixed weight of 500 sheets, measured in pounds, in that paper's basic sheet size. It is important to note that the "basic size" is not the same for all types of paper.
Paper type
Basic size (inch)
(mm)
Paper weight (g/m
2
)
Bond
17 x 22
432 x 559
(lb)
Cover
20 x 26
508 x 660
(lb)
Index
25.5 x 30.5
648 x 775
(lb)
Bristol
22.5 x 28.5
572 x 724
(lb)
Tag
24 x 36
610 x 914
(lb)
Book
25 x 38
635 x 965
(lb)
50.0 13.3 18.5 27.7 22.8 30.8 33.8
52.3 13.9 19.4 29.0 23.9 32.2 35.4
54.2 14.4 20.1 30.0 24.7 33.3 36.7
60.2 16.0 22.3 33.3 27.5 37.0 40.7
64.0 17.0 23.7 35.4 29.2 39.4 43.3
66.3 17.7 24.6 36.7 30.3 40.8 44.9
68.7 18.3 25.4 38.0 31.4 42.3 46.5
72.3 19.3 26.8 40.0 33.0 44.5 48.9
75.9 20.2 28.1 42.0 34.7 46.7 51.3
80.0 21.3 29.6 44.3 36.5 49.2 54.1
83.7 22.3 31.0 46.4 38.2 51.5 56.6
88.0 23.4 32.6 48.7 40.2 54.1 59.5
90.0 24.0 33.3 49.8 41.1 55.4 60.9
98.3 26.2 36.4 54.4 44.9 60.5 66.5
100.0 26.6 37.0 55.4 45.7 61.5 67.6
104.7 27.9 38.8 58.0 47.8 64.4 70.8
108.0 28.8 40.0 59.8 49.3 66.4 73.1
110.0 29.3 40.7 60.9 50.2 67.7 74.4
120.0 32.0 44.4 66.5 54.8 73.8 81.2
127.9 34.1 47.4 70.8 58.4 78.7 86.5
130.0 34.6 48.1 72.0 59.4 80.0 87.9
140.0 37.3 51.8 77.5 63.9 86.1 94.7
150.0 39.9 55.5 83.1 68.5 92.3 101.5
160.0 42.6 59.2 88.6 73.1 98.4 108.2
170.0 45.3 62.9 94.2 77.6 104.6 115.0
180.0 47.9 66.7 99.7 82.2 110.7 121.8
190.0 50.6 70.4 105.2 86.8 116.9 128.5
200.0 53.3 74.1 110.8 91.3 123.1 135.3
210.0 55.9 77.8 116.3 95.9 129.2 142.1
220.0 58.6 81.5 121.8 100.5 135.4 148.8
230.0 61.3 85.2 127.4 105.0 141.5 155.6
240.0 63.9 88.9 132.9 109.6 147.7 162.4
250.0 66.6 92.6 138.5 114.2 153.8 169.1
260.0 69.2 96.3 144.0 118.7 160.0 175.9
270.0 71.9 100.0 149.5 123.3 166.1 182.7
280.0 74.6 103.7 155.1 127.9 172.3 189.4
290.0 77.2 107.4 160.6 132.4 178.4 196.2
300.0 79.9 111.1 166.1 137.0 184.6 202.9
Divisor 3.7548 2.7006 1.8056 2.1899 1.6253 1.4782